oEPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Region 10
1200 Sixth Avenue
Seattle WA 98 01
EPA-10-AK-Valdez-NPDES-79
December 1979
EPA 910/9-79-064
Environmental
Impact Statement
Alaska Petrochemical Company
Refining and Petrochemical Facility
Valdez, Alaska

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
Alaska Petrochemical Company
Refinery and Petrochemical Facility
Valdez, Alaska
APPENDIX VOLUME I

-------
APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
Geotechn i caI
Hydro Iogy
Ecosystems
Oceanography
VOLUME I I
Soc i oeconom i cs
Refinery Processes
ArchaeoIogy
Acoust i cs

-------
APPENDIX VOLUME I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
GEOTECHNICAL 		1-1
Geology	1-2
Field Programs	1-44
Seismic	1-45
So i I s	I -84
HYDROLOGY	1-167
Groundwater	1-168
Terrestrial	1-180
ECOSYSTEMS	1-230
Birds of Port Valdez	1-231
Freshwater Aquatic Habitats of the Valdez 		1-263
Intertidal and Shallow Subtidal Habitats of
Eastern Port Valdez	1-289
Mammals of Port Valdez	1-385
Plant Communities of Eastern Port Valdez 		1-400
Salmon Fry Dispersion in Eastern Port Valdez . . .	1-417
OCEANOGRAPHY	I "443
Introduction 		1-454
Existing Water Quality 		1-465
In i t i a I D iIut ion	I-479
Flushing	1-506
Circulation and Dispersion 		1-532
SedimentoIogy 	 .....	1-559
Environmental Consequences of Proposed Action . . .	1-575

-------
if an inconsistency appears between information in the Draft
Environmental Impact Statement and Volumes I and II of the
Technical Appendices, the DEIS represents the most current
information. The technical reports in the Appendices were
prepared over a period of several months, concurrent with
Alpetco's design development activities. There were com-
pleted prior to preparation of the DEIS and as a result may
not reflect minor project description changes that occurred
subsequent to completion of the reports. The latest avail-
able information has, however, been considered in the main
text of the DEIS.

-------







91
• V

¦'is-- ¦- Si


¦ " Wm


.'S&fc.

Kg I ¦ . - • ¦	• .
¦'	••••-• - " •-V-t

-------
GEOTECHNICAL
1-1

-------
GEOLOGY
Regional Prince William Sound
The proposed petrochemical refinery site is located on the
east end of Port Valdez, the northeastern roost extension of
Prince William Sound. Prince William Sound is an extensive
northerly embayment near the center of the Gulf of Alaska
(Figure 1).
Prince William Sound is separated from the valleys of
interior Alaska by the steep slopes of the Chugach, Kenai
and St. Elias Mountains. These mountains are progressively
higher in elevation from west to east, with numerous peaks
in the Kenai Mountains ranging in height from 1,200 to 2,100
meters (4,000 to 7,000 feet), in the Chugach Mountains from
2,100 to 4,000 meters (7,000 to 13,000 feet), and in the
St. Elias Mountains from 3,000 to 5,000 meters (10,000 to
18, 000 feet).
The mountains surrounding Prince William Sound are youthful
(rugged) in form and contain the most extensive system of
valley glaciers in North America. Only at lower elevations
do the rugged mountain features disappear and rounded
glacial carved, valleys dominate. (Tslieb and Kessel, 1973).
The shoreline of the sound is intricately incised by
numerous long, narrow fiords and by many lesser bays and
coves. The coastline is generally accented by the abrupt
rise of mountains from the shore. The shoreline of Prince
William Sound is approximately 4,888 kilometers (3,000
miles) in length, including the shorelines of 34 major and
150 lesser islands which dot the sound.
The present day geomorphology of Prince William sound is
extremely complex and is a result of extensive tectonic
forces and later by massive glaciation. The folding,
buckling and shearing of the strata are the result of these
tectonic forces, that have acted since the end of Mesozoic
time (past 70 million years). Regional uplift and intrusion
of igneous rocks also shaped the topography. Later
extensive glaciation carved out U-shaped valleys, hanging
valleys, and horns. Since the periods of glaciation, the
major geomorphic agents have been the area's heavy
precipitation and receding glaciers.
The rocks of the Prince William Sound region are dominantly
sedimentary deposits of late Mesozoic Age. The rocks of the
sound also include some altered lava flows and granite
intrusions.
The bedded sedimentary rocks of the sound are subdivided
into two major groups: the Orca and Valdez Groups. The
sedimentary beds that comprise these two groups are
1-2

-------
1-3

-------
GEOLOGY
intensely folded and metamorphosed (Moffit, 1954) (Plafker
and MacNeil, 1966). The older group--the Valdez Group--is
exposed on the northern and western sides of the sound while
the younger Orca Group is exposed on the islands and
mainland of the southeastern portion of the Sound (Figure
2).
Orca Group
The Orca Group is distinguished from the older Valdez Group
primarily by the abundant volcanic rocks and a lesser degree
of metaraorphism. It also has the typical graywacke and
slates of the Valdez Group. In addition, it contains beds
of conglomerate and limestone; however, these are limited
in occurrence.
The Orca Group is divided into two main units. The lower
unit is comprised primarily of dark graywacke and argillite
with volcanic and conglomeratic rocks. The volcanic rocks,
often termed greenstones, are intensely altered flows, flow
breccias, and intrusive sills and dikes. The flows are
primarily basalt and diabase (altered to a green color,
i.e., greenstone) and are generally found in distinctive
pillow structures, suggesting submarine extrusion. These
greenstones are considered to be the most characteristic
unit of the Orca Group. The conglomerate is poorly sorted
and contains lithic clasts with a hard matrix of dark gray
argillite (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966).
The upper part of the Orca Group consists primarily of
"sandstone and argillite or hard siltstone with minor
amounts of volcanic and conglomeratic rocks" (Plafker and
MacNeil, 1966). The sandstones are primarily graywacke;
however, arkosic and minor carbonaceous, tuffaceous and
calcareous sandstones do occur. The upper unit of the Orca
Group also includes thin beds of light gray-weathering
limestone and reddish-brown shale or siltstone.
The age of the Orca Group has been estimated as early
Tertiary (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966) rather than the
Mesozoic Age previously assigned (Moffit, 1954). The lower
age limit is probably late Eocene. This age was determined
by the fossils Raninoides vaderensis Rathbun (crab), Acila
decisa Conrad and Periploma eodisucs Vokes (pelecypods)
found in a lower volcanic unit. The upper age limit of the
Orca Group has not been determined because of scarcity of
diagnostic fossils (Figure 2). The complex structure and
absence of keybeds makes an estimate of the thickness of the
Orca Group difficult.
1-4

-------
/ 49 e
148°
147"
146®
145'
(Plafker.G. and F. S MacNeil, 1966 )
Figure 2
Prince William Sound Outcrop Areas and Fossil Locations
1-5

-------
GEOLOGY
Valdez Group
The Valdez Group is overlain by the Orca Group
unconformably. The Valdez Group is composed of a thick
sequence of 1ithologically monotonous eugeosynclinal
sediments which are closely folded and metamorphosed to a
light gray colored graywacke, bluish-gray or black slate,
and argillite with minor interspersed pebble and cobble
conglomerates (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966). These rocks are
derived from muds and feldspathic sands of varied
composition. Siliceous and carbonaceous slates, as well as
feldspathic quartzites are variants of the dominant slates
and graywackes (Moffit, 1954). These beds are interbedded
with small lenticular bodies of fine-grained (mafic) rocks
(altered to a greenstone). The entire Valdez Group is
intruded by numerous dikes and stocks of biotite and
biotite-hornblende granite.
The beds of the Valdez Group are closely folded and
metmorphosed, in some cases to the extent of changing the
slate and graywacke to phyllite and schist. Faulting is
extensive, as are quartz veins which range from fine,
closely spaced veinlets to individual veins several feet
thick.
Igneous rocks forming large, irregularly shaped batholiths
intrude the Valdez Group, as do dikes and sills. These
intrusives are dominantly light-colored granitic rocks
(diorite to aplite). The intrusives are younger than their
sedimentary host rocks and their age appears to be early
Oligocene or late Eocene. The Valdez Group is presumed to
be of Mesozoic Age (30 to 225 million years ago).
Diagnostic invertebrate fossils (Inoceramus) were collected
near the moraine of the Valdez Glacier, among other places,
compared with species from Wyoming and Utah, and assigned a
Jurassic (135 to 180 million years ago) to Cretaceous Age
(70 to 135 million years ago).
Unconsolidated Quaternary Deposits
The unconsolidated Quaternary deposits include stream,
beach, and glacial deposits. The majority of stream
deposits within the sound are deposits of streams flowing
from glaciers. The largest area of stream deposits are at
the head of fiords where glaciers no longer meet tidewater,
for example at the mouth of the Valdez Glacier Stream and
the Lowe River. In some places these streams have built
extensive deltas, which include mudflats. Such a mudflat is
found at the mouth of the Valdez Glacier Stream. High bench
deposits are rare; however, benches cut in the bedrock are
noticeable in the mountains around Port Valdez.
1-6

-------
GEOLOGY
Beach deposits, consisting of sand, gravel and rock
fragments, are not continuous along the coast of the sound.
They are absent where strong currents or deep water comes
close to land.
Moraine deposits, left by retreating ice, are less
noticeable. In fact, typical glacial deposits, such as
terminal and lateral moraines, are uncommon in the sound.
It is believed that these sediments have been carried out of
the sound and deposited on the outer continental shelf. The
only substantial evidence of this deposition is glacial
marine sediments which are present in a narrow arc bordering
the north and west side of Tarr Bank in the Gulf of Alaska
(Molnia and Carlson, 1975). Areas where submarine terminal
moraines have been deposited include the barriers across
Unakwik Inlet (above Jonah Bay) and Shoup Bay (Port Valdez)
(Moffit, 1954).
Mineral Deposits
There is an abundant variety of economic minerals in the
Prince William Sound region. They are found throughout the
sound in areas in close contact with the greenstone, usually
as sulfides (Moffit, 1954). The main thrust of mining has
been for gold and copper (U.S.G.S. Map 1-453, Condon,
1965).
The primary sulfides recovered are chalcopyrite,
chalmersite, arsenopyrite, galena, molybdenite, pyrrhotite,
sphalerite and stibnite. All of the minerals except the
molybdenite and chalmersite are found in the Valdez
gold/quartz district (Moffit, 1954). Silver has been mined
throughout the Prince William Sound as a by-product of the
copper and gold mining.
The copper deposits are generally associated with the
greenstone. The ore is not necessarily found directly in
the greenstone, but rather in the graywackes and slates that
are adjacent to it (Moffit, 1954). Mining of copper
deposits occurred during the early 1900s when nearly 97
million kilograms (214 million pounds) of copper was
produced by 15 operating companies, of which 96 percent was
produced at LaTouche Island and Ellamar by Kennecott Copper
Corporation and Ellamar Mining Company respectively (Moffit,
1954).
Gold, and associated silver, are found in both gold-bearing
quartz lodes and placer deposits; the gold-bearing quartz
lode being primary in importance and productivity. The most
significant gold-bearing lodes are found in the northern
part of Prince William Sound from Valdez Glacier to Passage
Canal. The gold deposits are associated with intrusions of
1-7

-------
GEOLOGY
igneous rocks. Placer deposits have not been extremely
successful. Most of the gold recovered from placer deposits
was obtained from streams flowing into Port Valdez,
including Mineral Creek (the site of New Valdez) and Gold
Creek (Moffit, 1952).
Regional Structure
Prince William Sound lies in part of the North American
tectonic plate (Hamilton, 1976). Its location is very close
to the boundary of the Pacific and North American plate. It
is this close proximity to a plate boundary, and more
specifically its nearness to the Aleutian Arc subduction
zone, that has subjected it to the severe tectonic forces
that have shaped the structure of the region's geology and
caused the region's high seismicity (Figure 3).
Prince William Sound lies in the Chugach Mountains
Geosyncline. This geosyncline has an undetermined initial
age of depositional filling. However, the filling of its
basin probably concluded by the end of the Mesozic Era (70
million years ago) (Gates and Grye, 1963).
The present day structure of the geosyncline is a result of
at least four orogenic events (Plafker, 1969). Each of
these orogenic events caused folding and faulting as a
result of a north-south compressional force and regional
uplift. The regional tectonic history has been discussed
extensively by Payne (1955), Gatin and Gyre (1963), and
Grantz (1966).
The compressive stresses resulting from these orogenies have
created the intensive folding in the region. The intensity
of folding increases as one goes south into the Orca Group.
Here the folds are of small amplitude and lateral extent.
They are complicated by intricate drag folds and minor
thrust faults (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966).
With the exclusion of one area on the east side of the
Prince William Sound just northeast of Hawkins Island, the
west side of the sound has the only evidence of large scale
plutonic intrusion. The plutons are primarily granitic in
composition. They intrude the Valdez Group on the west side
of the sound and the Orca Group on the east side. The
period of igneous activity that intruded these plutons
concluded during the Eocene Period, approximately 36 million
years ago (Figure 4) (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966).
The region is densely faulted. Normal, reverse, and thrust
faults exist throughout much of the sound (Figure 5). These
faults are identified on several U.S.G.S. and State of
Alaska maps. Their confirmation is by field investigation
1-8

-------
I
vO
boundary--^
uncertain \
'Zone of spreading, from which plates art moving apart.
Zona of anderthrusting (subduetlon), wlitrt one plof# is
sliding beneath the other; barb s on overriding plot*.
Strike-slip fault, along which plates are sliding past one
another.
Figure 3 PLATE TECTONIC MAP
60°	120°	180°
Lithosphere plates of the world, showing
boundaries that are presently active.
Compiled and adapted from many sources;
much simplified in complex areas.
(Hamilton, W, 19/6)
OF THE EARTH

-------
(L anphere, M.A., 1966)
Contact, approximately located
Fault, approximately located
xPW-2
Sample location
¥
Glacier
Figure 4
Location of Different Rock Types in Prince William Sound
1-10

-------
1-11

-------
GEOLOGY
and aerial photographic interpretation.
Prince William Sound is also densely covered with linear
features. These linements are identifiable from the
interpretation of maps and air photos. A preferred
orientation is apparent for a majority of the linements,
grouping them into sets.
South of the inferred Whalen Bay Fault, the predominant set
trends northeast. This set is identified as the
Hinchenbrook set. North of the Whalen Bay Fault the
dominant set trends northwest and is identified as the
Valdez set (Condon, 1965). The Valdez set extends through
Port Valdez and around the proposed Alpetco site.
No direct evidence suggests that the Valdez set or other
apparent linear features are faults. They appear to be
massive joint sets that have undergone differential
weathering with respect to the surrounding intact bedrock.
South of the Jack Bay Fault, W. H. Condon of U.S.G.S.
(Map 1-453) suggested the possibility of offset along the
linements. This statement is inferred from aerial
photographic interpretation of splits in the possible
thrusts (Condon, 1965). While conducting an economic
geology survey of Prince William Sound, Gary Winkler of
U.S.G.S., Menlo Park, California, observed that many of the
joints, i.e., linear features, are cut by large quartz veins
which show no visible evidence of offset (personal
communication, August, 1979). The quartz veins probably
originated during the last active period of intrusion which
ended 36 million years ago (Plafker and MacNeil, 1966).
Prince William Sound was heavily impacted by the 1964 Great
Alaska Earthquake, resulting in extreme tectonic uplift and
subsidence throughout the region. The tectonic origin of
the Good Friday Earthquake can be directly attributed to
violent movement of the subduction zone underlying the
Aleutian Arc (Plafker and Mayo, 1965). The axis for uplift
and subsidence approximately follows the northern contour of
the sound. Subsidence was north of this axis and uplift
south of it. Approximate estimates of surface tilting are 4
cm/km to the north, and 2 cm/km to the west. These values
are derived from Figure 3 of George Plafker's U.S.G.S.
Professional Paper 543-1, "Tectonics of the March 27, 1964,
Alaska Earthquake". The maximum uplift observed was in
Montague Island where it reached 10 meters (33 feet).
Subsidence was as great as 2.4 meters (8 feet) in the
extreme north part of the region. The regional tilting
could have had an effect on the aggradation or degradation
of Valdez Glacier Stream. Faulting as a result of the
earthquake was found only on Montague Island. Two faults
1-12

-------
were identified, the Potter Bay and Hanning Bay. They
appear to have existed before the earthquake and were
reactiviated by it. No faulting or offsets were observed or
reported along the Walen Bay or Jack Bay Fault Systems as a
result of the 1964 event.
Geology of Port Valdez and Proposed Plant Site
Port Valdez is a subarctic marine fiord and ernbayment in the
northeast corner of Prince william Sound. It is
approximately 21 kilometers (13 miles) long and 4.5
kilometers (2.8 miles) wide with a maximum depth of 240
meters (787 feet). The alignment of the Port is controlled
by the steeply north dipping foliation of the rocks of the
Valdez Group. The Port is surrounded by steep mountain
walls rising to altitudes of 900 meters to more than 1500
meters (3,000 to 5,000 feet). These steep valley walls
continue beneath the water to form a steep-sided,
flat-bottomed trough with a narrow shallow entrance (Figure
6) .
Port Valdez lies within the outcrop belt of the Valdez
Group. The Valdez Group, as stated earlier, is comprised of
thick beds of interbedded slate and graywacke. It also
includes small amounts of argillite, siltstone, arkosic
sandstone and conglomerate, all of which are folded and
metamorphosed.
Extensive recent deposits of sediment can be found at the
mouths of various streams in Port Valdez. At the eastern
end of the fiord, the Robe River, Lowe River and Valdez
Glacier Stream join to form a large, broad delta with
unconsolidated sediments upwards of 183 meters (600 feet)
thick. These sediments are primarily poorly consolidated
silt, fine sand and gravel. The Mineral Creek alluvial fan
west of the Lowe River Delta is also a source of sediment
deposition. Broad tidal flats are being deposited at the
seaward edge of the Valdez Glacier Stream/Lowe River outwash
delta and the Mineral Creek alluvial fan. These deposits
are composed primarily of silt, fine sand and organic muds.
Site
The 7.7 square kilometers (1,900 acres) proposed plant site
is about 9.5 kilometers (6 miles) from the city of Valdez
(New Valdez). The site is located 1.6 kilometers (1 mile)
south of Valdez Glacier. Valdez Glacier Stream borders the
site on the west. It is bordered on the east by steeply
rising mountains, on the north by Slater Creek, and on the
south by Corbin Creek (Glacier) (Figure 6). The site is
relatively flat, and grades 1.5 percent from the north.
1-13

-------
I
h-»
Figure 6
Port Valdez Area
iclfeau
intom

Valdez
VALDSZ
SCALE: l » 4 MILES
Icm = 2.50 km

-------
GEOLOGY
About 2/3 of the site is covered with coarse glacial
granular soils. The unconsolidated surface sediments (lag
gravels) on the site are part of the alluvial fan from the
outwash of Valdez and Corbin Glaciers. Drilling has
detected that deposition gets finer with depth. The eastern
edge of the site also has fine grained colluvium derived
from Corbin Valley.
Drilling and a seismic refraction study (May to August 1979)
revealed the depth of on-site overburden ranges from 90
meters (300 feet) to greater than 210 meters (700 feet)
(Figures 7 and 8). The data indicates that the site is the
result of glacial scouring of bedrock by Corbin and Valdez
Glaciers. The seismic refraction data showed no sharp drop
in the bedrock to suggest that Corbin Glacier acted as a
hanging valley in the past. The great depth to bedrock and
shape of the valley floor indicates the Valdez and Corbin
Glaciers were contemporaneous in advancement and Corbin
Glacier did not ride over Valdez Glacier. Tarr (1914) gave
a similar hypothesis based upon his analysis of the
topography and visual evidence of glacial advances.
Outcrops
Outcrops which border the alluvium of the site are, clean to
dirty, siltstones in slightly varying degrees of
metamorphism. Of these outcrops on the southern edge of the
site appear to be steel grey, calcareous, slates and
phyllites. On the extreme eastern edge of the site,
partially up Corbin Valley, the rocks are steel grey, high
grade, slate. The outcrops on the northern edge of the site
are steel grey, highly indurated calcareous siltstone to
calcareous argillite with quartz veinlets and calcite
bedding veinlets. Bedrock cuttings taken from the drilling
program indicate the bedrock below the unconsolidated
material of Drill Pad D-l is a steel grey calcareous rock
probably midway between a slate and phyllite in degree of
metamorphism. (Figure 9)
The following are the data for the field stations Refer to
Figure 10 for their topographic location and Figure 11 for
field data presentation.
STATION A:
Lithology:
Beds:
1-15
Highly weathered steel grey slate
laminations less than 1 cm.
Strike N65°W
Dip	68 °N

-------
f> -
i* . 1
y J t <

A	V-
3 ' •
2000
n*.

**iV ^
^ ;dr' --
Vr*
f ^ :r^
"¦ I ' -& ~ ' -»•:
CS) £E)
<31
^CH>
v	<39
4000
'000 wttrfi
SEISMIC LINE AND DRILLING LOCATIONS

-------
Figure 10 FIELD STATION LOCATIONS

-------
Figuretl
STRUCTURE MAP OF FIELD DATA

-------
GEOLOGY
STATION B:
Lithology:
Beds:
Joints:
STATION C:
Lithology:
Beds:
Joints:
Steel grey phyllite with
lamination varying from 1mm to 5mm.
Strike N78°W
Dip	75°N
Strike N5°E
Dip
90'
Steel grey indurated siltstone
with quartz and calcite veinlets.
Strike N78°W
Dip	72 °N
Strike N10°E
Dip	79°W
Blocky fracture, 1 meter (3 foot) blocks
STATION D:
Lithology:
Beds:
Joints:
STATION E:
Lithology:
Beds:
steel grey high grade
calcareous slate
Strike N80°W
Dip	60 °N
Strike N10°E
Dip	90°
steel grey fissile slate
with quartz bedding veinlets.
Strike N72°W
Dip 79°N
1-19

-------
GEOLOGY
STATION F:
Approximately 100 meters west of Station E.
Lithology:
Beds:
Joint:
STATION G:
Li thology:
Beds:
Joints:
STATION H:
Li thology:
Beds:
Joints:
STATION I
Lithology:
Beds:
Joints:
Same rock type as Station E with
higher density of quartz veinlets
Strike
Dip
Strike
Dip
N6 8 °W
48°N
Nl 5 0 W
70°W
Interbedded units of steel grey
fissile slate and light grey arkosic
sandstone with quartz veinlets. The
alternating rock types vary from
5.1 cm to 21.2 cm (2" to 6") in unit thicknes
Strike
Dip
Strike
Dip
N83°W
76 °N
Nl 4 °W
14°N
Dirty grey indurated siltstone.
Strike
Dip
Strike
Dip
N80°W
4 7 °N
N7°E
71 °W
Steel grey fissile slate
with quartz bedding veinlets
Strike N82°W
Dip	68 °N
Set I
Strike N16°W
Dip	63 °W
Set II
Strike N32°W
Dip	53 °NE
fossils were discovered in our field program,
foliation and bedding strike approximately east-west and
1-20

-------
GEOLOGY
dip steeply to the north (Figures 12, 13 and 14). Field
mapping has identified only two anomolous dip reversals both
of which are several kilometers from the site (U.S.G.S. Map
1-356). One reversal exists approximately halfway up the
west side of Valdez Glacier. Here the rock strikes
northeast and dips steeply to the south (Figures 12 and 13).
Associated with this anomolous strike and dip is a linear
feature identified from aerial photographs and helicopter
reconnaissance. The other identified dip reversal lies
approximately 32.2 km (20 miles) west of the site just south
of Ptarmigan on the Richardson Highway. This dip reversal
is also near an air photo identified linear feature (Coulter
and Coulter, 1962).
Linements
Linear features identified from aerial photographs and
helicopter reconnaissance run close to the site (Figure 11).
There appears to exist two different sets of features, a
dominant northwest trending set and a subordinate northeast
trending set. The northwest trending features probably
belong to the Valdez set (Condon, 1965).
Close inspection of these features gave no evidence to
suggest they are faults either active or relic. Field
examination of the linements is very difficult due to heavy
foliage, glacial scouring, weathering, lack of mappable
geologic units to identify possible offset, and soil
overburden. Indications suggest they are probably major
joints that have weathered at a higher rate than the
surrounding bedrock.
Air photo interpretation gave no indication of offset. The
apparent lack of offset suggests that offset is non-existent
or very slight, or that it was pre-glacial, since rock
scouring by glaciers was prevalent throughout the region.
Although the linements have not been identified as faults,
either active or inactive, they are the zones where
differential movement could occur if sufficient tectonic
forces were applied to the area. Since differential
movement along these features was not observed as a
consequence of the 1964 Great Alaskan Earthquake, the
probability of sudden realignment of the linement is remote.
However, it is not recommended that any construction be
undertaken directly upon such features.
Slope Stability
Stability of the rock slopes surrounding much of the site
does not appear to present a problem. Rockfalls and talus
slopes were not observed on the site. The steep dip of the
1-21

-------

-------
GEOLOGIC CROSS
A
I
ro
Oj
Figure 13
SECTION A-A'
I inch= l,OOOfeet vertical
I inch = I mile horizontal

-------

-------
GEOLOGY
foliation controls the rock's failure planes.
If a large-scale bedding plane failure of a rock slope were
to occur, it would probably occur in an area where the
strata dips parallel to the face of the slope. Along the
south ridge bordering the site, the rock rises approximately
120 m (400 ft) and the strata dips steeply to the north,
into the site. Possible failure along bedding planes would
most likely occur here. Fortunately, these slopes are not
critically steep, nor are there overhanging rock projections
that could fail along a bedding plane and slide into the
site.
The outcrop ridge on the north edge of the site is a much
steeper slope (approximately vertical). However, it has
less vertical rise (90 m, 300 ft), and the strata dips to
the north (into the face of the slope) so large slope
failures along bedding planes is not possible. The possible
type of failure would be occasional small blocks falling out
of the ridge wall due to weathering along joints and
fractures. Construction immediately adjacent to this ridge
is not recommended without further investigation into the
stability of the rock walls.
The rock outcrop slope on the east edge of the site appears
stable. The slope rises approximately 850 m (2800 ft) at
approximately 29°, and is heavily covered with foliage. The
foliage suggests no recent rock slides and it also provides
a protective barrier to occasional loose rolling rocks.
All of the outcrops surrounding the site have been carved by
glaciers until they were quite smooth. Lack of ragged
uneven slopes suggests little possibility of rock slope
failure. The heavy foliage over most of the surrounding
slopes suggests there has been no recent slope failure and
also acts as a control against possible future failure.
Avalanches
The rock outcrops surrounding much of the site are quite
steep. The area's heavy snow fall combined with steep
slopes would seem to indicate potential avalanche risk.
Although conditions seem favorable for avalanches, no
evidence of their previous existence appeared on site.
There were no apparent natural avalanche chutes and the
hillside's foliage and soils appear unscarred.
Riprap
The outcropping rock could be used as a riprap material.
The rock is crisscrossed with fractures and joints, and
these should aid in ease of excavation. There is a
1-25

-------
GEOLOGY
possibility of finding beds that have very fine laminations.
Rock from these beds would not be adequate for riprap. It
appears, however, from our observations that the vast
majority of outcropping rock would make satisfactory riprap.
If on-site riprap is not desired, other sources in the area
are of equal rock quality. On the west side of Valdez
Glacier Valley, across from the north edge of the proposed
Alpetco site, lies a quarry suitable for riprap. Other
riprap sources may be available but are not as close or
accessible as this one.
Bedrock Foundations
If construction is desired on bedrock, a careful examination
of the proposed construction area's bedrock should be
undertaken. Careful attention should be given to the
possibility of slippage along the steeply dipping bedding
planes. Also, a close examination of the joints and
fractures should be conducted in any evaluation of the rock
as a possible foundation base.
Glaciers
Within the area surrounding the site there are numerous
glaciers. Valdez Glacier is the largest of these glaciers
and the one with the most significant potential impact upon
the site (Figure 6). As shown in Figure 6, Valdez Glacier
is a north-south running glacier approximately 32.2 km (20
miles) in length. The surface slope of the glacier is
gradual until nearing approximately 305 meters (1000 feet)
from the top where it steepens to 15° to 20°. Since it was
first observed for movement in 1898, Valdez Glacier has
steadily receded except for the year 1906 when it advanced
for 76 to 107 meters (250 to 350 feet) (Tarr and Martin,
1914). The rate of recession has varied from 11 to 20
m/year (39 to 74 ft/year) (Figures 15 and 16). No
explanation has been hypothesized for the one year of
advancement. However, the predominance of years having
recession suggest that the Glacier will continue to recede
for the foreseeable future (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Cold Region Research and Engineering Laboratory, 1975).
The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964 had no apparent effect
on the rate of the movement of Valdez Glacier. The only
impact the earthquake had on the glacier was a few minor
rockslides (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Cold Region
Research and Engineering Laboratory, 1975).
Valdez Glacier has historically experienced some thaw water
accumulation along its sides and near its front. These
lakes are a result of temporary ice dams blocking the flow
1-26

-------
Recorded positions of the terminus of Voider Glacier since (909.
(CouIter, H.W. and R.R. Migliocco, 1966 )
Figure 15
1-27

-------
1.0
1-28

-------
GEOLOGY
of water downslope. They appear to thaw often and drain.
A study of the Valdez Glacier lake damming phenomenon is
being conducted by Woodward-Clyde Consultants and is
scheduled for completion in 1980. A HUD study and earlier
geologic information indicate a potential for possibly
significant flooding by sudden glacial lake releases.
However, the present level of data is not sufficient to
support or deny the probability of a major outburst flood.
An aerial examination with a helicopter during late July of
1979 indicated no apparent flood danger, in 1979, from
damming of the glacial water either at the toe or edges of
the glacier.
Corbin, Camicia and several other glaciers all coalesced
with Valdez Glacier in the past (U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers Cold Region Research and Engineering Laboratory,
1975) (Figure 6). However, these glaciers have receded at
rates similiar to, or faster than, Valdez Glacier.
Corbin Glacier has the strongest impact on the proposed site
of these tributary glaciers. Melt waters from the glacier
and runoff into Corbin Glacier valley run directly onto the
site, along the bedrock ridge on the south side of the site.
A visual examination of the glacier and associated terrain
gave no indication that natural damming of these waters is
possible.
Pipeline Route
The pipeline from the proposed refinery site to the main
terminal progresses through two differing geologic
conditions.
The first area is that section of pipe beginning at the
refinery and continuing until contact with the mountains on
the south side of Port Valdez. This section consists of an
area of glacial outwash and fluviatile deposits. These
deposits include fine grained soils.
Depths to bedrock are probably sufficiently deep in this
area to make their influence on construction secondary to
soil influences. Estimated depths to bedrock are inferred
from the shape of the topography.
Hazards directly related to geology are earthquake
associated. Ground cracking and stretching could be factors
as suggested by their generation as a result of the Alaska
Earthquake of 1964.
The second section exists along the slopes of the mountains
1-29

-------
bordering the south side of Port Valdez. Along this
section, the pipeline will proceed over alluvial fans and
steeply north dipping Valdez group bedrock. Identification
of the alluvial fans and bedrock is dependent upon a USGS
Open File Map entitled "Preliminary Engineering Geologic
Maps of the Trans-Alaska Pipeline Route" by Oscar J.
Ferrians, 1971.
Several Linements of the Valdez set run through this area.
No exact information has been obtained concerning specific
features; however, with the trans-Alaska Pipeline
positioned directly upslope from the proposed Alpetco
pipeline, a degree of confidence is gained based upon their
investigation of the route and subsequent placement of the
pipeline. However, certain hazards do exist and should be
noted. The possibility of rock slides and avalanches is
very real in this area due to the steep slopes. Solid
evidence of past avalanches and rock slides are visible in
the area.
SEISMIC REFRACTION SURVEY
A shallow seismic refraction survey was undertaken to
determine the depth to bedrock in the site area. The
instrument used was a Nimbus Instruments Model ES-1200
seismograph. This particular instrument is a 12 channel
recorder. Instrument setting can vary both the gain and
amplitude of each channel. It also has the capability of
stacking several different runs to give an additive
composite of the seismic traces. This allows for increased
amplitude of character and cancellation of the random noise.
The final result being a sharper amplitude break with
improved character analysis.
Four seismic roads were cut at the site to shoot the arrays
(Figure A). A 335 meter (1100 foot) cable was set out for
each set up with the geophones being 30.5 meters (100 feet)
apart (Figure B). Shot points distances from the end of the
spread varied from 0 to 498 meters (0 to 1600 feet),
depending on the predicted depth of bedrock in that area.
Explosive charges varying from 0.5 kg to 5 kg (1 lb to 10
lb) were used as energy sources to generate the seismic
waves. The type of explosive used was a 0.5 kg (1 lb)
container termed a Kinestik. This explosive is a product of
Kinepak, Inc., and has a detonation velocity of 5,850 m/s
(18,000 ft/s).
To analyze the data from this survey, the first arrival
times were picked, and arrival times versus the distance
from the shot point were plotted. The slope of the linear
segments of the plotted data provided the velocities of the
1-30

-------
aT/ /?
r-Yef/M! -
//
Jl\' /'.. 1/ 7
"L'Ul'AI IUN
\ \ .
° /'{• -:'^y
T8S
T9S 2

/goo ^OpQ
SCALE«r« 2000*
1 •' / .-•>•
y.- u f P&
* 0^ d
S«
-T2
4' l' < '


v
•'/
\
'N

Uc'v-U
% 4Ut
<>
rUI
\-.
V/
K
%



/*

Figure A
1000
?0
?00 0
300
4000
•000
SEISMIC LINE AND DRILLING LOCATIONS

-------
100ft.
SHOTPOINT
i
OJ
NJ

GPH,I 2
e—e-
3
¦e-
4
5
¦e-
6
7
-e-
8
-e-
9
-e-
10
-e-
11
¦e-
l 2
-e-
K
SHOTPOINT
VARIES FROM
%0' TO 1600 FEET
—H.
OFFSET
BLAST WIRE-
C
DETONATE
I
RECORDER
b
STANDARD GEOPHONE SPREAD SET-UP f,gure b

-------
GEOLOGY
soil profile down to and including bedrock.
Analysis of the data indicates four soil layers and a
bedrock layer within the sensitivity of our seismic
equipment and resolution allowed by the geophone spread.
The five velocities for the four layers going from the
surface to bedrock are approximately: 366 m/s, 1,006 m/s,
1,646 m/s, 2,256 m/s, and 3,668 m/s (1,200 ft/s, 3,300 ft/s,
5,400 ft/s, 7,400 ft/s, and 12,000 ft/s).
We have been unable to tie the calculated velocity
interfaces to specific changes in soil type as provided by
the drilling logs. The different velocities appear to be
tied to the degree of consolidation rather than the specific
soil type. The drilling was conducted using an air lift
rotary device which is a an indifferent sampling tool and
does not give a direct density evaluation.
Based upon the quality of the data, the velocity contrasts,
and the multilayer case of depth analysis, the values
supplied in the depth to bedrock map are estimated to be
plus or minus 10 percent. This confidence level is weakened
by the detection of a variable thickness silt layer in the
soil profile. This silt was detected by test borings. If
the silt layer has a significantly lower velocity than the
material overlying it the depth calculation could be in
substantial error in areas where the silt layer is thick.
The silt layer's velocity probably is not much less, if any
less, than the material above it. This assumption is based
on our predicted seismic refraction depth versus drilling
depths. If the silt's velocity were significantly slower,
then our calculated bedrock depth from the refraction survey
would be deeper than the true bedrock depths. Our
calculated depth for drill hole D-l was essentially correct.
The calculated depth of bedrock at B-3 is 6 meters (20 feet)
lower than the drilled depth. We did not encounter bedrock
in this testhole. The silt in B-3 was the thickest found
on-site, with a thickness of approximately 37 meters (120
feet). If the silt had a slower velocity, we would have had
to encounter bedrock at a depth shallower than the drilled
depth of 500 feet in order for the slower velocity to have
significantly affected our depth calculations.
The methods used to determine the bedrock depths was the
intercept time method and a ray path method. Both methods
were used to interpret all of the seismic refraction data.
To determine the depth to bedrock, the first interpretation
technique used was the intercept time method. This method
utilizes the concept of carrying the slope of one particular
velocity over to the point where it would intercept the time
ordinate on a distance versus time plot (Figure C). Using
1-33

-------
tr
tr
RAYPATHS AND TRAVELTIME CURVES FOR A DIPPING REFRACTOR
(Ttltord, Geldorf, Stierrlff and Ktyi, 1976)	FIGURE C
1-34

-------
GEOLOGY
the intercept time in the following equation gives a depth
to the interface, at a distance Z cos b tan a from the shot
point in the direction of the geophones (b = angle of
refraction interface dip).
Z - (v^t)/2 cos b
Z = perpendicular distance from
interface to surface
= upper layer velocity
v^ = lower layer velocity
t = intercept time
b = arcsin (V^/V2^
(See Figure 3)
To use this method for more than one layer one merely has to
subtract the intercept time of the interface above it and
calculate a new "b". Adding the previous layer's thickness
to each successive layer's will provide a depth to each
successive interface until bedrock is reached.
Due to the dip of the refractor's interfaces apparent
velocities were obtained from the time-distance plots. To
obtain a true velocity, a harmonic mean was taken of the
apparent velocities:
1/vt = 1/n (l/v1+l/v2+l/v3+...+l/vn)
= true velocity
V1 / v2' v3'***vn = aPParent velocities
After analysis with the intercept time method, we refined
those calculated depths using a ray path technique. With
this method we graphically calculated depths by tracing
individual ray paths from shot point to geophone, using
total travel time as the criteria of interface placements.
The critical angles used to trace ray path angles were the
same "b"'s derived for the time-intercept method. As a
starting point to determine the depth and dip of each
interface, we used the time-intercept calculations. They
were moved appropriately to fit the ray path travel time
(see Dobrin, 1976 for a detailed explanation of both forms
of analysis. Also see Telford, Geldart, Sheriff and Keys,
1976) (Figures D,E,F and G for depth to bedrock cross
1-35

-------
/./ME A
-------
A/A/£ S
a	soar
JCALF:	^ M ^	Sr>0#/Z0*7»Z
K£T/?T/CAL
Figure E
BEDROCK CROSS SECTION LINE B
-------
Z//VZ- c
SCAZS ' /"*500 ' //0/?/Z0ATA^
/'*eso' y£/?T/CAZ-
Figure F
BEDROCK CROSS SECTION LINE C
-------
/-/A/£ D

300
Figure G
BEDROCK CROSS SECTION LINE 0
-------
GEOLOGY
sections).
We ran two downhole velocity surveys to determine interval
velocities. This data if precise would have solved our
possible lower velocity silt layer question. The downhole
survey was unsuccessful.
The downhole survey was run in testholes B-3 and C-l, having
8 inch steel casing with a three dimensional geophone setup.
The geophones were lowered downhole and mechanically clamped
to the sidewall of the steel casing. Hammer blows were then
struck at the surface to generate the signal. Both "S" and
"P" waves were generated. The "S" waves were generated for
ground response data, while the "P" waves were strictly for
interval velocity refraction data.
Analysis of the resultant seismic record gave no
interpretable information. Possible explanations for this
lack of data could be: 1) interference of the steel casing
due to the signal traveling directly to the casing and down
it. 2) Poor soil pipe contact. 3) Non-sufficient energy
for a high attenuation material such as the cobbly gravels
on site. 4) Poor mechanical contact between the geophones
and the casing sidewall. We were advised before the survey
that the steel casing could prove a problem. Common
practice is to use a plastic casing for this purpose.
However, the plastic casing was not compatible with the
hole's primary function as a test well.
Seismic Reflections
In addition to the refraction survey a small reflection
experiment was conducted. Data was recorded with the
identical recorder used in the refraction survey. However,
the geophone spread was reduced to 20 feet between
geophones. A shot point was located at the center of the
spread at a depth of 20 feet. Several runs were conducted.
We were unable to record any useful data for bedrock
profiling. An uneven bedrock surface probably created
diffraction to disrupt an interpretable recording. Also,
high attenuation due to shooting in gravel probably
contributed to a lack of data. This reflection survey was a
supplement to our refraction survey and should not be
considered as source of poor confidence in our final seismic
data evaluation. The instrument used was not ideal for
reflection work and the subsurface conditions were adverse
for a successful reflection survey.
1-40
-------
GEOLOGY
DEFINITION OF TERMS (FAULTS)
Introduction to the Structure of the Earth, Chapter 7 by
Edgar W. Spencer, 1977.
FAULTS-GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
A fault is a plane or zone in solid rock parallel to which
displacement has occurred. Faults occur in many structural
situations, varying from minor faults associated with folds
to major fault zones which form borders of mountain ranges
and others which are major zones of weakness in the
lithosphere. Fault zones can be traced to depths of
thousands of meters, and their presence to depths as great
as 700 km is inferred from the depth of deep-focus
earthquakes.
A fault may be smooth, a finely striated or slickensided
surface, but more commonly it is a zone ranging from a few
to over a hundred meters in width in which the rock has been
broken, brecciated, and sometimes ground into a powdery
material, called gouge, or crushed and recrystallized into a
flinty material called mylonite. Many fault zones are
composed of a number of subparallel faults, synthetic
faults. The bedding may be systematically displaced as in a
step fault pattern, or the sections of rock caught between
faults may be folded and rotated, forming a chaotic
structural pattern.
Fault nomenclature is complex because the number of
variables is great. The fault orientation, the position of
the faulted beds relative to the fault, and the amount,
direction, and type of movement between the blocks all vary.
The movement may be such that adjacent points are displaced
by translation, rotation, or both.
FAULT MOVEMENT-DISPLACEMENT, SLIP, AND SEPARATION
The amount and direction of movement between two rock masses
separated by a fault is an important aspect of fault
problems. Movement may be of critical importance when, for
example, the fault involves a severed ore body, a displaced
oil-bearing bed, a dam foundation, or a tunnel.
Determination of movement on faults requires thoughtful
consideration of what is being measured, even when the fault
has essentially planar shape and the movement is
translational.
The amount of movement on a planar fault is usually
expressed as displacement (syn.: net slip), which is the
1-41
-------
GEOLOGY
distance* between any two originally adjacent points on a
fault plane after movement occurs. While this concept is
simple its application is difficult or sometimes impossible
because relatively few natural features appear as points.
Most such points are formed by the intersection of a linear
feature, such as those listed below with a fault plane
(after Crowell, 1959):
1.	Lines formed by intersection of two planes such as the
line of intersection of two dikes, a dike with a bed, two
veins, etc.
2.	Lines formed by the trace of one plane on another:
a.	Trace of a bed below or above an unconformity against
the unconformity.
b.	Any older structure terminating against an
unconformity or older fault (faults, dikes, sills, veins,
sheets, fold axial surfaces, etc.)
3.	Linear geology features:
a.	Buried river channels, shoestring sand, attenuated
Sand lines.
b.	Volcanic necks, ore shoots, etc.
c.	Recent physiographic features along recent faults
4.	Stratigraphic lines:
a.	Pinch-out line
b.	Lines formed by facies changes
c.	Shoreline, basin marginal features
*Direction of the slip vector must also be known.
1-42
-------
GEOLOGY
5. Constructed lines:
a.	Isopach lines
b.	Lithofacie lines
c.	Axial and crestal lines
Displacement is but one of a class of terms, called slip,
based on the actual relative movement between the fault
blocks. Among these terms are:
Net slip: Actual displacement.
Dip slip: The component of net slip measured down the
dip of the fault. (Note: Net slip may be equal to the
d ip siip.)
Strike slip: The component of net slip measured parallel
to the strike of the fault.
Oblique slip: A slip which is oblique to the dip of the
fault.
When slips cannot be determined, the best way to describe
movements is in terms of separations-the distance between
any two parts of an index plane disrupted by a fault and
measured in some specified direction. Separations may be
observed from a geologic map or from subsurface data.
Separations are commonly measured:
1.	Along the strike of the fault-strike separation.
2.	Down the dip of the fault-dip separation.
3.	In a vertical line (e.g., a well)-vertical separation.
4.	Perpendicular to beds-stratigraphic separation (e.g.,
the thickness of the beds omitted between units adjacent on
opposite sides of the fault).
1-43
-------
FIELD PROGRAM
Descr i pt i on
To supplement existing hydrologic and geotechnical informa-
tion available on the proposed site a field exploration pro-
gram was conducted. The core of the program was the water
well/test hole drilling that occurred during June and July
1979. In addition on-site terrestrial hydrology and geo-
technical investigations were conducted on a regular basis
from March through August 1979. Monitoring of stream flow
and water table data is to continue on a twice-monthly basis
from September 1979 into the spring of 1980 to complete a
fuI I year of data.
The drilling program consisted of 15 six-inch-diameter holes
and one 12-inch-diameter hole that served as a high-volume
groundwater test well. Drilling was performed by a private
contractor. The work, under contract with Alaska Petrochemi-
cal Company, was administered and inspected by DOWL Engineers
personnel. Test hole locations were selected to best repre-
sent subsurface conditions on the site, particularly with
respect to groundwater effects. The 6-inch-diameter holes
were drilled with a Koehring Speedstar SS15 rotary drill rig
and the 12-inch-diameter hole with a Koehring Speedstar 71
cable tool rig. Steel casing (lining) was installed in all
holes and each hole was marked to facilitate winter monitor-
ing of water level and quality and snow depth. Figure A
shows the locations of the test holes. Throughout this
report are references to an a Ipha-numeric (e.g., A-2) symbol
that identifies each test hole.
Beginning in March 1979 all streams on the proposed project
site were monitored regularly for quality and quantity of
flow and were further investigated for source. Helicopter
and on-the-ground inspections were made throughout the areas
to document identifiable conditions and assist in planning
the drilling program.
Additional data were obtained from a preliminary site study
performed by Northern Technical Services (NORTEC); Alaska
State Division of Highway borings; soils studies in the old
Valdez townsite; and two existing water wells near the air-
port .
1-44
-------
SEISMOLOGY
I.	REGIONAL SETTING
The city of Valdez is situated in that area of southcentral
Alaska identified physiographically as the Kenai-Chugach
section of the Pacific Border Ranges Province. The Pacific
Border Ranges is the southern province of the larger major
physiographic division known as the Pacific Mountain System.
This system is one of the four major Alaskan physiographic
divisions identified as the northwesterly extension of major
physiographic divisions of Canada and the western
conterminous United States. The Pacific Mountain System
includes two dramatic mountain provinces (Alaska/Aleutian
and Pacific Border Ranges) separated by an extensive coastal
trough (Cook Inlet/Susitna Lowlands) (Figure 1). The
Alaska/Aleutian Province is a region of extreme seismic and
volcanic activity, which has been identified with the
subduction zone formed as the Pacific Ocean plate dips below
the North American continental plate. The collision of
these two tectonic plates and the resulting subduction zone
has formed the Aleutian Island chain and the contiguous
Aleutian Range on the Alaskan Peninsula. This volcanic
island arc and associated deep ocean trench (Aleutian
Trench) are typical expressions of arcuate volcanic
island/trench groups found throughout the Pacific. The
somewhat regular distribution of the vulcanism around the
continental margins of the Pacific have lead to the coining
of the popular name "The Ring of Fire" for this region.
Most of the seismic activity of the world takes place along
the areas of collision between the continental and oceanic
plates. It is, in fact, the mapping of the earth's seismic
activity that lead to the recent theory of global plate
tectonics. The Aleutian Island Arc and its continued
continental expression - the Alaskan Peninsula - form the
concave northward expression of orogenisis related to the
collision of the North American Continental Plate and the
Pacific Ocean Plate. The Alaska Range is the concave
southward expression of this same phenomenon. Together
these two mountain ranges merge to form an area 5,150 km
(3,200 mi) long and 160-480 km (100-300 mi) wide in which
approximately 7% of the world's earthquakes occur. The
majority of these shallow focus earthquakes (focal depths
less than 7 0 km) occur between the Aleutian Trench to the
south, and the volcano chain to the north.
II.	MAJOR FAULTS AND FAULT SYSTEMS THAT CAN AFFECT THE SITE
Several major faults or fault systems have been identified
which can produce earthquakes that may affect the proposed
refinery site (Table 1). Although most of these fault
1-45
-------
I
-F*
FIGURE 1
LEGEND
INTERIOR PLAINS
ROCKY MOUNTAIN SYSTEM
INTERMONTANE PLATEAUS
PACIFIC MOUNTAIN SYSTEM
ARCTIC COASTAL
PLAIN
PHYSIOGRAPHIC DIVISIONS OF ALASKA
-------
TABLE 1
MAJOR FAULTS THAT CAN AFFECT THE PROPOSED SITE
FAULT SYSTEM
Fau 11
Length
(mi)
Nearest
Approach
To Site
(mi)
Max imum
Probab1e
Magn i tude
(M)
Probab1e
Peak
Bedrock
Acceleration
(%g)
Predomi nant
Period of
Bedrock
Motion
(sec)
1.
Dena1i
1600
150
8.5
5
1.1
2.
Castle Mountain
350
90
8.0
5
0.7
3.
Kn i k
135
90
7.5
3
0.6
k.
Aleutian Megathrust
1800
25
8.6
35
O.k
5.
Patton Bay S Hanning Bay
60
90
7.k
3
0.6
6.
Chugach - St. Eli as
200
80
8.3
6
0.6
7.
Ragged Mountain
20
80
6.9
2
0.5
8.
Galena Bay
22
18
6.9
2k
0.3
9.
Jack Bay
32
lk
7.1
31
0.3
10.
Whalen Bay
12
22
6.6
16
0.3
11.
Fai rweather
650
150
8.5
5
1.1
-------
SEISMOLOGY
systems are a considerable distance away from the site (80
miles or more), they are capable of producing major	or great
earthquakes that may affect the proposed	refinery
(Figure 2).
Denali FauIt System
The Denali Fault System arcs 1400 km (854 mi) across central
Alaska from the Yukon Territory, Canada, to Bristol Bay in
the Bering Sea. The fault is divided into three major
segments - the eastern or Shakwak Valley segment, the
western or Farewell segment, and the two strands of the
central segment identified as the Hines Creek Strand and the
McKinley Strand. Grantz (1966) suggested that the younger
southern strand (McKinley) has "short-circuited" the older,
and longer, northern strand (Hines Creek) thus becoming the
active section of this portion of the fault system.
The Farewell segment of the Denali Fault System is a complex
fault with many strands that exhibit fault scarps of Recent
age, wide gouge zones, and evidence of regional drag during
late Cretaceous and Cenozoic time. Right lateral slip of up
to 100 km (61 mi) has been inferred from reversals of
stratigraphic throw and separation of Cretaceous rocks on
the western part of the fault. Early or mid-Pleistocene
displacements are evidenced in the right lateral offsets of
large glaciated valleys at the east end of the fault.
Offsets of up to 5 km (3 mi) are inferred (Grantz, 1966).
Fault scarps of Recent age exhibit up to 2.5 m (8 ft) of
vertical displacement, and indicate that a large portion of
the Cenozoic displacement of the southern section of the
fault was up on the south. This displacement has been
related to uplift of the Aleutian Island Arc on the
mainland. The great lateral extent of this uplifted zone,
and its abrupt termination at the Farewell section of the
Denali Fault System, reinforces the supposition that this
fault zone is a major crustal feature (Van Wormer, et
al, 1974).
The Hines Creek Strand in the central portion of the Denali
Fault System is the older arcuate connection between the
Farewell and Shakwak Valley segments of the fault system.
This strand is the northern and more fundamental geologic,
break of the fault in the central Alaska Range.
Strike-slip faulting is associated with this strand of the
fault for continuity with other segments of the fault which
reveal evidence of large right-lateral slip. If large
horizontal displacement has in fact occurred, it must have
1-48
-------
M
I
VO
.VALDEZ
LEGEND
Figure 2
MAJOR FAULTS IN SOUTHCENTRAL ALASKA
O	too	ZOO MILES
FAULT SYSTEMS
I DENALI
IA FAREWELL SEGMENT
IB HINES CREEK STRAND
ic Mckinley strand
ID SHAKWAK VALLEY STRAND
CASTLE MOUNTAIN
KNIK
4	CHUGACH - ST ELIAS
5	FAIRWEATHER
6	JACK BAY f WHALEN BAY
7	ALEUTIAN ME6ATHRUST
8	CONTINENTAL MARGIN
TRANSITION
Thrust or reverse fault. Dashed
where inferred
Steeply dipping fault Dathid
where inferred. Bar and ball on
downthrown side.
~ Volcano
-------
SEISMOLOGY
taken place pre-Cantwell formation (Paleocene), since this
formation overlies the eastern section of the fault.
However, there is no direct evidence of pre-Paleocene
lateral slip. Mid-Pliocene and up to 6 m (18 ft) of Recent
vertical displacement are expressed as up-thrown blocks to
the north.
The McKinley Strand is the younger southern half of the
bifurcated portion of the Denali Fault System. This strand
is identified by a wide, deep, straight rift which obliquely
crosses the mountains of the Alaska Range. Large valleys
are offset and stratigraphic units are interrupted at the
fault.
Mid-Pliocene or later strike-slip displacement of 30 km (18
mi) or less is suggested from the distribution of Nenana
gravel across both strands of the fault. Pleistocene
displacement is indicated by the many glaciers and glacial
valleys which abruptly jog right laterally at the fault.
Displacements of up to 7 km (4 mi) have been noted along the
zone of slippage. Recent lateral slippage is evidenced by
small spur ridges and streams which are right-laterally
displaced 50 to 200 meters (165 to 655 feet) across the
fault. Although no historic occurrences of faulting is
recorded, Recent vertical displacements have left fault
scarps in unconsolidated sediments 6 to 15 meters (20 to 50
ft) high along the McKinley Strand.
The Shakwak Valley segment of the Denali Fault is the
northwest striking lineament which joins the McKinley and
Hines Creek Strands in the central portion of the state, and
strikes southeast more than 600 km (365 mi) into the Yukon
Territory, Canada. This remarkably linear topographic
feature separates Paleozoic or Precambrian schists to the
northeast from Paleozoic and Mesozoic slightly metamorphosed
sedmentary rocks to the southwest. This segment of the
Denali Fault System is nearest the proposed petrochemical
plant (200 km, 120 mi).
The great lithologic differences along the Shakwak segment
were established before Oligocene time, as evidenced by the
presence of isolated areas of nonmarine rocks of this age
overlying both of the contrasting lithologic units. The
vertical position of the nonmarine rocks indicates that the
north block of this branch of the Denali Fault has been
uplifted by as much as 1500 meters (4900 feet) since the
Oligocene. Large right lateral slip totaling 2 to 5 km (1-3
mi) has occurred along the fault since early Pleistocene
time. And, recent offsets in spur ridges, streams, and
glacial deposits of 50 to 200 meters (165 to 656 feet) have
1-50
-------
SEISMOLOGY
been observed along the western portion of the fault
(Gantz, 1966 ) .
In spite of the geologic evidence of major prehistoric
displacements along the Denali Fault System, the currently
measured slip rates along the fault (less than 3mm/yr) (Page
and Lahr, 1971), and the historic record of past earthquake
activity indicate that this fault system has historically
had a low level of seismicity. Only two events with
magnitudes larger than 7.0 are believed to be associated
with this fault system. A magnitude 7.4 earthquake occurred
along the McKinley Strand in 1912, and a magnitude 8.3 event
in 1904 are associated with the Farewell segment of the
fault system. Eleven earthquakes of magnitude 6 or greater
have occurred throughout the central and eastern segments of
the system since 1900. Although the historic evidence
suggests a moderate magnitude earthquake for design
considerations, geologic evidence forces the adoption of a
magnitude 8.5 event as the maximum design earthquake for the
Shakwak segment of the Denali Fault System.
Castle Mountain Fault System
The Castle Mountain Fault has been classified as a
right-latera1 strike-slip fault (Grantz, 1966). The fault
strikes southwest from the Talkeetna Mountains through the
Susitna lowlands where it is thought to join the Lake Clark
Fault in the Aleutian Mountains. The continuity of these
two faults has not been satisfactorily demonstrated;
therefore, the limits of the Castle Mountain Fault are
restricted to the Susitna lowlands segment and the Talkeetna
Mountains segment. The combined length of these two
segments is approximately 350 km (215 mi).
Several kilometers of right-latera1 slip have been mapped in
Cretaceous and Tertiary lithologic units along the eastern
half of the fault. These displacements are believed to have
taken place during Eocene to Oligocene time. Large vertical
displacements associated with reverse dip-slip faulting have
taken place since Miocene time. The vertical offsets are
steeply dipping to the north or near vertical. At least 3
meters (9 feet) of Recent dip-slip displacement has been
observed along the central portion of the fault; however,
no historic fault breaks are known to have occurred. Even
the 1964 Prince William Sound earthquake caused no known
slippage along the fault, although the Castle Mountain Fault
System is within the area of gross tectonic warpage caused
by this event (Page and Lahr, 1971).
Seismic activity along this fault is generally associated
1-51
-------
SEISMOLOGY
with low magnitude (3.0-4.5) shallow events. Only six
earthquakes with magnitudes of 6.0 or greater are associated
with this fault. Of these six only two were greater than
7.0. The maximum historic event along this fault is
believed to be the 1943 magnitude 7.3 earthquake whose
epicenter was located just north of the central portion of
the fault. Although the two largest recorded earthquakes
for this fault system were the 1933 magnitude 7.0, and the
1943 magnitude 7.3 events, it is believed a magnitude 8.0
earthquake is possible along this fault. This assumption is
based on known and inferred geologic evidence of past fault
rupture and displacement. Therefore, for design purposes a
magnitude 8.0 event should be assumed as the maximum
earthquake associated with the Castle Mountain Fault System.
Aleutian Megathrust
The subduction zone between the North American and Pacific
Ocean tectonic plates is topographically expressed in the
North Pacific by the arcuate Aleutian Island chain, the
mountains which form the Alaskan Peninsula, and the deep
Aleutian oceanic trench. The subduction zone in this area
of the Pacific is thought to be a shallow north dipping
(reverse fault) thrust zone termed a "megathrust" (Coats,
1962). The unusually shallow angle of thrust is inferred
from hypocentral locations and fault plane solutions of the
earthquakes that continually express the tectonic
realignment along the northern limits of the Pacific Ocean
Plate. Although a simplistic interpretation of earthquake
epicenters and topographic expression implies the Aleutian
megathrust is a smooth circular arc with a radius of
approximately 1280 km (800 mi), it is now believed that the
arc is composed of relatively short straight line segments
joined together at slight angles. It is further thought
that these segments are tectonically independent, and may be
separated by transverse tectonic features much like the
transform faults associated with areas of sea-floor
spreading. There has been a tendency for the hypocenters of
large earthquakes to occur near one end of these blocks, and
the accompanying aftershocks to spread over the remaining
portion so that during large events strain is released over
an entire segment of the megathrust zone, but stops abruptly
at the discontinuity between individual segments (Sykes,
1971).
Nearly the entire Aleutian Arc between 145°W and 170°E has
ruptured in a series of great earthquakes since the late
1930s (Keller, 1970). The last great event was the 1964
Prince William Sound Earthquake, which was the largest ever
recorded on the North American continent (8.4-8.6). The
1-52
-------
SEISMOLOGY
epicenter of the event was 65 km (40 mi) west of Valdez.
Strain release accompanying this earthquake resulted in
gross tectonic warpage of an area of approximately 279,720
sq km (108,000 sq mi). Although Port Valdez was on the
"hinge" or line of zero tectonic warpage, Valdez was so
severly damaged by a seismically induced submarine landslide
and accompanying sea waves (seiches) that the entire
townsite was moved to a more stable location.
Because of the high historic seismicity, and the potential
area of rupture along the megathrust, a magnitude 8.6
earthquake 40 km (25 mi) from Valdez should be the design
earthquake associated with this fault system.
Chugach-St. Elias Fault System
The Chugach-St. Elias Mountain System is thought to be the
continental expression of the impingement of the North
American and Pacific Ocean tectonic plates immediately north
of the Gulf of Alaska. The area is believed to be the zone
of transition between dextral tectonic slip along the plate
margins southeast of Yakutat Bay and underthrusting along
the Aleutian Megathrust. Continuity of relative motion
between the two plates implies both dextral and thrust
components along the continental margin south of the
Chugach-St. Elias Front; however, only thrust displacements
are expressed within the fault system (Burns and
Plafker, 1975).
The Chugach-St. Elias Fault System is expressed by late
Tertiary or early Pleistocene uplift along the southern
front of the Chugach and St. Elias Mountains. The faults of
this system are high angle north-dipping thrust faults
accompanied by intense folding. The relative displacement
along the faults, and the intensity of folding increase
northward from the continental margin in the Gulf of Alaska
toward the mountain front. The main fault of this system,
the Chugach-St. Elias Fault, extends a distance of 290 km
(180 mi) from the delta of the Copper River eastward to its
juncture with the Fairweather Fault at Yakutat Bay.
This fault, which dips northward at an angle of 30° to 60°,
is estimated to have a stratigraphic throw of at least 3050
meters (10,000 feet) (Miller, et al, 1959).
Three great earthquakes associated with the Chugach-St.
Elias Fault System occurred 80 years ago. A magnitude 8.3
event occurred in September, 1899 followed a week later by a
magnitude 7.8 event. Almost one year to the day after the
1-53
-------
SEISMOLOGY
September event, the area was again rocked by a magnitude
8.3 earthquake. Although the time frame in which these
events occurred is generally accepted as that in which
lesser earthquakes would be classified as aftershocks of the
main 1899 8.3 event, the magnitude of the subsequent events
is such that one is forced to view them as independent major
earthquakes in their own right (Richter, 1956;
Sykes, 1979). Although these earthquakes are "officially"
catalogued (NOAA) as having occurred in the same location
(142°W60°N), the lack of an extensive array of seismological
instrumentation at that time made precise location of these
earthquakes impossible. It is probable, however, that
release and redistribution of stresses within this very
complex "corner" of the regional tectonic environment may
have initiated a sudden redistribution of accumulated strain
along other adjacent or nearby structural elements of the
fault system. Only minor surface expression of fault
rupture was reported for these events because of the
remoteness of the epicentral area from population centers,
inaccessibility of the affected area, and the masking of
rupture zones by glaciers and snow fields.
Because of the historic seismicity associated with this
fault system, and its potential rupture length, a magnitude
8.3 event occurring 130 km (80 mi) from Valdez should be the
design event associated with the Chugach-St. Elias Fault
System.
Fairweather Fault System
The Fairweather Fault System approximately parallels the
coast of southeastern Alaska from its juncture with the
Queen Charlotte Islands Fault off the coast of British
Columbia to its inferred joining of the Denali Fault in
eastcentral Alaska (Page and Lahr, 1971). The total length
of the known and inferred segments of this fault is
approximately 1045 kilometers (650 miles). The closest
approach of this fault to the city-of Valdez is about 240
kilometers (150 miles) to the northeast. Right lateral slip
of several centimeters per year has been occurring on this
fault through Holocene time and possibly since Miocene time
(Grantz, 1966). A major earthquake of magnitude 7.9, which
occurred just north of Icy Bay in 1958, caused 6.5 meters of
right lateral displacement and 1 meter of vertical slip on
this fault.
Several major and great earthquakes have been associated
with this fault in the past. The maximum event attributed
to this fault is the 1899 Yakutat Bay Earthquake which had
an estimated magnitude of 8.6. A magnitude 8.1 earthquake
1-54
-------
SEISMOLOGY
just north of Queen Charlotte Islands was recorded in 1949.
Several major events with magnitudes greater than 7.0 have
also been attributed to this fault during the last 70 years.
Because of the historic seismicity associated with this
fault, and because of its potential rupture length, a
magnitude 8.5 event should be the maximum design earthquake
associated with this fault.
Lesser Local Faults
Several minor faults are expressed in Prince William Sound.
Those nearest the proposed refinery site (16+ km, 10+ mi)
are the Jack Bay, Whalen Bay, Galena Bay and Landlocked Bay
Faults. These faults are expressed as steeply dipping
normal faults (possibly thrust faults), and are believed to
be expressions of orogenisis which took place during late
Mesozoic or Tertiary time (Moffit, 1954). The faults are
expressed or inferred by deeply weathered zones and straight
fiords, which generally follow the strike of the regional
major joint sets (Valdez Set and Hinchinbrook Set), and by
lithologic unconformities (Condon, 1965).
No direct measurements of slip have been successfully made
along these fault systems; however, dextral offsets up to
2 rn (6 ft) have been reported along joints in nearby mine
shafts (Moffit, 1954).
The seismicity of these faults is unknown due to the
"masking" effect caused by the seismic activity of the
Aleutian Megathrust, which lies directly below and extends
throughout the region. Moreover, no evidence of historic
displacement along these faults has been discovered, nor was
any offset incurred by the gross tectonic warpage produced
in this area by the 1964 Great Alaska Earthquake.
Therefore, for design purposes a magnitude 7.1 earthquake
should be assigned to these faults based solely on geologic
inference of their potential rupture length, and not on
historic earthquake activity.
III. EFFECTS OF HISTORIC EARTHQUAKES AT VALDEZ
Six earthquakes are reported to have seriously affected Port
Valdez during the period between 1899 and 1979. During each
of these earthquakes, events indicating submarine slides or
possible liquefaction of the bottom sediments of Port Valdez
were reported. During four of these earthquakes, "seismic
sea waves" (probably seiching) were reported. The following
is a brief summary of the effects of these events at Port
Valdez (Coulter and Migliaccio, 1966).
1-55
-------
SEISMOLOGY
On September 3, 1899 a magnitude 8.3 earthquake occurred
near Yakutat Bay (60°N 142°W). Strong ground shaking and
"earthquake water waves" were reported in Valdez. It was
also reported that a ship, which was anchored in 40 feet of
water at the mouth of the Lowe River in 1898, was unable to
reach bottom at the same location with 200 ft of cable after
the 1899 earthquake. If these reports are factual a massive
submarine slide must have occurred in the deltaic sediments
at the mouth of the Lowe River. The distance from Port
Valdez to the reported epicentral location of the 1899 event
(265 km, 165 m) is such that bedrock accelerations were
probably on the order of 0.05 g's, and rich with low
frequency vibration. Moreover, the depth of the sediments
and their probable density leads one to believe the
amplitude of shaking exprienced by the soil deposit was also
quite small. However, due to the magnitude of this
earthquake, the duration of shaking was probably on the
order of several tens of seconds. Seismic excitation of
this nature is more apt to induce liquefaction in loose fine
sand deposits such as that found at the mouth of the Lowe
River, rather than slope failure due to over stressing
associated with inertial forces generated in the rather flat
slope. It is probable that excess pore pressure gradually
increased in the fine grain noncohesive sediments during
this event until the soil's shear strengh was reduced below
that required for stability of the slope, thus precipitating
a massive subaquious flow slide.
It is unlikely that the "earthquake water waves" reported in
Port Valdez were tsunami waves generated at Yakutat Bay. It
is unlikely such waves could propagate from their requisite
point of origin near Yakutat Bay and enter the narrow,
shallow entrance of Port Valdez in a direction approximately
180° from their direction of travel. It is more likely that
the reported waves were slide induced, or the result of
seiching within the narrow confines of Port Valdez.
The second reported earthquake to significantly affect Port
Valdez occurred on February 14, 1908 just north of Port
Fidaigo (61°N 146.25°W). No magnitude has been assigned to
this event; however, a Modified Mercalli Intensity of VI is
attributed to the assigned epicentral location. Again,
violent ground shaking and sea waves were reported at
Valdez. Additionally, the submarine cables linking Valdez
and Sitka, and Valdez and Seward were broken and buried in
several places along the bottom of Port Valdez. No evidence
of submarine slides were reported; therefore, faulting was
thought to be the culprit. However, no manifestations of
faulting could be detected anywhere onshore. It is very
unlikely that faulting could have occurred across narrow
1-56
-------
SEISMOLOGY
Port Valdez, and not left a trace along the shore;
therefore, a more probable explanation for burial of several
sections of the cable is liquefaction of the sediments in
Port Valdez. Liquefaction within these sediments is
probable for the same reasons stated for the 1899
earthquake. And, the effects on the cables due to
liquefaction would be much like those reported. That is, a
complete loss of bearing due to liquefaction of the
sediments supporting the cables would cause the cables to
sink below the mudline.
If only isolated areas along the continuously supported
cable lost all bearing capacity, the cables would sag and
stretch between the remaining sections supported on
competent soil, break, and be buried by the surrounding
sediments as they sunk into the "liquefied" soil.
Therefore, it is more probable that liquefaction of the fine
sands within Port Valdez was the cause of the cable breaks
rather than subaqueous faulting.
On September 21, 1911 a magnitude 6.5 earthquake and three
aftershocks occurred between Seward and Whittier (60.5°N
149.0°W). Moderate ground motion was reported at Valdez,
and minor talus slides were observed on Valdez Glacier.
However, no cracking or distress of the glacier was
observed. The submarine cables were again severed as in the
1908 event; however, the separation of the cables did not
take place unitl "several seconds" after the earthquake
stopped. The severing and burial of the cables was again
attributed to faulting at the bottom of Port Valdez;
however, no faulting was observed on shore. The fact that
the cables were not broken until some moments after shaking
had subsided, almost forces one to reject faulting as a
cause of the cable breaks, and accept liquefaction and loss
of support as the applicable phenomenon. The strongest
evidence is that liquefaction quite often is manifested
after ground shaking ceases, yet surface faulting must
always be accompanied by near-field ground shaking.
Non-liquefaction induced subaqueous slides should also be
rejected as the cause of cable burial, because the slope of
the bottom of the fiord was only 50 feet to the mile (<1%)
in the location where the cable was buried. It is very
unlikely that accelerations at the mudline of the sediments
associated with the magnitude and epicentral distance of
this earthquake could have generated appreciable down slope
movement of the sediments near enough to affect the cable.
The fourth earthquake known to have affected Port Valdez
(January 31, 1912) is not well documented. The earthquake
has been assigned a magnitude 7.25 and epicentral location
1-57
-------
SEISMOLOGY
at 61°N 147.5°W (65 km, 40 mi west of Valdez). Once again
the submarine cables were broken in Port Valdez.
The fifth earthquake occurred on February 23, 1925 west of
Glennallen and Copper Center. No magnitude determinations
were made for this event, but a Modified Mecalli Intensity
of VII was assigned at the epicentral location (NOAA).
Strong ground shaking caused structural damage to buildings
and the dock at Valdez. Power lines were broken, and the
submarine cables were severed once more. Seiching in Port
Valdez also caused extensive damage to the boardwalk along
Water Street.
The last earthquake to affect Valdez was the Great Alaska
Earthquake of March 27, 1964. This event was the largest
(M=8.4-8.6) ever recorded on the North American continent.
The epicenter of the earthquake was approximately 7 0 km,
(45 mi) west of Valdez in Prince William Sound. The
earthquake damaged Valdez so severely that the entire city
was moved to a new more stable location within Port Valdez
(Mineral Creek fan).
The most destructive phenomenon in Port Valdez caused by
this earthquake was a massive submarine slide involving
approximately 75 million cubic meters (98 million cubic
yards) of soil at the face of the Valdez Glacier Stream/Lowe
River outwash delta. The slide destroyed the harbor
facilities, and many nearshore facilities. Several people
were killed by the collapse of the docks and the incoming
sea waves generated by the slide. The loss of material at
the face of the outwash delta also contributed to a seaward
ground stretching and subsidence of part of the shore area
to an elevation below high tide level.
Several subordinate phenomena were initiated by the massive
slide at the face of the outwash delta. A wave with a
reported height of 9 to 12 m (30 to 40 ft) was generated
within Port Valdez. The wave traversed the length of the
embayment several times at the approximate first mode period
of seiching for the "basin". The runup of these waves
caused further damage in Valdez beyond that associated with
ground shaking. Subsidence, and ground cracking and
stretching linked to mass soil loss at the face of the delta
also contributed heavily to the destruction within the city.
Utilities ("life lines") were especially hard hit by this
form of ground failure.
The true cause of the submarine slide, which contributed so
heavily to the destruction of old Valdez, and which
precipitated ground failure and general seaward progression
1-58
-------
SEISMOLOGY
of the land mass immediate to the prequake shoreline, is not
precisely known. However, both liquefaction of sand layers
and lenses, and failure of sensitive fine grain soil (silt,
clay) could have produced similar effects as those that were
reported to have occurred. According to aerial photo
interpretation and published results of ground
reconnaissance performed by members of the U.S. Geological
Survey soon after the 1964 earthquake, most of the surface
distress was generally limited to an area within 1500 m
(5000 ft) of the prequake shoreline. The exception to these
limits was the area southwest of Knife Ridge along the dike
(Dike Road) south of Valdez Glacier Stream (Figure 3). In
that area ground cracking and evidence of liquefaction was
noted as far as 2450 m (8000 ft) inland from the prequake
shoreline.
Surface features accompanying some of the fissures and
cracks on the outwash delta were indicative of liquefaction
at depth. Sand and occasional gravel particles were ejected
as far as 30 m (100 ft) along extensive fissures.
Graben-like depressions between fissures were also noted in
areas of no reported ground stretching indicating that the
loss of ejected material at depth resulted in localized
surface depressions of up to 30 cm (12 in) deep. Test
borings made by the Alaska Highway Department indicate that
the soil fabric in the affected areas was generally more
coarse than that which is usually considered to be sensitive
to liquefaction. The fact that the ground surface was
frozen and, therefore, impermeable when the earthquake
struck may have been the important contributing factor which
made the critical difference, and allowed a relatively
permeable soil to "liquefy." It is, of course, also
recognized that the 1964 seismic event was unique in its own
right. That is, it was extremely violent and of unusually
long duration (4 to 6 min). All of these unusual factors
may have combined under just the right circumstances to
cause the reported ground failures in and about old Valdez.
IV. SEISMIC GAPS
Kelleher (1970), Sykes (1971) and others have studied the
spatial and temporal distribution of great earthquakes
(M>7.7) along the Aleutian Megathrust Zone and the major
fault systems of southcentral and southeastern Alaska.
Although the historic records are somewhat meager for this
region, apparent trends suggest the space-time distribution
of great earthquakes approaches linearity, and progresses
from east to west. Moreover, the aftershock zones of great
earthquakes (rupture surfaces) tend to abut one another with
very little overlap. Great and large earthquakes do not
1-59
-------
I
ON
o
-------
SEISMOLOGY
appear to rerupture the same area within a span of several
tens of years. The exception to this "rule" is the sequence
of great events which occurred at the turn of the century
along the Chugach-St. Elias Fault System.
Areas of seismic quiescence ("seismic gaps") between rupture
zones have been observed along the Alaska-Aleutian tectonic
boundary as well as other tectonic margins in the Pacific.
Observation of the historic space-time sequence of
earthquake occurrence has shown that gaps between two
rupture zones tend to "fill in" with large or great
earthquakes within a few tens of years in the Alaskan
region.
A gap of 200 to 300 km (120-180 mi) is evident between the
aftershock zones of the 1958 Lituya Bay earthquake (M=7.9)
and the 1964 Prince William Sound earthquake (M=8.5). The
Chugach-St. Elias Fault System lies within this gap.
Kelleher (1970) postulated this region to be the likely
location of a major earthquake within the next 20 years.
His hypothesis was born out on February 28, 1979 when a
magnitude 7.7 occurred north of Icy Bay (60.62°N141.51°W).
This event, and attendant aftershocks, is believed to have
released the accumulated strain in the eastern portion of
the gap (Lahr, 1979) (Figure 4). Estimates of the seismic
moment and accompanying fault slip (approximately 4.5 m)
associated with the main shock can account for the strain
accumulated in the area since the 1899-1900 series of
events, if an average relative motion of 5-6 cm between the
Pacific and North American plates is assumed. However, the
entire gap was not filled in this tectonically complex
"corner" during the rupture sequence (Lahr, et al, 1979);
therefore, the probability of a major earthquake occurring
within the gap in the near future should still be considered
high.
Although advances have been made in the field of earthquake
prediction in recent years, the necessary precursory
parameters are not yet well defined, nor is the requisite
instrumentation deployed regionally to measure and record
such data. Therefore, the seismic exposure or seismic risk
associated with the proposed refinery should be assessed by
the more classic probabilistic approaches, but be tempered
with the less rigorous intuitive observations of regional
seismic history.
V. SEISMIC RISK
The term "risk" as it applies to earthquake engineering
1-61
-------
I
ON
ro
-------
SEISMOLOGY
might be defined as the probability that a specific site
will experience a given level of ground shaking during a
specified design period. The design period is usually
considered as the socioeconomic life of the structure or
system under consideration.
Statistically based seismic risk analyses generally assume
that earthquakes occur randomly in space and time within a
given area, but with the same average rate of occurrence as
that established in the past. A Poisson distribution model,
which estimates the probability occurrence of rare events,
is used to assess the probability of various levels of
ground shaking at a specific site. The model assumes that
future events will occur randomly, and independently of past
events, but with the same mean frequency distribution of the
historic events within the region.
This procedure is based solely on statistical interpretation
of the historic seismic activity of the subject region.
Little account is given to regional geologic setting, or the
geophysical processes that actually produce earthquakes.
The recent theories of global plate tectonics, and the
continuing expansion of the Worldwide Network of Standard
Seismograph Stations have begun to allow significant
advancements to be made in the field of regional seismology.
However, until more complete seismic source models are
developed and the actual earthquake data base is greatly
expanded, long range earthquake prediction techniques will
continue to rely heavily on statistically based stochastic
probability analyses.
Statistica1 Procedure
The historic distribution of earthquakes (seismicity),
according to magnitude, location, and time of occurrence
within the Prince William Sound Region was researched
through data files obtained from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Environmental Data
Service. These files are updated annually to include the
most recent worldwide events.
The historic seismicity of this region was analytically
described according to the relationship proposed by Richter
(1958). A graph of this relationship is shown in Figure 5.
This graph shows the historic frequency distribution, or the
mean annual distribution of earthquakes within the Valdez
region. The size of the region was determined by selecting
a lower limit of bedrock motion that might affect the
project site (in this case a bedrock acceleration of 0.05g),
and using one of several attentuation relationships
1-63
-------
100 o
10 0
c
A|
oc
<
LU
>-
oc
Ui
0.
(/>
$ 10
<
D
O
OC
<
UI
oc
UJ
m
2
3	o 10
o 01
"\
\
PERIOD OF RECORD = 100 YRS
o	o VALDEZ
~	~ SO CALIF
I	I
log n = 3.71 -0.73M
log n = 4.66- 0.92M
3	4	5	6	7
MAGNITUDE, M
Figure 5
CUMULATIVE MAGNITUDE/FREQUENCY RELATIONSHIP
1-64
-------
SEISMOLOGY
(Schnabel and Seed, 1972) to determine the maximum distance
from the site, an upper bound magnitude earthquake (M=8.6)
would produce this level of rock acceleration. The computed
distance was used as the "search radius" for this study.
All earthquakes known to have occurred within the area
circumscribed by this radius were used as the data base.
Spatia1 Pistribution of Ground Shaking
The spatial distribution of various levels of ground shaking
for a given magnitude earthquake have been found to be
reasonably described by elliptically shaped contours
spreading concentrically away from the plane of fault
rupture (Housner, 1969, Marachi, 1972). This spatial shape
was combined with an appropriate rock acceleration
attenuation relationship to estimate the aerial extent
associated with specific levels of bedrock motion for
various magnitude earthquakes.
Cumulative Seismic Risk
The temporal distribution of earthquakes by magnitude, and
the spatial distribution of bedrock acceleration for a given
magnitude earthquake, were combined in matrix form to
compute the mean annual frequency of occurrence of a given
level of bedrock acceleration within the search area.
The spatial and temporal distribution combinations were then
used with the Poisson probability distribution to compute
the probability of the site experiencing various levels of
bedrock acceleration at least once for the design life of
the proposed refinery (30 years). The graphical
representation of these probabilities is shown in Figure 6.
In general it can be concluded from this graph that the
probability that low levels of seismic shaking will be
experienced at this site is quite high, and that for
substantial shaking is somewhat low. This relationship is,
of course, what one would intuitively expect.
Typical aseismic design practice usually includes the
selection of a level of acceptable risk, and its associated
expected ground motion for an established design period.
Structures are then designed to elastically accommodate the
resulting ground motion. Elastic design for this level of
excitation should keep damage to a minimum during those
events likely to occur during the design life of the
structure. The more severe ("maximum credible") ground
motions with low risk exposure are used as the extreme event
survivability loading condition. More refined ductile
1-65
-------
SEISMOLOGY
analyses using ultimate strength parameters may be employed
to economically insure the survivability of structures and
plant components, to mitigate loss of life of the refinery
personnel, and to reduce unanticipated down-time of the
facility during a rare extreme event that may occur during
the life of the plant. For example, if it is decided that
the proposed refinery should be designed to suffer little or
no damage for those ground motions that have a 90%
probability of occurring during the design life of the
structure, the ground motion that has a 10% chance of
exceedence should be chosen as the elastic design motion
(Figure 6).
IV. SITE RESPONSE
The response of irregularly shaped alluvium filled valleys
to seismic excitation is varied and complex (Seed and
Idriss, 1968; Idriss, Seed and Serff, 1974). However,
fairly good approximations of the ground surface response
are possible with computer modeling techniques presently
available. The surface response is represented in terms of
the amplification of peak amplitudes and the frequency
content of ground motion induced in a soil mass by
seismically induced bedrock motion. The more recent and
sophisticated finite element computer programs can model the
response of two dimensional irregular soil profiles with
complex boundary conditions (bedrock profiles) to both
horizontal vertical rock motions remarkably well. These
programs account for soil parameters such as strain
dependent moduli and damping in a way such that strains in
all adjacent soil elements are compatible, and are
consistent with the dynamic properties of the soil. Similar
one dimensional dynamic analyses of horizontally layered
soil deposits have been used to model the response of
individual "soil columns" within complex profiles.
Comparative results between the two methods are consistent;
however, the former method is considered to be more
representative of the real behavior of the total deposit
than is the latter.
Modeling Procedure
The computer program SHAKE 2 (Schnabel, et al, 1972) which
models one dimensional wave propagation through a
horizontally stratified continuous medium was used during
this study to gain insight into the probable response of the
proposed refinery site to seismically induced bedrock
motion. The rock motion chosen for this study was that
which has a 10% chance of occurrence during the design life
of the refinery. The method is based on the assumption that
1-66
-------
Figure 6
100
o
z
Q
UJ
UJ
O
X
UJ
a:
O
o
<
3
O
UJ
o
>-
-------
SEISMOLOGY
the soil deposit responds as a viscoelastic system to the
vertical propagation of horizontal shear waves from the
underlying rock formation. The soil deposit is idealized by
assuming it is composed of homogeneous, isotropic horizontal
layers which extend to infinity in the horizontal direction.
Four soil profiles were chosen to model the "limiting",
albeit hypothetical, conditions thought to be appropriate
for typical locations within the deep alluvial valley of the
proposed refinery site - deep stiff, deep soft, shallow
stiff, and shallow soft. The terms "deep" and "shallow"
describing the depth to bedrock at the study site are used
only in a relative sense to describe the depth of soil found
below the proposed refinery. They should not be taken in an
absolute sense. The soil types encountered during the
groundwater study and well development program conducted at
the site were used to describe the soil profiles; however,
since the in situ soil properties were not measured during
this study"typica1 values of soil density and shear moduli
were assigned to the individual soil layers so that both a
very dense and a very loose deposit could be modeled. The
dynamic properties of the soil deposits were estimated using
published average relationships between the dynamic shear
moduli and damping ratios of various soils as a function of
their shear strain and static properties (Seed and
Idriss, 1970).
The depths of the proposed soil deposit in the plant area
used in the ground response analysis were those encountered
during well drilling and geophysical exploration performed
as part of the hydrology/geology/soils investigation program
of this study. The depth to bedrock of the "shallow" soil
profiles was 90 m (300 ft), and the depth to bedrock of the
"deep" deposits was 210 m (690 ft).
The "design earthquakes" selected for the analytical
analysis were based on a seismicity study of the
192,000 sq km (74,000 sq mi) area surrounding the site, and
on the characteristics of the motions likely to develop in
the rock formation underlying the site. Some of the
parameters most often used to describe earthquake induced
base rock motions are the maximum acceleration, the
predominant period of the motion, and the effective duration
of shaking. Several studies have produced empirical
relationships between these parameters and the distance from
the site to the causative fault for earthquakes of various
magnitudes (Schnabel and Seed, 1972). Earthquake motions
with the requisite characteristics established from the
seismicity study performed for the proposed site were
selected from existing strong motion accelerograms, or
1-68
-------
SEISMOLOGY
existing accelerograms were modified to fit the design
motion characteristics.
The probable maximum events associated with fault systems
both near to and far from the proposed refinery site were
modeled in this analysis. Large peak amplitude high
frequency rock motions (a[max] = 0.37 g; T = 0.37 sec) were
ascribed to the probable maximum event occurring on the
Aleutian Megathrust because of its close proximity to the
site. Small peak amplitude low frequency rock motions
(a[max] = 0.05 g; T = 1.32 sec) used as the design
earthquake associated with fault systems at considerable
distance from the site (Denali and Fairweather). The
effects of these divergent motions on the ground response of
the site were investigated to assess the behavior of various
types of structures and systems associated with a
petrochemical refinery. It is expected that the full range
of structural periods common to civil type structures will
be present within the refinery complex. That is, structures
or structural systems with first mode periods of 0.1 seconds
or less (buildings, machine and stiff piping systems, etc.)
through 5+ seconds (towers, storage tanks, flexible piping
systems, etc.) will be the components of the plant.
Results of Dynamic Response Analysis
Two base rock input motions were selected to model the
occurrence of a great earthquake (M = 8.4 - 8.6) both near
(<30 km) and far from (>250 km) the site.
The soil profiles modeled in this analysis tended to filter
the high frequency components of the input motion, and
amplify the low frequency components. This behavior is
typical for soil deposits as deep as those considered in
this study. The peak bedrock motions generated by large
earthquakes near the site were amplified at the ground
surface approximately twofold through the shallow stiff soil
profile, and peak rock motions produced by distant large
earthquakes were similarly amplified at the surface through
shallow soft soil deposits. The deep soil deposits (both
stiff and soft) generally reduced the surface expression of
seismically induced bedrock motions. The reduction was most
pronounced for earthquakes occurring near the site.
The behavior of soil above bedrock is greatly influenced by
the frequency content of the base motion. As the
predominent period of the earthquake motion approaches the
fundamental period of the soil mass, large amplifications of
the base motion are possible. Furthermore, the magnitude of
ground surface spectral values (acceleration, velocity,
1-69
-------
SEISMOLOGY
displacement), and the period of vibration of a single
degree of freedom oscillator for which spectral maxima occur
are functions of the frequency content of the computed
surface motion. Therefore, the earthquake "source function"
(acceleration time history), coupled with the physical
characteristics (dynamic behavior) of the soil mass,
determines the amplitude and frequency content of the ground
surface motion produced by earthquake excitation of the
basement rock.
Figure 7 shows the computed response spectra for the various
soil profiles and earthquake motions analyzed during this
study. Figure 8 shows the suggested enveloping functions
associated with the computed response functions. And,
Figure 9 compares the results of this study with enveloping
functions of the spectra computed from actual recorded
earthquake motions modified for use in this study (El
Centro, Kern County). The plot of the "worst case" total
seismic coefficient suggested by the 1976 Uniform Building
Code for determining the base shear for buildings when using
the equivalent lateral force design method is also included
in this figure.
Figure 8 shows that ground motions associated with those
areas of the proposed site underlain by "deep" soil deposits
will produce lower spectral values than those areas
underlain by "shallow" soil deposits. Moreover, the
spectral values associated with the deep deposits are
substantially shifted towards the long period portion of the
spectrum. Similar relationships can be noted in the
spectral response of soft deposits relative to the spectral
response of stiff deposits of equal depth.
V. MITIGATION MEASURES (SEISMIC)
The probable behavior of the proposed refinery during
earthquakes can best be addressed in a twofold manner - the
geotechnical effects (site response) and the structural
behavior of refinery elements and systems.
Geotechnical Effects
Although the geotechnical data gathered during this study is
not sufficient to make specific predictions regarding the
dynamic behavior of the proposed site, some generalities can
be drawn and areas in need of further study identified.
The soils in the northwestern and central portions of the
proposed site (Area B, Figure 3) appear to be well drained,
coarse grain soil (sandy gravel with cobbles and boulders)
1-70
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 8 6 4	2	I .8 .6 .4	.2
		 			 ii 1111 			 H11 n 11 j i n ii 11 11 i i 1.11 ii. i ,i 		 1111 i i
.1 .08.06 .04
I IIII111 I I ' nmni ¦
400
200
.04 .06.08
.4 ' .6 '.8' I	2
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7a, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
DISTANT EVENT, SHALLOW SOFT SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - KERN COUNTY 1952 S69E
1-71
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 8 6 4
2	.1 .08.06 .04
.04 '.06.08 .
.4 ' .6 '.8' I	2
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7b, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
NEAR EVENT, SHALLOW STIFF SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - EL CENTRO 1940 S90W
1-72
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
400
200
.04 '.06.08 .1
.4 ' .6 '.8' I	2
PERIOD (sees)
Figure 7c, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
DISTANT EVENT, SHALLOW STIFF SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - KERN COUNTY 1952 S69E
1-73
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7d, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
NEAR EVENT, SHALLOW SOFT SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - EL CENTRO 1940 S90W
1-74
-------
400
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 8 6 4	2	I .8 .6 .4	,2	.1 .08.06 .04
							 i i ii ii 1111 n ii iii ii 1111 n ii ii in i 11 i i ii 11 ii i i ii mi iii ii 11111 l ii n 11 111 					 i i in in lu
400
200
.04 .06.08
PERIOD (sees)
Figure 7e, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
NEAR EVENT, DEEP STIFF SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - EL CENTRO 1940 S90W
1-75
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
psv, PSA, so
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 6 6 4	2	I .8 .6 .4	.2	.1 .08.06 .04
				 			 ' ' inn mi M i | m II III I I l I I 11 11 11 l I II Mill II II I I I I I I III! 11 I I I I II II I I			
400
200
.04 '.06'.08
.4 '.6.8 1	2
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7f, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
DISTANT EVENT, DEEP STIFF SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - KERN COUNTY 1952 S69E
1-76
-------
20	10 8 6 4
"	i i ¦ . i t || 11 I I II LI
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
I .08.06 .04
.04 '.06'.08.1
400
200
.4 ' .6 .8' I	2
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7g, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
DISTANT EVENT, DEEP SOFT SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - KERN COUNTY 1952 S69E
1-77
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 8 6 4	2	I .8 .6 .4	.2	.1 .08.06 .04
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 7h, RESPONSE SPECTRA (Damping = 2% & 5% of Critical)
NEAR EVENT, DEEP SOFT SOIL DEPOSIT
MODIFIED RECORD - EL CENTRO 1940 S90W
1-78
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
20	10 8 6 4
I .08.06 .04
.04 '.06.08 .1
.4 ' .6 '.8' I	2
PERIOD (sees)
| mil rim fl ii i -ill
1 4 1 6 6 I
Figure 8, SPECTRAL ENVELOPES
Damping = 5% of Critical
1-79
-------
RESPONSE SPECTRUM
PSV, PSA, SD
FREQUENCY (Hz)
10 8 6 4	2	I .8 .6 .4	.2	.1 .08.06 .04
< <	¦ ' 11111		 1 I ii ii in i i i I i in I ii i i ii n 11111111111 i 1 in 111 I 11 I mil 111 i i in i hi i i
400
200
.04 '.06.08.1
.4 ' .6 .8 I	2
PERIOD (sees )
Figure 9, COMPARISON OF SPECTRAL ENVELOPES
1-80
-------
SEISMOLOGY
of undetermined density. However, reports from the well
drilling crew and the field geologist infer the soil in that
area of the proposed site is medium dense. The static
ground water table was measured at 4 to 18 meters (12 to 60
ft) below the gound surface in that area of the proposed
site. If the soil deposit is, in fact, medium dense to
dense, no geotechnical hazards related to seismic excitation
of the site should exist. That is, liquefaction, or cyclic
mobility, is extremely unlikely, as is subsidence due to
densification of the soil during ground shaking. If the
soil in this area is loose, however, there is a remote
chance of a slight amount of seismically induced subsidence
due to densification of the loose soil.
The soil encountered during well drilling in the eastern and
southern portions (Area A, Figure 3) of the site are finer
grain saturated material (sand, silty sand, silt). Here
again, the true situ density of the soil is unknown;
however, a few of the Standard Penetration Tests performed
during well drilling and the energy required to drive the
casing suggest the soil in these areas of the proposed site
may be loose. If the formation is as loose as some of the
data have indicated, and, if the shallow water table (<5 ft)
persists, strong seismic ground shaking may cause
liquefaction and ground subsidence within these areas of the
si te.
It has been theorized that during the 1964 Prince William
Sound Earthquake (M=8.4) seismically induced liquefaction
resulted in areas of subsidence along Corbin Creek (Glacier)
which changed the course of the stream, and permanently
flooded a section of the forest. No hard evidence exists to
prove this hypothesis; that is, the date the course of the
stream was changed is not known, nor is the pre-quake
surface elevation of the presently submerged area known.
However, aerial photos of the site, and pre-quake (1960)
USGS maps do show the creek flowing north of its present
course, and the drowned section of forest alive and viable
prior to the 1964 earthquake. This combination of facts
strongly suggests that subsidence occurred in that area of
the site at about the time of the 1964 Great Alaska
Earthquake.
In addition to the potentially loose, saturated sand deposit
which may be susceptible to liquefaction during strong
ground shaking, an area of sensitive "thixotropic" silt was
encountered during the well drilling program. Although the
phenomenon of thixotropy is usually associated with
sensitive clays, the behavior of some of the soil recovered
from a depth of about 15 meters (50 ft) in the southwestern
1-81
-------
SEISMOLOGY
portion of the site was strikingly similar to thixotropic
clays. That is, the silt ("rock flour[?]") was extremely
sensitive to cyclic loading and lost most of its shear
strength during vibratory loading. However, upon cessation
of the dynamic load, the silt quickly regained its static
shear strength.
It is recommended that before the plant layout has been
finalized a detailed subsurface investigation of the site be
performed to verify or deny the presence of seismically
unstable areas in the site. Should the aforementioned
suspicions be verified, the problem areas should either
remain undeveloped, and the plant components planned for
those areas sited elsewhere on the site, or soil
stabilization measures should be undertaken to correct any
inadequate condition(s) of the soil. The stabilization
method(s) chosen should be predicated on the type of problem
found, and what plant components are planned for the
affected area(s).
Seismic Effects on Refinery Elements
A specific assessment of the behavior of individual plant
components and systems was not within the scope of this
study. However, some general behavioral chracteristics of
typical refinery structures were examined in light of the
"bracketed" ground response performed for proposed site.
The dimensions of the product storage tanks planned for this
facility are such that the first mode natural periods of
vibration of the fluid/container systems will range from
approximately five to ten seconds. That of the tall slender
processing towers will be on the order of one to two
seconds. And, above ground pipelines may have first mode
periods of a few hundredths of a second to several seconds
depending on their diameter, free span, and support
configurations. The spectral enveloping functions generated
for the soil profiles modeled during this study (Figure 8)
suggests that spectral displacements should be carefully
assessed in the design of storage tanks, containment
structures, and long sections of above-ground pipelines, and
that spectral accelerations and velocities should be
critically assessed for the design of process towers,
support buildings, and other short period structures and
refinery components.
In general the "mitigating measures" required for structures
or elements of structures to insure seismic compliance with
a given site simply entails siting structures away from
areas of potential ground failure, and designing structural
1-82
-------
SEISMOLOGY
components to withstand the level of ground shaking
considered realistically probable to occur at the site
during the life of the structure.
Most structures have a degree of lateral stability inherent
in their basic static design. Regular, continuous
structures like those found in a petroleum refinery (towers,
tanks, pipeline, etc.) have a good deal of inherent seismic
stability due to their simple geometry and elasto-plastic
material properties. Therefore, adequate design for the
interaction of refinery components is apt to be more
difficult than design for gross stability of any given
element. In this regard an in-depth ground response
analysis will be of great value in assessing the probable
behavior and interaction of the varied components of the
proposed facility. Therefore, a reasonable amount of care
employed during design and construction should insure
satisfactory behavior of the proposed facility during the
probable level of seismic excitation expected at the site
during the design life of the proposed facility.
1-83
-------
SO I LS
I ntroduct i on
The purpose of the soils investigation was to identify sig-
nificant characteristics of the soil system with regard to
potential environmentaI changes which could result from dev-
elopment of the proposed Alpetco facility. In order to
achieve an understanding of the soi I system's response to the
proposed development it is necessary to understand the gen-
eral area; geology, hydrology and seismicity; the character-
istics of the proposed development; and the soil's physical
character i st i cs . Geology,, hydrology and seismicity are dis-
cussed in detai I in separate sections, and are summarized
herein as they affect soil characteristics.
Data obta i ned by NORTEC w i th a Mob il B-61 drill in 1978 indi-
cated the soil mass generally was composed of fairly large
particles, a situation which limits the precision of sampling
in the undisturbed state and compromises the results of dis-
turbed sampling such as standard penetration tests. In a
formation of this nature samples usually consist of disturbed
materials, which provide an understanding of the soil's tex-
ture and, indirectly, its physical properties. The subsur-
face hydrology exploration program was modified to accept
occasional standard penetration determinations for sandy
soils, and if the occasion developed, thin wall tube samples
for soft, fine-grain deposits. Also, the depths and loca-
tions of the borings were adjusted to provide both general
soils and hydrologic information throughout the site. A gen-
eral site map, Figure 1, shows the seismic lines, and the
drilling pads for the test holes.
Seismic refraction techniques were incorporated into the
soils program to improve understanding of the site soils.
The seismic refraction program provided an estimate of bed-
rock depth and of the general layering of the soil systems.
Magnetometer studies were included along the access roads to
confirm regional aerial magnetometer studies and as a backup
system for the seismic studies. That program was expected to
detect gross magnetic anomolies which could influence the
water drilling program; however, the data reflected much the
same bedrock shape as determined by the seismic refraction
data, including an estimate of depth similar to that found in
the seismic study at the intersection of seismic lines B and
D.
Laboratory testing included identification tests such as:
grain size, textural classification, moisture content, Atter-
berg limits, and consolidation and shear strength data. Sal-
inity tests were included when a massive deep silt layer was
encountered.
1-84
-------
-------
SOI LS
Examination of the proposed pipeline corridor from the south-
ern boundary of the site to the proposed products dock loca-
tion was accomplished by literature review and surface obser-
vations (see Enclosure 1 of this report). The soil proper-
ties at the proposed primary access road crossing of Valdez
Glacier Stream were extrapolated from data from the proposed
refinery site, logs of water wells to the west of the stream,
surface observations and available literature.
The field data are presented as follows:
Location Sketch
General Site Conditions
Magnetometer Contours
Magnetometer Profiles
Seismic and Soil Profiles
Rock Contours
Test Hole Logs
Standard Reference Information
Data Not on Hole Logs
Photo Logs of Surface Soils
ResuIts
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figures ^ to 8
Figures 8A and 9
Figures 10 and 11
Tab Ie A
Tab Ie B
Tab Ie C
Tab Ie D
An understanding of the soil system was developed, which can
be used in an analysis of the proposed project as it relates
to impacts on the environment. The data should also be use-
ful for planning purposes; however, it is not "structure
spec i f i c."
A general analysis of the soil mass was prepared for the area
of proposed plant development. The analysis included static
bearing and dynamic characteristics, erosion potential, and
drainage characteristics. Additional analyses were conducted
regarding borrow constraints related to classified and non-
classified materials, portland cement and bituminous concrete
aggregates, and riprap.
Soil Systems in General
The pumping tests coupled with exploration and seismic data
indicate that the soil system includes one minor and four
major layers of possibly distinct depositions: (1) topsoil,
(2) surface outwash deposits, (3) till or outwash, (*+) fine-
grained layer (silt), (5) morainal deposits or till and bed-
rock. The pipeline corridor includes several soil systems
that are somewhat similar to the plant site, but which are,
in part, of a different origin.
The soil system is generally similar in characteristics
throughout most of the site with large cobbles being more
common near the surface than at great depth, and with local
deposits of sorted materials in abandoned stream channels.
1-86
-------
SOI LS
Most of the material appears to be a result of Valdez Glacier
action, with local influence of Corbin Glacier along the
eastern and southern margins of the site.
There are no bluffs or steep soil slopes subject to failure.
There are, however, steep rock slopes along the northern and
southern boundaries of the site, and along a portion of the
product pipeline corridor.
Groundwater Considerations
The water table depth at the time of exploration ranged from
.9m (3 ft) below grade in the south and east, to 18.3m (60
ft) below existing grade in the north. The annual fluctua-
tion is expected to be on the order of 6m (20 ft) with re-
charge occurring in the spring, summer and early winter. In
some areas, toward the east and south, a slight increase in
recharge rate may bring the water table to the surface in
midsummer. Generally the water table grades from north to
south at a flatter grade than the topography.
Standard precautions should be employed when excavating below
the water table. Excavations can be expected to slough sud-
denly without warning, when side slopes are steeper than 1:1
above the water table and 2:1 below the water table.
The water table tends to drop in the winter, thus it is pro-
bable that the soils in the seasonal frost zone would be
drained and hence stable during periods of freezing. In
areas where snow is compacted or removed, frost penetration
occasionally may reach 3m (10 ft) and often 1.5m (5 ft). In
areas of natural cover, penetration may be on the order of
inches. Thus, utilities and pipelines along road crossings
should be protected from freezing temperatures by depth of
embedment, circulation of the transported fluid, or insula-
tion. Dead-end lines such as static fire lines are risky,
and have failed extensively soon after construction in areas
of similar soils and climate, at depths of burial on the
order of 3m (10 ft).
Hazards
The major potential hazards detected in the plant site are:
(A) erosion, (B) flooding, (C) liquefaction, and (D) differ-
ential settlement. They are described in detail below.
(A) Erosion
Erosion is most probable in the western portion of the site
and mitigation would require control of Valdez Glacier
Stream. A dike should be constructed, and proportioned to
withstand the 100-year flood envisioned in the U.S. Depart-
ment of Housing and Urban Development Flood Insurance Admin-
1-87
-------
SOI LS
istration (HUD FIA) VaIdez Floodplain Study (see Hydrology).
Such a dike could be similar to that currently used to con-
tain the stream between the Richardson Highway and Knife
Ridge. The core could be composed of unclassified sands and
gravels,, and should be armored with riprap on the stream
side. The armor should extend below present grade to resist
erosion at the toe of the levee.
(B)	FIood i ng
The HUD study predicts an average of 1.8m (6 ft) of water
could cover the western portions of the site during the max-
imum possible flood. However, it is projected that high
water would last less than 48 hours, thus substantial leakage
through the natural foundation soils could be tolerated pro-
vided piping of the levee were avoided. Sandy gravel rather
than sand would be requ i red along the inboard toe of the
d i ke.
Flooding from Corbin Creek (Glacier) is also a potential pro-
blem. The containment dikes proposed around the tankage in
that part of the site should restrain the seasonally high
water.
(C)	Liquefaction
Liquefaction is a potential localized hazard within the pro-
posed site, and may be a hazard along the lowland areas of
the proposed products pipeline route. This hazard exists
because of the high seismicity of the region, and the loose
uniform sands which may exist in the Corbin Creek area and in
the southern portions of the site. This hazard is suffi-
ciently probable to require structure-specific exploration to
a depth of at least 50 feet in Area A of Figure 2. Develop-
ment is currently planned to avoid the suspect areas except
in the pipeline corridor.
(D)	Differential Settlement
Differential settlement may occur due to consolidation of the
soil under static loads and liquefaction of loose sands by
strong dynamic loads.
Consolidation under the action of static loads should not be
a hazard, provided normal design and construction techniques
for sub-Arctic climates are followed. Use of moderate bear-
ing values and site-specific exploration to insure that lo-
calized soft, fine-grained soils are not within the zone of
influence of footings are suggested mitigation measures. The
degree of hazard is minimal in the proposed refinery area.
Liquefaction of loose sands can result in the loss of bearing
for shallow foundation systems, and can result in large dis-
1-88
-------
mr* ttc

SCALE I =2000
LEOENO
MOCK
ARC A I
,E3 *«* «
i\
¦'S





*«•
5*$

a
¦¦„ s"°»^
Q

£*
(POSSIBLE LOOSE SAk
(GENERALLY COMPETENT
SAM OS ANO GRAVELS)

¦

¦
Jl.
ro
General Site Conditions
Figure 2
-------
SO I LS
placements of the foundations. The hazard is generally asso-
ciated with loose (low density), fine to medium graded, uni-
formly saturated sands within 15m (50 ft) of the ground sur-
face. Some of these symptoms exist in Area A shown in Figure
2 .
Borrow and Aggregate Sources
(A)	CI ass i f i ed Fill
Non-frost susceptible (NFS) soils composed of clean sands and
gravel mixtures are the preferred classified fills. Such
materials probably are available throughout the site. Occa-
sional silt layers will increase the fine grain content in
the mixtures. Due to the relatively low potential for frost
heave, such materials should be satisfactory for structural
fill without restriction in the northern and western portions
of the site, where the water table is normally deep. Use of
this material in the southern and eastern portions of the
site probably would be satisfactory because the water table
is believed to drop sharply in the fall and winter, thereby
depriving the mildly frost susceptible soils of a source of
water for significant ice lense growth.
Borrow material from the western and northern portions of the
site is expected to be coarser with cobbles and occasional
boulders, and in the eastern portion it would be sandier. It
would be prudent to limit the fine content of fill to less
than 10% passing the #200 screen in general, and to 5% or
less in critical areas.
(B)	Concrete Aggregates
The sands and gravels at the site appear suitable for port-
land cement and bituminous concrete, provided economic quan-
tities with satisfactory gradation characteristics are
located for the projected construction effort. Coarser mate-
rial probably would be located in the west and north. Sands
are expected to be more common in the east and south.
Experience with local Valdez aggregates indicates they are
satisfactory though not particularly strong.
Degradation is the important aggregate characteristic in the
Valdez area. The typical on-site material has a good rating
by the Washington degradation test. Therefore, no aggregate
suitability problem is foreseen in using the local material
for subgrade, subbase, base and bituminous concrete aggre-
gates .
(C)	Ri prap
On-site sources of rock suitable for riprap probably exist in
the peripheral hills, particularly in the northeast. Also,
1-90
-------
SOI LS
boulders from borrow sources in the west and north could
prove useful for the dike construction. Off-site quarries
also exist, such as the commercial source near Valdez Glacier
to the northwest of the site.
(D) ImpermeabIe So i I
Small amounts of silt and clay soils- exist in the southern
part of the site. However, they are in very short supply in
an ecologically sensitive area, and would be difficult to
hand Ie.
In general, the site soils are satisfactory as engineering
materials for inclusion in the construction in a natural or
altered state. In addition, commercial sources of borrow and
aggregate exist to the west of the site.
Soil Types
The soils are described in a structural sense as a five-layer
system with the second and third layers from the surface
being the layers most significant to the proposed facility.
Layer 1
Surface Layer (Layer 1) is a thin layer of overburden com-
posed of soil and organic growth extending from less than 1
inch to more than several feet in depth. This layer supports
a heavy growth of plants, brush, and trees. The depth of
overburden removal is controlled more by root depth than by
organic soil content.
During development of access roads for the field investiga-
tion program, a shallow pass with a D-8 Caterpillar tractor
blade exposed granular soils (Layer 2), which after several
passes with a light truck provided a tight stable traffic
surface north of the Corbin Creek (Glacier) crossing.
Very little topsoil was found within the site except in the
east and south. The exposed soils (Layer 2) were generally
of mixed particle sizes with pockets of sand and cobbles.
The silt fraction (minus #200 sieve size) was minimal, gener-
ally less than 10% and typically less than 5%. Occasional
sand deposits were found. Usually these deposits were of
limited extent (several inches to a foot or two vertically
and 6.1 - 30.5m [20 - 100 ft] horizontally). However, in
the south and east, layers up to 3m (10 ft) thick and several
hundreds of feet in horizontal extent were found. The dril-
ling data showed similar trends.
The seismic refraction program resulted in shallow excava-
tions about every 15.2m (500 ft) along the access roads.
These usually extended from 0.5 - 1.2m (18 - *+8 in) below
grade.
1-91
-------
SOI LS
The soils exposed along the roads were photographed uniformly
and are shown in the photo logs (Table D). These photos also
provide occasional information regarding organic cover.
Layer 2
Layer 2 (as well as much of Layer 3) consists primarily of a
material of mixed grain sizes with high permeability rated by
the Unified Classification System as GW, GP and GM, occasion-
ally SW, SM and SP. The coefficient_of permeability (k) is
estimated to be on the order of 10_1 to 101 cm/sec. The
structural differences between Layers 2 and 3 are general ly
slight, related to foundation design and seasonal frost heave
suscept i b i I i t i es.
Occasional pockets of sand, cobbles, and silt were observed
in these layers. Several thin layers of silt with organic
debris were identified at depths greater than 60m (200 ft).
The silt layers are 8 - 30cm (3 - 12 in) thick, and are rated
as stiff to hard (dense). Their importance is in providing
evidence as to how the formation occurred.
The soil's strength is derived from the angle of internal
friction and its confining pressure. The angle of internal
friction is a function of particle angularity grain size dis-
tribution, packing, and hardness. The angle of internal
friction was not measured directly, but is estimated to be on
the order of *+0° based on drilling effort and standard pene-
tration tests (SPT). Compaction of fill is expected to be
achieved easily with normal vibratory compaction techniques.
The soil should be nearly insensitive to excess water.
Nearly all of the Layer 2 soil could be incorporated into
structural embankment and aggregate production if required.
Limitations are related to maximum particle size.
Layer 3
Layer 3 differs from Layer 2 in that it is below the water
tab Ie.
The soil mass is rated as medium dense with occasional loose
deposits of sand being suspected in the east and south (see
Figure 2). The parent material is the graywacke rock common
to the local mountains, resulting in angular and subangular
particles. Compaction characteristics are good with a fair
amount of breakage under moderate compaction loads. This
behavior should aid compaction. Degradation testing indi-
cated that after initial compaction, the rate of wear drops
off. Dust production from untreated roads in dry weather is
moderate with these materials.
Area (A) shown on Figure 2 to the east and southeast may con-
tain loose layers of medium and fine uniform sands, which may
1-92
-------
SOI LS
be susceptible to liquefaction. Liquefaction is the descrip-
tive term applied to the state of stress within a soil/water
system when the pore water pressure equals or exceeds the
intergranuIar stress. At that point the shearing strength of
the soil fabric approaches that of water, essentially zero.
This condition is sometimes achieved in nature when a non-co-
hesive soil is in a saturated, loose (low density) state and
is stressed by a dynamic load. In that state, the soil will
attempt to dens ify, and the accompanying volume decrease will
cause stress transfer to the pore water. Unless the pore
water can escape rapidly the result is a loss in the soil
system's ability to accept a load. Thus, conventional bear-
ing and settlement relationships are inappropriate when con-
sidering liquefaction.
Zones of potential liquefaction within the proposed site are
not clearly defined and in fact may not exist, since the
characteristics which indicate liquefaction potential are
similar to the characteristics which result from operation of
a rotary drill in medium to fine uniform sands which lie
below the water table. However, low resolution downhole
seismic shear data and observation of shot craters used in
the seismic refraction study also indicate that liquefiable
deposits may exist near Corbin Creek (Glacier).
In areas subject to liquefaction, shallow spread footing
foundation performance during strong seismic loading would be
independent of the static bearing value, and could lead to
substantial and destructive differential settlement. In
these areas deep soil densification is a mitigation measure,
and can be accomplished with driven displacement piling or by
vibrofIotation. Both systems are expensive and justified
only if the liquefaction potential is confirmed at the spec-
ific structure location.
Deep foundations, driven piling or cast-in-pI ace piling car-
ried below the liquefiable depth could mitigate this hazard.
Layer k
At a depth of about 70m (230 ft) a thick layer of dense silt
was encountered in test hole B-3. The silt layer appears to
underlie the entire site. This layer is important to subsur-
face hydrology, since it appears to separate the subsurface
water system into upper and lower water zones as determined
by test pumping (see Hydrology report).
The material's physical properties are those of a fine-
grained slightly plastic noncohesive soil and are contro.lled
by the angle of internal friction, confinement, density on
the order of 103 pcf, and degree of saturation.
1-93
-------
SOI LS
Layer 5
The soils below the silt layer appear to be similar to those
above (Layers 2 and 3). No specific problems related to
settlement or bearing are expected in the deep soils. Exam-
ination of the test hole logs indicate a possibility that a
portion of the soils may be remnants of moraines. This trend
is strongest in the C-line test holes and is compatible with
seismic refraction trends in that area. However, whether
Layer 5 is a till or outwash is immaterial with regard to
foundation considerations; as the layer appears to be struc-
tural Iy adequate.
The test hole logs are shown in Table A, profiles in Figures
8 and 9.
Bedrock
Bedrock is exposed on the site,, and bounds the area intended
for development on the north, east and south. The bedrock
dips below grade to as much as 213m (700 ft), and possibly to
much greater depths in the valley of Valdez Glacier Stream to
the west of the site. In the area of test hole B-3, which
was drilled to a depth of 150m (500 ft), the estimated depth
to bedrock is 158m (520 ft). Bedrock was reached in three
test holes along the perimeter of the work area, and was in
good agreement with the seismic refraction data. Seismic
reflection tests has poor resolution and produced no checks
of the refraction data. This situation is theorized to be
due largely to attenuation of the seismic impulse in the
gravelly soils above the bedrock, and defraction along the
joints and sets of the bedrock. The bedrock profile is shown
on Figures 8 and 9.
Ground Stretching
Ground stretching in the Valdez Glacier Stream and Lowe River
valleys was associated with the massive marine slides in Port
Valdez caused by the catastrophic 1964 seismic event. The
data compiled in the detailed studies related to that event
stop short of the proposed refinery site and pipeline corri-
dor areas. Prior to "leaf-out" of the vegetation in 1979,
the site was examined for remnant cracks similar to those
identified in 1964 aerial photographs of the areas south and
west of the project area. None were identified.
The ground stretching as defined by the crack patterns in the
1964 photography was along the axis of the Valdez Glacier
Valley toward Port Valdez. The project site is in a side
valley more-or-less normal to axis of the Valdez Glacier
Valley. The bedrock shape of the site as envisioned from the
seismic refraction studies slopes toward and is transverse to
the Valdez Glacier Valley.
1-94
-------
SOI LS
It is theorized that the stretching was a result of movement
of the soil deposits from the Valdez Glacier and Lowe River
valleys into Port Valdez. This movement would result in a
shearing force rather than loss of restraint across the ter-
minus of the side valleys. Thus, if ground stretching
occurred in Valdez Glacier Valley west of the site, much less
stretching would have occurred in the site area, since the
north-south shearing force across the face of the valley
requires very small changes in volume to be accommodated.
Thus, in the critical westerly direction, the valley is con-
fined by soils, while the north, east and south sides are
confined by rock.
The Lowe River floodplain to the west of the proposed pipe-
line corridor shows evidence of ground stretching (196*4
aerial photographs). The proposed pipeline corridor is about
twice as far upstream as the area photographed in 1964. It
is possible that the hazard of land stretching is mitigated
by distance or soil types at the proposed corridor. The pro-
posed road crossing of Valdez Glacier Stream similarly is
well upstream of the areas identified in 1964.
Ground stretching appears to be a potential hazard only to
the pipeline corridor. The ability to resist ground stretch-
ing is generally beyond an economic soil stabilization pro-
gram. Therefore, if that hazard is confirmed, the possible
mitigation measures would be similar to those used in pipe-
line construction to accommodate thermal expansion and con-
traction. Many mechanical methods allow for displacement of
pipes; therefore the hazard, while a possibility, appears
controllable in a technical and economic context for the
p i peIi nes.
Remnant Permafrost
Remnant permafrost was a possibility due to the recent gla-
cial activity in the general vicinity. However, the soil's
permeability and obvious groundwater movement would tend to
warm the soil mass, and melt buried ice rapidly (in a geo-
logic time frame). Velocity anomolies in the seismic study
were conspicuously absent and, hence, tend to support this
hypothesis. The magnetometer data are not as sharply defined
as the refraction data, and do not support by aerial or
ground survey a dipole anomoly, which would be possible for
an isolated ice formation. No indicaton of frozen ground was
encountered during drilling. During test pumping, the tem-
perature of deep groundwater was 41.5°F. Therefore, there is
little likelihood that frozen materials exist within the site
except on a seasonal basis.
Dra i nage
Coarse outwash deposits are vulnerable to stream erosion due
1-95
-------
SOI LS
to their general lack of cementing materials (clays, plastic
silts and natural cements). Thus, stream erosion can be
relatively rapid. The depth of scour generally is shallow in
this area due to the flat stream gradient and more-or-less
flat topography which encourage the stream to achieve a shal-
low path of least resistance during rapid fluctuation in flow
rates. These flow rates often change as much as 50% in 2^
hours.
The site surface gradient typically is 1.5%, which is suit-
able for general surface drainage. Observations of developed
areas in Valdez indicate that walks, roads and similar traf-
fic areas should be slightly raised over the surrounding land
if they are constructed of earth to avoid temporary local
standing water during periods of thawing or of protracted
ra i n .
Permeab i Ii ty
A soil-related constraint, which is pertinent to the hazard
of toxic liquid spills, is the high soil permeabiljty. The
coefficient of permeability is on the order of 10 1 to 101
cm/sec. During the study period, snowmeIt and rain generally
were accepted by the soil with little or no surface runoff,
except in areas with silty overburden in the eastern and
southern portions of the site. Horizontal permeability is
probably two to five times as great as vertical permeability
due to the nature of deposition, i.e., impermeable, thin hor-
izontal layers along outwash channels.
Mild traffic compaction along the temporary access roads re-
duced the permeability to possibly 10 2 cm/sec., indicating
that the blending of relatively small volumes of fines, and
the red i str i but i on of the soil particles, result in a less
permeable soil structure than the partially sorted natural
deposition. Where necessary, the porosity of the soil could
be modified, or the soil could be protected by layers of
impermeable material.
Field Drilling and Sampling Procedures
The SS15 advanced 15.2cm (6 in) test holes by rotary drilling
with airlift of the cuttings. Casing was placed with a vib-
ratory casing hammer. A 20.3cm (8 in)-diameter casing was
used to a depth of 9m (30 ft) to allow cementing of the
15.2cm (6 in)-diameter casing to avoid contamination of the
water table by surface seepage along the casing.
Soil samples generally were taken at periodic intervals of
1.5m (5 ft) during rotary drilling of the 6 inch diameter
holes. The test hole logs are based on the examination of
cuttings from the airlift discharge, changes in drill action,
and on standard penetration tests (SPT) or thin wall tube
samp< es.
1-96
-------
SOI LS
The 12-inch production well was drilled with a cable tool
drill. Samples were taken from the bailed cuttings. These
samples were more precise relative to depth and layering than
those obtained from the rotary drill. The soil samples were
logged in the field by a geologist. The test hole logs are
shown in Table A.
The soils were observed at approximately 1.5m (5 ft) inter-
vals as transported to the surface by the drill's airlift.
The examination included: textural classification, particle
shape, qualitative degree of saturation, and organic debris.
The maximum particle size was estimated by discussion with
the dri I Ier.
Occasionally, particularly when a loose soil was suspected,
the soils were sampled with a standard 5.08cm (2-inch) split
spoon. The sample was advanced by a 63-5kg (1^0 lb.) weight,
free-falling 76cm (30 in). The number of blows for each
15.2cm (6 in) increment of advancement is recorded on the
hole logs, Table A. In general, the spoon was advanced .6m
to 1.2m (2 to k ft) beyond the drill bit to insure that blow
counts described soils undisturbed by the rotary air drill.
It is possible that low blow counts in test hole C-l indicate
a loose soil, or a greater-than-expected disturbed zone. The
split spoon was used sparingly due to the large particle
sizes expected and the drilling technique. Therefore, this
data should be used only with caution for computation of the
"standard penetration" (blows to advance the spoon 30cm or 12
in). Thin wall tube samples were taken in the fine grained
soils. The sampler is .75m (2.5 ft) long, and has a 7.06cm
(2 7/8 inch) inner diameter and a 7.62cm (3.0 inch) outer
diameter. The sampler was advanced by driving, due to the
nature of the drill steel used and compatibility with the
drill's downfeed. The samples were examined in the labora-
tory for moisture content, vane shear and penetration resis-
tance, and layering, as well as the examination described for
the split spoon samples. This data are shown in Table C.
Magnetometer Survey
The magnetometer traverse was made with a Geometric G816 pro-
ton magnetometer, which measures total field to 1 gamma. Due
to the time of year (summer) with long daylight hours and,
hence, strong daily diurnal shifts of up to 50 gammas, and
susceptibility to magnetic storms and aural distrubances, the
unit was used initially in the back pack mode, a mode which
gives a 5 to 10 gamma resolution. The magnetometer data com-
plemented the seismic refraction data and provided a similar
estimate of bedrock depth.
In August 1979, a follow-up magnetometer survey was made.
The unit was used in the precise mode, and measured the total
magnetic field 2. *+m (8 ft) above the ground surface to a
1-97
-------
SOI LS
resolution of 2 gammas. The data were time-controI Ied and
referenced to a geographic datum. The data were adjusted to
the total magnetic field at the Valdez Police Department
pistol range southwest of the site. The value used was
56,300 gammas as measured at 3 p.m. on August 21, 1979. That
traverse is shown as magnetic contours on Figure 3.
The contours reflect in general the shape of the bedrock in
the north, east and south, and possibly the west. The well
casings strongly affect the field for several hundred feet.
Those areas are adjusted (dashed lines on Figure 3) by the
earlier traverse, made prior to the drilling. Profiles of
the total magnetic fields along the access roads are shown on
Figures k to 7. The profiles are smoothed by the running
average of five measurements, and are plotted for nominal 30m
(100 ft) stations, every third or fourth data point. The
survey was made by pacing, thus points between geographic
references such as intersections and drill pads are approxi-
mate. In general, the work was along the road centerlines
with the exception of I ine D, where a portion of the work was
along the roadside berm to avoid standing water in Slater
Creek channels.
It is theorized that the magnetic data reflect a homogeneous
soil overlying a homogeneous bedrock, with the soil having
significantly different magnetic properties than the rock.
The magnetic survey data were compatible with and supportive
of the seismic refraction, geologic review and drilling data.
P i peI i ne Corr i dor
The proposed products pipeline corridor beyond the proposed
project site was examined through literature search and by a
walk-over inspection in July 1979. The corridor, for the
most part, follows the Alyeska pipeline route and should be
no more vulnerable to soils-related hazards than is the
Alyeska pipeline. The limited soils data along this route
indicate the soil mass to be similar, in part, to Layers 2
and 3 with the exception of test hole B-9, which encounters
soils which are thought to be old channel deposits of fine
grained material. As the corridor approaches the Richardson
Highway, it is thought that the upper portions of the soil
deposit may be from Valdez Glacier Stream, and from the
Richardson Highway south to the foothills, to be deposits
from the Lowe River. Ground stretching was identified
between the proposed pipeline corridor and Port Valdez in
196*+ aerial photos.
Valdez Glacier Stream Main Access Route
The proposed road crossing of Valdez Glacier Stream is near
several man-made excavations and natural stream cuts. These
exposures follow the trends described for the Layers 2 and 3
1-98
-------
...J
Figure 5
TOTAL MAGNETIC FIELD in GAMMA'S
21 Auau'sr 1979
coteeecreo /=oe p/oeu/iL oe/rr ano smoothed fn&e cas/u& £F*ect?>
eoNT0O>ez> //V GAMMAS
1-99
-------
o
o
<•
I
*
5
*
M
c
L/a/s A
£6*00
Z /A/S D
/ //0/.£ A
56I00
s&zoo
A/
D£PT/S 600+
sooo
£>/STA//C£. //*
*000
f££-r
/-//V£ A Pj-AA/
0
5f
*
§ u
4W-
*
5
»i
§
P)
E §
*> <«
-H
I 0
S *
n »
Figure 4
Magnetic Field Survey
Notes: see fig. 5
-------
•>
!
5
I
&
5
<3
I
4*300
5*400


D Z.
WE


E-6 |
8-7
//

Ltf-5

3-3
1 .
r z//vaf
\a~'

OEj°T/¥ 6
50'-ro8/2'
S~~^

Z/a/e B
A/
S $ J S 2 * * S: $ »
j S ) ) $ $ |	)
*3*Siq35 /?Of~/££ £lS£/?y 4 & /*0//vT
2. /r/!S£: PO/NT &1/A/A//A/G ATEtfAGE
a Z.OCAT/0/V By PACE £>ATA  /O
PACES ~ 2S' //VTE&M.
q. £>ATA CO/?/?ECTE£> TO £>AT(/M
2/AC/G 79
to >
St*90
S6Jt*9
S+*S9
\
"J
n
$
$
?
*
%
?
«




/SS73*-? ///+0&i

/
///





S^w


VT S -5

PadB-3/Z
8-4,
Pad 3-5
Pad £-4
Figure 5
Magnetic Field Survey
Pao 3-/
-------
*
X
u
$
I
g
*
I
*
R
L/A/£ C
S6VOO
5*300
l./Af£ C
C/LASS/C
/D//^oz. £: a a/oasal. y
300' 6," CAS/A/G
/&'/.£FT
A/
£000	3000
£>/S7-AAtC£ /* rss-r
*000
Z /A/£ C Pi. AW
-5
J
§
>1	B » O q *> P>
-I	HiN	1—1—+¦
-------
o
u>
1
*
I
8
<5
I
R
&f/oo
£*300
3&BO0
Z//v<£ D
P3
Z/Aif A
L/M£ 3
£>£PT/S 300' -ro S2S'
& *2 0/
H r» »i . ,

t/Af£D
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
§
«¦)
Z//*Sf C
>
%
$
»

\»
in
*>
*
*
~)
V)
*

*)
V
8
« «
?
K
?
*
Oi
»)
<1
$
8
s
. S*75t
Figure 7
Magnetic Field Survey
Note: see fig- 5
-------
<»
*
0

0

Z /A/£ £
3+£0O


A £/A/£


A1
I






/OOO	2000
G/S7-AMC* /// r^e.'r
*
3
J?
«
«0
o>
V
AI
i *
«. \A/Wt.
/
/ / . aS&T~ 	
K
(l^zrfs
n i i y\ 4 L
» A /s sty V \ i.'
\A A'/ a \ >.
f/ ' /
/
N
«~
-------
N
tzoofy*
i/2 --wof/A
V. -- !200fl/f,
Vz-ysoott/*
Zt*o
5£Ai*: /"--'Goo'.
/'¦ 5oo' vatr.
UN£ A
A-Z.
¦ MOtae tern. zz'
\f9 . c,2pc>fff
t&VEL *>rx -
ecc43/0M4L Otrtges up * 157
¦m/o'ns4X of Atcr
0*40/0
v4 -- 7ZOO f'4
irio	Vs-- /ZOOO ff/*
SOS
UNE 3 **1* •¦£"5&»2S£
/ ! goo vettr.
•>zo
Ys- tzooo
V, -- i20OfV*
Vt-- SZOO#&
C-l
o-if' 4ANP
L'-4& 6>ieeneL
4o'-&*' sww
99 -ZW &BW1BL, *OMe ^ttrjSMP
UYEPS teS67HAA/ /O'TU/CK
*>MD
UNE O Soitt- / /COO uoez
?'= «9o'*«7rr
,c-t D
y2 g
74D
VWQNZ.
mree c-z
urveL 4-6

__	iye*£l
0**siu.
*/*"-rk*ANe iMOH LM> 't»kx
*
28/

v;
l/j - /zooo ft/*
too
Figure 8A
Soils & Refraction Seismic Profiles
-------
LINE D
^CAl£: l"-IOOO' hiorz.
/"¦= 5»»' y&it
-------
N
Bedrock Topo Map
Base Elevation Sealevel
0 500
I	
-2,7
I
L.
.._i
i—i
-'Sf# 1
Figure 10
Bedrock Topography
-------
300'

N
Alpetco Site
Bedrock Depth Map
590
0
Figure 11
Bedrock Depth Map
-------
SOI LS
soils in the plant site investigation. Use of a temporary
Valdez Glacier Stream crossing in June 1979 was discontinued
because of erosion. Steep, sharp banks were exposed when the
river level dropped in August 1979. At normal summer flow
the stream exhibited sufficient velocity to dislodge and
transport small to medium boulders. It is expected that
particle density and particle size are sufficient to cause
pile driving to be difficult. It is theorized that the depth
to bedrock is 213 - 27*tm (700 - 900 ft), based on the seismic
refraction studies for the refinery site and the reported
depth to bedrock in Port Valdez. State construction of the
Richardson Highway bridge across Valdez Glacier Stream re-
vealed no unusual soil conditions which would suggest prob-
lems with respect to founding either the bridge or the road-
way.
1-109
-------
table: a
TESTHOLE
Al
A2
Bl
B2
B3
B 4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
CI
C2
Dl
Dl
PAGE
A—1
A-2
A-4
A-5
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-l 0
A —11
A-l 2
A-l 3
A-l 5
A-l 7
A-l 8
A-19
1-110
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole A-l
Date of Drilling 26 June 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 76	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, damp to saturated,
medium density, subrounded particles 6"-,
GW/GM
Bottom of hole:
Water table:
Frost line:
76.9
4.6
None observed
1-111
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole A-2
Date of Drilling 10-11 July 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 23	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1 (layers silty sand)
damp to saturated, dense, subrounded particles, 3"-,
GW/GM; sample #1, SPT at 4'-2" to 7'-2",
Blows/6" 30/25/23/33/28/34
23-76.5	NFS/Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
(cleaner with depth) medium density, subrounded
particles, +2", GM/GW
76.5-84. 5	Fl Brown Silty Sandy Grave 1 (with
organic matter) saturated, medium density,
subrounded particles, 12"- (probably a buried
topsoil layer included in this interval), GM/GW
84.5-85	F4 Grey Sandy Silt saturated, stiff,
nonplastic, ML
85-96	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated
medium density, subrounded particles, +2", GM/GW
96-104	F2 Grey silty Sand saturated, medium
density, (heave in hole 30' ), SM/SP
104-121	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, medium
density, subrounded, +2", GM/GW
121-125	F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated, medium
density, SP/SM
125-148	F4 Grey Silt trace gravel, saturated, dilatent,
nonplastic, subrounded 3/8"-, ML, sample #2
grab at 128', ML
148-152	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated, GM/GW
152-154	F4 Grey Si It with trace gravel,
saturate^ ML
1-112
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole A-2 Cont'd.
154-157	Fl Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, dense
subrounded 2"-, SP/SW/SM
Bottom of hole: 156.9'
Water table:	5.3
Frost line:	None observed
1-113
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-l
Date of Drilling July 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0-67	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp to
saturated, dense, subrounded particles 6"+, GM/GP
67-76	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, 2"+, GW/GM
76-98. 8	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, medium
density, subrounded particles, 2"+, GP/GW
Bottom of hole: 98'-9"
Water table:	62'
Frost line:	None observed
1-114
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-2
Date of Drilling 30 June-10 July, 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 15	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp, dense,
subrounded particles, 4"-, GW/GM
15 to 20	F4 Grey Gravelly Sandy Si It, damp
dense, nonplastic ML
20 to 47	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp, dense,
subrounded particles, 6"+, GM/GW
47 to 50	F4 Grey Gravelly Sandy Si It damp, stiff to
hard, nonplastic, ML
50 to 62	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated, dense,
subrounded, 3/4"-, GP
62 to 68	F2/F1 Silty Gravelly Sand and Silty
Sandy Grave 1, (layered) saturated medium to dense,
subrounded particles SW-SM/GW-GM
68 to 80	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1 with trace of silt
saturated, medium to high density, subrounded, GW/GP
80 to 83.5	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated, dense,
subrounded particles, GP/GM
83.5 to 122.5 NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1 with a trace
of silt, saturated, dense, subrounded, 4"+, GP/GW
122.5 to 125 Fl Brown Sandy Silt with organic debris
saturated, stiff, nonplastic, ML
125 to 147	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, with trace of silt,
saturated, dense, subrounded particles,
GP (30* of heave)
147 to 147.5 F4 Grey Sandy Si It, with roots, saturated
stiff, nonplastic, ML
1-115
-------
TABLE A
Table B-2 Continued
147.5 to 157 NFS Grey Sand (with trace of 3/8" gravel)
saturated, medium density, subrounded 3/8
157 to 166	NFS Grey Sandy Gravel, saturated, medium
density, subrounded, GP
1-116
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-2 Continued
166 to 173	F4/F2 Grey Si It and S ilty Sand with
layered, saturated, stiff, nonplastic, ML/SM
173 to 177	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated,
medium to high density, subrounded particles, GP/GM
177 to 181	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, medium
to high density, subrounded particles, GP
181 to 187	F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated medium
density (tends to heave) SM
187 to 195	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1 saturated, medium to
high density, subrounded particles, GP
195 to 195.6 F4 Brown Silt, with organic debris, saturated
stiff, nonplastic, ML
195.6 to 197 F4 Grey Si It and Gravel, saturated,
medium density, nonplastic, GM
197 to 199 NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1 saturated, medium
density, subrounded particles, GP
199 to 201	F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated, medium
density, SM
Bottom of hole: 201*
Water table:	50' +
Frost line:	None observed
Remarks: 12' Production testwell near B-3
1-117
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-3
Date of Drilling 15-20 June 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 60	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel with
occasional cobbles, damp to saturated, dense,
subrounded particles, 12"-, GW/GM
60 to 142	Fl/NFS Silty Sandy Grave 1 with occasional
cobbles, saturated, dense (becomming finer with
depth, subrounded particles, 2"+, GM/GW
142 to 145	NFS Grey Gravelly Sand, saturated,
medium to high density, subrounded particles, SW/SP
145 to 171	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel saturated
dense, subrounded particles, I"+, GW/GM
171 to 176	Fl/NFS Brown Silty Sandy Gravel,
saturated (may include a si It layer with organic
debris), dense, subrounded particles, 2", GW/GM
176 to 181	NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated
dense, subrounded, 2"~, GP/GW
181 to 213	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, 2", GW/GM (note
sulfurous smell lSl'-lSS1)
213 to 231	NFS/F2 Grey Sand with gravel, becomes
siltier with depth, saurated, medium density,
subrounded 1"-, SP/SM
231 to 343	F4 Grey Sandy Silt, moisture changes from
saturated to damp to dry by 269', sample 163' to 165*
dense (hard), nonplastic, ML
343 to 460	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
subrounded particles, GW/GM
460 to 501 Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated
dense, subrounded particles 2"-, GW/GP
Bottom of hole: 501'
Water table:	52'
Frost line:	None observed
1-118
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-4
Date of Drilling 21 June 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 52	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp to
saturated, subrounded particles, 3"-, GW/GM
52 to 76	NFS Grey Sandy Gravel, trace silt, dense,
subrounded particles, 2"-, GW, GP
Bottom of hole:
Water table:
Frost line:
76'
52 ¦
None observed
1-119
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-5
Date of Drilling 20-21 June 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 28	Fl/NFS Silty Sandy Gravel with occasional
cobbles at 30', damp, medium density, subrounded
particles, 12"-, GP/GM
28 to 120	NFS Grey Sandy Gravel, trace silt, saturated,
dense, subrounded 2"-, GP/GW
120 to 160	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, 2"-, GP/GM
160 to 182	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, (layer
of sandy silt 157-159) becomes siltier
with depth, (sulfurous smell at 180') saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, 2"-, GM/ML
182 to 196	F4 Black-Grey Sandy Si It, saturated,
hard, nonplastic, tube sample at 192'-193', ML
196 to 198 Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated, dense,
subrounded, GM
198 to 241 Fl Brown Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated,
medium density, subrounded particles, 2"-, GM
241 to 160	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated, dense,
subrounded particles, 2", GM/GP
Bottom of hole: 260.5'
Water table:	28'
Frost line:	None observed
1-120
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-6
Date of Drilling
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 56.5	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel with
occasional cobbles, damp to saturated, dense,
subrounded particles, 6"-, GP/GM
Bottom of hole:
Water table:
Frost line:
56.5'
15. 5'
None observed
1-121
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-7
Date of Drilling 3 July 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 30	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, with occasional
cobbles, saturated, dense, subrounded
particles, 6" + , GW/GM
30 to 60	NFS Grey Sandy Gravel, saturated,
dense, 3/4"-, GP/GW
60 to 82	Bedrock
Bottom of hole: 82'
Water table:	0'
Frost line:	None observed
1-122
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-8
Date of Drilling
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 5	NFS/Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel with cobbles
at 41, damp to saturated, subrounded particles,
8"-, GP/GM
5 to 22	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, with occasional cobbles,
saturated, medium density, subrounded particles,
2"-, 5'-8\ SPT Blows/6" = 16/60/25/24/18/18
101-131 SPT Blows/6" = 10/23/13/32/13/11
151-16.91, SPT Blows/6" = 20/14/40/42+
20'-231, SPT Blows/6" = 7/10/10/11/11/13
22 to 64.9	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
dense, subrounded, 1-1/2"-, GM/GP
23-26 SPT, Blows/6" = 11/16/25/15/20/28
64.9-85	Bedrock
Bottom of hole: 85
Water table:	3.3'
Frost line:	None observed
1-123
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-9
Date of Drilling 3 July 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 7.7	NFS Grey Sand, saturated, SW/SP
7.7 to 21	NFS Grey Sandy Gravel layered with Sand,
saturated, low to medium density, subrounded
particles, 2"-, GP/GW
21 to 28	F4 Grey Sandy Si It, saturated, soft to
stiff, nonplastic, ML
28 to 42	NFS/F2 Grey Sand to Silty Sand, (trace gravel)
saturated, subrounded particles, 1/2"-. SP/SM
42 to 48	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated, medium
density, subrounded particles, 1-1/2"+, GW/GM
48 to 59	F4 Grey-Brown Si It with wood fragments,
saturated, medium density, ML
59 to 60.5 F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated, medium
density, SM
60.5 to 80 F4 Grey Sandy Si It (trace roots)
saturated, stiff, dilitant, nonplastic, ML,
60.5' to 62.5', SPT, Blows/6" = 8/8/9/18
80 to 85	F4 Grey Silt, trace sand, saturated, stiff,
dilitant, moisture content at or near plastic
limit, ML, tube sample 81 to 82.5
85 to 95	F4 Grey Sandy Gravelly Silt, damp, stiff
to hard, (at 8P gravelly layer with no water)
subrounded particles, 3/4"-, ML
9 5 to 9 7	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp to
wet, dense, subrounded, 1"-, GM
97 to 105	Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated, dense,
subangular particles, 2"-, GM/GP
1-124
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole B-9 Continued
105 to 105.9 Bedrock, hard drilling, quartz veined Graywacke
Bottom of hole: 10 5.91
Water table:	8' above grade
Frost line:	None observed
1-125
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole C-l
Date of Drilling 4 July 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0	to 1	Fl Grey, Sandy Si It, damp, soft, nonplastic, ML
1	to 5.6	F2 Grey Silty Sand, trace wood, saturated,
medium densnty, SM
5.6 to 48.8 NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, with trace of silt and
with layers of silty sandy gravel, saturated,
GP/GM
5.6 to 7, SPT, Blows/6" = 16/20/17
8' to 11' SPT, Blows/6" = 8/8/13/32/15/13
11.5 to 14.5 SPT, Blows/6" = 3/14/2 4/16/3/20/24
18 to 21 SPT, Blows/6" = 4/6/8/12/4/11/16
39.6	to 48.7 F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated, loose
to medium density, SM
39 to 43 SPT, Blows/6" = 5/4/4/5/5/4/5/6
48.7	to 58.7 F2/F4 Grey Silty Sand and Sandy Silt,
saturated (also 611 layer in sample that is damp)
loose to stiff, SM/ML
54	to 57 SPT, Blows/6" = 4/4/3/4/6/4/5
55	to 56.5, thin wall tube sample
58.7 to 68	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1 saturated,
medium density, subrounded particles, 1"-, GP/GM
59.5 to 62 SPT, Blows/6" = 6/9/9/12/35
68 to 78	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, medium
density, subrounded particles
78 to 117	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated
medium density, subrounded particles, GP/GM
117 to 125 Fl Brown Silty Sandy Gravel, (sulfurous
smell) saturated, dense, subrounded particles, GM
125 to 130	F2/F3 Brown Gravelly Silty Sand, saturated,
medium density, subrounded particles, 2"-, SM
130 to 135 F4 Brown Sandy Si It, with trace organic
debris, saturated, stiff, nonplastic, ML
1-126
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole C-l Cont'd.
135 To 169	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, GM
169 to 177	F2 Grey Silty Sand damp, dense, SM
171-172, SPT Blows/6" = 4/9/4 6/53/58+
177 to 216 Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel with cobbles,
damp, dense, subrounded particles, 6"-, GM
216 to 281	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, 2"-, GP/GW
Bottom of hole: 281'
Water table:	6.1'
Frost line:	None observed
1-127
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole C-2
Date of Drilling 6-7 July 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET
0 to 5
5 to 25
25 to 35
35 to 37.5
37.5 to 40
40 to 56
SOIL DESCRIPTION
NFS Grey Si lty Sandy Gravel, GM/GP
NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, low
to medium density, subrounded particles, 3/4"-,
GP/GW (sandier with depth 0.5' to 5' of heave in
casing at sampling attempts.
7' To 10', SPT Blows/6" 4/7/5/11/15/9
11.5 to 14.5 SPT Blows/6" 3/3/4/2/6/8/12
Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, trace wood,
saturated, medium density, (easy drilling 30'-35')
GP/GW
30 to 33, SPT Blows/6" = 4/6/15/18/28/39
Fl Brown Silty Sandy Grave 1 saturated,
medium density, sharp particles, GP/GM (casing moved
freely after drilling ahead)
37-39 SPT, Blows/6" = 3/6/11/18/22/2 5
(sample included a thin layer of ash)
F4 Grey-Brown Sandy Silt, saturated,
stiff, nonplastic, ML
Fl Brown Silty Sandy Gravel, with occasional
cobbles, saturated, dense, subrounded particles,
GP/GM
Bottom of hole:
Water table:
Frost line:
56'
4.8'
None observed
1-128
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole D—1
Date of Drilling 22-23 June 79
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 1.5'	F4 Grey Sandy Si It, dry, soft, nonplastic, ML
1.5 to 15	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, damp to wet,
medium density, subrounded particles, 1-1/2"-,
GP/GM
15 to 40	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, saturated, dense,
subrounded 2"-, GP/GW
40 to 45	Fl Grey Silty Sandy Grave 1, saturated, dense,
subrounded particles 1/2"-, GP
45 to 59	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, with cobbles, saturated,
dense, subrounded, GP/GW
59 to 93	F1/F3 Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, damp, dense,
subrounded particles, GM
93 to 100	Fl Grey Sandy Gravel saturated, dense,
subrounded particles, GM/GP
100 to 327	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1 with trace of silt,
saturated, medium density, subrounded particles,
2"-, GP
327 to 347	NFS Grey Bedrock, Graywacke
Bottom of hole: 347'
Water table:	8.1'
Frost line:	None observed
1-129
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole D—2
Date of Drilling
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 8	NFS/Fl Grey Sandy Grave 1 with Sandy Si It
layers, damp to wet, medium density subrounded
particles, GP/GM
5' to 8', SPT Blows/6" = 7/10/10/12/8/10
8 to 39	NFS Grey Sandy Grave 1, trace silt, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, GP
10.5	to 13.5, SPT Blows/6" = 9/13/10/17/26/32
16 to 17, SPT Blows/6" = 22/58
17.6	to 18.6, SPT Blows/6" = 18/68
39 to 41	F2 Grey Silty Sand, saturated, dense, SM
40.5 to 43.5, SPT, Blows/6" = 5/8/27/59/2 6/25
41 to 41.5	F4 Grey Si It with trace organic debris,
saturated, nonplastic, ML
41.5 to 50	Fl/NFS Grey Silty Sandy Gravel, saturated,
dense, subrounded particles, GM/GW
Bottom of hole: 50'
Water table:	9'
Frost line:	None observed
1-130
-------
TABLE A
Test Hole D-3
Date of Drilling 7-10 July 1979
DEPTH
IN FEET	SOIL DESCRIPTION
0 to 13	F-l Grey slightly Silty Sandy Gravel damp,
low density subrounded/rounded particles
1"_ CPT =f 7 9' t-r> 19'
Blows/6" = 2/4/11/9/6/3/5/13/9/9
13 to 36	F-l Grey Silty Sandy Gravel damp/saturated
medium dense, sharp particles
SPT at 14.51 to 17.5' and 17.5 and 18.7'
Blows/6" = 4/9/27/32/12/13 and 4/10/26/50 in 0.2
36 to 36.8	F-2 Grey slightly Silty Sand saturated,
low density
3 6.8 tO 52.7 F-l Grey slightly Silty Sandy Gravel
saturated high density subrounded/rounded
3"+ SPT at 36.8' to 39.8',
Blows/6" = 8/20/38/59/63/65
Bottom of hole: 52.7'
Water table:	16.5'
Frost line:	None observed
1-131
-------
TABLE B
Test Hole Log — Description Guide
le soil descriptions shuwn on the logs are the best estimate of the soil's
naracteristics at the tiinc of field examination and as such do not achieve the
precision of a laboratory testing procedure. If the log includes soils samples,
those samples receive an independent textural classification in the laboratory
to verify the field examination.
The logs often include the following items:
Depth Interval - usually shown to 0.1 foot, within that zone no
significant change in soil type was observed through drill action, direct
observation or sampling.
Frost Classification — NFS, Fl, F2, F3, F4, see "Soil Classification
Chart"
Texture of Soil — An engineering classification of the soils by particle
si2e and proportion, see "Soil Classification Chart", note the
proportions arc approximate and modifications to the soil group due to
stratification, inclusions and changes in properties are included.
Moisture Content - this is a qualitative measure:
dry, no or little apparent surface moisture,
damp, moisture forms portion of color, less than plastic limit,
wet, no free water, often soft, if cohesive soil,
saturated, free water may be squeezed out, if a free draining soil;
dilatent .it natural moisture content, if a non-plastic silt or fine
sand. (The moisture content is further defined by reference to PI,
L\y, NP, M% or dilatency.)
Density - refers to more-or-less non-cohesive soils, such as sand gravel
mixtures with or without a fine fraction, derived from drilling action
and/or sample data; usually described as: very loose, loose, medium
dense, very dense. General intent is to portray earthwork
characteristics.
Stiffness — refers to more-or-less cohesive soils and fine grained silts of
the clay-silt groups. Derived from drill action and/or sample data. Very
soft, soft, stiff, very stiff and hard are commonly used terms.
Particle size — The largest particle recovered by the split spoon is
1-3/8", Shelby tube 3", auger flights (minute-man) 2", Auger flights
(B-50 hollow stem) 6"-8". Larger particles are described indirectly by
action of the drilling and are referred to as cobbles, 3" to 8", or
boulders 8"-*-. Therefore when reviewing the gradation sheets, if any,
the description on the hole log must be considered for an indication of
larger particles.
Unified Soil Classification — This is a two letter code. See Unified
Classification sheet for further definition. In some cases AASHO and/or
FAA soil classifications may be shown as well as the unified.
Atterberg Limits - useful for fine grained and other plastic soils.
PI; natural moisture content believed to be less than plastic limit
P1+; natural moisture content believed to be between plastic and liquid
limits
Lw+; natural moisture content believed to be greater than liquid limit
NP; non-plastic, useful as a modifying description of some silty
materials.
Dilatency — is the ability of water to migrate to the surface of a
saturated or nearly saturated soil sample when vibrated or jolted — used
as an aid to determine if a fine grained soil is a slightly or non-plastic
silt or a volcanic ash.
Rock flour - finely ground soil that is not plastic but otherwise appears
similar to a clayey silt.
Organic Content - usually described as Peat, PT, sometimes includes
discrete particles such as wood, coal, etc. as a modifier to an inorganic
soil. Quantity described as; trace, or an estimate of volume, or, in case
of all organic, — as Peat. This may include tundra, muskeg and bog
material.
Muck — a modifier used to describe very soft, semi-organic deposits
usually occuring below a peat deposit.
Amorphus peat — organic particles nearly or fully disintegrated.
Fibrous Peat — organic particles more-or-less intact.
Bottom of Testhole - includes last sample interval.
Frost Line - seasonal frost depth as described by drilling action and/or
samples at the time of drilling.
Frozen Ground — other than frost line, described by samples, usually
includes description of ice content, often will include modified Unified
Classification for frozen soils — this is a special case related to
permafrost studies.
Free Water Level - The free water level noted during drilling. This is
not necessarily the static water table at the time of drilling or at other
seasons. Static water table determination in other than very permeable
soils requires observation wells or piezometer installations, used only in
special cases.
Blow/6" — The number of blows of a 140 weight free falling 30" to
advance a 2" split spoon 6"; the number of blows for a 12" advance is,
by definition, the standard penetration.
,A"h - natural moisture content of the soil sample, usually not
performed on clean sands or gravels below the water table.
Type of Sample -
refers to 2" split spoon driven into the soil by 140 pound
weight, a disturbed sample,
_5, thin wall tube, "Shelby" used to obtain undisturbed samples
of fine grained soil,
£, "grab" disturbed sample from auger flights or wall of trench,
£, cut sample, undisturbed sample from wall of trench.
Dry Strength — a useful indicator of a soil's clayey fraction, N«None,
L»Low,M"Medium, H*High
Group - The samples are placed into apparently similar groups based
on color and texture and are arbitrarily assigned a group letter. Further
disturbed tests including Atterberg Limits, grain size, moisture-density
relationship, etc. may be performed on the group and are assumed to
reflect the general distrubed characteristics of the soils assigned to the
group. This is an important phase of the soil analysis and is used to
standardize the various qualitative determinations and to reduce the
number of quantitative tests necessary to describe the soil mass.
1-132
-------
DESCRIPTION AND CLASSIFICATION OF FROZEN SOILS
PARTI
DESCRIPTION OF
SOIL PHASE (a)
(Independent of
Frozen State)
(iy
DESCRIPTION OF
FROZEN SOIL
H
I
CJ
U>
DESCRIPTION OF
SUBSTANTIAL ICE
STRATA
Classify Soil Phase by the Uniyied Soil Classification System
Major Group
Description
(2)
Segregated
ice is not
viable by
eye
0>)
Segregated
ken
visible by
eye
(Ice 1 inch
or lea
in
thickness)
(W
Ice
(Greater
than 1 inch
in
thickness)
Designation
(3)
Sub-Group
Description
(4)
Poorly bonded
or friable
Well
bonded
Excess
Ice
Individual ice
crystals or
inclusions
Ice coatings oa
particles
Random or
irregularly
oriented ice
formations
Stratified or
distinctly
oriented ice
formations
Ice vrith soil
inclusions
Ice without
soil inclusions
Designation
(5)
Ice +
soil type
Field Identification
W
Identify by visual examination. To determine presence
of exoess ice, use procedure under note (c) below and
hand magnifying lens as necessary. For soils not fully
saturated, estimate degree of ice saturation: Medium,
Low. Note presence of crystals, or of ice coatings
around larger panicles.
For ice phase record the following as applicable:
Location
Orientation
Thickness
Length
Spacing
Hardness )
Structure )
Color )
Size
Shape
Pattern of
arrangement
per Part III below
Estimate volume of visible segregated ice present as
percent of total sample volume.
Designate material as ICE (d) and use descriptive terms
as follows, usually one item from each group, as
applicable:
Hardness Structure Color
Admixtures
HARD CLEAR (Examples): (Example):
SOFT	CLOUDY COLORLESS CONTAINS FEW
(or mass, not POROUS GRAY	THIN SILT
individual CANDLED BLUE	INCLUSIONS
crystals) GRANULAR
STRATIFIED
Pertinent Properties of Frozen
Materials Which May be Measured
by Physical Tests to Supplement
Field Identification
(?)
In-Place Temperature
Density and Void Ratio
a.	In Frozen State
b.	After Thawing in Place
Water Content (total H2O.
including ice)
a.	Average
b.	Distribution
Strength
a.	Compressive
b.	Tensile
c.	Shear
d.	Adfreeze
Elastic Properties
Plastic Properties
Thermal Properties
Ice Crystal Structure (using
optical instruments)
a.	Orientation of Axes
b.	Crystal Size
c.	Crystal Shape
d.	Pattern of Arrangement
Same as Part II above, as
applicable, with special emphasis
on Ice Crystal Structure
Guide for Construction on Soils Subject to Freezing and Thawing
Thaw
Characteristic
(8)
Usually
thaw stable
Usually
w
The potential intensity of ice segregation in a soil is dependent to a
large degree on its void sizes and for pavement design purposes may
be expressed as a empirical function of giain size as follows:
Most inorganic soils containing 3 percent w mote of grains fine:
than 0.02 mm in diameter by weight are frost-susceptible for
pavement design purposes. Gravels, well-graded sands and silt >
sands, especially those approaching the theoretical maximum
density curve, which contain 1-1/2 to 3 percent finer by weight
then 0.02 mm size should be considered as possibly
frost-susceptible and should be subjected to a standard
laboratory frost susceptiblity test to evaluate actual behaviour
during freezing. Uniform sandy soils may have a» high as 10
percent of grains finer than 0.02 mm by weight without being
frost-susceptible. However, their tendency tu occur interbedded
with other soils usually makes it impractical to consider them
separately.
Sotls classed as frost-susceptible under the above pavement design
criteria are likely to develop significant icr segrcga*ion and frost
heave if frozen at normal rates with free water readily available. Soils
so frozen wdl fall into the thaw-unstable category. However, they
may also be classed as thaw -stable if frozen with insutticient water
to permit ice segregation.
Soils classed as non-frost susceptible under the above criteria usually
occur without sigmticant ice segregation and are usually thaw-stable
for pavement applications. However, the criteria are not exact and
may be inadequate for some structure applications; exceptions may
also result from minor soil variations.
In permafrost areas, ice wedges, pockets, veins, or other ice bodies
may be found whose mode of origin is different trom that described
above. Such ice may be the result of long time surface expaosioa
and contraction phenomena or may be gla^pl or other ice which has<
been buried under a protective earth cover.
DEFINITIONS:
Ice Coatings on Partktes are discernible layers of ice found on or below the
larger soil particles la a frozen soil mass. They are sometimes associated
with hoarfrost crystals, which have grown into voids produced by the
freezing action.
Ice Crystal is a very small individual ice particle visible in the face of a soil
mass. Crystals may be present alone or in a combination with other ice
formations.
Ice is transparent and contains only a moderate number of air
bubbles (e)
Cloudy Ice is relatively opaque due to entrained air bubbles or other
reasons, but which is essentially sound and non-pervious, (e)
Porous Ice contain* numerous voids, usually interconnected and usually
resulting from melting at air bubbles or along crystal interfaces from
presence of salt or other materials in the water, or from the freezing of
saturated snow. Though porous, the mass retains its structural unity.
Candlfd Ice is ice which has rotted or otherwise formed into long columnar
crystals, very loosely bonded together.
Gp""1*' Ice is composed of coarse, more or less equidimensional, ice
crystals weakly bonded together.
Ice Lenses are lenticular ice formations in soil occurring essentially parallel
to each other, generally normal to the direction of heat loss and commonly
in repeated layers.
Ice Segregation is the growth of ice as distinct lenses, layers, veins, and
masses in soils, commonly but not always oriented normal to direction of
heat loss.
Well-bonded signifies that the «n) particles are strongly held together by
the ice and that the frozen soil possesses relatively high resistance to
chipping or breaking.
Poorly-bonded signifies that the soil particles are weakly held together by
the ice and that the frozen soil consequently has poor resistance to
chipping or breaking.
Friable denotes extremely weak bond between soil particles. Material is
easily broken up.
Thaw-Stable frozen soils do not, on thawing, show loss of strength below
normal, long-time thawed values and/or significant settlement, as a direct
result of the melting of the excess ice in the soil.
NOTES:
(a)	When rock is encountered, standard rock classification terminology
should be used.
(b)	Frozen soils in the N group may, on close examination, indicate*
presence of ice within the voids of the material by crystalline reflections or
by a sheen on fractured or trimmed surfaces. However, the impression to
the unaided eye is that none of the frozen water occupies space in excess
of the original voids in the soil. The opposite is true of frozen soils in the V
group.
(c)	When visual methods may be inadequate, a simple field test to aid
evaluation of volume of excess ice can be made by placing some frozen soil
in a small jar, allowing it to melt and observing the Quantity of
supernatant water as a percent of total volume.
(d)	Where special forms of ice, such as hoarfrost, can be distinguished,
more explicit description should be given.
(e)	Observer should be careful to avoid being misled by surface scratches
or frost coating on the ice.
NOTES:
The letter symbols shown are to be affixed to the Unified
Soil Classification letter designations, or may be used in
conjunction with graphic symbols, in exploration logs or
geological profiles. Example - a lean clay with essentially
horizontal ice lenses.
EI
The descriptive name of the frozen soil type and a complete
description of the frozen material are the fundamental
elements of this classification scheme. Additional descriptive
data should be added where necessary. The letter symbols are
secondary and are intended only for convenience in preparing
graphical presentations. Since it is frequently impractical to
describe ice formations in frozen soils by means of words
alone, sketches and photographs should be used where
appropriate, to supplement descriptions.
The abbreviation NFS is commonly used to designate
non-frost-susceptible materials on exploration logs and
drawings.
-------
TABLE B
(Continued)
SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART
NONFROST SUSCEPTIBLE SOILS ARE INORGANIC SOILS CONTAINING LESS THAN 3% FINER THAN 0.02 mm
GROUPS OF FROST-SUSCEPTIBLE SOILS:
F1 GRAVELLY SOILS CONTAINING BETWEEN 3 AND 20% FINER THAN 0.02 mm.
F2 SANDY SOILS CONTAINING BETWEEN 3 AND 15% FINER THAN 0.02 mm.
F3 a. GRAVELLY SOILS CONTAINING MORE THAN 20% FINER THAN 0.02 mm. AND SANDY SOILS
(EXCEPT FINE SILTY, SANDS) CONTAINING MORE THAN 15% FINER THAN 0.02 mm.
b. CLAYS WITH PLASTICITY INDEXES OF MORE THAN 12. EXCEPT VARVED CLAYS.
F4 a. ALL SILTS INCLUDING SANDY SILTS.
b. FINE SILTY SANDS CONTAINING MORE THAN 15% FINER THAN 0.02 mm.
C. LEAN CLAYS WITH PLASTICITY INDEXES OF LESS THAN 12.
d. VARVED CLAYS.
1-134
-------
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Field Identification Procedures
(Excluding particles larger than 3 in. and basing fractions o
estimated weights)
*-3z
* = =
M
I
OJ
Ui
2T E 2 3
; * « a
1 a c
tl =
.a -o o
Wide range in grain size and substantial
amounts of aU intermediate particle
sizes
Predominantly one size or a range of
sizes with some intermediate sizes
missing
Nonplastic fines (for identification
procedures see ML below)
Plastic fines (for identification
procedures, see CL below)
Wide range in grain sizes and substantial
amounts of all intermediate particle
sizes
Predominantly one size or a range of
sizes with some intermediate sizes
missing
Nonplastic fines (for identification
procedures, see ML below)
Plastic fines (for identification
procedures, see CL below)
Identification Procedures on Fraction Smaller than No. 40 Sieve Size
g!S-£
*3 E £
•flf yO
Highly Organic Soils
Dry Strength
(crushing
character-
istics)
None to
slight
Medium to
high
Slight to
medium
Slight to
medium
High to
very high
Medium to
high
Diiatancy
(reaction
to shaking)
Quick to
None to
very slow
Slow to
none
None to
very slow
Toughness
(consistency
near plastic
limit)
Slight
Slight to
medium
High
Slight to
medium
Readily identified by colour, odour,
spongy feel and frequently by fibrous
texture
Group
Typical Nai
ell graded gravels,
gravel sand mixtures, little
Poorly graded gravels,
gravel-sand mixtures, little
or no fines
SUty gravels, poorly graded
gravel-sand-sdt
Clayey gravels, poorly graded
gravel-sand-clay mixtures
Well graded sands, gravelly
sands, little or no fines
Poorly graded sands, gravelly
sands, little or no fines
Silty sands, poorly graded
sand-silt mixtures
Clayey sands, poorly graded
sand-day mixtures
Inorganic silts and very fine
sands, rock flour, silty or
clayey fine sands with
slight plasticity
Inorganic days of low to
medium plastidty, gravelly
clays, sandy clays, silty
clays, lean days	
Organic silts and organic
silt-clays of low plasticity
Inorganic silts, micaceous or
diatomaceous fine sandy or
silty soils, elastic silts
Inorganic clays of high
plasticity, fat clays
Organic clays of medium to
high plasticity
Peat and other highly organic
soils
Information Required for
Describing Soils
Give typical name; indicate
approximate percentages of
sand and gravel; maximum
size; angularity, surface
condition, and hardness of the
course grains; local or geologic
name and other pertinent
descriptive information; and
symbols in parentheses
For undisturbed soils add
information on stratification,
degree of compactness,
cementation, moisture
conditions and drainage
characteristics
Example:
Silty sand,gravelly; about 20%
hard, angular gravel
particles V^-in. maximum
size; rounded and
subangular sand grains
coarse to fine, about 15%
nonplastic fines with low
dry strength; well
compacted and moist in
place; alluvial sand; (SM)
Give typical name; indicate degree
and character of plasticity,
amount and maximum sue of
coarse grains; colour in wet
condition, odour if any, local
or geologic name, and other
pertinent descriptive
information, and symbol in
parentheses
For undisturbed soils add
information on structure,
stratification, consistency in
undisturbed and remoulded
states, moisture and drainage
conditions
Example:
Clayey silt, brown; slightly
plastic; small percentage of
fine sand; numerous
vertical root holes; firm
and dry in place; loess;
(ML)
Laboratory Classification
Criteria
= " 5 S ^
rWJ
; c
> a
f &
3 s #
S 2^2
*¦•3 s -3-
: " -e H "-
1S -
5 <5
•S •
D $0
Ct i 		 Greater than 4
U D io
(D 30)2
Cr = —	zr— Between 1 and 3
Dip x Deo
Not meeting aU gradation requirements for GW
Atterberg limits below "A"
line, or PI less than 4
Atterberg limits above "A"
line, with PI greater
than 7
Above "A" line
with PI between
4 and 7 are
borderline cases
requiring use of
dual symbols
Cc =
Deo
D10
(D 30)2
D/0 x D60
Between 1 and 3
Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW
Atterberg limits below "A"
line or PI less than 5
Atterberg limits below "A"
line with PI greater
than 7
Above "A" line
with PI between
4 and 7 are
borderline cases
requiring use of
dual symbols
/-V
o

o
>-3
3
>
c+
to
H*
t"1
a
H
c


W
a



0 10 20 30 40 50 .60 .70 80 90 100
Liquid limit
Plasticity chart
for laboratory classification of fine grained soils
From Wagner, 1957.
a Boundary classifications. Soils possessing characteristics of t<
b All Sieve sizes on this chart are U. S. standard
o groups are designated by combinations of group symbols. For example GW - GC, well graded gravel-sand
with clay binder.
These procedures are to be performed on the minus No. 40 sieve size par
interfere with the tests.
Diiatancy (Reaction to shaking):
After removing particles larger than No. 40 sieve size, prepare a pat of
moist soil with a volume of about one-half cubic inch. Add enough
water if necessary to make the soil soft but not sticky.
Place the pat in the open palm of one hand and shake horizontally,
striking vigorously against the other hand several times. A positive
reaction consists of the appearance of water on the surface of the
pat which changes to a livery consistency and becomes glossy. When
the sample is squeezed between the fingers, the water and gloss
disappear from the surface, the pat stiffens and finally it cracks or
crumbles. The rapidity of appearance of water during shaking and of
its disappearance during squeezing assist in identifying the character
of the fines in a soil.
Very fine clean sands give the quickest and most distinct reaction
whereas a plastic clay has no reaction. Inorganic silts, such as a
typical rock flour, show » moderately quick reaction.
Field Identification Procedure for Fine Grained Soils or Fractions
:les, approximately 1/64 in. For field classification purposes, screening is not
Dry Strength (Crushing characteristics):
After removing particles larger than No. 40 sieve size, mould a pat of
soil to the consistency of putty, adding water if necessary. Allow
the pat to dry completely by oven, sun or air drying, and then test
its strength by breaking and crumbling between the fingers. This
strength is a measure of the character and quantity of the colloidal
fraction contained in the soil. The dry strength increases with
increasing plasticity.
High dry strength is characteristic for (.lays of the CH group. A typical
inorganic silt possesses only very slight dry strength. Silty fine sands
and silts have about the same slight dry strength, but can be
distinguished by the feel when powdering the dried specimen. Fine
sand feels gritty whereas a typical silt has the smooth feel of floun
intended, simply remove by hand the coarse particles that
Toughness (Consistency near plastic limit):
After removing partides larger than the No. 40 sieve size, a specimen of
soil about one-half inch cube in size, is moulded to the consistency
of putty. If too dry, water must be added and if sticky, the
specimen should be spread out in a thin layer and allowed to lose
some moisture by evaporation. Then the specimen is rolled out by
hand on a smooth surface or between the palms into a thread about
one-eight inch in diameter. The'thread is then folded and re-rolled
repeatedly. During this manipulation the moisture content is
gradually reduced and the specimen stiffens, finally loses its
plasticity, and crumbles when the plastic limit is reached.
After the thread crumbles, the pieces should be lumped together and a
slight kneading action continued until the lump crumbles.
The tougher the thread near the plastic limit and the stiffer the lump
when it finally crumbles, the more potent is the colloidal clay
fraction in the soil. Weakness of the thread at the plastic limit and
quick loss of coherence of the lump below the plastic limit indicate
either inorganic clay of low plasticity, or materials such as
kaolin-type clays and organic clays which occur below the A-line.
Highly organic clays have a very weak and spongy feel at the plastic
limit.
-------
TABLE C
LABORATORY EXAMINATION OF HAND SAMPLES
DEPTH
IN FEET
LAB
GROUP
FROST
CLASS
UNIFIED
CLASS
OTHER
TESTHOLE A-l
TESTHOLE A-2
4.1' to 7.1'
128 1
B
G
F1
F4
GW
CL
TESTHOLE B-l
TESTHOLE B-2
142'
F4
ML
TESTHOLE B-3
2801-281'
F4
ML q 3.5+kg/cm',£V 0.9
kHf M=25±1 %, Lw= 27%
P.I.=3, See sample
log & gradation
sheets C1&L2
TESTHOLE B-4
TESTHOLE B-5
192.9' to 194.9'
F2-F4
SM-ML M, Silt=15.5%, Lw=24%,
P.I.=4, M, Silty Sand=
18.6%, see sample log &
gradation sheets
C3-C5
TESTHOLE B-6
TESTHOLE B-7
TESTHOLE B-8
5' to 8'
101 to 13'
15'to 16'
20' to 23'
23.3' to 25,
A
A
A
A
B
NFS
NFS
NFS
NFS
Fl
GW
GW
GW
GW
GW
TESTHOLE B-9
60.5' to 63.5'
81' to 81.5'
F2
F4
SM
ML
M%=29% to 34%
q 0.3 to 1.5 kg/cm
Vg=0.4 to 1.3 ksf, Lw=3o*
P.I. = 3, see sheets C6&C7
1-136
-------
TABLE C (Continued)
TESTHOLE C-l
4 . 9 ' to 7 .11	B
5' to 6.5'	A
11.5' to 14.5'	A
18.2' to 27.2'	A
43' to 4 3.5'	C
54' to 57'	C
59.5' to 62.5'	G
17 0 1 - 8 "	E
170'-8"+	B
TESTHOLE C-2
7.1' to 10.1'	B
36.8' to 39.8'	G
36.8' to 39.8'	F
TESTHOLE D-l
5.7' to 7.8'		
TESTHOLE D-2
10.4'	A
15.9' to 16.9'	B
40.5* to 43.5'	B
40.5' to 43.5	G
45' to 47'	C
TESTHOLE D-3
36.9' to 39.9'	A
F1	GW
NFS	GW
NFS	GW
NFS	GW
F2	SM
F2	SM
F4	CL
F2	SP
F1	GW
F1	GW
F4	CL
F3	GL
F3	SM	Gradation sheet
NFS	GW
F1	GW
F1	GC
F4	CL
F2	SM
NFS	GW
1-137
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB
J04C 6 StBff
Av;'«OtAOf A A'«A V9<,C<
Sheet
C2
.of
W. O. NO.D11751
Date 6-25-79
Textural Class	
Frost Class F 4
SILT
Plastic Properties.
Date Received	
JLqtf	—	2 7
.Unified Class	
	E_g. - 3
ML
Client D0WL ENGINEERS
ProjectfTACPETCO EIS DRILLING"
Technician JM
6-19-79
Sample Number
Location.
SA 34
B3
280-281 Tt,
Sample Taken By ATL-TB
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS








2

1 1/2

1

3/4

1/2

3/8

4

10

20

40

80

200
100
0.02 MM
80
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB	Sheet C4 of
ALA5K^re5JLAB)	.	W. O. No. D11751
«o*AGf * «-«a V9sc:i	/- o	n
Date 		6 — 26 79
Technician TAS
Textural Class SILTY SAND	client ALPETCO	
Frost Class	F2	Unified Class	SM	 Project VALDEZ EIS DRILLING	
Plastic Properties	Sample Number TH B-5 192.9 to 194.9
Date Received	 Location	-193. 5 ft.	SA #3	
		 Sample Taken By TB	
-------
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
Plastic Properties_
Date Received	
ALASKA TESTLAB
SILT
F4
.Unified Class ML
Lw = 24
P.I. = 4
4c*c e
MOSAOf
Sheet C5
W. O. No..
Date	
.of
D11751
6-26-79
. ALPETCO
Client	
Prnject~^LD5Z EIS DKlLLlM?
Technician TAS
Sample Number
Location _
TH B-5
192.9 to 194.9
-194.5 ft.
SA #1
Sample Taken By TR
SIEVE ANALYSIS
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
SIZE OF OPCNINC IN INCHES 1 NUMBCK OF MESH PEN INCH. US STANOAftO
SRAIN SIZE IN M. M
if ^

90
•0
CO
40
30
20
10
8 S 3 8 ? 8 8
O •
•WAIH SIIC m MtLLtMCTC«>
• •fits ^
o O O Q O O
5 5 51! 51I
¦ ; : ; is i! 3M* 8 S 8 4IS8S i i S 1

I


i










1 !














1
































1

1












I |
















1

1










\

















!















} I















I





















































































































































































































J




T



















































.. j

























i



















































1 I













I















' I










1













































i








i


























i ! I












| |































I !


















i t











i .


















! 1 !











i

















|
















Ll. ^




















































1 ; '
1





















































































i






























, ; ,





































\
i

































! I

























\

































>




































V



































\




J

|





























s



1

J





























Vj




j









































































































I

!



































j



































J

































|

1

































I

I

































I

I

































1

|

































I

]



































I

































III
1
i i i
i
i

i
111
11
i r


11
J 1 1
1
L J

i

"TTT















20
50
40
90
•0
70
to
US STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS








2

1 1/2

1

3/4

1/2

3/8
100
4
99
10
95
20
90
40
80
80
71
200
64
0.02 MM
56
-------
ALASKA T^STLAB
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
Plastic Properties_
Date Received	
ALASKA TESTLAB
SILT
F4
T.T. -
Unified Class.
P.I. = 3_
ML
Sheet.
C7
W. O. No..
Date	
of	^
99W5"
7-17-79
Client
Project
ALPETCO
Technician MS-RLS
ALPETCO EIS
Sample Number	 #1 	 	
Location TB B—9 SAMPLE 13
Sample Taken By ATC	
SPEC. #1
-------
ALASKATESTLAB
ALASKA TE5TLAB
404L 6 STf>:f'
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SILTY GRAVELLY SAND
F2-
.Unified Class SM
Plastic Properties..
Date Received	
ALPETCO
VALDEZ EIS
Client	
Project	
Sample Number	
Location	THD-1
Sample Taken By.
68"-93 "
_TB	
Sheet
W. O. No.
Date	7-9-79
Technician
ho
SIEVE
ANALYSIS
SIZE OF OPCNIMC IN INCHES
NUMBER OF MESH PER INCH, U S STANDARD
HYDROMETER
ANALYSIS
GRAIN SIZE IN MM
if
INI 
m 6o
40
20
10
s £
m99 9 <
S g 5888 8 8 § j §

1 „

j

-
- —
	
	

	11 .
f-i - 	L+,:
-i	
i

—
	
! |

h
—
-4- 4	



V

I- -+	H





t '




	

¦4-

i
\








I

r_ .. <	 	


*



i ! !
























	 4_

• ¦





1

!


t-- —




! ! 1
?



	

J


i
	




	








1 1 i
T



j

t

—


111
—i—i- -1—i	
llil

h4-




1
i







• -







I


i 1
i




I














! 1




I





!











1
—


i j l






j









1 i 1 I




! i














	
	
-U-Li-





i |









j
T :











i







; ;
1





' i 1














!


rV


:

-













1 ! 1 11



P






!
!






; J , i <




1 , ! ! !



—-

' 1 1





' ! |













- -j	





. 1
j




-4— _







!



—t



! '




;








1 ]



1






!









j i









j











	










IX' ! ! ' !









«








V





















I ! 1 ^










t









i : n. • i














1 ! 1







.

v






T T T




t : I
{




i








*




1 i i
1

















I




|



















—f —




J









i '

, J




¦ j



.












I



s































! !




!























j

t














I












































F— -t	




























i	

































¦ ¦ t

1




























j




I



































I

































J














i \
















[

































1

J
































4

J





























I

J
































Kit

I
































ll [
1
11 i
i
1



1 1
1 1


11
1 I 1
1
1 1

i

IJI













¦
h
•4
8 2 2 8 ? 8 8 2 . . . * « " " - " * " « -• •!
•RAIN SIZE IH MILLIMETERS
% 8 g 8
i
ooe
.005
003
ooe
001
o
Q.
20
30 2
w
*
50 o
BO
U S STD
SIEVE
1 1/2
3/4
1/2
3/8
1 0
20
40
200
0.02 MM
CUM %
PASS
100
94
89
77_
65
56
51
42
35
25.2
-------
(ALASKA TESTLAB
ALASKA TESTLAB
Sheet __C9__0f
W. O. No..
Date	
D11751
7-16-79
GRAVELLY SAND
Client ALPETCO
Technician , RS , RM, LS , TK
Frnst Class NFS
Unified Class SW/SM
Project. VALDE Z E . I. S .

Plastic Properties

Sample Number GROUP A

Date Rpceived

Location

Sample Taken By TB
C„ = 43.8
= 1.0
SIEVE
ANALYSIS
SIZE OF OPCWIWC IN INCHES
NUMBER OF MESH PEW INCH. US STANQARO
HYDROMETER
ANALYSIS
GRAIN SIZE IN MM.
i 00

• 9
8
7C
60
Z
te. w
3C
20
10
•WAIN SIZE III MILLIMETERS
~ Z O 8	O
O Q P	Q


4-Ns
^ 4 -
. -4 --

—;
—
-	-

. J. 1 I 1	LI ! J
- J-

—¦
—




1 !
	4- -|~ -4-— f—• -f j- --

-



—1—	


—1				

' :~4.
—. —,—i—
:zT:	







_ _i—(	

-4—1	1	


—
—



i
—
i——	
—...
~t—




-¦tr


i
	1	

| ]


—
—

	

	r
t
._i—_~
i i
	






"1
T-


t -

			t	1


—




	1—
—1—*-4
J—







—b




—1		

1 ' !	
—I—\





	i—
jl
L±	1-1







4-f-





4 --1
-4—4	!	
—i		





	1—
—I—j—
4	U







-4-






'

—1	1	4—i	




—i
	(—
- 	1—

—i	i—







¦i+
-M-





	
'

—i—j—1—1—

V—(¦—
	=t=


—1—i—
	i	!	
-1	! '	
—1	t	






III-
—



	
¦

I—.	!	<—I	
'—i—1	r -t

l-\-(—

.....
—*—i—'—
	».		—t	4	
—\	—t	





_

+1-






Mil


	t-
-t—r

! i






-H-
~T




,








_
I ; 1












* . ..

¦

r -p
t	
	
T 1

—i	,— 4	






I







—,——

	1—
\ j

	
I 1 i
i . i






_i—





	
'
1 								
. . . 1 J

	-)—




	
—i—
—t—







-t—-
-f—




—i	
—t	¦
•
i~; -


N






rhrr~ -






-I—




—i		

m—
	4	
	t









—I	—1	
i






4--







—(—'—i—
		







-A—

i—1	^







I-"
-f—-






	i	1	
¦ > t—
—¦—i—¦<—
	j	
¦ J







b4=1
i-—
—








1 . .






~ i
—1—t—
if—'	1	
	
—




























—1—1	1	
1 i i





	























¦
—t—i	1	
	i	
























	J	1	
- J 		

—1

































































	1	\		
—r~
—1—
—t-



—



























—L
_—i—t—
1 Hi!
- -t
T
—
ri
ri
i
t-
" r

1
1 1 1
1 1
.r~~r~


11
11'
i
i i

i

111













20
30
40
50
60
90
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS








2

1 1/2
100
1
96
3/4
87
1/2
78
3/8
70
4
56
10
41
20
29
40
20
80
1 2
100

200
66
0.02 MM
2.9
-------
CIO
ALASKA TESTLAB
(ALASKA TESTLAB)
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SILTY SANDY GRAVEL _ ___ _
	Unified Class GW/GM
F—1
Plastic Properties_
Date Received.
'-XL
= 96.9
Gr =2.2
Sheet	
W. O. No.
Date	
of
m 1 7 51
7-16-79
ALPETCO
Technician TKK
VALDEZ E.I.S,
Client ..
Project
Sample Number GROUP B
Location	
Sample Taken By	TB	
SIEVE
ANALYSIS
SIZE OF 0PCNIW6 IN INCHES
NUMBER OF MESH PER INCH, US STANDARD
HYDROMETER
ANALYSIS
ORAIN SIZE IN MM
8 S S 8
*§ §8 I § §
100
U.S. STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS
	






2

1 1/2

1
100
3/4
89
1/2
79
3/8
68
4
54
10
41
20
28
40
22
80
15
100

200
10.8
0.02 MM
6.3
-------
C 11
(ALASKA-TfcSTLAB)
Textural Class	
Frost Class F-2
Plastic Properties..
Date Received.
ALASKA TESTLAB
f
. of
SILTY SAND
.Unified Class SM
Cu = 12.2
Cp = 1-12
Sheet			
W. O. Nn. P1!?5];,
Date	
7-16-79
Client .
Project
ALPETCO
Technician MS
VALDEZ E.I.S.
Sample Number
Location	
Sample Taken By TB
GROUP C
•C-
Ui
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS
		
		
2
	
1 1/2

1

3/4
100
1/2
99
3/8
97
4
92
10
84
20
76
40
66
80
44
100

200
23
0.02 MM
CN
•
CO
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SANDY SILT (GLACIAL TILL)
F-4
Plastic Properties LL = 26
Date Received	
Unified Class
PI = 3
ML
Sheet C 12 Qf 		
W. 0. No.. D11751
Date	
7-16-79
Client „
Project
ALPETCO
VALDEZ E.'TTST
Technician MS
Sample Number .
Location	
Sample Taken By	TB
GROUP G
SIEVE
ANALYSIS
SIZE OF 0PENIM6 IN INCHES
NUMBER OF MESH PER INCH. U S STANOAWP
HYDROMETER
ANALYSIS
OWIN SIZE IN II M
90
•0
] X
9
4?-
ON
40
20
10
8 2 8 8 ? 8 8
O • • <
MAIN SUE IM MILLIMETERS

—l--i
:
- -4 - '
—1-- -

—4--


	
_

hi -H H--
-H"



MM'
-H-f-f -
—
4 I




44-
L .

	 .


—H	!	

s. 1 1


i~m—


	1—
	1—




U-
	
ri	—1	
¦
—1	L-)	




-fr
UTi

i ¦
.. 4. ._4_


44—1	
-

—
	1—

-
	i- 	
	i	j	
-T+-
-

......



'

rn I
	1	
	I	

1—
	1—




-1	4	
H	—I	
-4-4


"""
—U-
t—|—
—i—t	¦
•—1

lit


]



=^=4=


	1	
-4



! > j—

—t—-t		
—t—i	¦


44—i—i—i—

I


I	
R—\ —




		
.. .
4 +4-J—
—i—f...f. —.




—j—i—1—<—

	L	



h4_^4_


—

=4=

M ' 1

	
*-	1	


—r—t	1	1	1	
—.	,			J- 	1

	1	
- i-



	1	1	.	
	^	.	i	
_L : ; V



.

	
—i—.—t—
-U-4-
- t
—>

!_ _
	;		


I—M—

	1	


	j	*	.	J	
-A	j.	^



•	
	
---





——i—j—1—|	

1
!

-j	_—


—)—





	1


"T-1 I	i 1

i


i ; i





4-H	


—j	
	~	


—<	


	1	
	i	

-1

	.	1	>	l_i		—t	
—j	1	i	H	—i	



tttr


-j—


—<	1	4	
4 -i

	1	



—(-—i	1	1—i	<—i	
—i	,	1	U	-J	
H+-




—

—I


—i	1	
—!—		

	1	





—,	1	


1



	
~ft* *
M M I 1	
f *
—1	
——J	

_j—j—

	1	
		







—i—
i

—•—.—		






±tt=

—i	
—*		
-4	

—1—1	
—1—1	

	1	1
—i	







	1	h	r—i	—i	
	1	1	M	—'	






T1"
-t—f—i—
¦f I J


—t—


—1—
—i—

—*	1
		'








-

—(—


1—





-it

—i	.
—i	
,*		


—1—
—i—

H—










—i—
—t—








i—I—

—i	
-4--



—t—
—'—


—







j


—\—






'
-4—.
-—i-*—i

	i		
	1		
—i
1—














.. 1


—












-1	




















—f—
	4—i











\
4r	





































i	





























-

—i	

fcn
1
1
i i
—i—
1 ! 1

I
1 1 1
I 1
1 1


11
1111
1 I

I

II I





	





—
20
30
40
SO o
SO
90
5 MH i § i
100
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS
	
	




2

1 1/2

1
3/4 1
100
98
	V2
3/8
4
96
10
93
20
87
40
83
74
80
100
200
61
0.02 MM
43.2
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB
(ALASKA THSTLAB)
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SILTY GRAVELLY SAND
F2
Unified Class SM
Plastic Properties	
Date Received 7-22-79
Sheet
C 13
of.
Client ALPETCO
W. O. Nn. D11751
Date	7 — 25 — 79
Technician LS	
Project ALPETCO EXS
Sample Number __
Location.
#1 PAD C-l
TAG DESTROYED
Sample Taken By	TB
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB
(ALASKA TESTLAB;
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SANDY GRAVEL
NFS
. Unified Class GW
Plastic Properties_
Date Received.
NP
Client
Project
ALPETCO
Sheet C 14 of	
W. O. No. D11751
Date 7-25-79
Technician LS	
ALPETCO EIS
#2
7—??—7Q
6" cobble removed from sample; numerous
root systems
Sample Number
Location 0.1 mile south of A-2
Sample Taken By
TB
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS
	
	


3
100
2
83
1 1/2
78
1
71
3/4
61
1/2
49
3/8
43
4
29
10
18
20
11
40
8
80
5
100

200
3.5
0.02 MM

-------
ALASKATESTLAB)
ALASKA TESTLAB
Textural Class SAND
Frost Class.	NFS
Plastic Propert.ies__NP	
Date Received	1-22-19
.Unified Class SI?
Client ALPETCO
Project ALPETCO""
Sample Number *3
Location	D-9
Sample Taken By TB
PAD MA
Sheet C 15 of	
W. 0. No. D11751
Date	7-25-7 9
Technician LS	
SIEVE ANALYSIS
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
SIZE OF OPENIN6 IN INCHES 1 NUMBER OF MESH PER INCH. U S STANDARD
GRAIN SIZE IN MM
-------
ALASKA TESTLAB
404'. P S'
i',' "O"-' ¦ 4 4 '•< fl C •
Textural Class.
Frost Class	
SANDY GRAVEL
NFS
Unified Class GW
Plastic Properties.
Date Received.
NP
7-22-79
Sheet C 16 of.
W. O. No..
Date	
D11751
7-25-79
6" & 4" cobbles removed from sample
Client
Project _
Sample Number
Location	
ALPETCO
Technician LS
ALPETCO EIS
#4		
PAD B, 2 & 3
Sample Taken By TB
SIEVE
ANALYSIS
I 00
•o
i_n
O
SIZE OF OPENING IN INCHES
NUMBER OF MESH PER INCH. US STANDARO
HYDROMETER
ANALYSIS
GRAIN SIZE IN MM.
s 8


m 60
«•. W
40
30
20
A





1-

—

	


1

r'r- t
- -
	A

-4-


.....

...... —(


		

p3
	
— _
—

... i . _

—]	1	1
	4	




	J	!
"



4- -- -- — .











—n—
—!	!	


t—1—1
i—-


"i
rr


I——
h	
—





I





_ _ ! .. .

I ^






r-t-





\!









1 i


	









t \i

—1—












—i—i

	
1—'
—H






\ -
—1	
—t	

	
—




—i—t—
—t—i—

LxJ	






M i '
t M ¦
—t—



	



—ft—*—I
—fv -J—	1
—1	
—(	








-l~U- -






rrr

—


—




\k	
	


	1
1"

I—.	-4-
—»- - -^4-- - -
W



-


—






i \ i 1 i





1 1
_L J ' .














r-UVl	1-\	

	1—



—i	L	<	in	
i
i-i-













—1—

	1—1




I



• —

	
	
4-T-4--4—
--


—





!





! i

'
i










1 i\



I
•


—j	1		
	
!




—u
4~t-
' i

4




—1—t \



i


| 1 '		



1—i.—







	1	







	1


.
' i i

—f— - -
H-














—1	
-Vi	

	i—



PT-M—
H	
—i		
h—*	1
H—
M—




kt
C—i—¦








'—LV





—j—i—i—
—j—,—^—
n=3=-:z






M-+"
4-M—






"T"1 	






|i i

i—j—.—j	






H-i-
-—1—1—1

l— — ....



















! |
1 t 1





—;—h—<		







——1—(.—







U-t-
\ ' 1—'

	i	




—i—1——
	1	







—i—










i-H-


	i	


















—r







4--
n-f-

	j	




—i—













f
	







h-t-4-
i
—

	i	
1


—t	

—1	











~r









h
—i	
—4		


H—














	1—







j























	k—
	t—







+¦-




1—¦

	1		
		1
















	^—i
T •







+-




	j	

	1		
i -
















	(-H







4—
I..




	J	
—j	

	1	
" Ml
i
1 1 1
	
1
—
1

1
11 i
1 1
I I


11.
111
1
1 1

! 1
TIT







H



	-L
30
50
70
90
•WAIN SIIC IM MILLIMETERS
U S STD
SIEVE
CUM %
PASS
	


4
100
3
97
2
80
1 1/2
61
1
53
3/4
46
39
1/2
3/8
35
4
26
10
18
20
40
10__
7
4
80
100
200
2.5
0.02 MM

-------
C 17
4040 "B" STREET
ANCHORAGE, ALASKA 99503
(907) 278-1551
August 1,1979
W.O. #D11751
DOWL Engineers
4040 "B" Street
Anchorage, Alaska 99503
Re: Alpetco Project
Attention: Mr. Harry Lee
Dear Harry,
As per your request, we have performed ALASKA METHOD T-13-69, Degradation
of Aggregate on the "Large Bag" sample labeled Pad B, 2 & 3 submitted
to our laboratory on July 22, 1979.
The degradation factor was determined by the formula:
Where D= Degradation factor
H= Height of Sediment in Tube (inches)
Values may range from 0 to 100, with high values being more suitable
material. "H" for this sample was 2.8 therefore:
D= 15 - H	x 100
15 + 1.75H
D= 15 - 2.8	x 100
15 + 1.75 (2.8)
D= 61
If you have any questions, please go not hesitate to contact our
office.
Very truly yours
ALASKA TESTLAB
Melvin R. Nichols
Laboratory Manager
MEN/11
1-151
-------
REFERENCES
Aki, K. , M. Hori and H. Hideteru, January, 1972.
"Microaftershocks Observed at a Temporary-Array
Station on the Kenai Peninsula," The Great Alaskan
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). National
Academy of Science.
Alaska Glacial Map Committee, January, 1965. "Map Showing
Extent of Glaciations in Alaska," Miscellaneous
Investigations Map 1-415.
Alaska Sea Grant Program, 1978. "Proceedings of the Mesa
Workshop on Prince William Sound. March 7-9, 1978,"
Sea Grant Report 78-9. University of Alaska.
Algermissen, S.T., 1972. "Foreshocks and Aftershocks;
Introduction," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964,
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of"
Sciences.
Algermissen, S.T., January, 1972. "Foreshocks and
Aftershocks; Introduction," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). Academy
of Science.
Algermissen, S.T., January, 1972. "Seismic Hazards
Reduction in Alaska," The Great Alaska Earthquake of
1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy o7
Science.
Algermissen, S.T., et al, January, 1972. "Preshocks and
After Shocks," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964"
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Acadimy of
Science.
Ambraseys, N. and S. Sarma, April, 1969. "Liquefaction of
Soils Induced by Earthquakes," Bulletin of the
Seismologica 1 Society of America, ( 59) T.
Ambraseys, N.N., January, 1969. "Maximum Intensity of
Ground Movements Caused by Faulting," 4th World
Conference of Earthquake Engineering, (1).	'
Arya, A.S., P. Nandakumaran, Puri and Mukerjee, 1978.
"Verification of Liquefaction Potential by Field
Blast Tests." Proceedings of the Second International
Conference on Microzonations (II).
Barkan, 1960. Dynamics of Bases and Foundations.
McGraw-Hill.
Barnes, D.F., 1977. "Bouguer Gravity Map of Alaska," U.S.
Geological Survey C-P-913. USDOI.
1-152
-------
Barnes, D.F., 1977. Alaska Gravity Base Station Network.
U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, CA.
Barnes, D.F., 1972. "Gravity Changes," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964, (Seismology and Geodesy).
National Academy Sciences.
Beikman, H., 1974. "Preliminary Geologic Map, SE Quadrant
of AK Map MF-612," U.S. Geological Survey Map MF-612.
USDOI.
Benioff, H, May, 1954. "Orogenesis and Deep Crustal
Structure - Additional Evidence From Seismology,"
Bulletin of the Geologica1 Society of America, (65).
Berg, E., 1972. "Crustal Structure in Alaska," The Great
Alaska Earthquake of 1964, (Seismology and Geology).
National Academy of Sciences.
Bernhard, R.K., 1961. "Biaxial Stress Fields In
Non-Cohesive Soils Subjected to Vibratory Loads,"
ASTM. Special Technical Publication No. 305.
Bert, E., January, 1972. "Triggering of the Earthquake and
Major Aftershocks by Low-Ocean-Tide Loads," The Great
Alaska Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy).
National Academy of Science.
Blume, J.A., January, 1965. "Earthquake Ground Motion and
Engineering Procedures for Important Installations
Near Active Faults," Proceedings of the 3rd World
Conference on Earthquake Engineering, (IV).
Blume, J.A., January, 1968. "The Motion and Damping of
Building Relative to Seismic Response Spectra,"
Seismologica1 Society of America Bulletin (60).
Breiner, S., 1973. Applications Manua1 for Portable
Magnetometers. Geometries, Summyvale, CA.
Breiner, S. , 1973. Geometries, Applications Manual for
Portable Magnometers.
Bruce, J., January, 1971. Measurement of Lateral Erosion
at Proposed River Crossing Sites of the Alaska
Pipeline. USDOI.
Brune, J.N., January, 1968. "Seismic Movement, Seismicity,
and Rate of Slip Along Major Fault Zone," Journal of
Geophysica1 Research, (73) 2.
Bruns, T.R. and G. Plafker, 1975. "Preliminary Structural
Map of Part of the Offshore Gulf of Alaska Tertiary
1-153
-------
Province," U.S. Geological Survey Open File Report
75-504.
Case, J.E., D.F. Barnes, G. Plafker, and S.L. Robbins,
1966. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper
#543-C. USDOI.
Chandra, U., January, 1971. "Combination of P and S Data
for the Determination of Earthquake Focal Mechanism,"
Seismological Society of America Bulletin, (61).
Chandra, U. , October, 1974. "Seisrnicity, Earthquake
Mechanisms, and Tectonics Along the Western Coast of
North America, From 42°N to 61°N," Bulletin of the
Seismologica1 Society of America (64) 5.
Cloud, W.K. and N.H. Scott, January, 1972. "Distribution
of Intensity," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Science.
Coates, D.F., 1970. "Rock Mechanics Principles" Mines
Branch Monograph 874. Mining Research Centre, DOE,
Canada.
Coats, R.R, 1962. "Magma Type and Crustal Structure in the
Aleutian Arc," The Crust of the Pacific Basin:
American Geophysica1 Union. Geophysics Monograph 6.
Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 1978.
Mountain Glaciers of the Northern Hemishphere.
U.S. Corps of Engineers.
Condon, W.H., January, 1965. "Map of Eastern Prince
William Sound Area, Alaska Showing Fracture Traces
Inferred from Aerial Photographs," U.S. Geological
Survey Miscellaneous Geological Inventory, Map 1-453.
Condon, W.H. and J.T. Cass, 1958. "Map of a Part of the
Prince William Sound Area, Alaska Show Linear
Geologic Features as Shown on Aerial Photographs,"
U.S. Geological Survey Map 1-273. USDOI.
Cornell, C.A., January, 1968. "Engineering Seismic Risk
Analysis," Seismological Society of America Bulletin,
(58) 5.
Coulter, H.W. and R.R. Migliaccio, 1966. "Effects of the
Earthquake of March 27, 1964 at Valdez, Alaska," U.S.
Geological Survey Professiona1 Paper 542-C.
1-154
-------
Coulter, H.W. and R.R. Migliaccio, 1966. "The Alaska
Earthquake, 27 March 1964, Effects on Communities
Valdez." U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper
542-C. USDOI.
Coulter, T.L. and E.B. Coulter, 1962. "Preliminary
Geologic Map of the Valdez - Tiekel Belt," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey Map 1-356. USDOI.
Dames and Moore, 1979. Bathymetry and Subsurface
Conditions, Alpetco Proposed Tanker Termina1, Solomon
Gulch, Port Valdez, Alaska.
Davies and Berg, January, 1973. "Crustal Morphology and
Plate Tectonics in South Central Alaska,"
Seismologica1 Society of America Bulletin, (63).
Dezfulian, H. and S.R. Prager, 1978. "Use of Penetration
Data for Evaluation of Liquefaction Potential,"
Proceedings of the Second Internationa 1 Conference on
Microzonations (II).
Dick, I.D., January, 1965. "Extreme Value Theory and
Earthquakes," Proceedings of the 3rd World Conference
on Earthquake Engineering,~TlII).
Dietz, R.S. and J.C. Holden, September, 1970.
"Reconstruction of Pangaea: Breakup and Dispersion of
Continents, Permian to Present," Journal of
Geophysica1 Research, (75) 26.
Dillinger, W.H. and S.T. Algermissen, January, 1972.
"Magnitude Studies," The Great Alaska Earthquake of
1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy oT
Science.
Dobrin, M.B., 1976. Introduction to Geophysica1
Prospecting. McGraw-Hill.
Donavan, N.C. and S. Singh, 1976. "Liquefaction Criteria
for the Trans-Alaska Pipeline," Liquefaction Problems
Geotechnica1 Engineering, ASCB.
Esteva, L, 1976. "Seismicity," Chapt. 6, Seismic Risk and
Engineering Decisions. Lomnitz and Rosenblueth
(Editors), Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., New
York.
Euernden, J.F., January, 1970. "Study of Regional
Seismicity and Associated Problems." Bulletin of
Seismologica1 Society of America (60) 2.
1-155
-------
Ferrians, O.J., 1971. "Preliminary Engineering Geologic
Maps of the Trans-Alaskan Pipeline Route. Valdez
Quadrangle," U.S. Geological Survey Open Pile Report
#495. USDOI.
Folk, R.L., 1974, Petrology of Sedimentary Rocks. Hemphill
Publishing Co., Austin, TX.
Foy, J.V., et al, January, 1972. The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). Nationa 1
Academy of Science, Washington, D.C.
Garner, H.F., 1974. The Origin of Landscape. Oxford
University Press.
Gates, G.O. and G. Grye, 1963. "Structure and Tectonic
History of Alaska," American Association of Petroleum
Geologist Memoirs.
Gedney, L. and E. Berg, February, 1969. "The Fairbanks
Earthquake of June 21, 1967; Aftershock Distribution,
Focal Mechanisms, and Crustal Parameters," Bulletin
of the Seismo logica 1 Society of America, ( 59) 1. ~~
Gedney, L., December 1970. "Tectonic Stresses in Southern
Alaska in Relationship to Regional Seismicity and the
New Global Tectonics," Bulletin of the Seismologica1
Society of America , (60) 6.
Grantz, A., 1966. "Strike-Slip Faults in Alaska," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey, Open File Report #267. USDOI.
Gumbel, E.J. January 1, 1958. Statistics of Extremes.
Columbia University Press, N.Y.
Hamilton, W., 1977. "Plate Tectonics and Man," USGS Annual
Report. USDOI.	~
Harding, S.T. and S.T. Algermissen, January, 1972. "The
Focal Mechanism of This and Other Related
Earthquakes," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Science.
Hastie, L.M. and J.C. Savage, January, 1970. "A
Dislocation Model for the 1964 Alaska Earthquake,"
Seismological Society of America Bulletin, (60).
Hershfield, D.M., April, 1962. "An Emperical Comparison of
the Predictive Value of Three Extreme - Value
Procedures," Journal of Geophysica1 Research, (67).
Hershfield, D.M., September, 1961. "Estimating the
Probable Maximum Precipitation," American Society of
1-156
-------
Civil Engineers, Division of Hydraulies, (87).
Hirshberg, J., R.G. Currie, and S. Breiner, 1972.
"Long-Period Geomagnetic Fluctuations After the
Earthquake," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964,
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Science.
Housner, G.W., 1969. "Engineering Estimates of Ground
Shaking and Maximum Earthquake Magnitude,"
Proceedings of the 4th Wor1d Conference of Earthquake
Engineering. Santiago."
Housner, G.W., January, 1956. "Intensity of Earthquake
Ground Shaking Near the Causative Fault," Proceedings
of the 3rd World Conference on Earthquake
Engineering^ D-) •	'
Housner, G.W., and M.A. Harlow, 1979. "Vibration Tests of
Full-Scale Liquid Storage Tanks," Proceedings of the
2nd U.S. Nationa1 Conference on Earthquake
Engineering., Earthquake Engineering Research
Institute, Stanford University, Stanford, California.
Howell, B.F., Jr., October, 1974. "Seismic Regionalization
in North America Based on Average Regional Seismic
Hazard Index," Bulletin of the Seismologica1 Society
of America, (641 !TT^
Hyndman, D.W., 1972. Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic
Rocks. McGraw-Hi11.
Hyndman, D.W., 1972. Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic
Rocks. McGraw-HilT^
Idriss, I.M. and H.B. Seed, December, 1968. "An Analysis
of Ground Motions During the 1957 San Francisco
Earthquake," Seismologica1 Society of America
Bulletin, (58) 6.
Idriss, I.M. and H.B. Seed, July, 1968. "Seismic Response
of Horizontal Soil Layers," Journal of the Soi1
Mechanics and Foundations Division, ASCE,~T96) SMTI
Idriss, I.M., H.B. Seed, and Serff, January, 1974.
"Seismic Response by Variable Damping Finite
Elements," American Society of Civil Engineers,
Geotechnical~Engineering Division, (100) GTI.
Islieb, M.E., and B. Kessel, 1973. "Birds of the North
Gulf Coast, Prince William Sound Region, Alaska,"
Alaska Biology Paper No. 14. University of Alaska.
Jennings, P.C. and J.H. Kuroiwa, June, 1968. "Vibration
1-157
-------
and Soil-Structure Interaction Tests of a Nine-Story
Reinforced Concrete Building," Bulletin of the
Seismologica1 Society of America,(58)3.
Jennings, P.C., G.W. Housner, and N.C. Tsai, April, 1968.
"Simulated Earthquake Motions," Research Report,
Earthquake Engineering	Re searclT laboratory.
California Institute of Technology. Pasadena.
Johnson, B.L., 1915. "Gold and Copper Deposits of the Port
Valdez District, Alaska," U.S. Geological Survey 622.
USDO I.
Johnson, B.L., 1919. "Mineral Resources of Jack Bay
District and Vicinity, Prince William Sound,"
U.S.G.S. Bulletin 692-C.
Kallberg, K.T., June, 1969. "Seismic Risk in Southern
California," Research Report R69-31, NSF Grant
#GK-4151. M.I.T., Dept. of Civil Engineering,
Cambridge, Mass.
Kanamori, H., January, 1972. "Radiation of Long-Period
Surface Waves and Source Mechanism," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). National
Academy of Science.
Kellerher, J.A., January, 1970. "Space-Time Seismicity of
the Alaska - Aleutian Seismic Zone," Journal of
Geophysica1 Research, (75).
Kiefer, F.W., H.B. Seed, and I.M. Idriss, December 1970.
"Analysis of Earthquake Ground Motions at Japanese
Sites," Bulletin of the Seismological Society of
America, (60).
King, C-Y, and L. Knopoff, February, 1969. "A Magnitude
Energy Relationship for Large Earthquakes," Bulletin
of the Seismological Society of America, (59) 1.
Kircher, C.A., et al, 1979. "Seismic Analysis of Oil
Refinery Structures," Proceedings of the 2nd U.S.
National Conference on Earthquake Engineering.
Earthquake Engineering Research Institute, Stanford
University, Stanford, California.
Lahr, J.C., 1979. Personal Communications.
Lahr, J.C., G. Plafker, et al. "Interim Report on the St.
Elias Earthquake of 28 February 1979," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey Open-File Report 79-670.
1-158
-------
Lanphere, M.A., 1966. "Potassium-Argon Ages of Tertiary
Plutons in the Prince William Sound Region, AK," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey Professional Paper 550-D. USDOI.
Lee, K.L. and J. Monge E. , June, 1968. "Effect of Soil
Conditions on Damage in the Peru Earthquake of
October 17, 1966," Bulletin of the Seismologica1
Society of America, (58) 3.
Loeffler, R.M. and J.M. Childers, 1977. Channel Erosion
Along the Taps Route, Alaska, 1977. USDOI.
Lysmer, J., H.B. Seed, and P.B. Schnabel, October, 1971.
"Influence of Base Rock Characteristics on Ground
Response," Bulletin of the Seismologica1 Society of
America, (6 lTT ^
Marachi, N.D. and S.J. Dixon, 1972. "A Method for
Evaluation of Seismicity," Proceedings of the
Internationa 1 Conference on Microzonation, (1).
Marchaj, T.J., 1979. "Importance of Vertical Acceleration
in the Design of Liquid Containing Tanks,"
Proceedings of the 2nd U.S. Nationa1 Conference on
Earthquake Engineering. Earthquake Engineering
Research Institute, Stanford University, Stanford,
California.
Menard, H.W., January, 1962. "Correlation Between Length
and Offset on Very Large Wrench Faults," Journal of
Geophysica1 Research, (61).
Miller, D.J., T.G. Payne and G. Gryc, 1959. "Geology of
Possible Petroleum Provinces in Alaska," Geologica1
Survey Bulletin 1094. USDOI.
Miller, D.J., T.G. Payne and G. Gryc, January, 1959.
"Geology of Possible Petroleum Provinces in Alaska,"
USGS, Geological Survey Bulletin 1094.
Milne, W.G. and A.G. Davenport, January, 1969.
"Distribution of Earthquake Risk in Canada," Bulletin
of the Seismologica1 Society of America, (59).
Milne, W.G. and A.G. Davenport, January, 1965.
"Statistical Parameters Applied to Seismic
Regionalizations," Proceedings of the 3rd WorId
Conference of Earthquake Engineers, (3).
Moffit, F., 1954. "Geology of the Prince William Sound
Region," U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 989-E.
USDOI.
1-159
-------
Moore, G.W., 1904. "Magnetic Disturbances Preceeding the
Alaska Earthquake," Nature, (203)4944.
Murphy, V.J., 1978. "Geophysical Engineering Investigation
Techniques for Site Characterizations," Proceedings
of the Second International Conference on
Microzonations (T).
Newmark, N.M. and E. Rosenblueth, E., 1971. Fundamentals
of Earthquake Engineering. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Englewood Cliffs.
Niwa, A., 1978. "Seismic Behavior of Tall Liquid Storage
Tanks," Report No. UCB/EERC-7 8/04. Earthquake
Engineering Research Center,	University of
California, Berkeley, California.
Nordquist, J.M., January, 1945. "Theory of Largest Values
Applied to Earthquake Magnitudes," Transactions of
the American Geophysica1 Union, (26).
Orphal and Lahoud, October, 1974. "Attenuation
Relationships", Seismologica1 Society of America
Bulletin, (64) 5.
Orphal, D.L. and J.A. Lahoud, October 1974. "Prediction of
Peak Ground Motion From Earthquakes," Bulletin of
Seismologica1 Society of America, (64) 5.
Page, R. and J. Lahr, December, 1971. "Measurements for
Fault Slip on the Denali, Fairweather, and Castle
Mountain Faults, Alaska," Journal of Geophysical
Research, (76) 35.
Page, R.A. et al, 1972. "Ground Motion Values for Use in
the Seismic Design of the Trans-Alaska Pipeline
System," U.S^_ Geological Survey Circular 672.
Page, R.A., January, 1972. "Crustal Deformation on the
Danali Fault 1942-1970," Journal of Geophysical
Research, (77).
Page, R.A., January, 1972. "Micro-Earthquakes on the
Denali Fault Near the Richardson Highway," American
Geophys ica1 Union, (52).
Pararas-Carayannis, G., January 1972. "Source Mechanism of
the Water Waves Produced," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). Nationa1
Academy off Science.
1-160
-------
Payne, T.G., January, 1955. "Mesozoic and Cenozoic
Tectonic Elements of Alaska," USGS Miscellaneous
Geologica1 Investigation Map 1-84, USDOI.
Peck, R.B., W.E. Hanson and T.H. Thornburn, 1953.
Foundation Engineering. John Wiley and Sons.
Plafker, G, 1967. "Surface Faults on Montague Island
Associated with the 1964 Alaska Earthquake," USGS
Professiona1 Paper 543-G.
Plafker, G, T.R. Burns and R.A. Page, 1975. "Interim
Report on Petroleum Resource Potential and Geologic
Hazards in the Outer Continental Shelf of the Gulf of
Alaska Tertiary Province," U.S. Geological Survey
Open File Report 75-592.
Plafker, G. and F.S. MacNeil, 1966. "Stratigraphic
Significance of Tertiary Fossils from the Orca Group
in the Prince William Sound Region, AK," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey Professional Paper 550-B. USDOI.
Plafker, G. and L.R. Mayo, 1965. "Tectonic Deformation,
Subaqueous Slides and Destructive Waves: AK 27 March
1964 Quake: Geologic Evaluation," U.S. Geological
Survey Open File Report of: 259. USDOI.
Plafker, G., 1967. "Geologic Map of the Gulf of Alaska
Tertiary Province, Alaska," U.S. Geological Survey
Map 1-484. USDOI.
Plafker, G., January, 1969. "Tectonics of the March 27,
1964 Alaska Earthquake," USGS Professional Paper
543-1, USDOI.
Plafker, G., 1967. "The Alaska Earthquake, 27 March
1964, Regional Effects, Surface Faults on Montague
Island," U.S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper
543-G. USDOI.
Pope, A.J., January, 1972. "Strain Analysis of Horizontal
Crustal Movements in Alaska Based on Triangulation
Surveys Before and After the Earthquake," The Great
Alaska Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy).
National Academy of Science.
Press, F. and D. Jackson, January, 1972. "Vertical Extent
of Faulting and Elastic Strain Energy Release," The
Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and
Geodesy). National Academy of Science.
1-161
-------
Press, F., January, 1972. "Displacement Strains, and Tilts
at Teleseismic Distances," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964, (Seismology and GeodesyTT
National Academy of Science.
Ragle, R.H., J.E. Sater, and W.D. Field, 1965. "Effects of
the 1964 Earthquake on Glaciers and Related
Features," Arctic Summary of AINA Research Paper #32,
(18)2.
Rea, D. and J.G. Bouwkamp, June, 1968. "A Source of
Damping Produced by the Interaction of Close-Standing
Buildings," Bu1letin of the Seismological Society of
America, (58) 3.
Redpath, B.B., 1973. Seismic Refraction Exploration for
Engineering Site Investigations. National Technical
Information Serviced USDOC.
Remenieras, G, January, 1967. "Statistical Method of Flood
Frequency Analysis, in Assessment of the Magnitude
and Frequency of Flood Flows," Water Resource Series
30. U.N. World Meteor. Org.	"
Rice, D.A., 1972. "Gravity Observations in Alaska," The
Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964, (Seismology and
GeodesyTT National Academy oT Sciences.
Richter, C.F., 1958. Elementary Seismology. Freeman and
Co., San Francisco.
Riehle, J.R., 1978. "Photointerpretation Map of Coastal
Surficial Geology Rude River to Valdez Arm, AK," Open
File Report #115. Alaska Division of Geological and
Geophysical Surveys.
Savage, J.C. and L.M. Hastie, January, 1972. "Surface
Deformation Associated with Dip-Slip Faulting," The
Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964. National Academy of
Science.
Schnabel, P.B. and H.B. Seed, July, 1972. "Accelerations
in Rock for Earthquakes in the Western United
States," Report No. EERC 72-2. University of
Cali forn iaT Berkeley.
Schnabel, P.B., H.B. Seed and J. Lysmer, December, 1971.
"Modification of Seismograph Records for Effects of
Local Soil Conditions," Report No. EERC 71-8.
University of California, Berkeley.
Seed, H.B and I.M. Idriss, April, 1969. "Rock Motions
Accelerograms for High Magniutude Earthquakes,"
1-162
-------
Report No. EERC 69-7. University of California,
Berkeley.
Seed, H.B, I.M. Idriss, and H. Dezfulian, February, 1970.
"Relationships Between Soil Conditions and Building
Damage in the Caracas Earthquake of July 19, 1967."
Report No. EERC 70-2. University of California,
Berkeley.
Seed, H.B. and I.M. Idriss, December, 1970. "Soil Moduli
and Damping Factors for Dynamic Response Analyses."
Report No. EERC 70-10. University of California,
Berkeley.
Seed, H.B. and I.M. Idriss, February, 1971. "Influence of
Soil Conditions on Building Damage Potential During
Earthquakes," Journal of the Structural Division,
ASCE, (97) ST2.
Seed, H.B. and I.M. Idriss, November, 1968. "Influence of
Soils Conditions on Ground Motions During
Earthquakes," American Society of Civil Engineers,
(94) SM6.
Seed, H.B. and I.M. Idriss, November, 1970. "A Simplified
Procedure for Evaluating Soil Liquefaction
Potential," Report No. EERC 70-9. University of
California, Berkeley.
Seed, H.B., I.M. Idriss and F.W. Keifer, February 1970.
"Characteristics of Rock Motions During Earthquakes."
Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundations
Division, ASCE, (96) SM2. "
Shah, H.C., et al, December, 1976. "Seismic Risk Analysis
for California State Water Project Reach B," Report
#24, Drawer B-51852. Stanford University, John A.
Blume Earthquake Engineering Center.
Shannon and Wilson, Inc., 1964. Mineral Creek Townsite,
City of Valdez, AK. U.S. Army Corp of Engineers,
Anchorage, AK.
Sharif, M,A. and I. Ishibashi, 1978. "Soil Dynamic
Considerations for Microzonation." Proceedings of the
Second International Conference on Microzonations
Try:	—
Sherard, Cluff and Allen, January, 1974. "Potentially
Active Faults in Dam Foundations," Geotechnique, (24)
3.
Sherburne, R.W., S.T. Algermissen, and S.T. Harding,
January, 1972. "Hypocenter, Origin Time, and
1-163
-------
Magnitude," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Science.
Shlien, S. and M.N. Tousoz, December 1970. "A Clustering
Model for Earthquake Occurrences," Bulletin of the
Seismologica 1 Society of America (60") 5^
Sloan, C., C. Zenone and L.R. Mayo, January, 1976. Icings
Along the Trans-Alaska Pipe line Route. U.S.
Government Printing Office.
Smith, P.S., 1939. "Areal Geology of Alaska," U.S.
Geologica1 Survey Profess iona1 Paper 192. USDOI.
Smith, S.W., 1972. "Related Geophysical Effects;
Introduction," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964,
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Sciences.
Smylie, D.E. and L. Mansinha, Jauary, 1972. "Chandler
Wobble and Secular Motion of the Pole," The Great
Alaska Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy).
National Academy of Science.
Spencer, E.W. and T.Y. Crowell, 1972. The Dynamics of the
Earth. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Spencer, E.W., 1977. Introduction to the Structure of the
Earth. McGraw-Hill.
St. Amano, P., January, 1954. "Tectonics of Alaska as
Deduced From Seismic Data," Geological Society of
America (65) 12, Part 2.
Stauder, W., January, 1972. "Parameters of the Shock;
Introduction," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964."
(Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Sc ience.
Stauder, W., S.J., April, 1960. "The Alaska Earthquake of
July 10, 1958: Seismic Studies," Bulletin of the
Sei smo logical Society of America, (50") 2~.
Stauder, W. and G.A. Billinger, January, 1972. "The Focal
Mechanism and Aftershock Sequence," The Great Alaska
Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and Geodesy). Nationa 1
Academy of Science.
1-164
-------
Steinbrugge, K.V. , 1978. "Earthquake Insurance and
Microzonations," Proceedings of the Second
Internationa 1 Conference on Microzonations (I).
Sykes, L.R., January, 1972. "Aftershock Zones of Great
Earthquakes, Seismicity Gaps, and Earthquake
Prediction for Alaska and the Aleutians," Journa1 of
Geophysica1 Research, (76).
Tarr, R.S. and L. Martin, 1914. Alaska Glacier Studies.
The National Geographic Society.
Telford, W.M., L.P. Geldart, and R.E. Sheriff, 1976.
Applied Geophysics. Cambridge University Press.
Terzaghi, K. and R.B. Peck, 1967. Soi 1 Mechanics in
Engineering Practice, Second Edition. John Wiley and
Sons.
Tobin, D.G. and L.R. Sykes, January, 1966. "Relations of
Hypocenters of Earthquakes to the Geology of Alaska."
Journal of Geophysical Research. (71).
Tocher, D., 1972. "The 1964 Alaska Earthquake: Seismologic
Conclusions," The Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964,
(Se ismology and Geodesy). National Academy of
Science.
Tocher, D., January, 1960. "The Alaska Earthquake of July
10, 1958 - Movement on the Fairweather Fault and
Field Investigations of the Southern Epicentral
Region," Seismological Society of America Bulletin.
(50) 2.
Tocher, D., January, 1972. "The 1964 Alaska Earthquake:
Seismologic Conclusions," The Great Alaska Earthquake
of 1964, (Seismology and Geodesy). National Academy
of Science.
Trifunac, M.D. and F.E. Udwadia, October, 1974.
"Variations of Strong Earthquake Ground Shaking in
the Los Angeles Area," Bu lletin of the Seismological
Society of America, (64") 5T^
Tsai, N.C. and G.W. Housner, October, 1970. "Calculation
of Surface Motions of a Layered Half-Space," Bulletin
of the Seisinologica 1 Society of America, (60) 5.
Twenhofel, W.S. and C.L. Sainsbury, January, 1958. "Fault
Patterns in Southeastern Alaska," Geological Society
of America Bulletin, (69) 11.
1-165
-------
U.S. Department of Interior. "Aeromagnetic Map of the Part
of the Valdez 1 Minute by 3 Minute Quadrangle,
Alaska," U.S. Geological Survey Open Fi le Re po r t
79-381.
Valera, J.E. and N.C. Donovan 1976. "Comparison of
Methods for Liquefaction Evaluation," Liquefaction
Problems in Geotechnica1 Engineering, ASCE.
VanWormer, J.D., J. Davies and L. Gedney, October, 1974.
"Seismicity and Plate Tectonics in South Central
Alaska," Seismology Society of America Bulletin (64)
5.
West, S.S., January, 1951. "Major Shear Fractures of
Alaska and Adjacent Regions," American Geophysica 1
Union Transcripts, (32).
Whitten, C.A., January, 1972. "Introduction: An Evaluation
of the Geodetic and Photogrammetric Surveys," The
Great Alaska Earthquake of 1964 (Seismology and
Geodesy"). National Academy oT Science.
Wiegel, R.L., 1970. Earthquake Engineering. Englewood
Cliffs, Prentice-Ha11, Inc.
Wong, R.T., H.B. Seed, and C.U. Chan, 1974. "Liquefaction
of Gravelly Soils Under Cyclic Loading Conditions,"
Report No. EERC 74-11. University of California,
Berke ley.
1-166
-------
-------
HYDROLOGY
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
EXISTING CONDITIONS
Genera 1
The project site is located east of the Valdez Glacier
Stream and generally north of Corbin Creek (Glacier) on the
outwash plain created by the Valdez Glacier. The site
slopes from north to south at approximately 1-1/2 percent.
Over most of the site, the subsurface materials consist of
stream deposited gravels, sands, and boulders with some
relatively thin interbedded layers of silt. At an elevation
referenced to mean sea level, varying from 0 to -19 m (0 to
-64 ft), an extensive silt layer was encountered during
drilling operations, which apparently extends under the
entire project site. This relatively impermeable layer
divides the more porous materials above and below into two
distinct aquifers.
Upper Aquifer
Over virtually the entire site, the materials in the upper
portion of the soil horizon are sufficiently permeable that
a water table aquifer situation exists which is capable of
quite high production rates. The level of the water table
slopes gently from north to south, being 12 to 18 m (40 to
60 ft) below the surface near the north end of the site and
at the surface near the southern edge of the site. The
winter flows noted in Valdez Glacier Stream, Corbin Creek
(Robe) and Brownie Creek are due to the drainage of
groundwater into the water courses. It is apparent from the
highly permeable nature of the material at the surface, that
recharge occurs to this unconfined aquifer, directly from
the streams traversing the area. Also, most of the rainfall
during the summer months soaks into the ground.
Investigations early in the spring of 1979 determined that
some year-round flow exists in the Corbin Creek (Glacier)
drainage (approximately 5 cubic feet per second) where it
enters the outwash plain at the east edge of the site;
however, this flow quickly disappears into the gravels of
the stream bed during winter months because the remainder of
the channel stands dry. Also, melt water and rainfall-fed
streams from the mountains around the eastern perimeter of
the site are lost in the gravels of the outwash plain. In
addition, some snowmelt and winter rains are believed to
occur which directly enter the soil with little or no
runoff.
As the drilling work on the site occurred during June and
July, it was not possible to conclusively verify the
possible dynamic seasonal fluctuations of the unconfined
1-168
-------
122
121
120
119
1(8
117
116
115
_|II4
ut
2;113
<"2
Mill
5 110
5 109
>106
1107
£"'06
it! 105
5,04
£ic
UJ
-1102
|ioo
99
98
97
96
95
WELL B-l
WELL B-3
1/
!/ PUMP TEST OF WELL B-3
V
WELL B-5
(uppw oquifar)
TT^I^TTTTT
¦	CM M Gl
JUNE
JULY	AUGUST
:/
PUMP TEST OF WELL B-2v /
(5(f NORTH)	\j»
Ffc I LIMITED HYDROGRAPHS OF SEVERAL SELECTED WELLS
MEASUREMENTS ARE TAKEN AT SPECIFIC TIMES DURNG
SUMMER 1979 TO ILLUSTRATE GENERAL TRENDS OF GROUNO
WATER LEVEL FLUCTUATIONS.
SEE FIGURE 2 FOR WELL LOCATIONS.
50 O
45 fc
40 £
35 £
30 5
25 ft
20 (E
15
10
5
FIGURE I	LIMITED HYDROGRAPHS OF SEVERAL SELECTED WELLS
-------
FJg 2	WELL 3 TEST H
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
water table. The water table elevation was first read in
Well B-3 on 6/14/79, after a large part of the summer stream
runoff had already occurred. During the following month the
water levels in that and other wells drilled in the central
area of the site seemed to rise from 2 to 6 ft., depending
on the well and the period of record. During the last half
of July and the month of August, relatively little change in
level was noted in most wells, although similar creek flows
and precipitation was available for recharge during that
period. Due to the fact that the earliest water levels
recorded were primarily single readings, it is believed that
some of the early readings may have been referenced from top
of casing instead of ground surface, as all other
measurements were. A definite correlation was noted,
however, between rainfall, creek stage, and water levels in
the unconfined aquifer. As an example, during the month of
August, when stream-flows were lower than they had been
earlier, the water levels in most wells in the central area
fell by an average of 0.5 m (1-1/2 ft.) (see composite plot
of hydro logic data Figures 1 and 2).
Due to the highly seasonal nature of the groundwater
recharge in the area and the slope of the groundwater table,
it is expected that the water table elevation will fluctuate
rather widely over the year due solely to natural forces.
At this writing, 10/3/79, water level data recorded to date
seems to verify that this pattern is developing; however,
insufficient data has been collected to allow a precise
estimate of the magnitude of the fluctuations to be
expected. Water table elevations will be monitored through
spring 1980.
Two pump tests were performed in the upper unconfined water
table aquifer near the northern edge of the site (testholes
B-2 and B-3). Thirty feet of screen was set from 33.2 to
42.3 m (109 to 139 ft) in hole B-3 and an eight hour pump
test was performed on 6/15/79 at a rate of 1204 liters per
minute (1pm) (318 gallons per minute-gpm). This pumpage
resulted in a draw-down of the water level of 0.9 m (3 ft)
below the static water level which stood 16 m (52 ft) below
the surface.
Within 15 minutes after pumping, the draw-down of the water
level in the well virtually stabilized, indicating that the
aquifer, in the vicinity of the well, was receiving recharge
equal to the pumping rate. It was later determined that the
water pumped from the well was percolating into the ground
within 60 m (200 ft) of the well, and appeared to be
returning to the aquifer, thus explaining the rapid
stabilization of pumping level and illustrating the high
1-171
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
permeability of the soils.
In testhole B-2, located 15 m (50 ft) north of B-3, a well
screen was installed between 38 and 44 m (125 and 145 ft)
below the surface and a 72 hour pump test was performed at a
rate of 5,870 1pm (1550 gpm).
In an attempt to prevent the re-circulation of pumped water
which had been suspected during the preliminary pump test of
well B-3 on 6/15/79, an 8" steel pipeline was assembled 167
m (550 ft) toward Slater Creek. The groundwater level
drawdown was about 5.5 m (16 ft) below the static water
level of 14.6 m (47.8 ft) below ground surface. Although
water levels were monitored at all wells on the site during
the pump test, only wells B—3 and B-4, located 15 m (50 ft)
and 150 m (500 ft), respectively, south of the pumped well
showed water level changes which could be attributed to the
pump test. The water level drawdown in well B-3 totaled
1.27 m (4.17 ft) and stabilized within 8-1/2 hr. after
pumping began. The drawdown in well B-4 totaled
approximately 0.56 m (1.83 ft). The pump test proved
inconclusive in accurately defining the aquifer
characteristics such as storage coefficient and
transmissivity. There may have been some confining aquifer
influence that affected the performance. The transmissivity
of the aquifer, however, is estimated to be over a million
gallons per day per foot.
The quality of the water from the unconfined aquifer is
quite good. It is within the limits set by State of Alaska
and EPA for all specified contaminants and is only
moderately hard (see water analysis report). This could be
due to the fact that the valley geology is "new", so the
water has not had extensive contact time in which to absorb
minerals from the formation. Its temperature at 5.2°C
(41.5°F) is relatively warm when compared to most Alaskan
groundwaters.
Lower Aquifer
The lower or confined aquifer consists of sandy gravels
which lie below the silt layer that blankets the site at
depth. Correlation of static water level, or pressure of
the water in the formation, in each of the various wells
which penetrated below the silt layer, indicates that this
lower aquifer is well separated from the unconfined aquifer
above. It was determined, however, that in the eastern end
of the site, the separation becomes less certain. The
static water levels of the lower formation define a much
flatter slope from north to south than do the water levels
1-172
-------
TABLE 1
Ground water quality data conducted by Chemical and Geological Laboratories of
Alaska, Inc., for Test Well B-2 (Upper Aquifer), Valdez, Alaska.
Ag, Silver
A1, Aluminum
As, Arsenic
Au, Gold
B, Boron
mg/1
<0.003
0.01
<0.05
<0.01
0.01
Ti, Titanium
W, Tungsten
V, Vanadium
Zn, Zinc
Zr, Zirconium
mg/1
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.006
<0.01
Ba,	Barium
Bi,	Bismuth
Ca,	Calcium
Cd,	Cadmium
Co,	Cobalt
<0.01
<0.05
24
<0.0005
<0.01
Ammonia-N
Nitrate-N
Nitrite-N
Phosphorus-P
Chloride
<0.02
0.9
<0.01
0.01
<2
Cr, Chromium
Cu, Copper
Fe, Iron
Hg, Mercury
K, Potassium
<0.01
0.003
0.02
0.0003
1.4
Fluoride
Cyanide
Sulfate
Total Dissolved Solids
Hardness as CaC0~
0.6
<0.002
1
71
67
Mg, Magnesium	1.6
Mn,	Manganese	<0.01
Mo,	Molybdenum	<0.01
Na,	Sodium	2.2
Ni,	Nichel	<0.01
Alkalinity As CaCO,,
Oil & Grease
Hydrogen Sulfide
Iron Bacteria
mmhos Conductivity
62
<0.1(*)
<0.003
0
190
P, Phosphorous	0.01
Pb,	Lead	<0.02
Pt,	Platinum	<0.01
Sb,	Antimony	<0.01
Se,	Selenium	<0.01
Si,	Silicon	3.6
Sn,	Tin	<0.01
Sr,	Strontium	0.16
pH Units
Turbidity NTU
Color Units
6.8
<1
<5
Drinking Water Analysis for
Total Coliform Bacteria Satisfactory
Cation-Anion Balance
+0.08
(*) Lowest detection limit obtainable with amount of sample submitted.
1-173
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
of the unconfined aquifer. Near the north end of the site
(well B-3) the static water level of the lower formation was
found to be 8 to 9 m (25 to 30 ft) lower than the unconfined
aquifer; and at the south edge (hole B-9) the confined
formation had a static level 2.4 m (8 ft) above the ground
surface, while the unconfined formation had a level
approximately at the surface. For this reason, it appears
that the lower aquifer has little connection with the
surface drainage, at least within the proximity of the site.
Due to the flatter gradient of the static water level in the
lower formation, it is apparent that this aquifer does not
exhibit the dynamic fluctuations expected of the unconfined
aquifer and is likely recharged at a much slower rate. in
fact, the pump test performed on this aquifer at well B-3
indicated that recharge may be nearly non-existent. The
recharge which this formation does receive likely has two
major components. Firstly, it is possible that it receives
a significant portion of its recharge from leakage through
minor interconnections with the unconfined system. Also, it
is likely that a considerable portion of recharge is
contributed from flows through bedrock fissures. This
aquifer was test-pumped at well B-3 using a screen installed
from 140 to 150 m (465 to 500 ft). It was pumped at a rate
of 1230 1pm (328 gpm) for 24 hours (7/25 and 26/79) which
lowered the water level in the well 5 m (16.5 ft) below the
static water level of 23 m (78 ft) below ground surface.
Analysis of the drawdown data did not reveal an indication
of any recharge sources within the influence radius of the
well. It did, however, indicate the existence of impervious
boundaries of the aquifer. All factors indicate that this
confined aquifer would not be able to support sustained high
pumping rates.
The quality of the water from this aquifer is only slightly
lower than that of the unconfined aquifer, but still well
within government requirements. Table 2 provides the water
quality analyses for the confined aquifer.
Aquifer Interconnection
From the water level observations and pump test data, it
appears that, within the vicinity of the wells which were
pumped (B-2 and B-3) very little interconnection exists
between the aquifers.
EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENT ON PROPOSED PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
General
1-174
-------
TABLE 2
Ground water quality data conducted by Chemical and Geological Laboratories of
Alaska, Inc., for Test Well B-3 (Lower Confined Aquifer), Valdez, Alaska.
Ag, Silver
Al, Aluminum
As, Arsenic
Au, Gold
B, Boron
mg/1
<0.003
<0.01
<0.05
<0.01
0.01
Ti, Titanium
W, Tungsten
V, Vanadium
Zn, Zinc
Zr, Zirconium
mg/L
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.005
0.01
Ba,	Barium
Bi,	Bismuth
Ca,	Calcium
Cd,	Cadmium
Co,	Cobalt
<0.01
<0.05
36
0.001
<0.01
Ammonia-N
Nitrate-N
Nitrite-N
Phosphorus-P
Chloride
<0.02
1.3
0.02
0.06
<2
Cr, Chromium
Cu, Copper
Fe, Iron
Hg, Mercury
K, Potassium
<0.03
0.002
0.03
0.0008
0.8
Fluoride
Cyanide
Sulfate
Total Dissolved Solids
Hardness as CaCCL
0.6
<0.002
7.1
124
95
Mg,	Magnesium	1.2
Mn,	Manganese	<0.01
Mo,	Molybdenum	<0.01
Na,	Sodium	2.7
Ni,	Nichel	<0.01
Alkalinity As CaCO^
Oil & Grease
Hydrogen Sulfide
Iron Bacteria
mmhos Conductivity
117
<0.1 (" )
<0.003
0
270
P, Phosphorous	0.06
Pb,	Lead	<0.02
Pt,	Platinum	<0.01
Sb,	Antimony	0.01
Se,	Selenium	<0.01
Si,	Silicon	5.7
Sn, Tin	<0.01
Sr, Strontium 0.08
pH Units
Turbidity NTU
Color Units
7.2
<0.1
<5
Drinking Water Analysis for
Total Coliform Balance Satisfactory
Cation-Anion Balance
+0.06
(-") Lowest detection limit obtainable with amount of sample submitted.
1-175
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
The groundwater environment will have little effect on the
majority of the site area. The only exceptions to this
statement are the areas adjacent to Corbin Creek (Glacier)
along the south edge of the site, and the areas around the
headwaters of Corbin Creek (Robe) and Brownie Creek. This
area has been ruled out for plant facility locations, due to
the fact that these drainages have been identified as salmon
spawning streams, and since the high water table in the area
would surely be disturbed by any major construction
operations in the area. The area along Corbin Creek
(Glacier) would be characterized by an extremely high water
table elevation, standing at or above the surface during mid
to late summer months. This factor could require special
measures to prevent flooding of facilities constructed near
the stream. In addition, it would be wise to schedule any
subsurface excavations in that area to occur during the
period between November and May. Water supply for minor
and/or short term uses could be withdrawn from either
aquifer at virtually any point in the site where it may be
desired (see "Proposed Development Approach" section for
details on recommended water supply withdrawals).
EFFECT OF DEVELOPMENT ON ENVIRONMENT
Genera 1
The proposed site may be safely developed for the proposed
purpose without causing significant degradation to the
groundwater environment. In order that this may be
accomplished, however, certain precautions must be taken in
the design of the facility and the subsequent construction
and operation. These considerations are concerned basically
with three parameters:	pumpage, recharge, and
contamination. Pumpage and recharge are, of course,
interrelated.
Pumpage
The upper, unconfined, aquifer under the site, as mentioned
above, appears to be the major source of water for Corbin
(Robe), Glacier Creek, and possibly to a lesser extent,
Brownie Creek, during winter months. Since Brownie and
Corbin (Robe) Creeks have been identified as salmon spawning
streams, their flow must be maintained throughout the winter
to ensure the survival of the salmon fry. It is conceivable
that, should the water table be lowered drastically, the
flows in these creeks could be reduced sufficiently to be
detrimental to the fish populations. It is estimated that
at the proposed demand rate of 1,700,000 gallons per day
required for operation of the facility, one could expect the
1-176
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
water table to be drawn down approximately 2 m (6 ft) during
the winter months when no appreciable recharge is being
received by the water table. It is felt that this magnitude
of draw-down would cause little, if any, noticable effects
to the stream environment. If, however, the streams begin
to be affected by winter water table draw-down, it would be
feasible to make up any deficit in stream flow by piping
water from the plant water system into the streams. The
indications are that adequate recharge will be available
during the summer months to provide whatever quantity is
reasonably required.
Due to the gradient, or slope, of the water table of the
unconfined aquifer, and its significant elevation above sea
level, approximately 21 meters (70 feet) on the site, the
relatively small drawndown of the water table in the area
due to withdrawal of operational quantities of water could
not cause infiltration of saltwater into the aquifers. The
lower aquifer also has a water pressure level considerably
above sea level (approximately 19.5 meters, 65 feet), thus
it would be necessary to lower the pressure in that aquifer
by nearly 30 meters (100 feet) to provide the elevation
difference necessary to allow the possibility of saltwater
intrusion into the aquifer.
The lower, or confined aquifer, apparently does not surface
in the near vicinity of the project site. For this reason,
it is expected that the environmental effect of any pumping
from that aquifer would be very small within the area of the
proposed site.
Recharge
Although insufficient data is presently available to fully
assess the total groundwater recharge capability of the site
as it presently exists, it is felt that the combination of
highly permeable materials at the surface, abundant
precipitation, and close proximity to large streams should
provide sufficient recharge to the unconfined aquifer
located under the site so that continuous pumpages as high
as 3-4 mgd may be safely withdrawn.
Contamination
The porous nature of the surface materials found over the
majority of the site area causes the unconfined aquifer to
be vulnerable to contamination by spills of petrochemical
products on the ground surface. The degree of hazard from
this contamination source would be highest for the
intermediate specific gravity constituents, such as light
1-177
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
fuel oils, etc. The lighter fractions (gasoline, naptha,
etc.) will eventually dissipate from the ground. The
heavier materials, such as crude oil, asphalt, etc., would
have a better likelihood of being cleaned up before large
amounts soaked into the ground to any great depth. The
light fuel oils, however, in an underground situation will
persist almost indefinitely, and are of a sufficiently light
viscosity to soak into the permeable gravels to great depths
before cleanup could be effected. In addition, the porous
nature of the material will allow leaching of virtually any
water soluble contaminant which may be present on the
surface in significant quantities.
The lower, or confined, aquifer located under the site,
however, is well protected from any accidental contamination
from surface.
PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT APPROACH (Mitigation Measures)
General
The environmental effects mentioned above are not of such
severity that they can not be accommodated by the design and
in the construction of the facility. In fact, for the most
part the environmental constraints on the groundwater use
and protection will incur very little extra in the way of
unusual construction expense.
Water Source Development
Pump tests performed on the unconfined aquifer have
indicated that sufficient water is available for the
proposed needs of the facility.
Due to the dynamic nature of the recharge/draw down cycles
of the aquifer which are expected to occur normally over the
various seasons of the year, it is felt that any possible
impact on the critical salmon spawning streams near the
south edge of the site may be minimized by withdrawal of any
large long term quantities from near the northern edge of
the site.
Major design features such as air cooling are being planned
that would minimize the effect of pumpage on the water table
elevations in the south edge of the site. These mea sures
should hold the effects on the water table in that area to
an acceptable amount. The water levels and flow rates in
Corbin Creek (Robe) and Brownie Creek could be monitored
during the winter months. If it is found that their flow
becomes adversely affected by a declining water table,
1-178
-------
GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
sufficient flow from the facility water system or from a
well could be supplied to the creek system to make up the
flow deficit which develops. This extra pumpage which would
likely not be required for more than 2 or 3 months would
easily be replenished by the high recharge rates available
during summer months. As mentioned previously, small and/or
intermittant water demands over the remainder of the site
could be withdrawn virtually anywhere they are required
without ineasureably influencing the water table aquifer.
Due to the abundance of water available in the unconfined
aquifer, its relatively good quality, and the high recharge
capability from the surface streams, it is believed that
development of production wells in the deeper, confined
aquifer would not be necessary. In order to insure that
groundwater recharge within the project site will remain at
the present high levels, it is recommended that any
channelization of Corbin Creek (Glacier) and Slater Creek be
as shallow and broad as possible, roughly approximating the
surface area available to groundwater infiltration as it
presently exists during average high water periods during
the summer.
The proposed diversion of Slater Creek into Valdez Glacier
Stream will remove a recharge source from the central
protion of the site; it is felt that this will not
materially lower the average annual water table level under
the majority of the site. In order to partially make up for
this loss, it is recommended that the water which runs off
of the mountains east and north of the site be allowed to
percolate into the ground.
Pollution
The control of pollution to the unconfined water table
aquifer is probably the most serious groundwater related
design problem presented by the site. As mentioned above,
spills of light oils would be particularly damaging to the
quality of the water from the unconfined aquifer. For this
reason, it is important that all areas in which spills could
occur be diked and sealed with a material of sufficiently
low permeability that cleanup work would be practical if a
spill occurred.
1-179
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
I) GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The proposed Alpetco pro:ect site is located approximately
five miles east of the City of Valdez, bounded on the west
by Valdez Glacier Stream, on the north by Slater Creek, on
the south by *Corbin Creek (Glacier), and on the east by
bedrock spurs of Chugach Mountains. Figure 1.1 shows the
location of the study area, and illustrates the important
drainage systems within this area. Corbin Creek (Glacier)
cuts through the study area discharging 1£to ya^dez Glacier
Stream. Slater Creek also flows within the study area m a
southerly direction, before it drains into Corbin Creek
(Glacier) The study area also encompasses Brownie and
Corbin Creek (Robe) drainage systems which were originally
included within the proposed project bounds.
Principa1 Streams
Valdez Glacier Stream, draining an area of 157 square miles,
iq the principal drainage system immediately adjacent to the
oroiect site. This stream heads at the foot of the Valdez
Glacier on the south slope of the Chugach Mountains. During
the summer, it is fed by rainfall and by meltwater from
snowfieIds and glaciers in the high mountains separating
coastal zones from interior Alaska. Although snowmelt
during the months of June and July provides the first high
volume of flow, the maximum discharge generally results from
rain run-off and glacier melt during the late summer and
earlv fall. During the winter, low flows will occur when
the stream is fed by groundwater contributed by the surface
flows in the upper reaches of Corbin Creek (Glacier),
althouah there may be some groundwater feeding at the
headwaters of Valdez Glacier Stream itself. Other physical
characteristics of Valdez Glacier Stream basin are:
*Alaska Department of Fish and Game designates Corbin
Creek (Glacier) as that part of Corbin Creek from the
headwaters to its discharge into Glacier Stream, and Corbin
Creek (Robe) as that part of Corbin Creek lying south of the
dike and which drains into Robe Lake. This usage will be
retained throughout the report.
1-180
-------

^ - '
V
00
£
SCALE :'": 2000" \ ty/////Ss,. ^
H
Figure I.I STUDY AREA
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
Mean basin elevation
Percentage Glacial coverage
Percentage lake coverage
Stream length
Stream slope
3480 ft. Mean Sea Level
56
<1%
24.9 miles
25 2 feet per mile
Valdez Glacier Stream is of glacial origin, and is a swift
meandering stream with continuously shifting braided
channels. It flows into the eastern end of the Valdez Arm,
an extension of Prince William Sound. An alluvial delta has
been formed at its mouth, due to the heavy concentration of
scoured material supplied by the glacier.
The principal tributary of the Glacier Stream is Corbin
Creek (Glacier), and the principal tributary of Corbin Creek
(Glacier) is Slater Creek. Corbin Creek (Glacier)
originates from Corbin Glacier. Slater Creek heads from
glaciers lying northwest of Rubin Glacier. The channels of
Corbin and Slater Creeks traverse the study area roughly
perpendicular to each other. Both streams have undergone
several alterations in the past. Slater Creek normally
drains into Corbin Creek (Glacier), although it might have
branched into Glacier Stream during periods of high flows.
The 1952 U.S.G.S. quadrangle map shows Slater Creek
draining into both Glacier Stream and Corbin Creek
(Glacier). Currently, a band of high ground about 150-200
feet wide and about 10-15 feet above Slater Creek's bed
separates the creek from the floodplain of Glacier Stream at
their closest location. Therefore, there is no surface
discharge of Slater Creek into Glacier Stream.
Alterations of the Corbin Creek channel have been
particularly severe. Figure 1.2, an aerial photograph taken
in 1950, shows Corbin Creek discharging its surface water
into Robe Lake. However, a dike built in the late 1950s by
Valdez citizens has diverted the surface flow of Corbin
Creek into Glacier Stream. The dike was built after a
braided channel of Glacier Stream (see Figure 1.2) broke
into Corbin Creek, allowing large amounts of glacial
sediment to be deposited in Robe Lake (State of Alaska,
1979) causing rapid deterioration.
Both Corbin (Glacier) and Slater Creeks experience peak
flows during late summer and early fall as a result of
glacial melt and high precipitation. During winter, Slater
Creek becomes dry and Corbin Creek (Glacier), fed by
groundwater originating in the high steep mountains,
maintains surface flows of open water only in its upper
reaches adjacent to the foothills.
Slater Creek enters the project site as one main channel but
1-182
-------
1-183
FIGURE f-2
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
braids into five to six channels within the project site,
before it drains into Corbin Creek (Glacier). Corbin Creek
(Glacier) has braided channels at the flat foothills where
the stream emerges from the higher mountains. It forms a
small flood plain at this location. The greater drainage
basin characteristics include:
The southern half of the study area occupies the upper
drainage basins of Corbin Creek (Robe) and Brownie Creek.
The two surface drainage systems seem to be independent of
each other. Brownie Creek heads in the wetlands and swamps
to the southeast of the plant site and is primarily fed by
warm, 40°F, groundwater from this area in winter. During
spring break-up, (spring thawing) snowmelt run-off from the
high ridge behind the wetlands augments the flow of Brownie
Creek by recharging and increasing the level of water in the
wetlands. Winter flow of Brownie Creek may be sustained by
year-around drainage from bedrock areas to the east and/or
from shallow groundwater from north of the headwater area.
Corbin Creek (Robe) also is fed by groundwater and by water
seeping through and underneath the dike which contains the
Corbin Creek (Glacier) system. The upper portion of the
Corbin Creek (Robe) drainage basin is comprised of numerous
channels, mostly abandoned and revegetated, and poorly
defined. Both streams flow along the southern boundary of
the study area and discharge into Robe Lake. They are
small, generally slow moving, and some meandering is
evident. This area is identified by the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game as "an exceptionally important salmon
spawning drainage for the Valdez area." During the winter,
Brownie Creek maintains open waters throughout its course,
and Corbin Creek (Robe) has open surface water flow in the
middle reaches of its course.
Corbin Creek Slater
(Glacier) Creek
2
Drainage area (mi )
Percentage glacial coverage
Percentage lake coverage
Slope (ft/mile)
Length (mile)
13
33
0
407
6.5
6
15
0
380
4.5
1-184
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
Figures 1.3 and 1.4 present the known drainage areas
affecting the project site.
Stream-flow records in the area of concern are fragmentary.
These records consist principally of miscellaneous discharge
measurements on Glacier Stream by the U.S. Geological Survey
(U.S. Geological Survey, 1973) and by the Institute of
Marine Science of the University of Alaska (University of
Alaska, 1973).
II) CLIMATE
The Chugach Mountains present orographic barriers which
exert a pronounced effect on the climate of coastal areas.
Valdez, located on the coast, reports an average annual
precipitation of 62.4 inches, whereas at Copper Center about
80 miles northeast of Valdez, in interior Alaska, annual
precipitation is only 9.2 inches. That transition from the
wet coastal climate to the dry continental climate occurs
within about 20 miles. No climatological observations exist
on the mountains to determine the actual boundary of the
change, but it would appear to lie on the north side of the
Chugach Mountains and parallel to them (Robert W. Retherford
Assoc. , 1976).
The rainfall intensity is considered to be moderate but of
long duration. The maximum recorded 24 hour rainfall in the
Prince William Sound area was 9.4 inches, recorded at
Cordova on September 9, 1917, as a result of a general
storm. Precipitation of 5 inches per day is rare in Valdez,
and the maximum observed 24 hour precipitation is 5.10
inches. The mean annual snowfall is 265.9 inches. The
maximum annual snowfall of 517 inches occurred in 1928, and
the greatest depth at one time was 80 inches in 1949
(Bomhoff, Collie and Klotz Consulting Engineers and
Planners, 1971). The seasonal distribution of precipitation
is fairly uniform. The maximum precipitation usually occurs
in September or October, and the minimum falls in the
spring, from April to June.
Snow drifting in the Glacier Stream's floodplain is common
and results in drifts of 20 feet near the confluence of
Glacier Stream and Corbin Creek. Snow depths in the site
area are reported to often be in the order of 6 feet to 10
feet. It is believed that the reported depths are
influenced by the heavy brush cover and would generally be
less in cleared areas.
1-185
-------
Fiaure 13 DRAINAGE AREA FOR VALDEZ GLACIER STREAM AND
"	GLACIER- DAMMED LAKES
-------
M
I
oo
SCALE: 1"= 1 MILE
LEGEND	*
	DRAINAGE BOUNDARY
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
The mean annual temperature near sea level in the Valdez
area ranges from 39°F to 43°F. The maximum recorded
temperature is 87°F ana the minimum recorded is -28°F.
Seasonal temperature and precipitation distribution are
provided (see Table II-l) (Bomhoff, Collie and Klotz, 1971,
and U.S. Department of Commerce, 1907).
Ill) STREAM FLOW CHARACTERISTICS
No data are available on the flow characteristics of the
streams in the study area. Therefore, a field program was
initiated to obtain an understanding of the stream flow.
Several trips were made to the project site in March and
early in April to record winter conditions. Hand and power
driven ice augers were employed to penetrate through the ice
and snow cover over the streams and stream beds. The major
findings are:
1)	Valdez Glacier Stream has open surface water flow under
the Richardson Highway Bridge (see Figure III.l, III.2,
III.3 and III.4). Open water was observed three to four
hundred feet north of the bridge, beyond that point the
channel was covered with snow and ice. Surface flows
measured at the highway bridge indicate that 0.1 to 2.0
cubic feet per second represent low winter flow conditions
on the Glacier Stream. Stream cross-section upstream from
the bridge, near Valdez Glacier's terminus, showed no
surface flow of water. It appears that the open water
observed near the Richardson Highway bridge is groundwater
which is characteristic of winter conditions.
Ice thickness at the upstream cross-section ranges from 14
to 24 inches. Average snow depth is 19 inches (April 1979).
Snow drifting is severe throughout the floodplain.
2)	Corbin Creek (Glacier) also is observed to be dry during
the winter at the cross-sections surveyed (see Figure III.l,
III.2, III.5, and III.6). The depth of snow was observed to
average from 3 to 6 feet in April 1979. Measured ice
thicknesses were 2" or less, much smaller than for the
Glacier Stream, indicating, perhaps, that the channel of
Corbin Creek (Glacier) is dry before it freezes. Open
surface water flows are seen only in the upper reaches near
the foothills. Because it originates at a high elevation,
Corbin Creek (Glacier) has very steep gradients in its upper
section which precludes winter freezing at this location.
Since Corbin Creek (Glacier) channel is dry downstream, the
surface flows upstream are believed to feed the groundwater
system in this area. Estimated discharges range from 4 to 7
cubic feet per second in late winter.
3)	Slater Creek is dry in winter (see Figure III.l, hi.2,
1-188
-------
CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA SUMMARY
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ESSA - ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SERVICE
Station: Valdez, Alaska	Latitude: 6l°08'		Longitude: 146°15'	Ground Elevation: 60'	Standard Time Used: AST
Month
TEMPERATURE
en
PRECIPITATION TOTALS (Inches) MEAN NUMBER OF DAYS
Month
Normal
Extremes
Normal Degree
Days
Normal
Total
Maximum
Monthly
Tear
1
Minimum
Monthly
Year
Maximum in
24 Hours
Year
i
Snow and Sleet
Precipitation
.10 or more
Temperatures
Dally
Maximum
Dally
Minimum
Monthly
Record
Highest
Year
Record
Lowest
Year
Mean
Total
Maximum
Monthly
Year
Maximum in
24 Hours
Year
i
Greatest
Depth on
Ground
Year
Maximum Minimum
70° and
Above
32° and
| Below
32° and
Below
0° and
Below
(a)
(b)
(b)
(b)
56
-
56
-
(b)
(b)
54
-
54
-
54
-
48
48
-
48
-

-
14
48
48
55
55
(a)
Jan.
25.3
11.0
18.2
55
1963
-24
1951
1451
5.79
15.17
1949
0.41
1914
3.07
1954
56.3
127.8
1949
32.5
1948
115
1924
9
0
23
31
6
Jan.
Feb.
29.2
14.3
21.8
59
1923
-28
1947
1210
4.88
16.09
1953
0.23
1950
4.00
1928
47.2
174.5
1928
43.0
1928
120
1924
9
0
17
28
3
Feb.
Har.
34.4
17.6
26.2
57
1965
-11
1918
1203
3.70
13.55
1930
0.40
1943+
3.30
1960
36.7
117.1
1930
25.0
1927
132
1928
8
0
10
31
1
Mar.
Apr.
43.4
26.4
34.9
68
1965
4
1910
903
2.96
10.11
1941
T
1948
2.36
1915
13.1
40.0
1956
17-0
1930
135
1929
8
0
1
26
0
Apr.
Nay
51.8
34.5
43.1
78
1910
6
1964
679
3.48
8.12
1956
0.36
1920
1.80
1961+
2.1
22.0
1949
12.0
1949
40
1949
8
*
0
9
0
May
June
58.9
42.0
50.4
87
1953
27
1961
438
2.61
6.59
1955
0.46
1934
1.66
1914
0.0
0.0
-
0.0
-
2
1947
8
1
0
*
0
June
July
60.1
45.2
52.7
84
1911
33
1957+
381
4.72
11.51
1958
0.88
1916
2.41
1930
T
T
1953+
T
1953
0
-
11
2
0
0
0
July
Aug.
59.8
43.5
51.6
84
1911
29
1913
415
6.48
13.63
1939
0.34
1967
2.97
1932
0.0
0.0
-
0.0
-
0
-
13
1
0
*
0
Aug.
Sep.
53.6
38.5
46.0
82
1910
14
1946
570
8.38
18.74
1912
0.71
1967
3.71
1949
0.1
4.0
1956
2.0
1956
1
1956
13
0
0
4
0
Sep.
Oct.
43.5
31.0
37.2
69
1954
5
1935
862
7.95
17.23
1936
2.22
1947
3.00
1965
8.4
41.0
1956
35.0
1956
35
1956
12
0
1
18
0
Oct.
Nov.
32.1
20.3
26.2
59
1936
-10
1963
1164
6.27
17.38
1952
0.32
1909
4.30
1956
31.0
131.0
1956
26.0
1956
67
1956
10
0
13
29
1
Nov.
Dec.
26.2
13.2
19.7
54
1966
-18
1917
1404
5.15
16.66
1928
0.14
1917
5.10
1955
49.6
150.7
1928
30.0
1955
76
1955
10
0
22
31
4
Dec.
IVNL
43.2
28.1
35.7
87
1953
-28
1947
10680
62.37
18.74
1912
T
1948
5.10
1955
244.5
174.5
1928
43.0
1928
135
1929
119
4
87
207
15
ANL
(a)	Length of record, years (through 1967)
(b)	Cliaatological Standard Norma la (1931-1960)
t Also on earlier days, Months or years
Less than one half (0.5)
-------
Average Temperature
Apr ^May [iune]~July]~Aug jSeptf Oct
Year Jan Feb Mar
Nov Dec Annual
1972	!
1973
197*
1975
1976
RECORD
MEAN
MAX
MIN
12, Ol
IS.5
14,6i
19.61
19,01
21.2!
21.1
21,1
20.7!
3l.0|
20.9i
27,6i
2i.b:
}6.2j
J7,9|
<•1 .61
44,0|
50.2'
52,5l
90,2'
50. a;
53.9,
54.7
55.3
51,3
35,2
54,5
22,3 19,4 29,0. 36,51 43.6| 92,S, 55.6j 53.6
45.9,
49. S
46. 5
96.8
30, 1
37,3
19.2
23.1 36,0
25.1 37,7
33,9
23,4
46.2 36.7 *3.7 28,2 38,1
16,4
22.2!
IO.61
20,4'
27,0|
13.71
27,1,
34.1
20,0
39,31
42.2
28.3
*4.1|
51.2,
36,9
51.0
57,a
44,7
55.7
62.2
49.1
54.3,
61.0
46.0|
47.01
52.8
41.2
27.7
32.1
23.3
23.0 36.6
42.
30.6
TEMPERATURE SUMMARY DATA - Records prior
Averages (Ott. 1409 - Un
18 .81
Mean I 18.81 21.3|
Maximum! 25.91 28.9i
Min imuin| L1 . 71 1 '3.B|
25.7|
34.11
17 . J ]
35.1| 42.61
42 .91 51 .21
27. 'J | 35.4|
49.91 52.8
58.41 6H.4
41.4| 45.li 43
51.8!
59 .91
Extremes (Oct. 1909
1^67. Breaks in the record
H ighes t
Year
55
1963
59
192 3
57 !
1965
68
1965
78
1910
87
1953
84 I
191l|
84
1911
Lowe st
Year
-24
1951
-28
1947
-11 !
1918 j
19LU
6
1964
27
1961
33
19 57 j
29
191 3
Sept [
i. Abu
Oct
uc *8
Nov |
years
Dec I
data.)
Annual
46.11
5 1.51
38 ,6|
37.7|
4 3.7!
31.8!
26.61
VI .6
2 0 .61
20.2|
28 .Hi
1 ) .61
$5.7
i3.2
2H .2
1 . About 56
years
d«t« .)

82 |
1910'
69 ;
1954
59 I
19 36)
54 j
1066;
87
1 •>r- 3
14
1946|
19 i 5
-10 1
1.9 6 i |
-!8 |
1917!
-28
1947
Average number of days through 1967. Approximately 48 years data for
maxima and 55 years far minima.
Max. 70"











& above
0
0
0
(J
*
1
2
1
0
0
0
Max. 32n











6> below
23
17
10
1
U
0
0
0
0
1
1
Mln . 32°











61 be 1 ou
31
28
31
26
9
-A-
0
*
4
18
2 9
Min. tr











ft below
6
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Less than one-half
Heating Degree Days
Season
^*1^® f^ep^0ct iNovi Decl Janl FebI Marj APr[ Mayjjune Total
1 972-73 |
1973-74]
1974-75!
J
222
332
312
213!	1 Of 5	1*11 1533 1212 1054
413.	795	863 USB	13W 1556^1226 U7fe
2 9 6,	457|	828 1036	1230 ; 1402 . 1123j 11 54;
317	5481	SS*-
346:	558|	873'
7<»5	647	439
825	5fc5	369 10682
887	t47	437 9911
648	655	358	10255
Cooling Degree Days
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr Maypune
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
AugjSeptJ Oct J Nov j Dec j Total
Precipitation
Snowfall
Year
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct |
Nov
Dec 1
Annual
1972
1973
1975
1.76
6.63
0.01
5,24
2.66
3.07
9.21
3.96
3.61
1.55
2.00
>•79
3.93
5,42
4.35
2.31
0.79
1*95
2.78
)*I2
2.08
2.74
1.44
1.68
2.34
4.30
3.19
9.19
4.22
3.41
2.78
7,39
12.83
4.33
12.90
5.51,
6.8SI
2.43
9 7#l
0.42!
1.32
3.J5
6.42
6.36
44.33
58.82
34.16
1976
7,00
2.27
3.80
9.47
2.33
1.00
1.87
3.03
12.38
i
9.33j
20.59,
8.29
77.96
RECORD









I



MEAN
3.73
3.44
2*8>
3,14
2.43
2.36
2.33
4,64
8.95
8.07J
8.01.
3.19
37.17
PRECIPITATION SUMMARY DATA - Records prior to 1968

J.n
Feb
Mar | Apr | May I June | July | Aug | S.pt | Oct
Nov
Dec
Annual

July
AuftlSept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
Total
Mean T
5.05
4.62
4.oj
2.91
2.90
2.39
3.82
6.27
9.21
7.96
5.85
5.65
60.66
Mean
T
G.{
0.1
8.4
31.0
49.6
56.3
47.2
36.;
13.1
2.1
0.0
244.5

t Oct
1909
- Dec.
1952.
Breaks in the record. Approximately 38 years data.
Ma x imum



























month1y
T
0.(
4.(
41 .(
131.a
150.7
127.8
174.5
117.1
40.0
22.0
0.0
174.5














Year
195:

I95t
195*
I956i
1928
1949
1928
193(
1956
1949

1928
Max. %
IS.17
16.09
13.55
10.11
8.12
6.59
11.51
13.63
18.74
17 .23
17.38
16.66
18.74













Year
1949
1953
1930
1941
1956
1955
1958
1939
L912
1936
1952
1928
1912
Max. in



























24 hour?
T
o.c
2 .(
35.0
26.0
30.0
32.5
43.0
25.(
17.0
12.0
0.0
43.0
Min.
0.41
0.23
0.40
T
0.36
0.46
0.88
0.34
0.71
2 .22
0.32
0.14
T
Year
195:

1951
l«56
1956
195S
1948
1928
1927
1930
1949

1928
Year
1914
1950
1943
1948
1920
1934
1916
1967
1967
1947
1909
1917
1948



























Greatest













Max. 1%













on Grnd.
0
0
1
35
67
76
115
120
132
135
40
2
135
24 Hr.
3.07
4.00
3.30
2.36
1.80
1.66
2.41
2.97
3.71
3.00
4.30
5.10
5.10
Year


19S£
1956
1956
1955
1924
1924
192fi
1929
1949
1947
1929
Year
1954
1928
1960
1915
1961
1914
1930
1932
1949
1965
1956
1955
1955













%





n the







j
~ fir- r . 1909 -
Dpc .
1967.
Breaks in
the
record.



Jet. 1909 -
Dec. 1967. Breaks
record. Approximately 54 years data


Approximately 48
years
data







Season
July
Aug
Sept Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
Total
1972-73
1973.74
1974-75
000
000
ooo
000
0.0
0.0
10,8
64.6
26.7
38,2
25.4
40,3
90,6
83.2
T
90.3
48.7
77.8
65,8
46.6
22.4
37.4
10.1
19.0
29,0
T
0,0
1.8
000
000
363.9
1973-76
1976-77
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0.0
0,0
14.7
25.8
6,8
44,7
84,1
01.5
96,1
33,2
75.3
40,6
T
0,0
331.0
ftEeORO
MEAN
0.0
0,0
0.0
17,1
36,2
68.4
59.1
92,2
43.6
27.1
0,4
0,0
306,1
SNOWFALL SUMMARY DATA - Records prior to 1968 t f
# Indicates a stacion move or relocation of insrruments. See Station Location tahle.
Record mean values above are means through the current year fur the pi rind heni»ninn in 1972.
1-190
-------
Meteorological Data For The Current Year
Station: V*LOEZ» ALASKA RADER BUILDING Standard time u»d: ALASKAN Latitude: *1° 01' N Longitude: 146° 02 ' W Elevation {ground) : 23 feet Year: 1976
• 28442			
Month


Temperature °
F


Degree days
Bate 65 *F

Precipitation
in inches


Relative
humidity, pet.
Wind
Percent of possible
sunshine
X
S
If
"™ 2
if?
< i
Number of day*
Average
station
pressure
mb
Averages
Extreme!
Water equivalent
Snow, Ice pellets
o Hour
i
z
08
(Local
1
I
14
time
i
X
20
Resultant
1
V
a
h
It
Fastest mile
Sunr
se to sunset
Precipitation
.01 inch or more
Snow. Ice pellets
1.0 inch or more
Thunderstorms
Heavy fog, visibility
% mile or less.
Temperature °F
Maximum
Minimum
Daily
maximum
Daily
minimum
Monthly
i
»
x
9
Q
I
O
8
f
I
1
*-
b
<5 3
s
a
Total
L
u
o S
8
a
Direction J
E
Speed
m.p.h.
Direction
«
Q
Clear
Partly
Cloudy
Cloudy
 .o
¦o
% $
6 O
8 1
I o
o i
Elev.
31
feet
m.s.1.
JAN
26.7
17.8
22.3
39
30
-4
8
1319
0
7.00


96.1


77
74
73
76
08
4.4
5.8
23
17
4

6.5
10
3
IB
16
15


0
22
31
2
1002.7
FIB
24.4
14.3
19.4
36
1
4
10
1315
0
2.27


33.2


72
67
64
67
06
6.9
8.2
29
34
8

6.6
10
1
18
10
7


0
25
29
0
1006.8
MAR
35.4
22.6
29.0
44
23
9
9
1107
0
3.BO


75.5


77
74
70
79



26
36
11





15
14


0
9
30
0

APR
42.6
30.4
36.5
57
30
22
7
648
0
5.47


40.6


79
69
66




17
11
15





14
9


0
0
21
0

MAY
49.8
37.4
43.6
65
31
33
17
655
0
2.53


T



7fl
68




18
27
25





21
0


0
0
0
0

JUN
59.0
49.1
52.B
70
25
42
2
358
0
l.OO


0.0



76
63




14
28
25





8
0


1
0
0
0

JUL
62.9
46.4
55.6
74
31
41
24
285
0
1.87


0.0



83
71




17
28
9





10
0


4
0
0
0

AUG
60.0
47.2
53.6
76
22
41
30
346
0
3.03


0.0



89
77




17
28
4





18
0


2
0
0
0

SEP
51.2
41.1
46.2
63
5
35
30
556
frj
12.56


0.0



91
61




1ft
27
22





25
0


0
0
0
0

OCT
40.6
32.5
36.7
50
6
16
28
B73
0
9.53


25. B



85
81




21
13
30





21
6


0
3
13
0

NOV
37.4
30.0
>3.7
45
12
22
4
934
0
20.59


44.7



B8
86




23
11
18





26
10


0
1
23
0

Dec
31.0
25.3
2B.2
3B
13
10
9
1137
0
8.29


101.5


87
85
86




23
11
8

9,6
C
3
28
23
17


0
IB
31
0






AUG

JAN

















FEB










78



YEAR
43.5
32.7
36.1
76
22
-4
B
9735
0
77.96


417.4



60
74




29
34
8





207
78


7
170
2

Normals, Means, And Extremes
i
H
vO



Temperatures
•F


Normal




Precipitation in
inches


























Normal


Extremes

Ban
S5 r


Water equivalent


Snow, Ice pellets
e
£
j Daily
maximum
Dally
minimum
Monthly
1
I|
tc Z
S
y
M
ac 2
1
f
3
X
Cooling
Normal
Maximum
monthly
£
Minimum
monthly
S
>
E f
ii
1
Maximum
monthly
£
!S
5 £
>
(a)



5

5




5

5



5



«l
25.0
10*6
17.8
38
1976
•20
1972
1463
0
5.06
7.00
1976
0.01
1974


96.1
1976


F
29.8
13.0
22.4
44
1973
•3
1972
1193
0
5.30
5.21
1974
2.27
1976


77,8
1974


M
35.3
18*2
26.8
51
1974
-6
1972
1184
0
4.33
3.80
1976
1.55
1974


75.5
1976


A
44.1
27.1
35.6
61
1974
5
1972
882
0
3.06
5.93
1974
3.75
1973


40.9
197?


M
52.5
35.0
43.B
71
1974
21
1972
657
0
3.20
4.35
1972
0.79
1974


1.8
1975


J
99.6
42.8
51.2
73
1973
31
1972
414
0
2.70
3.22
1973
1.00
1976


0.0



J
61.1
45.5
53.3
80
1975
33
1972
363
0
4.31
4.30
1975
1.44
1972


0.0



A
60.0
44.0
52.0
78
1974
36
1973
403
0
5.80
9.35
1973
3.03
1976


0.0



s
54.2
38.7
46.5
n
1974
27
1973
955
0
7.74
12.83
1975
2.70
1973


0.0



~
44.0
30.9
37.5
56
1975
8
1975
853
0
6.75
12.90
L974
4.35
1973


25. 8
1976


N
32.2
19.9
26.1
45
1976
5
1975
1167
Q
5.67
20.59
L976
0*42
L9T5


64.6
1972


D
25.9
13*1
19*5
40
1975
-6
1975
1411
0
5.39
8.29
1976
1.52
1972


101.5
1976







JUL

JAN




40V

JAN



OEC


VR
43.6
28.4
36.2
80
1975
•20
1972
10545
0
59.31
20.59
1976
0.01
1974


101.5
1976


Relative
humidity pet
Mean number of days
Sunrise to sunset
SSI
sf i!
~ o - ^
S -c
•a a
is: go
«fc 9 & ~
Temperatures °F
Max. Min.
c t
. hi
1975
1975
1974
1975
197*
1974
1975
1973
1976
1975
1973
1975
NOV
0311973
26
IB
2
14
21
Means and extremes above are fron existing and comparable exposures. Annual extremes have been exceeded at other sites in the
locality as follows: Highest tenperature 87 in June 1953; lowest temperature -28 in February 1947; maximum monthly precipita-
tion 16.74 in September 1912; minimum monthly precipitation trace (T) in April 194B; maximum monthly snowfall 174.5 in Febru-
ary 1928.
(a)	Length of record, years, through the
current year unless otherwise noted,
based on January data.
(b)	70° and above at Alaskan stations.
* Less than one half.
T Trace.
NORMALS - Based on record for the 1941-1970 period.
DATE OF AN EXTREME - The most recent in cases of multiple
occurrence.
PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION - Record through 1963.
HIND DIRECTION - Numerals indicate tens of degrees clockwise
from true north. 00 Indicates calm.
FASTEST MILE HIND - Speed 1s fastest observed l-m1nute value
when the direction is in tens of degrees.
Summarized temperature, precipitation and snowfall data for the period
prior to 1968, on the next page, were compiled from summaries and records
on file at the National Climatic Center, Asheville, North Carolina, by
J. T. B. Beard, Primary Data Branch, National Climatic Center.
-------
-------
ro
Figure IH.2 SAMPLING a SURVEY LOCATIONS
-------
STATIONING IN HUNDREDS OF FEET
1-194
FIGURE E1.3
-------
STATIONING IN HUNDREDS OF FEET
Richardson Highway Bridge Across
Valdez Glacier Stream
(Tiyck, Nyman & Hayes, 1976)
FIGURE m.4
1-195
-------
VD
91 —
•27.6
90-

3
*
5

8
10
i
12
l
1
6
1
10
1
15
1
20
1
24

i
39
DISTANCE IN FEET AND METERS
21
-------
CA
AC
LU
iQ
§	Corbin Creek (Glacier) Cross-Section C-2
0
a>
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
III.7 and III.8). Lack of appreciable ice cover indicates
that this stream also dries up before the onset of freezing.
Depth of snow cover was from 4 to 5 feet in April 197 9.
4) Brownie Creek has open surface flow year around.
Although it is a small and slow moving stream, it has an
unusually high water temperature of 40°F in the winter.
This warm water originates in the wetlands and hampers any
growth of ice on the stream. A mile downstream of its
headwaters, Brownie Creek's water temperatures drop to
33-34°F. In contrast to the clear waters in winter of
Corbin Creek (Glacier), Brownie Creek has a particular tea
color, perhaps indicative of its origin in the wetlands.
Corbin Creek (Robe) is covered with snow and a thin layer of
ice, except for the middle reaches of its drainage channel
where open surface water flow was observed. Water
temperatures are not as high as on Brownie Creek, ranging
from 3 5 °F to 39°F in winter. Its waters are tea-colored and
its bed material is coarser than the bed material in Brownie
Creek, where the percentage of sands and silts is higher
than any other stream in the study area. Estimated
discharges of both creeks is approximately 0.5 cubic feet
per second in winter.
Collection of baseline data on stream flows has continued to
show seasonal fluctuations of water flow. Partial
hydrographs of the streams in the study area, Figures III.9
and III.10, have been produced by individual periodic
measurements of flow. These hydrographs should not be used
for design purposes because the stream flow data do not
provide maximum or minimum flow discharges. These results
display only the trend of seasonal variations of stream flow
during a portion of the 1979 water year.
It appears that Corbin Creek (Glacier) is the principal
source of water in winter, by recharging the groundwater
system which provides some of the baseflow for the Glacier
Stream and Corbin Creek (Robe). Also, the fact that water
temperatures in the Glacier Stream and Corbin Creek (Robe)
are several degrees higher than Corbin Creek (Glacier) seem
to indicate that the surface flows of Corbin Creek (Glacier)
which feed the groundwater system remain as groundwater for
some time before appearing as surface water again.
Examination of hydrographs show the second half of April as
the beginning of breakup when the discharge values have
started to increase.
Breakup first starts on Corbin Creek (Glacier) as the
southern slopes of the East Peak begin melting causing a
considerable snowmelt run-off into V-shaped narrow Corbin
Creek valley. The advance of the breakup, which is first
1-198
-------
Slater Creek Cross-section S-1
-------
DISTANCE IN FEET AND METERS
Figure IE. 8 Slater Creek Cross-Section S-2
-------
10
9
8
7-
6
5
Q
Z
o
o
Ul
»-
Ul
Ul
u.
o
©
3
o
14
o
o:
<
z
u
(/>
o
10*
10'
9
9
7 ¦
6
5
VAL DEZ GLACIER STREAM



POINT
DISCHARGE MEASUREMENTS
ON VALOEZ GLACIER
STREAM AND ITS
TRIBUTARIES
May 16, Breakup on Slattr Crotk
All m*asur«m«ntt or* point discharges	for tko
ysar 1979 and do not provids monimum or	minimum
valuas. Discharge points art conntctod	to (how
)h* gsnsrai trtnd of surfact flows.
'May 6, Brsakup on Valdsi Oloeisr Strsam

e»

MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUGUST
1-201
Figure lit .9
-------
1-202
Figure HI. 10
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
observed in the foothills, progresses downstream at the rate
of 400-500 feet per day. No significant icings or ice jams
were observed during breakup except at the confluence of
Valdez Glacier Stream and Corbin Creek (Glacier). At this
location, drifted and wind-compacted snow reached a depth of
approximately 20 feet and there was partial flooding of the
area upstream of the confluence.
Breakup, is identified by a sudden increase of discharge and
disappearance of ice and snow cover on the surface flow,
this occurred on Valdez Glacier Stream and Slater Creek on
May 6 and 16, 1979 respectively. The discharge of Valdez
Glacier Stream has increased from a winter low of less than
3 cubic feet per second to over 200 cubic feet per second.
Floating ice blocks have been observed, yet they have not
caused any significant ice jams. The warm Brownie Creek
appears to have a separate source of water in the wetlands.
Snow melt run-off from the high ridge behind the wetlands
has increased the flow discharge of Brownie Creek up to 20
cubic feet per second. At this time, water temperatures of
Brownie Creek had dropped to 33°-34°F. Deposition of
organic silts along the banks of Brownie Creek has been
observed.
Based on Figures III.9 and III.10, which represent partial
hydrographs of the streams in the study area and other
stream flow records in the Prince William Sound area, the
run-off pattern is characterized by a high volume of flow
occurring during June and July from snowmelt. Large diurnal
fluctuation (as much as 30 or 40 percent of the measured
flows) is caused by meltage from glaciers that cover a
considerable percentage of the basin. An additional peak
volume is expected to occur in August and September
resulting from a combination of rainfall and glacier melt.
The monthly distribution of flow should approximately
parallel that of Solomon Gulch and Lowe River where records
are available. 82% of the Solomon Gulch and 90% of the Lowe
River annual run-off occur in the four months from June
through September. Monthly percentage of annual run-off for
these two streams is as follows (Robert W. Retherford
Assoc., 1976):
MONTHLY PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL RUN-OFF
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Solomon
Gulch 1 1 1 1 6 21 23 19 19 7 4 1
Lowe
River <1 <1 <1 <1 3.5 20 30 27 13 6 1 <1
1-203
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
Estimates of average annual run-off for the study area can
be made from drainage area relationships. Although
precipitation data can also be used as a basis for
estimating the variation in annual run-off, lack of
climatological stations on the Chugach Mountain barriers
restricts its use to the coastal areas. Streams which are
partially fed from glaciers have fairly uniform annual
run-offs as the glaciers tend to reduce the variations due
to annual precipitation. The mean annual run-off ranges
from approximately 8 to 10 cubic feet per second per square
mile (cfsm). During late summer, as a result of rapid
glacial melt and heavy precipitation, mean annual peak
run-offs average 80 to 100 cfsm. Mean annual low monthly
run-offs, which will occur in late winter, are in the range
of 0.5 to 1 cfsm (Grumman Ecosystems Corp., 1975). Wetlands
and swamps in the southeast of the study area would probably
retain run-off as shallow groundwater.
Corbin Creek (Robe) and Brownie Creek are not directly
glacial fed. Average normal flows in both streams are in
the range of 6 to 10 cubic feet per second in summer.
Small streams and creeks observed in 1979 that develop only
during snowmelt, and later are fed by precipitation run-off,
are identified and their locations shown on Figure III.11.
Estimated peak discharges are also shown. While some of the
snowmelt run-off from these creeks drains into Corbin Creek
(Glacier), the rest forms a channel that flows along the
perimeter of the foothills recharging the groundwater
system. Over the wetlands area, three more snowmelt run-off
creeks have been identified. All these creeks discharge
into the wetlands where they are drained away by Brownie
Creek. With the snowmelt run-off replenishing the wetland1s
reservoir, areas of open surface water have been observed in
the late spring ranging from a depth of 2 to 3.5 feet of
standing water. An appreciable increase of the discharge
and water velocities of Brownie Creek have also been
recorded during that period. Deposits of organic silts on
the branches of small brush and on the channel bank were
seen after the melt water from the wetlands flooded over the
snow in the upper reaches of Brownie Creek.
IV) FLOOD POTENTIAL
The maximum discharge of streams south of the Chugach
Mountains generally results from rain run-off and glacier
melt during the late summer or fall. Frequent rainstorms
along the coast at this time of year dump enough
precipitation on the high, steep mountains to produce
extremely high discharges. During this type of flood, flows
reach their peak within a few hours of the maximum
precipitation and recede to the base flow within 2 or 3 days
1-204
-------
K>
O
Ln
PROPOSED SI
BOUNDARY
ru.ft£>E_R).
(First week in May, 1979)
SCALE I = 2000
SPRING SNOWMELT CREEKS AND ESTIMATED DISCHARGES
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
after the rain stops (Grumman Ecosystems Corp., 1975).
Another crucial factor affecting floods is the possibility
of sudden unpredictable release of water stored in or behind
glac iers.
Assessment of flood potential for the project site is based
largely on U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) Flood Insurance Administration (FIA) study conducted
by Tryck, Nyman and Hayes to establish the peak discharge -
frequency relationships for floods of selected recurrence
intervals for Valdez Glacier Stream (Tryck, Nyman and
Hayes, 1977). Another primary report submitted to Tryck,
Nyman and Hayes by Duke and Beard concerning the Flood
Insurance Study (Duke and Beard, 1977) predicts that a
100-year flood with peak discharge of 232,000 cubic feet per
second could occur, resulting in possible flooding of the
area along the western portion of the project site in the
immediate proximity of the active floodplain. The report
predicts that this area may be submerged under six feet of
water and also could have excessive erosion (see Figure
IV.1). Due to the paucity of hydro logic data, the flood
report makes a number of assumptions regarding occurrence of
natural storage releases from glacier-dammed lakes which
Post and Mayo (1971) designate as having "moderate (flood)
hazard on the Valdez River floodplain". The magnitude of
100-year flood is computed with special consideration given
to these glacial outbursts (jokulhlaups). Quoting from Post
and Mayo (1971): "Three glacier lakes drain subglacia1ly,
dumping history is not known".
"At present, no valid means exists to estimate the maximum
flow to be expected from the sudden release of water stored
in or behind glaciers." (Grumman Ecosystems, 1975).
Woodward-Clyde Consultants, 1979 conducted a review of the
flood insurance study and outlined possible refinements to
the study which might result in a reduction of both the
discharge estimates and flood elevations. Under contract to
the City of Valdez, Woodward-Clyde is conducting further
studies of the following: a detailed study of potential
flood magnitude resulting from glacier-dammed lake
outbursts; the recurrence interval assumption for glacial
outbursts; acquisition of size and volume data regarding
known lakes, and determination of the existence and
characteristics of potential hidden or subglacial lakes;
and more precise contour mapping. Also questioned were
comparisons of Knik River/Lake George outburst discharges
with streams in the Valdez area, and the validity of the use
of the fixed-channel hydraulic model HEC-2 (Valdez Glacier
Stream has braided channels and porous gravels).
1-206
-------


	,iC<
1-207 ^
— — —— Anoraximnt* mn-v«flr flnnd
boundary over the project site ^ \ ^ ^.; J \
p jjjjp
. _ „3\
SCALE 1 =2000 (Flood Insuranc# Study, Clfjr of Valdet, Afoiko, ^^/^//^y~y^ck, Njrmon a Hojrts) ^ /!^

Figure IS. 1 APPROXIMATE 100-YEAR FLOOD BOUNDARY FOR ALPETCO SITE
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
Woodward-Clyde Consultants have conducted	field
reconnaissance trips to the glacier-dammed lakes. Glacial
lakes on Valdez Glacier are shown on Figure 1.3.
Conclusions of these field reconnaissances could be
summarized as: Glacier-dammed lake number one is fed by
meltwaters from the Camicia Glacier. It has a surface area
of 57 acres, and should there be a glacier surge, it might
develop into a relatively large lake causing outburst
flooding. Glacier dammed lake number two has a surface area
of 31 acres and is not considered to pose a potential threat
downstream. Relatively high discharge values measured on
the Glacier Stream this spring might possibly be the result
of the glacial release of this lake.
Glacier-dammed lake number three, with a surface area of 300
acres, is the largest of all the lakes in the drainage
basin. It is considered to be a potential source of
outburst flooding, and monitoring of this lake is
recommended. Glacier-dammed lake number four is observed to
be blocked off by a lateral moraine and likely would not
cause outburst flooding as if it were dammed by a glacier.
Therefore, it is not considered a potential threat. Lake
number five could drain either into the Glacier Stream
drainage basin or Lowe River drainage basin depending on how
the lake may dump.
It is theorized that the high early flows in Valdez Glacier
Stream in late June or early July 197 9 were in part a result
of drainage of one or more of these lakes. Approximate
estimated numbers on the size of lake 3 supplied by
Woodward-Clyde Consultants (personal communication) indicate
that 2.5 billion cubic feet of water has been relesed
through a subglacial channel formed at the ice dam.
Institute of Marine Science of University of Alaska has also
detected the presence of a large freshwater bubble in the
bay waters near the point of discharge of Valdez Glacier
Stream (personal communication). One possible explanation
for the presence of this body of fresh water could be found
in glacial lake outbursts. Concerning the project site,
this large volume of water encouraged the formation of a
subchannel at the eastern boundary of the active floodplain
near the western boundary of the project site.
The same preliminary -report estimates peak flow from
multiple lake outbursts using empirical relations given by
Fisheries and Environment Canada (Fisheries and Environment
Canada, 1977) on the order of 25 percent of the 100-year
flood discharge computed by the FIA for Valdez Glacier
Stream.
In July 1979 no evidence of water was observed in lake 3,
and lake 4 appeared to our geologic team during field
1-208
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
reconnaissance by helicopter to be morainal dammed.
Geologic team during field reconnaissance by helicopter.
Flood discharge magnitudes also have been computed excluding
floods caused by glacier-dammed lake outbursts (Berwick,
Childers and Kuentzel, 1964; Childers, 1970; Lamke, 1979).
Flood-frequency curves indicate the frequency with which a
single flood event will exceed a given discharge on the
long-term average. Hence, a 50-year flood can be expected
to be equalled or exceeded on the average of once every 50
years. Figure IV.2, which illustrates the flood-frequency
curve for Valdez Glacier Stream, shows the difference in
flood magnitudes caused by rainfall/snowmelt and by glacier
dammed lake releases. The 100-year flood which is due only
to rainfall/snowmelt is on the order of 13 percent of the
estimate given by the FIA for the same frequency flood due
to the glacier outbursts.
Results of a standard regional analysis, assuming a log
Pearson Type III distribution, are applied to Corbin Creek
(Glacier) to estimate floods with given recurrence intervals
(Lamke, 1979). Since Slater Creek is flowing into Corbin
Creek (Glacier), its drainage area is included in the flood
flow estimates.	These floods are caused by
rainfall/snowmelt, as there is no evidence of glacial lakes
within the Corbin Creek (Glacier) drainage basin. Figure
IV.3 is the flood-frequency curve for Corbin Creek
(Glacier). Corbin Creek (Glacier) can cause flooding in its
small floodplain near the foothills. This also includes the
area of the confluence of Slater Creek and Corbin Creek
(Glacier).
V) CHANNEL STABILITY
In an alluvial stream such as Valdez Glacier Stream, the
rule is that either general or local scour, deposition and
lateral migration will occur with time. Such
characteristics are dynamic properties of the river system
and are caused by independent variables of water and
sediment discharge.
The most severe channel erosion and lateral migration are
observed on the Glacier Stream. An aerial photograph taken
in September 1950 (Figure 1.2) shows Valdez Glacier Stream
with two main channels, one on each side of the former
townsite. Currently, all the flow is confined to one
channel on the eastern side of the floodplain. The scars of
the old channel can be detected on recent aerial photographs
(Figure V.l). The former stream channel was probably
abandoned either by ice jamming at the headwaters or by
gravel extraction operations. Also, a braided channel of
the Glacier Stream at one time discharged into Corbin Creek,
1-209
-------
1 0,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
800
600
400
3 00
200
100
"I	1—I I MM
"I—I I II |l
T	1	1 | I I III 1.000,000
Estimate computed by
Duke and Beard (1977)
for Tryck, Nyman & Hayes
This sudden increase
of computed flow is due
to glacial outburst.
Childers' Multiple Regression Equations
	 Lamke's Regression Equations
• ' ¦ 1 "
1 ' ' i ¦ i ¦ i
J__l	' ' ' '
100,000
10,000 _
o
1,000
10	100
RETURN PERIOD (YEARS)
Flood frequency curve for Valdez
Glacier Stream.
1-210
Figure EC.2
-------
5000
4000
3000
Q
z
o
o
UJ
V)
a.
Ui
Q.
2000
1500
Ui
uj
u.
CD
3
O
Ui
O
oc
<
z
o
(/)
o
UI
K
"3
a
2
O
o
5	10	20
RETURN PERIOD (YEARS)
50
1000
100
Flood frequency curve
Creek (Glacier).
for Corbin
1-211
Figure TSZ.3
-------
AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH OF M
FigureY I
9 • THE SITE AREA TAKEN 9 26 78
zoo
2000
4000 fttt
1000 melrrs

CCC/HOK- DOWL
ENVIRONMENTAL IMfttCT STATEMENT
alpetco
KEY MAP
J
-------
Tf
T7—«•
r, P " ° ° ° "
c J o o o » Valdez Glacier Road
•
fj. ~ Q C - \T* O O ^
3 47 b^rS» >• ^- c-	 i"	^ '•" C	if '-' -, r» r° *•' r u •	X)
- - -?3 C' O _ n r, O '-7 " * 0 O p ' i ' • O &ey O C 3 0 O oe o °*-.c-°r C '¦ ° C.O o 0 <>..%% e 0 f, '
.. 0 u ^ 0 0 ' ».,:*. c « ¦ ^	3'OCo <;Bf! O • o r c r
:¦'¦¦¦ ?<> O t> O ? * »	^ I zz.c; go c%* o° z *on 0
o & £ „ n ,
* °of" " J
o
0 o £>
e% t
3 04 (V"5 »•?.-*
®o;. of
" • '- ff*u.
-''a ¦ • • ' *
£*°VALDEZ GLACI
;r>-'of J?®" —-
o1964 _
_ 6 u *••'¦*«'
•- p o o
ooO	O ' xX^°
0 O c> "
o ^ ,
<7"
ER STREAM
n>
y O O « t>t> v? C ft , Q ...
r. r'-¦-P.ft °:.
C „	9 c.t- > "•	;'-'- V
.?•¦: 43 ^ & Gu&0,3oo n'6o *•• .*"•' - • "c
° ^ n ^ r- o. ° ^ V""6." 6''' . c> ^
. fv,	• V	w	^ «A
g a o 0
o _ O c
~ C. t> c
Ql
o ^ o;
o
W J
{*
&
L«t
(Across From Airport)	'	a
LATERAL MIGRATION OF VALDEZ GLACIER
STREAM ALONG WESTERN BOUNDARY OF
THE PROJECT SITE
D C?
.Sir C
*> P
^ O A
o o o

Os.-'O-,
<_/ <-
A:'u /.°
- » , .o.°c
pc °
> • «> / .
^ ^ . **> o
e n"s, ^ <,
c c Q o DC .•> o
p
a
c °
c
0 c
e> &
ci
O ^ & C» Q DO ^ Q
0 ° °
O Ci
O J Creek
o^n0
£> / Ci on c
J/i),. ^ r
^ C} / 
V
o o
o ,fi
o - ;3
o rJ
O <3
02.

SCALE 1"= 500
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
which in turn flowed into Robe Lake. Today, the braided
channels of Glacier Stream still flow into Corbin Creek, but
the latter no longer drains into Robe Lake.
The distance of lateral migration by the stream is measured
by superimposition and matching of aerial photographs taken
about 14 years apart (Brice, 1971). Erosion rates at
specific locations are obtained by dividing the distance of
migration by the time interval between photographs. The
computed erosion rates are not necessarily statistically
representative of flow rates either high or low.
Nonetheless, they provide an indication of the magnitude of
expected future alignment changes along the drainage course.
Figure V.2 shows a stretch of the Glacier Stream near the
northern boundary of the plant site. Computed lateral
erosion rates range from 8.5 to 22.3 ft/year. Furthermore,
it appears that the sinuosity of the stream will increase
with time, as the bends are the locations of most severe
erosion.
It is possible that the gross tectonic warpage resulting
from the 1964 Prince William Sound earthquake might have
changed the general energy gradient of Valdez Glacier Stream
in the Valdez area such that the tendency of stream channel
migration may have been shifted slightly to the northwest.
Down-tilting north of Port Valdez due to this event has been
measured as 4 cm/km in the northwest direction. This value
is derived from figure 3 of George Plafker's U.S.G.S.
Professional Paper 543-1, "Tectonics of the March 27, 1964,
Alaska Earthquake".
Evidence of the magnitude of scouring can be observed on the
center pier of the Richardson Highway bridge. The toe of
the pier has been scoured to a depth of 3 feet within a
period of 14 years or less. Reinforcing steel is exposed.
Four to five inches of portland cement concrete have been
scoured away. ASDOT records (State of Alaska, 1972)
indicate that a second dike with large riprap was
constructed east of the bridge, parallel to the highway to
help channel the water under the bridge. Apparently, this
action was a result of a large volume of flow in 1969 or
1970 which almost washed away the portion of the highway
immediately east of the bridge. Unfortunately, records of
such high flood flows were not made.
The bed material of the stream in the vicinity of the
project area consists of very coarse gravel, with many
cobbles and with a few boulders to three feet in diameter.
Because the channels are not confined upstream of the dike,
lateral shifting of the stream might develop at these
locations. Near its headwaters, Glacier Stream has deeply
cut banks indicating that the present general trend here is
1-214
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
one of scouring of the bed material. Terraces at various
levels along the Glacier Stream show that the recent history
of the river has been one of degradation rather than
aggradation. Thus, the stream is considered to be degrading
moderately at present.
Slater and Corbin Creeks also have undergone some changes in
recent years. If present conditions are compared with a
1952 U.S.G.S. topographical map showing the Valdez
quadrangle, several changes are obvious. Slater Creek,
shown at one time partly discharging into Glacier Stream,
now drains wholly into Corbin Creek (Glacier). Within the
project site, Slater Creek braids into six channels, all of
which have undefined, irregular, and highly vegetated beds.
Corbin Creek, which flowed mostly into Robe Lake in the past
with some discharge into Glacier Stream, was diked in the
late 1950s. Its main flow now is diverted into Glacier
Stream with some seepage still feeding the old Corbin Creek
channels, now called Corbin Creek (Robe). It is not clear
whether the seepage into Corbin Creek (Robe) is primarily
through the dike or through the permeable stream bed.
However, the relatively small cross section of the dike
indicates that seepage through and below the dike must be
substantial at this time. The "make-do dike" currently is
rather fragile. The erosion of the dike has been severe,
and at specific locations the width of the dike crest is no
more than 1.5 or 2 feet. Figure V.3 shows the location of
the dike and identifies the problem spots where the dike
might fail. Eventually, Corbin Creek (Glacier) will cut
through the dike and revert back to its previous drainage
course. The ground surface elevations behind the dike are
several feet below the elevation of the stream water surface
(see Figure III.6). Once the dike erodes away, the natural
flow of Corbin Creek (Glacier) will be in the direction of
Robe Lake. Evidence of overflow over the dike has been
observed on an aerial photograph taken in 197 8. Along the
dike, aggradation of the stream bed with concurrent severe
bank erosion appears to be the trend. It is doubtful that
the dike can survive without maintenance.
VI) WATER QUALITY
In order to assess the quality of water and also to collect
baseline data for preconstuction activities, a water quality
sampling program was implemented. Representative samples of
surface water were taken for laboratory analyses, and were
"fixed" and obtained in accordance with standard sampling
procedures. Locations of sampling stations are shown on
Figure III.2. Although an attempt has been made to gather
data at prechosen sampling stations, lack of surface flow in
winter has forced shifting of some stations. No sample was
1-215
-------
Figure Z.3 LOCATION OF DIKE ON CORBIN CREEK (GLACIER)
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
collected from Slater Creek in winter, as it was found to be
dry. Some water quality data, such as dissolved oxygen
(DO), pH, and temperature, were determined in the field.
Water quality analyses, shown in Table VI.1, have been
conducted by Chemical and Geological Laboratories of Alaska,
Inc.
Dissolved mineral content, suspended sediment, and
temperature are important parameters for assessing chemical
and physical qualities of surface water as utilized by man,
and its suitability as a habitat for fish and other
wildlife.
The dissolved-solids content shows seasonal variations and
also variations from stream to stream. During the periods
of high run-off, the concentration of dissolved substances
are low. Hardness of the surface water exhibits the same
variability. Total dissolved solids concentration in Valdez
Glacier Stream range from 55 mg/1 in winter to 39 mg/1 in
summer, whereas the concentration in Corbin Creek (Glacier)
drop from 62 mg/1 in winter to 22 mg/1 in summer. The
run-off from snow and glacier melt accounts for these
variations, due to the rejection of impurities in the
formation of ice and snow. Surface water in all the streams
of the study area have an observed range in dissolved solids
content from 18 mg/1 in Slater Creek to 137 mg/1 in Corbin
Creek (Robe). The latter creek is not fed by snow or
glacier. Most of the surface water seems to be of the
calcium bicarbonate type and is considered medium to hard.
During the winter, the concentrations of all chemical
constituents measured are within EPA and State-recommended
levels for drinking water (see Table VI.1, EPA, 1975; State
of Alaska, 1979). The concentration values of chemical
constituents include both dissolved and precipitated forms.
Therefore, these values do not represent just the dissolved
concentrations in the solution. This is particularly true
of iron concentration in the Glacier Stream. The reported
iron concentration of 2.2 mg/1 for a sample taken in June is
much greater than the maximum limit set for drinking water
(0.3 mg/1). It is certain that the dissolved iron
concentration is much lower than the reported value, which
also includes iron in precipitated form. Table VI. 2
provides values for some of the chemical constituents in
dissolved form which are taken from U.S. Geological Survey
records for Valdez Glacier Stream (U.S. Geological
Survey, 1973).
The only limitation for utilization of surface water during
the periods of high flow is the high suspended sediment
concentration and increased turbidity. Table VI.3 shows
suspended sediment concentrations and rates of sediment
1-217
-------
TABLE VI.1
Surface Water Quality Data

Brownie
Corbin
Valdez
Glacier
Corbin
Creek
Slater

Creek
Creek
Stream
(Glacier
Creek


(Robe)






mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1

3-29-79
4-10-79
4-11-79
6-13-79
3-29-79
6-13-79
6-13-79
Ag, Silver
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
Al, Aluminum
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
As, Arsenic
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Ba, Barium
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Ca, Calcium
30
53
18
12
21
8.9
6.3
Cd, Cadium
<0.0005
<0.0005
<0.0005
<0.0005
<0.0005
<0.0005
<0.0005
Cr, Cromium
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Cu, Copper
<0.006
0.014
0.02
0.008
<0.006
0.003
0.002
Fe, Iron
0.06
0.04
0.015
2.2
<0.0 5
0.24
0.07
Hg, Mercury
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
0.002
<0.0002
0.0002
<0.0002
K, Potassium
<1
0.8
0.8
<1
<1
<1
<1
Mg, Magnesium
0.9
1.1
0.76
1.4
0.9
0.5
0.4
Mn, Manganese
0.03
0.01
<0.01
0.05
<0.01
0.01
<0.01
Na, Sodium
1
1.0
0.8
0.8
2
0.4
0.4
Ni, Nickel
0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
<0.01
<0.01
0.01
Pb, Lead
<0.01
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.01
<0.02
<0.02
Se, Selenium
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
V, Vanadium
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.01
<0.05
<0.01
<0.01
Zn, Zinc
<0.005
0.014
0.005
0.010
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
Zr, Zirconium
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.01
<0.05
<0.01
<0.01
Ammonia-N
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
Nitrate-N
<0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
Nitrite-N
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
<0.005
Chloride
2
<2
<2
<2
2
<2
2
Flouride
<0.1
0.2
0.2
<0.5
<0.1
<0.5
<0.5
Sulfate
4
3
7
<1
12
<1
<1
Total Dissolved Solids
78
13 7
55
39
62
22
18
Hardness as CaCO
79
137
48
36
57
24
17
Alkalinity as CaCO^
66
130
45
38
40
20
16
Hydrogen Sulfide
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
<0.003
Oil and Grease
0.03
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Iron Bacteria
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Conductivity (mmhos)
160
260
110
90
120
55
39
Turbidity NTU
1
4
1
250
5
50
5
Color Units
10
10
<10
20
20
10
<5
Source: DCWL Engineers
1-218
-------
TABLE VI. 2
Surface Water Quality Parameters for Valdez Glacier Stream
Time
Date
Dis-
charge
(CFS)
Oct.
13... 1000
Apr.
05... 1445
June
18... 1300
257
.15
1340
Date
Oct
13...
Apr
05...
June
18...
Dis-
Dis solved
solved chlo-
sulfate ride
(S04) (CI)
(MG/L) (MGA)
11
2.5
Dis-
solved
silica
(SL02)
(MG/L)
1.4
Dis-
solved
fluo-
ride
(F)
(MG/L)
.2
Dis-
solved
iron
(FE)
(UG/L)
240
Di s-
solved
nitrate
(N)
(MG/L)
.09
Date
Spe-
cific
con-
duct-
ance pH
(micro-
mhos) (units) (Deg C) units)
Color
(plat-
Temper- imm-
ature cobalt


Dis-

Di s-

Dis-
Dis-
solved

solved

solved
solved
Mag-
Dis
Po-

Man-
Cal-
ne-
solved
tas-
Bicar-
ganese
cium
sium
sodium
sium
bonate
(MN)
(CA)
(MG)
(NA)
(K)
(HC03)
(UG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
20
18
1.0
1.5
1.1
44
—
—
—
—
—
+57
—
—
—
—
—
+32



Dis-
Dis-




solved
solved

Ammonia
Organic
Total
ortho.
solids

nitro-
nitro-
phos-
phos-
(sum of
hard-
gen
gen
phorus
phorus
consti-
ness
(N)
(N)
(P)
(P)
tuents)
(Ca,Mg)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
(MG/1)
(MG/L)
(MG/L)
.02
.19
.01
.00
59
49
—
—
—
—
Dis-
—



Fecal
Strep-
sol-



coli-
tococci
ved
tur-
dis-
Carbon
form
(col-
organic
bid-
solved
dioxide
(col.
onies
carbon
ity
oxygen
(C02)
per
per
(C)
bonate
(C03)
(MG/L)
t1
to
Non-
car-
ronate
hard-
ness
(MG/L)
13
(JTU) (MG/L) (MG/L) 100 ML) 100 ML (MG/L)
Oct.
13... +95
Apr.
05... +115
June
18... t69
t7. 2
+8.6
t8.0
1.0
3.5
2.0
0
<5
5
<1
300
+ 12.9
+ 12.0
+ 13.4
+ .4
.8
+80
+80
+80
.0
2.0
(Source: U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Data for Alaska, Part II.
Records, 1973)
Water Quality
1-219
-------
TABLE VI.3
Measured Suspended Sediment Concentrations and Rates
Suspended
Sediment Discharge Rate of Sediment
Date	Stream	(mg/1)	(m /sec) Discharge (g/sec)
5-15-79
Corbin
Creek (Glacier)
24
1.2
28.8
6-12-79
Corbin
Creek (Glacier)
138
6.5
897.0
6-12-79
Valdez
Glacier Stream
164
45.4
7,445.6
7-14-72
Valdez
Glacier Stream*
930
72.0
66,990.0
8-15-79
Corbin
Creek (Glacier)
2310
8.9
20,559.0
8-15-79
Slater
Creek
17
2.3
39.1
10-30-72
Valdez
Glacier Stream*
30
16.8
511.0
*Source: Environmental Studies for Port Valdez, Data Volume One
Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska, 1973.
1-220
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
discharge for Valdez Glacier Stream, Corbin Creek (Glacier)
and Slater Creek. It was observed in the field that Corbin
Creek (Glacier) did not pick up appreciable quantities of
suspended materials during the first two or three weeks of
breakup. During this period, heavy snowmelt run-off
constitutes a very large percentage of the total flow.
Measured quantities of suspended sediments range from 3 mg/1
at Glacier Stream after breakup to 930 mg/1 in mid-summer.
Although the first measured suspended sediment concentration
on Corbin Creek (Glacier) is higher than Glacier Stream,
this is due mainly to the presence of large, heavy particles
(some fine sand) which are carried away by high velocity
flow at the sampling point which are trapped in the sample.
Otherwise, turbidity values indicate that Corbin Creek
(Glacier) is less turbid than Valdez Glacier Stream at the
time of measurement. However, heavy glacial melting in mid
and late summer has increased suspended sediment
concentrations tremendously.
The results of the color determination tests are to be
regarded as "true color" or "apparent color." Color values
of samples taken in summer are due to substances in solution
only; that is, it is the color of the water after the
suspended matter has been removed. Winter "apparent color"
values include any color produced by substances in
suspension and solution.
According to the recently revised edition of Alaska State
Water Quality Standards (State of Alaska, 1979), the
chemical quality of the surface water within the study area
is acceptable in winter for drinking, industrial use,
aquaculture, agriculture, and for most other uses. During
the periods of high run-off in summer and early fall,
however, increased concentrations of suspended sediment and
turbidities preclude its use in an untreated state. Corbin
Creek (Robe) and Brownie Creek are not directly glacial fed.
Both creeks maintain a quality water in the context of
national and State of Alaska water quality standards
throughout the year. It is theorized that this situation is
a result of their being largely fed by groundwater and
surface water without glacial suspended solids.
Dissolved oxygen contents range from 8 mg/1, at the
headwaters of Brownie Creek, to 14 mg/1 in Corbin Creek
(Glacier). The low dissolved oxygen reading in Brownie
Creek could be attributed to its groundwater character close
to its headwaters. Values of pH are well within the
recommended values for most uses, ranging from 6.6 to 8.5.
The low reading is from Brownie Creek and the high reading
is from Valdez Glacier Stream. Winter surface water
temperatures range from 32+°F in Corbin Creek (Glacier) to
1-221
-------
TERRESTRIAL HYDROLOGY
40°F in Brownie Creek. Seasonal variations in surface
temperatures are reflected on Figures VI.1 through VI.5.
Measured values of pH and dissolved oxygen contents for each
stream are given in the same figures.
1-222
-------
52
42
x
c
0)
«
h.
o>
0)
o
32
14
12
10


Glacier





Valdez
Stream
Water
Te mperature


•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•








MARCH
APRIL MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUG



i—ii—i




-

BJlS
0Dissol
®PH
1*1
ved Oxygen ,
w
mg / 1

-
0
a




-
E
®





-

*>











10.0
5.0 *
3
0)
4>
O
0)
w
O)
«
o
0.0
SURFACE WATER TEMPERATURE, DO, AND
pH MEASUREMENTS ON VALDEZ GLACIER STREAk/f
FIGURE TZT. I
1-223
-------
10
5
o
APRIL	MAY	JUNE	JULY	AUG	SEPT

	

m



-
Ill
0 0
111
0
HI
l£]
E

-



•) Dissolved
3 pH
3xygen , mg/1

-






-
®
®
©
© (sf
®
)
®
®








SURFACE WATER TEMPERATURE, DO,AND pH
MEASUREMENTS x_224	FIGURE 3ZT.2


Corbin
Creek (
•
Glacier)
Water Te mp
eiature
—

•
•
•
• •
• • *
• •
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•









-------


Slat
sr Cree
•
k
Water Te
•
mperature
•
———


• •
•
•
t
•










APRIL	MAY	JUNE	JULY	AUG	SEPT



m m
m
151

-

s
L2J 12J
s

ISJ





0 Dissolve
© PH
d Oxygen,
mg/ 1
-






-

 w
®

®







		
Figure JH. 3 SURFACE WATER TEMPERATURE, DO, AND pH
MEASUREMENTS
z-225	FIGURE SH.3
-------









Bro
wnie Cr
eek
Water Te
nperature
•
-

•
•

•





•



•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
• •










APRIL	MAY	JUNE	JULY	AUG	SEPT
-


m raw

5)

-
m
mm
"Jl
B Dis
® pH
solved Oxyge
n , mg / 1
-
LSJ
LzJ LD




-
liJUJ
© 0
®
<33£>
®
®
®










SURFACE WATER TEMPERATURE, DO, AND pH
MEASUREMENTS
i-226	FIGURE STA
-------








•
Corbin
•
•
Creek
•
•
•
(Robe)
Water Tem
•
>erat u re
•


•
•
•
•
•
§











APRIL	MAY	JUNE	JULY	AUG	SEPT
-


0
	
E
E

-
33 E
E0
E
E



-
©
/T\

<•>


-
G©

®
0 Dissolve
©
1 Oxygen, n
a/'
-



® pH


SURFACE WATER TEMPERATURE, DO, AND pH
MEASUREMENTS
1-227	FIGURE 31.5
-------
Alaska Water Pollution Control Program, 1979. Water
Quality Standards. State of Alaska, Department of
Environmenta 1 Conservation.
Berwick, V.K., J.M. Childers and M.A. Kuentzel, 1964.
Magnitude and Frequency of Floods in Alaska, South of
the Yukon River. U.S. Department of the Interior.
Bomhoff, Collie and Klotz Consulting Engineers and
Planners, 1971. Basic Planning Studies Valdez,
Alaska, A Comprehensive Development Plan (Part II).
Public Works Port and Harbor, State of Alaska.
Brice, J.C., 1971. "Measurement of Lateral Migration at
Proposed River Crossing Sites of the Alaska
Pipeline," U.S. Geological Survey Qpen-File Report.
Childers, J.M., 1970. "Flood Frequency in Alaska," USGS
Report, U.S. Department of the Interior, Water
Resources Division, Alaska District.
Climatologica1 Data Summary, 1967. Department of Commerce,
ESSA-Environmental Data Service, Valdez, Alaska.
Duke, J.H. and L.R. Beard, 1977. Flood Frequency Studies
for the Hoonah, Valdez and Cordova Areas of Alaska.
Tryck, Nyman and Hayes.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1975. "National Interim
Primary Drinking Water Regulations," Federal
Register. (40) 248.
Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, 1973. University of
Alaska, Institute of Marine Science, Fairbanks,
Alaska. (1) .
Fish Wildlife, and Habitat Resources in Eastern Port
Valdez and Recommendations for Further Study and
Monitoring Programs for the Alpetco Refinery, 1979.
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Habitat
Protection Section,	Marine/Coastal	Habitat
Management.
Fisheries and Environment Canada; Report on the Influence
of Glaciers on the Hydro logy of Streams Affecting the
Proposed Alcan Pipe line Route. Glaciology Division,
Inland Waters Directorate, Ottawa, Ontario.
Grumman Ecosystems Corporation, 1975. Report on
Navigability of Streams Tributary to the Copper River
and Prince WiTIiam Sound, Alaska. U.f-H Army Engineer
District, Alaska.
1-228
-------
Lamke, R.D., 1979. "Flood Characteristics of Alaskan
Streams," U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources
Investigations 78-129. USDOI.
Local Climato logical Data, 1977. National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, Environmental Data
Service, National Climatic Center, Valdez, Alaska.
Post, A. and L.R. Mayo, 1971. "Glacier Dammed Lakes and
Outburst Floods in Alaska," U.S. Geological Survey,
Hydrologic Investigations Atlas HA-45 5.
Retherford, R.W., Associates, 1976. Solomon Gulch
Hydroelectric Project, Definite Project Report.
Copper Valley Electric Association, Inc., Alaska 18,
Copper Valley.
Tryck, Nyman and Hayes. 1977. Flood Insurance Study, City
of Valdez, Alaska. Department of Housing and Urban
Development, Federal Insurance Administration.
U.S. Geological Survey, 1973. Water Resources Data for
Alaska, Part 1, Surface Water Records.
Valdez Glacier Stream Dike Repair, 1972. State of Alaska,
Department of Transportation and Public Facilities,
Division of Highways, Valdez, Alaska.
Woodward-Clyde Consultants, 1979. Hydrologic Study for the
City of Valdez.
1-229
-------
-------
ECOSYSTEMS
-------
THE BIRDS OF PORT VALDEZ
Prepared for
ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
Prepared by
DAMES & MOORE
Engineering and Environmental Consultants
510 L Street, Suite 310
Anchorage, Alaska 99501
(907) 279-0673
September 1979
1-231
-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Mary Sangster, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, for
cooperation in field data gathering and Joan Perkins, a Valdez resident,
for sharing her observations on the seasonal occurrence of birds.
1-232
-------
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this study is to describe the occurrence and
seasonal abundance of birds in the Valdez area as a basis for measuring
the potential impacts of a proposed petrochemical refinery on avian
populations or their habitat. The proposed refinery would be located
southeast of Valdez Glacier with a complex of crude oil pipelines
extending between the trans-Alaska oil pipeline and the refinery and
product pipelines from the refinery to a marine terminal facility at the
mouth of Solomon Gulch Creek.
Very little ornithological work had been conducted in Port
Valdez prior to 1977. However, this study and ongoing studies of
waterfowl by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service will provide the basis
for a comprehensive description of bird distribution.
The study area extends from the Allison Creek delta westward
to the Mineral Creek delta including the drainages of Valdez Glacier
Stream, Corbin Creek, Brownie Creek, Robe River, and Lowe River (Figure
1).
METHODS
Surveys were conducted monthly from March through August,
1979. Supplemental observations were made during the spring and fall
migration period. A variety of transportation methods were used in-
cluding auto, helicopter, boat, and foot. All species identifications
were made with the assistance of binoculars or spotting scope. Special
attention was directed to the delineation of sensitive habitat such as
nesting, staging, or feeding areas.
Data was recorded on standard forms that included observer,
locality, survey methods, species, sex, date, number, habitat type, and
remarks. The common and scientific names of birds are from the American
Ornithologists' Union (1957, 1973, 1976). Plant names are according to
Hulten (1968).
1-233
-------
c/rr iimiTt en
/caooKio em.
tSLANS PLATS
PROPOSED
REFINERY
VALDEZ
VtOwmc
PORT VALDEZ
dayville flats
ALYESKA MARINE
S, TERMINAL
PROPOSED PETROCHEMICAL
TANKER TERMINAL
RAINBOW
TRAILER
|< COURT
FIGURE 1
STUDY AREA
OAMIS S MOOR!
-------
ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE
The distribution of birds was determined	from a summary of
habitat use data from the bird observation forms.	The classification
system is modified from Dice (1920) and Williamson	and Peyton (1962) and
includes 12 ecological formations:
Fluviatile Waters
Streamside Alluvium
Riparian Woodland
Freshwater Marsh
Alder Shrub
Spruce Forest
Deciduous Forest
Grassland
Saltwater Marsh
Intertidal Flats
Marine Littoral Waters
Sea Beach
Fluviatile Waters: Includes all flowing waters.
Streamside Alluvium: Floodplain formations consisting of
exposed gravel or cobbles with only scattered vegetation
including species typical of early plant succession.
Riparian Woodland: A shrub-dominated formation that usually
occurs along the margins of streams and lakes. Within the
study area this type is dominated by willow (Salix sp), alder
(Alnus crispa), and young cottonwood (Populus balsamifera).
Freshwater Marsh: Areas of standing water, lush emergent
vegetation, small ponds, and floating mats. The emergent
vegetation of the study area is dominated by sedge (Carex sp),
dwarf birch (Betula glandulosa), mare's tail (Hippuris sp),
and horsetail (Equisetum sp).
Alder Shrub: Dense shrub thickets typical of lower mountain
slopes. Alder (Alnus crispa) interspersed with mountain ash
(Sorbus scopulina), red elderberry (Sambucus racemosa),
grasses (Calamgrostis canadensis), and various herbacious
species. This type occurs on all mountain slopes within the
study area.
1-235
-------
Spruce Forest: Forests of Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis)
with an understory of alder (Alnus crispa), devil's club
(Echinopanax horridum), salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis),
highbush cranberry (Viburnum edule), and a variety of ferns
and mosses.
Deciduous Forest: Limited within Port Valdez to stands of
black cottonwood (Populus balsamifera) of varying age commonly
occurring on floodplain sites.
Grassland: Nearly pure stands of grasses but generally of
limited extent such as river banks, uplands adjacent to lakes
or sea beaches, and mountain slopes near timber!ine. Species
are highly variable but some of the more common representatives
include bluejoint (Calamagrostis canadensis), lyme grass
(Elymus sp), and bluegrass (Poa glauca).
Saltwater Marsh: Vegetated areas that are periodically
flooded by tidal action. Alkali grass (Puccinellia hultenii),
sedge (Carex lyngbyaei), and spike rush (Eleocharis kamtschatica)
are the primary species of this formation within the study
area.
Intertidal Flats: This formation consists of largely unvege-
tated tidal flats, with scattered patches of rockweed (Fucus
distichus), scurvy grass (Cochlearia officinalis), goose grass
(Puccinellia nutkaensis), spurry (Spergularia canadensis),
green algae (Enteromorpha sp), and brown algae (Pylaiella sp).
Scattered clusters of blue mussel (Mytilus edulis) occur in
rocky and gravel areas along the outer islands and pink shells
of the clam (Macoma balthica) are conspicuous throughout this
formation.
Marine Littoral Waters: Relatively shallow marine waters
bordering the shore and extending approximately two miles from
land where they merge with pelagic waters. The waters of bays
and lagoons even though brackish are included here.
1-236
-------
Sea Beach: Sand or gravel areas bordering the ocean. Vege-
tation is generally sparse but may include species such as
lyme grass (Elymus spp), bedstraw (Galium aparine), seaside
avens (Potentilla anserina), and goose grass (Puccinel1ia
nutkaensis).
The occurrence of birds within the various habitats listed
above is included in Table 1.
SENSITIVE AREAS
No endangered species were observed during this study and none
are reported in the literature for Port Valdez. However, Isleib and
Kessel (1973) cited one unconfirmed record of the endangered American
peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum) for Cordova, Alaska in their
discussion of the non-endangered Peale's peregrine falcon. The latter
species does occur in the Prince William Sound area.
Six bald eagle nest trees were observed during field investi-
gations, but only two were active in 1979 (Figure 2). Three of the
inactive nests are adjacent to Dayville Road, an area that has sustained
a high level of vehicle traffic since the Alyeska crude oil pipeline and
marine terminal were constructed. The fourth inactive nest is next to
Corbin Creek (Glacier), an area that probably supported salmon spawning
prior to the diversion of the stream by local residents around 1957
(ADF&G 1979).
Bald eagle concentrations have been noted in the Lowe River
Valley from early October to mid-November, presumably in response to the
late silver salmon run. Fifty-eight eagles were observed from the
Richardson Highway between Old Valdez and Sheep Creek on November 3,
1976 (Morsell, personal communication).
Arctic terns and black-legged kittiwakes are the only colony
nesting sea birds in Port Valdez (McRoy and Stoker 1969). Shoup Bay
supports nesting colonies of both species. Arctic terns also nest near
the entrance to Valdez small boat harbor and on Island Flats (Figure 2).
1-237
-------
TABLE 1
ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION OF BIRDS OF PORT VALDEZ

Fluviatile
Waters
Streams!de
Alluvium
Freshwater
Marsh
Saltwater
Marsh
Riparian
Woodland
Deciduous
Forest
Spruce
Forest
A1 der
Shrub
Intertidal
Flats
Marine
Littoral
Waters
Grassland
Sea
Baach
Common Loon
Arctic Loon
Red-throated Loon
Red-necked Grebe









X
X
X
X


Horned Grebe
Pelagic Cormorant
Great Blue Heron
Trumpeter Swan



X




X
X
X


Canada Goose
Brant
White-fronted Goose
Mallard


X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X

X
X
Gadwal1
Pintail
Green-winged Teal
Blue-winged Teal


X
X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X


American Widgeon
Northern Shoveler
Canvasback
Greater Scaup


X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X


Common Goldeneye
Barrows Goldeneye
Buffiehead
Oldsquaw









X
X
X
X


Harlequin Duck
White-winged Scoter
Surf Scoter
Black Scoter









X
X
X
X


Common Merganser
Red-breasted Merganser
Goshawk





X



X
X


Sharp-shinned Hawk
Bald Eagle
Spruce Grouse





X
X
X
X



-------
TABLE 1 (Continued)
ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION OF BIRDS OF PORT VALDEZ

Fluviatile
Waters
Streamside
Alluvium
Freshwater
Marsh
Saltwater
Marsh
Riparian
Woodland
Deciduous
Forest
Spruce
Forest
Alder
Shrub
Intertldal
Flats
Marine
Littoral
Waters
Grassland
Sea
Beach
Willow Ptarmigan
Sandhill Crane
Black Oystercatcher
Semipalmated Plover

X

X
X


X
X


X
X
Black-bellied Plover
Common Snipe
Whimbrel
Spotted Sandpiper
X

X
X




X
X
X



Wandering Tattler
Greater Yellowlegs
Lesser Yellowlegs
Least Sandpiper


X
X
X
X




X
X


X
X
Short-billed Dowitcher
Long-billed Dowitcher
Semipalmated Sandpiper
Western Sandpiper



X




X
X
X
X



Hudsonian Godwit
Northern Phalarope
Glaucous-winged Gull
Herring Gull
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X
X

X
X
Mew Gull
Bonapartes Gull
Black-legged Kittiwake
Arctic Tern
X
X
X
X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Common Murre
Marbled Murrelet
Belted Kingfisher
Rufous Hummingbird
X
X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X


Downy Woodpecker
Western Flycatcher
Olive-sided Flycatcher




X
X
X
X
X





Violet-green Swallow
Tree Swallow
Black-billed Magpie


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X



-------
TABLE 1 (Continued)
ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION OF BIRDS OF PORT VALDEZ
M
I
to
¦C-
O
Fluviatile
Waters
St reamside
A1luvium
Freshwater
Marsh
Saltwater
Ma rsh
Riparian
Woodland
Deciduous
Forest
Spruce
Forest
Alder
Shrub
Intertidal
Flats
Marine
L1ttoral
Waters
Grassland
Sea
Beach
Common Raven
Northwestern Crow
Black-capped Chickadee
Boreal Chickadee
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
Chestnut-backed Chickadee
Brown Creeper
Dipper X
Robin


X
X
X
X
X
X
X





Varied Thrush
Hermit Thrush
Swainson's Thrush
Gray-cheeked Thrush



X
X
X
X
X
X
X





Golden-crowned Kinglet
Ruby-crowned Kinglet
Water Pipit
Bohemian Waxwing


X

X
X
X
X
X




X
Orange-crowned Warbler
Yellow Warbler
Yellow-rumped Warbler
Blackpoll Warbler



X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X




Northern Waterthrush
Wilson's Warbler
Red-winged Blackbird
Rusty Blackbird

X

X
X
X
X






Pine Grosbeak
Conmon Redpoll
Savannah Sparrow
Dark-eyed Junco



X
X
X
X
X



X

Tree Sparrow
White-crowned Sparrow
Fox Sparrow



X
X
X
X






Lincoln's Sparrow
Song Sparrow
Lapland Longspur


X
X
X






-------
During the spring and fall migration period, salt marshes at
Island Flats and Shoup Bay are used by several hundred Canada geese.
The small marsh on Dayville Flats also receives some use. In addition
to migrants, smaller numbers of resident geese use the above areas
throughout the year.
Nesting habitat for waterfowl is scarce in Port Valdez. The
largest area is the freshwater marsh at Robe Lake. Decreasing water
levels in the lake have resulted in ever increasing acreage of emergent
vegetation. Smaller areas of nesting habitat for dabbling ducks and
shorebirds occur on Island Flats, the Mineral Creek delta, and Shoup
Bay.
In winter, diving ducks and sea ducks are relatively abundant
in Port Valdez. At high tide, Barrow's goldeneye, common goldeneye,
bufflehead, harlequin duck, and white-winged scoter move onto intertidal
flats to feed on abundant pink shelled clams (Macoma balthica). During
the winter, near-shore waters are clear and feeding conditions are good.
The primary feeding areas are near Solomon Gulch Creek and Island Flats
(Figure 2).
SEASONAL OCCURRENCE
WINTER
Winter is a time of clear water conditions in Port Valdez
because its glacial tributaries, which carry a large volume of silt to
the estuary in summer, are mostly frozen. Marine birds respond to these
improved conditions and large numbers of Barrow's goldeneye, mallard,
bufflehead, white-winged scoter, common merganser, and oldsquaw forage
in the Allison/Solomon Gulch Creek area and at Island Flats. Greater
numbers of waterfowl are present in winter than during the summer
(Sangster 1978).
Snow accumulations on the lowland river deltas are great and
cover much of the shrub vegetation. This condition undoubtedly contri-
butes to the relatively small number of terrestrial birds. The most
common species that remain in the lowlands through the winter include:
1-241
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
Downy Woodpecker	Black-capped Chickadee
Steller's Jay	Boreal Chickadee
Black-billed Magpie	Brown Creeper
Common Raven	Pine Grosbeak
Northwestern Crow	Common Redpoll
SPRING
Seasonal visitors arrive on marine wetlands in late April
while upland areas are still covered by a heavy blanket of snow. Spring
migration peaks around May 10th. It is interesting to note that fewer
than 1,000 birds of all species passed through eastern Port Valdez
during the spring migration of 1979. Less than 70 miles away on the
Copper River delta, shorebird densities alone may exceed 250,000 in
early May (Isleib and Kessel 1973). Most of the same species that move
through the Copper River delta also pass through Port Valdez but, as
suggested above, numbers of each are conspicuously smaller. This supports
the data of Isleib and Kessel (1973) that the main migration route for
waterbirds is directly across Prince William Sound or up the Copper
River Valley rather than across the heads of fjords like Port Valdez.
SUMMER
Waterfowl numbers are lowest during the nesting period (Figure
3). This is perhaps due to the limited amount of nesting habitat avail-
able. The deltas of Lowe River, Robe River, and Valdez Glacier Stream,
plus Island Flats and Shoup Bay support the only marshes. Receding
water levels over many decades in Robe Lake and subsequent emergent
vegetation have resulted in the only sizable freshwater marsh in the
area. The marsh provides valuable nesting habitat for dabbling ducks,
shorebirds, and more unusual species such as the red-winged blackbird.
Extensive cottonwood forests are dominated by Wilson's warbler,
hermit thrush, varied thrush, common redpoll, and ruby-crowned kinglet.
Adjacent alder-covered mountain slopes are utilized by the yellow-rumped
1-243
-------
200
100
0
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
{FROM THIS STUDY AND SANGSTER, PERSONAL COMMUNICATION)
FIGURE 3
SEASONAL ABUNDANCE OF BIRDS IN THE ISLAND FLATS AREA
1-244
DAMNS • MOOMI
-------
warbler, blackpoll warbler, and white-crowned sparrow. Open floodplain
alluvium along Valdez Glacier Stream provides excellent nesting habitat
for semipalmated plovers. In nearby riparian areas the fox sparrow,
Lincoln's sparrow and white-crowned sparrow are more typical.
Large concentrations of gulls are attracted to salmon spawning
areas particularly during odd years when pink salmon are most abundant.
They are also attracted by cannery wastes and the City of Valdez sanitary
landfill along with abundant ravens, black-billed magpies, and north-
western crows.
FALL
Fall migration extends from July to November, beginning with
shorebirds and passerines followed by a gradual build-up of waterfowl.
Ongoing studies by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service suggest that
somewhat greater numbers of migrants move through the west end of Port
Valdez, particuarly the Shoup Bay area, than through the east end of the
Port.
As in spring, the Canada goose is one of the more conspicuous
fall migrants. However, large numbers of ducks such as mallard, Barrow's
goldeneye, bufflehead, harlequin duck, and white-winged scoter also move
into the area in autumn.
ANNOTATED LIST OF BIRDS
From March to August 1979, 102 species of birds were observed
within the study area. Personal observations by Joan Perkins, a resident
of Port Valdez, ongoing studies of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Sangster (1978), and an earlier survey by McRoy and Stoker (1969) added
an additional 11 species.
Common Loon (Gavia immer) ~ This species was observed regularly
in singles and pairs off the mouth of Solomon Gulch Creek,
Island Flats, and Old Valdez townsite.
1-245
-------
Arctic Loon (Gavia arctica) -- An uncommon visitor in Port
Valdez. One bird was seen on June 6, 1979. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service biologists recorded several arctic loons in
May and June of 1979 and Sangster (1978) reported three birds
in November 1977.
Red-throated Loon (Gavia stellata) -- Occasional birds were
observed throughout the period of study in nearshore waters.
Observation of nesting display on June 7, 1979 suggests that
nesting occurs on the floating marshes surrounding Robe Lake.
This is a common nesting species in the Prince William Sound
area (Isleib and Kessel, 1973).
Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps grisegena) — This species is a
common year-round resident. Large flocks were observed fre-
quently throughout the winter period (Sangster, 1978).
Following the spring migration period, pairs assumed to be
nesters were observed on freshwater marshes at Robe Lake.
Horned Grebe (Podiceps auritus) — A common winter resident
according to Sangster (1978). Many groups were observed on
marine littoral waters during the first week of May, but no
birds could be located during the nesting period.
Double-crested Cormorant (Phalacrocorax auritus) — No corm-
orants of this species were observed during this study, but
Sangster (1978) reported eight wintering birds in November
1977.
Pelagic Cormorant (Phalacrocorax pelaqicus) — Occasional
individuals were observed throughout the study period and
Sangster (1978) found them to be common in Port Valdez from
November 1977 to February 1978.
Great Blue Heron (Ardea herodias) — A lone bird was observed
on the intertidal flats near Old Valdez townsite on March 21,
1979. McRoy and Stoker (1969) reported four birds in Port
Valdez in August 1969.
1-246
-------
Trumpeter Swan (Olor buccinator) -- A rare visitor. One
immature swan was observed at close range on the Mineral Creek
delta on May 9, 1979 and seven one-year-old birds were found
at Robe Lake on June 5, 1979.
Canada Goose (Branta canadenis) — This species is a common
year-round resident of the Prince William Sound area (Isleib
and Kessel, 1976). Sangster (1978) reported Canada geese
within the study area during each of the winter months.
During spring migration, there was a sharp increase in abun-
dance with maximum numbers of 372 recorded on April 30, 1979.
The marsh just east of Sontag Spit (immediately east of Am-
munition Island) was the primary staging area with lesser use
between Sontag Spit and the Old Valdez townsite and on Dayville
Flats. Apparently there is only limited use of the Mineral
Creek delta. One goose was recorded in the latter area on May
9, 1979 and local residents said that small flocks use the
area occasionally during spring migration. All geese were
gone from Island Flats by the onset of the nesting period. In
late June some birds returned. Large numbers of geese were
observed in August 1969 in Shoup Bay (McRoy and Stoker, 1969)
suggesting the possibility of nesting in that area.
Brant (Branta bernicla) — An uncommon summer visitor. Four
birds were observed feeding on a gravel bar near the mouth of
the Valdez boat harbor on June 4, 1979. Fish and Wildlife
Service biologists observed up to 16 birds feeding near the
mouth of Valdez Glacier Stream in late May 1979.
White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons) — A single bird was
observed with a flock of Canada geese on April 30, 1979 and
three more were seen on May 1, 1979.
Mallard (Anas platyrhynchos) -- A common year-round resident.
Nests were found by Fish and Wildlife Service biologists on
West Island and Spruce Island and broods were observed commonly
on salt marshes around Island Flats. Nesting was also suspected
1-247
-------
on Robe Lake marsh arid the marsh at the head of Brownie Creek.
Relatively large concentrations of non-breeding males occurred
on intertidal flats during the summer. Sangster (1978) found
mallards to be one of the most abundant winter species in Port
Valdez.
Gadwall (Anas strepera) — A single gadwall was observed
feeding with a mixed flock of pintail and American widgeon on
May 7, 1979.
Pintail (Anas acuta) — A common migrant and summer resident.
Nesting was assumed on Robe Lake marsh and two broods were
observed on Souwest Cove on June 5, 1979 and one on City
Limits Slough on June 6, 1979. Additional broods were observed
by U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service personnel in June and July.
Non-breeding males were common during the summer.
Green-winged Teal (Anas carolinensis) -- This is a common
nesting species. The first spring arrivals were a pair seen
feeding in some old sedge on April 25, 1979. Broods were
commonly observed on Island Flats in July and one brood was
observed on the Mineral Creek delta on July 17, 1979.
Blue-winged Teal (Anas discors) -- A male with conspicuous
powder-blue shoulder patches was seen flying with a flock of
green-winged teal on May 7, 1979. On May 10, 1979, another
bird which most closely resembled a bluewinged teal/cinnamon
teal (Anas cyanoptera) hybrid was observed at close range at
the edge of a small pond with several green-winged teal. The
bird had a powder-blue shoulder, white cresent behind the eye,
and black undertail typical of a blue-winged teal, but it had
a chocolate-brown head and uniform cinnamon breast with delicate
black barring on the flank feathers.
American Widgeon (Anas americana) — A common migrant and
uncommon summer resident. A pair assumed to be nesters were
flushed at close range on the Robe Lake marsh on June 5, 1979,
1-248
-------
and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologists found three
broods on Island Flats.
Northern Shoveler (Spatula clypeata) -- This species was seen
regularly during the spring migration on Dayville Flats, from
the west side of Island Flats to the Old Valdez townsite, and
on Robe Lake.
Canvasback (Aythya valisineria) -- Two pair of canvasbacks
were seen in a small area of open water at the outlet of Robe
Lake on May 8, 1979. The remainder of the lake was still ice-
covered on that date.
Greater Scaup (Aythya marila) -- Feeding scaup were regularly
observed at high tide feeding in the Allison/Solomon Gulch
Creek area and on Island Flats and at low tide in littoral
waters near the outer islands. The species is apparently a
year-round resident of the area, but no evidence of nesting
was obtained during the study period.
Common Goldeneye (Bucephala clangula) -- In March, April, and
May, small numbers of common goldeneye were seen with flocks
of Barrow's goldeneye.
Barrow's Goldeneye (Bucephala islandica) -- An abundant winter
resident and one of the most common species of diving ducks in
the area. Sangster (1978) reported relatively large winter
concentrations.
Buffiehead (Bucephala albeola) — A common winter resident
(Sangster, 1978). During this study, no birds were observed
after spring migration.
Oldsquaw (Clangula hyemalis) — Apparently this species is a
regular winter visitor to Port Valdez (Sangster, 1978; Joan
Perkins, personnal communication), but none were observed
during this study.
1-249
-------
Harlequin Duck (Histrionicus histrionicus) -- Small flocks
were regularly observed feeding in nearshore waters and
resting on the rocky shores of the offshore islands.
White-winged Scoter (Melanitta deglandi) -- A common resident.
Few birds were present in Port Valdez during the nesting
period because, as suggested by Gabrielson and Lincoln (1959),
nesting occurs mainly along freshwater lakes and streams of
interior Alaska.
Surf Scoter (Melanitta perspicillata) -- A common resident of
Port Valdez but somewhat less abundant than the white-winged
scoter.
Black Scoter (Melanitta nigra) -- A rare visitor. A lone male
was observed just east of the Valdez small boat harbor on May
7, 1979.
Common Merganser (Mergus merganser) -- Small numbers were
observed in marine littoral waters throughout the study period.
Red-breasted Merganser (Mergus serrator) -- A common summer
resident. Pairs and singles were observed from late April
through the summer. Sangster (1978) found none of this species
from November through March.
Goshawk (Accipiter gentilis) -- An adult was observed by a
geologist working on the proposed refinery site on June 12,
1979.
Sharp-shinned Hawk (Accipiter striatus) -- One immature bird
was observed on August 12, 1979 by the study team. Joan
Perkins, a resident of Valdez, has observed this species in
winter. McRoy and Stoker (1969) observed one bird in August
1969.
Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) — A common nesting
species throughout the Valdez area. There is one active nest
1-250
-------
on the south fork of Siwash Creek about 100 feet southwest of
Mineral Creek Loop Road in a live cottonwood and another
adjacent to Dayville Flats on the bank of Lowe River. There
is one inactive nest in a cottonwood at the point where Corbin
Creek (Glacier) leaves the mountains and three adjacent to the
Dayville Road (Figure 3).
Spruce Grouse (Canachites canadensis) -- Joan Perkins (personal
communication) reported this species to be a resident of
spruce forests in the Valdez area, but none were observed by
the study team.
Willow Ptarmigan (Lagopus lagopus) -- This species is reported
to be a common resident of the Lowe River Valley by Isleib and
Kessel (1973). No ptarmigan were observed during the period
of study but ptarmigan tracks in the snow were recorded near
Slater Creek on April 10, 1979.
White-tailed Ptarmigan (Lagopus leucurus) — The only record
for the Valdez area is cited in Gabriel son and Lincoln (1959)
who indicated that G.C. Cantwell collected this species "at
Valdez in 1916."
Sandhill Crane (Grus canadensis) -- A lone bird was observed
on the Mineral Creek delta around May 20, 1979 by George
Perkins (personal communication).
Black Oystercatcher (Haematopus bachmani) -- This species was
observed on rocky margins of offshore islands. A single bird,
which was very much alarmed and presumed to be nesting, was
found on Raspberry Island on June 4, 1979.
Semipalmated Plover (Charadrius semipalmatus) -- A common
nesting species in the Valdez area. The earliest spring
sighting was on April 30, 1979 when three were found on the
intertidal flats. Many individual plovers giving "broken-
wing" displays were observed on the alluvium along Valdez
Glacier Stream on June 6, 1979.
1-251
-------
Black-bellied Plover (Pluvialis squatarola) -- A rare summer
visitor. A lone bird was observed at the mouth of the Lowe
River on April 28, 1979.
Ruddy Turnstone (Aernaria interpres) -- An uncommon summer
resident. The only sightings within the study area were re-
corded by U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologists who found
them first on June 26, 1979 with occasional observations
through the remainder of the summer.
Common Snipe (Capella gallinaqo) -- Winnowing birds were
common in the Robe Lake/Corbin Creek area in May and June. No
snipe were observed on Island Flats but the species was recorded
at the mouth of the Lowe River on May 8, 1979.
Whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus) — An uncommon summer resident.
Four birds were seen feeding on the intertidal flats on May 9,
1979 and a pair of whimbrels were recorded on the Island Flats
salt marsh on June 4, 1979. A single individual was recorded
on Island Flats on July 18, 1979.
Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis macularia) -- A common summer
resident along streams and lakes in Port Valdez. The first
spring migrant was recorded on June 5, 1979 on the salt marsh
of Island Flats and occasional individuals were recorded
through the summer. The species appears to be somewhat more
abundant on the Mineral Creek delta.
Wandering Tattler (Heteroscelus incanum) -- An uncommon summer
resident. Small numbers of birds were observed from time to
time on the Solomon Gulch Creek delta, Island Flats, and the
outer islands beginning on May 9, 1979.
Greater Yellowlegs (Trinqa melanoleucus) — Spring migrants
arrived on April 28, 1979. A few birds were found near Robe
Lake during the nesting period and on Island Flats in the late
summer.
1-252
-------
Lesser Yellowlegs (Tringa flavipes) -- An uncommon migrant.
Two were seen on Island Flats and one on the Mineral Creek
delta on May 9, 1979.
Rock Sandpiper (Calidris ptilocnemis) -- A common winter
visitor in Port Valdez according to Joan Perkins (personal
communication) and Sangster (1978). No rock sandpipers were
observed during this study.
Pectoral Sandpiper (Calidris melanotos) -- A rare summer
visitor. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologists observed
two pectoral sandpipers near the entrance to the Valdez small
boat harbor on May 21, 1979.
Least Sandpiper (Calidris minutilla) -- A common migrant.
Small numbers of this species were observed regularly on
Island Flats from May 7 until August. Four were seen on the
Mineral Creek delta on May 9, 1979.
Semipalmated Sandpiper (Calidris pusillus) -- This species was
not observed in Port Valdez during the usual shorebird migration
period. However, an aberrant record was noted on March 21,
1979 when a flock of approximately 300 semipalmated sandpipers
was observed at low tide west of Ammunition Island.
Western Sandpiper (Calidris mauri) — According to McRoy and
Stoker (1969), this species is a fall migrant in Port Valdez
and a few individuals were reported on the Mineral Creek delta
and Island Flats. However, during the current study the only
record was a single bird feeding with a large flock of semi-
palmated sandpipers on March 21, 1979. Greater numbers of
this species move through the west end of Port Valdez according
to U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologists. The 1979 fall
migration at Shoup Bay began around July 10, 1979 (Sangster,
personal communication).
Short-billed Dowitcher (Limnodromus griseus) -- A common
migrant. This species was first observed on April 30, 1979
1-253
-------
and small groups were seen feeding in the intertidal zone
until May 10, 1979.
Long-billed Dowitcher (Limnodromus scolopaceus) -- An uncommon
migrant. A pair of long-billed dowitchers was seen feeding
with six short-billed dowitchers and a male Hudsonian godwit
on May 9, 1979 near Ammunition Island.
Hudsonian Godwit (Limosa haemastica) -- A male was observed
near Bluff Island on May 9, 1979 and the following day a pair
was seen on the salt marsh near Ammunition Island.
Northern Phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus) -- This species was
assumed to be nesting on Robe Lake marsh. Several pairs were
observed in active display in early June.
Glaucous-winged Gull (Larus glaucescens) -- A common resident.
This species is abundant in Port Valdez with major concentrations
near the City of Valdez sanitary landfill near Sewage Lagoon
Creek. Except for the landfill, the greatest numbers of birds
were observed on Island Flats in May during the stickleback
spawning period, when salmon fry were entering the estuary
from adjacent streams, and during the pink salmon spawning
season in August.
Herring Gull (Larus argentatus) -- A common resident. Herring
gulls are generally less abundant in the study area than
glaucous-winged gulls. Sangster (1978) reported this species
throughout the winter period.
Mew Gull (Larus canus) — The most abundant gull in the study
area. Large numbers of resting birds were observed along
Valdez Glacier Stream, the Lowe River delta, and on the salt
marsh surrounding Island Flats. Much feeding activity was
observed in intertidal areas. There was a large increase in
numbers of gulls in the intertidal zone during the salmon
spawning season.
1-254
-------
Bonapartes Gull (Lams Philadelphia) -- A summer resident. On
April 30, 1979, six Bonapartes gulls were seen on the tide
flats and occasional birds were seen throughout the summer.
Black-legged Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyl a) -- A summer resident.
This species arrived on the study area on April 30, 1979 and
was seen regularly through the summer. The nearest nesting
colonies are in Shoup Bay (McRoy and Stoker, 1969).
Arctic Tern (Sterna paradisaea) -- A common nester. Arctic
terns arrived in the study area on April 30, 1979. Approximately
30 pairs nested on the outer islands including Spruce Island,
Cranberry Island, and Iris Island (Figure 2). Two or three
pairs nested at the base of Sontag Spit (east of Ammunition
Island) and about ten pairs nested along the beach outside of
the Valdez boat harbor. The latter colony was also identified
by McRoy and Stoker (1969). Numbers of Arctic terns build up
in late July and the birds leave the Valdez area around August
1 (Mary Sangster, personal communication).
Common Murre (Uria aalge) -- This species is reported to be a
winter resident of Port Valdez (Joan Perkins, personal communi-
cation). One bird was seen in marine littoral waters on April
25, 1979.
Pigeon Guillemot (Cepphus columba) -- This species is reported
to be a winter resident of Port Valdez (Joan Perkins, personal
communication), but none were seen during this study.
Marbled Murrelet (Brachyramphus marmoratus) — An uncommon
resident. Occasional birds were seen on marine littoral
waters throughout the course of the study.
Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) — This species is reported
to be a resident of Port Valdez (Joan Perkins, personal com-
munication), but none were observed during the course of this
study.
1-255
-------
Rufous Hummingbird (Selasphorus rufus) -- An uncommon summer
resident. A single bird was observed at a hummingbird feeder
near Mineral Creek on May 9, 1979. Joan Perkins (personal
communication) reported that the birds come to her feeder each
summer.
Belted Kingfisher (Megaceryle alcyon) -- A common resident.
This species was observed regularly along small streams and in
the intertidal zone throughout Port Valdez.
Downy Woodpecker (Picoides pubescens) -- A common resident.
One nest was found in a cottonwood tree near Slater Creek on
June 20, 1979 and scattered observations were made in forested
areas throughout the period of study.
Western Flycatcher (Empidonax difficilis) — One bird was
observed at close range in riparian woodland along Dayville
Road on July 18, 1979.
Olive-sided Flycatcher (Nuttallornis borealis) -- One bird was
seen in the mixed spruce/cottonwood forest near Robe Lake on
July 17, 1979.
Violet-green Swallow (Tachycineta thalassina) -- A common
summer resident. Feeding birds in flight were commonly observed
from May 1, 1979 through the study period.
Tree Swallow (Iridoprocne bicolor) -- Several were seen
feeding over Robe Lake on July 17, 1979.
Steller's Jay (Cyanocitta stelleri) -- This species is reported
to be a winter resident of Port Valdez (Joan Perkins, personal
communication). One bird was observed during the period of
study on August 11, 1979.
Black-billed Magpie (Pica pica) -- A common resident of the
Valdez area. This species was regularly observed through the
period of study.
1-256
-------
Common Raven (Corvus corax) -- A common resident. Dense
aggregations were observed at the sanitary land fill at the
Old Valdez townsite and smaller numbers were recorded in
essentially all habitats elsewhere.
Northwestern Crow (Corvus caurinus) -- A common resident.
Individuals and small flocks were regularly observed in the
intertidal zone and within the City of Valdez. Nesting was
suspected in spruce forests adjacent to Souwest Cove.
Black-capped Chickadee (Parus atricapillus) -- A common resident
of the Valdez area. Within the study area this species was
observed in forests near Robe Lake, Mineral Creek, and Dayville
Road.
Boreal Chickadee (Parus hudsonicus) -- This species is reported
to be a winter resident in the Mineral Creek area (Joan Perkins,
personal communication). Three were observed on August 11,
1979.
Chestnut-backed Chickadee (Parus rufescens) -- The first
sightings were at Robe Lake on May 8, 1979. One bird was seen
along Dayville Road on July 18, 1979, and several individuals
were observed foraging with boreal chickidees in the Mineral
Creek area on August 11, 1979.
Brown Creeper (Certhia familiaris) — A common resident.
Individual birds were observed or heard calling from time to
time in mature forests throughout the period of study.
Dipper (Cinclus mexicanus) -- An uncommon resident. Indi-
viduals and pairs were observed along City Limits Creek in
April 1979 and Joan Perkins reported this species throughout
the year in the Mineral Creek area.
American Robin (Turdus migratorius) — A common summer resident.
The first robins arrived on the study area on May 1, 1979 and
1-257
-------
the species was observed regularly throughout the summer
period.
Varied Thrush (Ixoreus naevius) -- A common summer resident.
This species was heard and observed regularly in cottonwood
and spruce forests.
Hermit Thrush (Catharus guttatus) -- A common summer resident.
One of the most abundant thrushes of Port Valdez. Birds were
commonly seen and heard singing in spruce and cottonwood
forests.
Swainson's Thrush (Catharus ustulatus) -- One bird was seen
near Slater Creek on June 20, 1979.
Gray-cheeked Thrush (Catharus minimus) -- Individual birds
were recorded in cottonwood forests in June and July.
Golden-crowned Kinglet (Regulus satrapa) -- A common summer
resident. This species was found in spruce forests from
Mineral Creek to Robe Lake.
Ruby-crowned Kinglet (Regulus calendula) -- A common summer
resident. The distinctive song of this kinglet was heard in
forested areas from early May through the summer.
Water Pipit (Anthus spinoletta) -- A common migrant. Small
flocks were seen feeding on the Island Flats salt marsh from
April 30 to May 7, 1979.
Bohemian Waxwing (Bombycilla garrulus) — A pair of birds were
observed in spruce forests near Robe Lake on July 17, 1979.
M.E. Isleib saw small flocks near Valdez Arm during July-
August 1972 (Isleib and Kessel 1973).
Orange-crowned Warbler (Vermivora celata) -- A common summer
resident. This species was observed in shrub and forest areas
throughout the period of study.
1-258
-------
Yellow Warbler (Dendroica petechia) -- A lone male was seen in
the cottonwood forests along Corbin Creek (Glacier) on June
20, 1979.
Yellow-rumped Warbler (Dendroica coronata) -- This species was
common in alder shrub and deciduous forests of the study area.
Blackpoll Warbler (Dendroica striata) -- From June 5, 1979
through August, this species was found in alder shrub on
mountain slopes around the study area.
Northern Waterthrush (Seiurus noveboracensis) -- One bird was
seen along Dayville Road on July 18, 1979.
Wilson's Warbler (Wilsonia pusi11a) — One of the most common
species observed in deciduous forests of Port Valdez.
Red-winged Blackbird (Agelaius phoeniceus) -- A displaying
male in brilliant breeding plummage was seen on Robe Lake
marsh on June 5, 1979. This species was still present on July
17, 1979.
Rusty Blackbird (Euphagus carolinus) -- Adults feeding young
were seen at Robe Lake on June 5, 1979 and a lone male was
observed near Siwash Creek on May 6, 1979.
Pine Grosbeak (Pinicola enucleator) -- One male was seen in
the cottonwood forest east of Island Flats on May 1, 1979. On
July 17, 1978, three males were recorded along Dayville Road.
Joan Perkins reported that this species is a year-round resident
of the Valdez area.
Common Redpoll (Carduelis flammea) — A common resident.
Redpolls were observed in a variety of habitats throughout the
period of study.
Pine Siskin (Carduelis pinus) — Joan Perkins (personal
communication) reported that siskins were common winter re-
1-259
-------
si dents of the Valdez area. None were observed by the study
team.
White-winged Crossbill (Loxia lencoptera) -- None were observed
during the course of the study, but Joan Perkins (personal
communication) reported them to be winter residents.
Savannah Sparrow (Passerculus sandwichensis) -- A common
summer resident. The earliest spring record was April 30,
1979 near City Limits Creek. Later, singing males were seen
in the scattered grasslands on the drier sites bordering
Corbin Creek (Robe), Island Flats salt marsh, and the Mineral
Creek delta.
Dark-eyed Junco (Junco hyemalis) -- A common summer resident
of the Valdez area.
Tree Sparrow (Spizella arborea) -- One bird was seen singing
near Robe Lake on May 8, 1979.
White-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia leucophrys) -- A common
summer resident. Two birds were seen in riparian woodland
near Old Valdez townsite on May 7, 1979 and one was seen in
the willows along City Limits Creek on June 6, 1979. This is
a common nesting species along Valdez Glacier Stream. The
species is probably a regular nester in stream valleys ad-
jacent to Port Valdez.
Golden-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia atricapilla) -- U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service biologists found one dead golden-crowned
sparrow in the Valdez business district on June 10, 1979 and
later reported the species to be common in the Mineral Creek
canyon.
Fox Sparrow (Passerella iliaca) — A common summer resident.
Beginning on April 29, 1979, fox sparrows were regularly
observed in alder shrub habitat. Nesting was suspected on the
1-260
-------
islands adjacent to Island Flats, and the alder-covered
mountain slopes throughout the study area.
Lincoln's Sparrow (Melospiza lincolnii) -- This species was
observed three times in the Corbin Creek (Robe) - Robe Lake
area from May 10 to July 17, 1979.
Song Sparrow (Melospiza melodia) -- A common summer resident.
Singing was heard regularly in woodland habitats including
offshore islands.
Lapland Longspur (Calcarius lapponicus) ~ A common spring
migrant. Small flocks were observed on the Island Flats salt
marsh from April 30 to May 1, 1979.
SUMMARY
One-hundred thirteen species of birds were found to occur in
the Port Valdez area from March through August 1979.
In summer, the highest bird diversity and abundance is found
in the deciduous forest community. In winter, the marine littoral
waters and the intertidal zone suppports the greatest densities.
Seasonal migration patterns are similar to other areas of
Prince William Sound but relative abundance of individuals within each
species is extremely low.
The Robe Lake freshwater marsh is perhaps the most unusual
wildlife habitat in the study area followed by salt marshes at Dayville
Flats, Island Flats, the Mineral Creek delta, and Shoup Bay.
No rare or endangered species occur in the area but two
active bald eagle nests were present in 1979.
1-261
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
American Ornithologists' Union, 1957. Check-list of North American
birds. Fifth ed. A.O.U., Baltimore. 691 pp.
American Ornithologists' Union, 1973. Thirty-second supplement to the
American Ornithologists' Union check-list of North American birds.
Auk 90:411-419.
American Ornithologists' Union, 1976. Thirty-third supplement to the
American Ornithologists' Union check-list of North American birds.
Auk 93:875-879.
Dice, L. R., 1920. The land vertebrate association of interior Alaska.
Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Occasional Paper No. 85. 24 pp.
Gabrielson, I. N., and F. C. Lincoln, 1959. The birds of Alaska.
Stackpole Co. and Wildl. Mgmt. Inst. 922 pp.
Hulten, E., 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. Stan-
ford Univ. Press, Stadford. 1008 pp.
Isleib, M.E. and B. Kessel, 1973. Birds of the north Gulf Coast -
Prince William Sound region, Alaska. Biol. Papers Univ. Alaska No.
14. 149 pp.
McRoy, C. P. and S. Stoker, 1969. A survey of the littoral regions of
Port Valdez, p. 190-227. In. Baseline Data Survey for Valdez
Pipeline Terminal Environmental Data Study. Report No. R69-17.
Univ. of Alaska, Institute of Marine Science.
Sangster, Mary, 1978. Bird use of Port Valdez and Valdez Arm, Winter
1977-1978. Final Report. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Anchor-
age, Alaska. 19 pp.
Williamson, F. S. L. and L. J. Peyton, 1962. Faunal relationships
of birds in the Iliamna Lake area, Alaska. Biol. Papers Univ.
of Alaska, No. 5. 73 pp.
1-262
-------
FRESHWATER AQUATIC HABITATS OF THE VALDEZ AREA
Prepared for
ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
Prepared by
DAMES & MOORE
Engineering and Environmental Consultants
510 L Street, Suite 310
Anchorage, Alaska 99501
(907) 279-0673
1-263
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION 	 1-266
FIELD STUDY METHODS	1-266
STREAM DESCRIPTIONS - REFINERY SITE AREA	1-266
Valdez Glacier Stream Drainage 	 1-266
Robe River Drainage	1-270
Streams of Eastern Port Valdez	1-278
CRITICAL HABITATS 	 1-282
TIMING OF FISH UTILIZATION AND SENSITIVE TIME PERIODS. 1-282
REFERENCES	1-288
1-264
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Page
1	Adult Salmon Counts within the Robe Lake
Drainage System 	 1-271
2	Fish Captured or Observed during the Field
Investigations 	 1-273
3	Salmon Escapement for Selected Eastern Port
Valdez Streams, 1971 - 1978 	 1-279
4	Timing of Major Life History Events for
Anadromous Fish Species in the Valdez Area . . 1-284
5	Fish Stream Summary with Sensitive Time Periods 1-285
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
1	Map of the Study Area with Stream Survey
Locations and Ice-Free Stream Reaches Indicated 1-268
2	Critical Habitat Areas relative to Freshwater
Fish REsources	 1-283
1-265
-------
INTRODUCTION
As part of a general program designed to acquire baseline
biological data for the proposed Alaska Petrochemical Company (Alpetco)
refinery, freshwater habitats and fishery resources were investigated on
and near the proposed refinery site and in the Valdez area. Data were
acquired through literature review, interviews with resource agency
personnel, and through field surveys conducted in late winter and sum-
mer. Additional information pertinent to this study phase was collected
in conjunction with sampling done for the salmon fry dispersion studies.
Hydrological data collected by DOWL Engineers have been incorporated
where applicable to habitat discussions.
FIELD STUDY METHODS
Aerial observations of the proposed refinery site and surrounding
area were conducted from a helicopter on March 21, 1979. Areas of open
water and potential winter fish habitat were noted. A ground survey of
the refinery site area was conducted on April 10. Observations were
made on Upper Corbin Creek (Corbin Creek/Glacier), Lower Corbin Creek
(Corbin Creek/Robe), and Brownie Creek (Figure 1). A small mesh seine
was used to capture fish where feasible. General habitat characteristics
were noted and water temperature measurements were made. A second
ground survey was conducted on June 20 to 22. Selected portions of the
above streams, plus Slater Creek, were sampled for fish presence using a
Smith-Root Type VII backpack electroshocker. Each stream's physical
characteristics were noted. Total lengths were recorded for all captured
fish. Samples of small salmonids were preserved to verify identifications.
STREAM DESCRIPTIONS - REFINERY SITE AREA
Valdez Glacier Stream Drainage
1. Slater Creek - Slater Creek originates in the mountains east
of the proposed refinery site. It flows westward to the edge
1-266
-------
of the Valdez Glacier Stream floodplain and then southward
across the refinery site to its confluence with Upper Corbin
Creek (Figure 1). The stream is fed, at least in part, by
melt water from two small glaciers. Hydrological investiga-
tions indicated that the stream was completely dry during the
winter of 1978-79 and did not begin to flow until about mid-
May (DOWL Engineers). Flow can be expected to cease in the
fall. Within the refinery site, the stream flows in braided
channels through densely wooded terrain. Bed materials vary
from silt to cobble.
The primary summer sampling effort occurred near the intersec-
tion of the stream and the existing east-west construction
road (about 550 meters (m) north of the Upper Corbin Creek
confluence). At that point, Slater Creek flowed through six
separate channels ranging in width from 1.5 to 6 m. Water was
milky gray-green but not totally opaque. The stream bottom
was visible at depths up to 46 centimeters (cm). Each sub-
channel was shocked for a distance of at least 50 m and the
main channel was shocked for a distance of about 300 m. One
unidentified fish about 15 cm long was observed but not captured.
It is likely that the fish was a Dolly Varden (Salve!inus
malma).
Slater Creek is not a productive fish stream. Seasonal flow
and turbid water prevent extensive use by fish. A few Dolly
Varden probably utilize the stream seasonally. These fish
either originate in Port Valdez, entering Slater Creek via
Upper Corbin Creek and the Valdez Glacier Stream, or overwin-
ter in the open water areas of Upper Corbin Creek, entering
Slater Creek when flow begins in the spring.
2. Upper Corbin Creek (Corbin Creek/Glacier) - Upper Corbin Creek
originates in the mountains east of the refinery site and
flows southwesterly into the Valdez Glacier Stream. Originally
Corbin Creek flowed southward into Robe Lake; however, a dike
(Figure 1) was constructed in the mid-1950s, which diverted
the flow westward (see Robe Lake discussion).
1-267
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
The aerial survey in March revealed an area of flowing open
water at the upper end extending about 450 m westward from the
base of the hillside (Figure 1). A ground survey of this
segment on April 10 (winter conditions still prevailed)
revealed a flow of about 0.3 cu. m/sec. (10 cfs). Water was
very clear and the substrate was composed of clean gravel,
slate, or both. The habitat appeared very sterile with little
development of stream invertebrates. No fish were observed in
spite of excellent visibility. Hydrological investigations
revealed no above-ground flow in the Upper Corbin Creek stream
bed a short distance below the open water area during the
winter of 1978-79 (DOWL Engineers). Therefore, the flowing
water in the upper area was isolated from other waterbodies.
The presence of two old bald eagle nests adjacent to the open
water section leads to speculation that spawning salmon may
have utilized the stream in the past, perhaps before it was
diverted from the Robe Lake system. Winter flow and substrate
conditions appeared suitable for survival of salmon eggs.
In the summer, Upper Corbin Creek receives glacial melt water
from Corbin Glacier. The flow exceeds 11 cu. m/sec. (400 cfs)
(DOWL Engineers) and the water is very turbid. Stream conditions
prevented effective fish sampling during the summer surveys.
Some slough areas were shocked but no fish were observed. The
presence of fish in Slater Creek indicates that fish probably
are present in Upper Corbin Creek. However, the stream is not
productive fish habitat and use is probably limited to a few
Dolly Varden during the summer.
3. Valdez Glacier Stream - Valdez Glacier Stream is a short river
that originates at the Valdez Glacier and in the summer flows
in braided channels across a wide floodplain into Port Valdez.
Some winter flow occurs at the lower end of the stream but no
above-ground flow was found upstream from the Richardson
Highway bridge during the winter of 1978-79 (DOWL Engineers).
1-269
-------
Because of the high flow, turbid water, arid poor habitat
characteristics, the Valdez Glacier Stream was not sampled
during this study. The only species reported in the litera-
ture to be present in the stream is eulachon, Thaleichtys
pacificus (Johnson and Rockwell 1978). These fish undertake
spawning migrations from salt water to fresh water in the
spring. Dolly Varden are probably also present occasionally.
Salmon have not been documented thus far. The Valdez Glacier
Stream is of little value to fish except possibly as a migratory
corridor for fish en route to Upper Corbin and Slater Creeks.
Robe River Drainage
1. Lower Corbin Creek (Corbin Creek/Robe) - Subsequent to the
diversion of Corbin Creek into Valdez Glacier Stream, the
original stream channel between the dike and Robe Lake continued
to carry water throughout most of its length because of ground-
water seepage. The aerial survey in March disclosed scattered
sections of open water and hydrological studies indicated that
flow was present throughout the year. Discharge near the
stream midpoint was about 0.07 cu. m/sec. (0.5 cfs) in the
winter and about 0.2 cu. m/sec. (7 cfs) in the summer (DOWL
Engineers). The stream originates at groundwater upwelling
areas near the southern boundary of the refinery site. Several
small tributaries coalesce to form the main stream (Figure 1).
According to Williams (1978), Lower Corbin Creek has consistently
been the major silver salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) spawning
stream in the Valdez area. Numbers of silver salmon spawners
have ranged from 780 to 4839 in recent years (Table 1). These
numbers generally account for about half of the total spawners
in the Port Valdez drainage and more than 80 percent of the
spawners in the Robe River system. An aerial survey done in
1971 resulted in a count of 9690 silver salmon and an estimated
escapement of 10,500 fish in the total Robe River drainage
(Mattson 1971). These data were not broken down according to
1-270
-------
TABLE 1
ADULT SALMON COUNTS WITHIN THE ROBE LAKE DRAINAGE SYSTEM

Corbin Creek
Brownie
Robe
Robe

(Robe)
Creek
Lake
River
Silver Salmon




1972
17062


8752
1973
14003



1975
12321


3011
1976
7081


3411
1977
12701
31

2521
1978
48391
311

2211
Red Salmon




1972




1973
93
13003*


1975



101
1976




1977
51
91881


1978

21


1979

21551
61
241
Pink Salmon




1972




1973



150003
1975



24611
1976




1977



3301
1978



I1
1979



15461
Chum Salmon




1972



402
1973



1253
1975



l1
1976




1977




1978



l1
1979



ll1
1	ADF&6, unpublished data
2	Williams 1973
3	Williams and Morgan 1974
* Incomplete Count
1-271
-------
individual spawning streams. Silver salmon spawing in Lower
Corbin Creek occurs from the mouth up to a point about 800 m
south of the headwaters. Typically 90 to 95 percent of the
silver salmon spawn in the lower two-thirds of the stream --
south of the hog-back ridge (ADF&G, unpublished data). The
spawning area is roughly coincident with that portion of the
stream which has winter flow.
Small numbers of spawning red salmon have been observed at the
lower end of the stream (Williams and Morgan 1974). Dolly
Varden have been observed throughout and probably spawn in the
stream. Moderate numbers of juvenile silver salmon have been
observed in the lower two-thirds of Lower Corbin Creek (ADF&G,
unpublished data).
Surveys of the upper mile of Lower Corbin Creek were conducted
in late winter and summer. The water was clear during both
surveys. Stream width varied from 3 to 8 m and depth from 10
to 50 cm during the summer. Substrate varied from sand to
cobbles with some areas of organic debris. Banks were vege-
tated with overhanging shrubs. The quality of fish-rearing
habitat was rated as only fair due to the lack of deep pools.
Spawning habitat was rated as good. During the winter survey,
about 10 fish ranging in size from 2 to 8 cm were observed but
not captured and positive identification was not possible.
The results of the summer shocker survey are presented in
Table 2. The only fish captured were juvenile Dolly Varden,
probably representing two year classes. Experience with the
shocker indicated that the actual number of fish in the stream
was at least 3 times the number captured. On this basis about
52 fish resided in the stream section that was shocked or
about one fish for every 27 m of stream. The fish density
was, therefore, quite low. In view of the extensive silver
salmon spawning, the lack of juvenile silver salmon in the
stream was surprising. The upper portion of Lower Corbin
Creek was not being used as a rearing area by young salmon at
the time of sampling.
1-272
-------
TABLE 2
FISH CAPTURED OR OBSERVED DURING THE FIELD INVESTIGATIONS
Stream
Date
Method
Species
No.
Length (mm)
Slater Creek
06/21/79
Observed while
shocking
Dolly Varden ?
1
~ 150
Lower Corbin Creek
04/10/79
Visual observation
Unknown
9
4
@ ~ 63
@ ~ 25
06/20/79
Shocker
Dolly Varden
14
55, 61 , 62, 62, 65, 66,
67, 68, 77, 88, 90, 102,
118
Lower Corbin Creek
(Upper tributary)
06/20/77
Shocker
Dolly Varden
1
95
Brownie Creek
04/10/79
Seine
Red Salmon
14
28,	28, 28, 28, 29, 29,
29,	29, 30, 30, 30, 30,
30,	31
06/21/79
Shocker
Dolly Varden
14
32, 34, 35, 60, 63, 65,
65, 67, 67, 77, 87, 110,
175, 219

Visual observation
Shocker
Dolly Varden
Red Salmon
Silver Salmon
12
9
1
@ 150-260
34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41 ,
41, 44, 47
60
-------
Schools of the young salmon containing several hundred fish
each were distributed throughout the ice free portion of the
stream except at the extreme upper end. Presence of these
fish in the stream was first noticed during hydrological
studies in the last week of March (DOWL Engineers). There-
fore, emergence was quite early, presumably due to the un-
usually warm water. No other fish were observed during the
April survey.
The results of the summer fish survey are presented in Table 2.
Electroshocking of the stream was extremely difficult due to
the thick overhanging brush; therefore, sampling was limited
to a stream segment of about 200 m (Figure 1). The number of
fish captured or observed in the segment was quite large
including 24 Dolly Varden, 9 young-of-the-year red salmon and
1 silver salmon juvenile. The actual number of young red
salmon present was much higher than the number captured,
perhaps by a factor of 10. A conservative estimate of the
density of fish present in this portion of Brownie Creek is
1 per meter of stream.
The Dolly Varden population present in Brownie Creek was com-
posed of a variety of year classes from young-of-the-year to
adult. It seems likely that the larger Dolly Varden were
feeding on the small red salmon but this was not confirmed.
Apparently, a substantial proportion of the young-of-the-year
red salmon that hatched in Brownie Creek remained in the creek
for at least several months rather than moving immediately
into Robe Lake.
Brownie Creek is a productive stream and includes valuable red
salmon spawning and rearing habitat. The unusually warm water
temperature during the winter may enhance the value of Brownie
Creek since egg development would require less time. At least
some silver salmon also rear in the creek. The existence of a
large Dolly Varden population probably depends to a consider-
able extent on the presence of the young red salmon.
1-274
-------
3. Robe Lake - Robe Lake is located about 1 mile south of the
proposed refinery site. Field investigations were not con-
ducted on the lake during this study. The Robe Lake system
has undergone a series of relatively recent physical changes
that have affected its fish resources. These changes are
summarized in the following exerpt (ADF&6 1979):
"Robe Lake has a surface area in excess of
600 acres and a maximum depth of 15 feet.
The average depth of the lake is 8 feet and the
surface area is rapidly being reduced by periph-
eral weed growth.
"Historically Robe Lake was a major red salmon
producer. The Emil Packing Co. recorded case
salmon packs up to 67,000 but provided no break-
down as to species. North Pacific Seafoods had
their largest recorded red salmon case pack in
1938; 3,026 cases or approximately 42,000 red
salmon. Subsequently, salmon production de-
creased until commercial fishing was closed in
the mid-fifties.
"The Robe Lake watershed has endured several
physical changes since 1900 which have greatly
reduced the volume of water through the system.
Originally the lake received the entire flow
of Corbin Creek	 Apparently about 1936 or
1938, a braided channel from the rapidly re-
treating Valdez Glacier broke into Corbin Creek
and rapidly increased deposition of glacial
sediments in the lake system.
"The continuing flow of heavily silted water into
Robe Lake precipitated sand and silt over the
lake bottom, changed the lake's aquatic food
organisms due to increased turbidity, and gener-
ally had a detrimental effect on salmon produc-
tion.
"The filling-in of the lake was stopped in 1956
or 1958 when concerned citizens with heavy
equipment built a dike that diverted Corbin
Creek into a braided channel of the Valdez
Glacier stream. The dike was repaired once in
the early sixties and is still effective	
"Dike construction on Corbin Creek eliminated
one problem and created others. When the heavily
silted water ceased going into the lake, lake
1-275
-------
turbidity cleared, water temperatures increased,
and the aquatic weeds appeared. In fact condi-
tions were so ideal that in ten years the aquatics
have nearly overrun the lake. A dense growth of
Potomogeton forms in late summer and hinders use
of outboard motors on the lake. The outlet and
inlet streams are barely discernable due to vege-
tative growth	
"A third loss of water flow into Robe Lake may
have occurred during the late twenties. One
story is that a mining operation diverted the
outlet from Crater Lake for water needed in their
mining operation. This story has not been docu-
mented, however, Crater Lake could easily have
flowed into Robe Lake in the past."
Limnological characteristics and fish utilization of Robe
Lake have been under investigation by the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game intermittantly since 1973. Dissolved
oxygen levels during February of 1973 were as low as 1 ppm in
the southwest portion of the lake (Williams and Morgan 1974).
The northern and eastern portions of the lake maintained
satisfactory dissolved oxygen levels presumably due to the
flow of water between the inlet streams and the outlet stream
(Robe River). Dissolved oxygen levels in the summer are
adequate for fish.
Although Robe Lake would appear to be satisfactory rearing
habitat for young red and silver salmon, few juvenile salmon
have been observed in recent years. A few silver salmon
smolts were caught during test netting in 1973 (Williams and
Morgan 1973). Attempts to capture juvenile salmon since 1975
have been unsuccessful (ADF&G, unpublished data). The location
of rearing areas for red and silver salmon within the Robe
Lake system remains somewhat of a mystery. The only place
where older red salmon smolts have been observed is in the
Robe River (ADF&G, unpublished data).
Small numbers of adult red salmon have been observed spawning
within Robe Lake at the outlets of Brownie, Lower Corbin, and
Deep Creeks, and possibly at other locations (Williams 1973).
1-276
-------
In 1979, six red salmon were observed spawning along the
shoreline on the south side of the lake (ADF&G, unpublished
data). Both red and silver salmon adults can be expected to
spend some time in the lake prior to entering spawning streams.
In 1972, red salmon were entering the lake on June 5, before
the ice was completely gone. Large schools of red salmon were
present in the lake in mid-July (Williams 1973).
Other fish species present in the lake include both resident
and anadromous populations of Dolly Varden and three-spine
stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus). The life history of
anadromous Dolly Varden is not well known. Adults apparently
enter the Robe Lake system in both spring and fall (Williams,
personal communication). Spawning areas are unknown. Three-
spine stickleback adults enter the lake in May to spawn and
then apparently die (Williams and Morgan 1974). Young stickle-
backs probably leave the Robe Lake system in late summer.
Predation and/or competition with Dolly Varden and stickleback
is probably a factor influencing the carrying capacity of the
Robe Lake system for salmon.
In summary, the productivity of Robe Lake in relation to fish
resources has apparently been reduced over the past 50 years
due to the combined effects of reduced lake area, reduced
depth, increased aquatic plant growth, and reduced levels of
dissolved oxygen in the winter. The current value of the lake
to the substantial salmon resources in the Robe Lake drainage
is questionable without further investigation. Some value as
rearing habitat for red and silver salmon should probably be
assumed.
4. Robe River - The Robe River flows out of Robe Lake and into
Port Valdez via the Lowe River Delta. The Robe River serves
as a migratory corridor for red and silver salmon that spawn
in the Robe Lake system and, in addition, supplies spawning
area for substantial numbers of pink and silver salmon and
1-277
-------
small numbers of chum salmon (Oncorhynchus keta) (Table 1).
Mattson (1973) estimated that 40 percent of the stream was
suitable as salmon spawning area and concluded that the Robe
River was under-utilized by chum salmon and over-utilized by
pink salmon in peak years.
Moderate numbers of juvenile silver and red salmon have been
found in the Robe River (ADF&G, unpublished data). The Robe
River may be important as rearing habitat for these species,
especially in view of the apparently limited rearing capacity
of Robe Lake. Stickleback and Dolly Varden are also present
in the river.
Streams of Eastern Port Valdez
In addition to the drainage systems discussed above in rela-
tion to the proposed refinery site, numerous other streams empty into
eastern Port Valdez. These streams are discussed below because of
proximity to the proposed effluent diffuser in the Old Valdez area,
proximity to the proposed refinery dock on the south shore (Figure 1),
or proximity to proposed pipeline/transportation corridors. A summary
of the salmon escapement data for eastern Port Valdez tributaries is
presented in Table 3. Systematic data for some of the streams, particularly
on the south shore, are scanty.
1. City Limits Creek (Crooked Creek) - This short stream flows
off the steep mountainside and onto the intertidal flat. The
upper portion of the stream within the intertidal zone is
heavily used by pink and chum salmon for spawning. The stream
is the most important producer for chum salmon in the study
area with the possible exception of the Lowe River system.
Other fish observed in the stream during salmon fry studies
included three-spine stickleback and one juvenile silver
salmon. Chum salmon fry spend several weeks in the upper
intertidal portion of the stream following emergence in the
spring.
1-278
-------
TABLE 3
SALMON ESCAPEMENT FOR SELECTED EASTERN PORT VALDEZ STREAMS. 1971-1978

City
City


Loop Rd.
Loop Rd.
Sewage
Robe
Lowe
Dayville
Solomon



Limits
Limits
Ess
Siwash
No. Z
No. 1
Lagoon
Lake
River
Flats
Gulch
Allison
Abercrombie
Year
Creek
Slough
Creek
Creek
Creek
Creek
Creek
System
System
Creek
Creek
Creek
Gulch Creek
Pink Salmon













1971
9401


13,070s
1003
1,080s

4.5001
35,310'
1,300'

300'
250'
1972
30s


220s

4751

O1
0'




1973
1,700'


34,0803
330 s
7,000l

15.0001
8,000'


25'
2507
1974
860 s


70 s

2621


670'




1975
1 ,520s


79,180s
3,790s
6,420s

2,461'
41,430'
l^OO"
1,500*
500"

1976
51

65*
51

18*

0'
1'




1977
3,620*
333*

46.5502
4,1011
18.7181
1.4181
330'
1,441'



2,337"
1978
10s


O5
O5
66 5
O5
2s
0s




Chum Salmon













1971
2,660*

32*
120s




411'



50'
1972
1,200*


220'

451

40'
2,007'




1973
1,930s


232*



125'
1,063'

10'

8007
1974
1.000s


161

O1







1975



100*







700*

1976
1,080'


21

61

0'
270'




1977
O1


0l

O1
0l
0'
0'




1978
Uls






Is





Silver Salmon













1971



57l



9690'
193'



50'
1972



411



875'
711'




1973



61



4,000'
67'




1974



O1



1,662'
78'




1975



01



1,553'
1,506'




1976
2l


01

0l

1,049'
1,310'




1977




0l

0l
1,552'
1 .36 3'




1978







5,091s
1,643s




Red Salmon













1971





0l

6,000'





1972





O1

5,000'
27'




1973





01

1.300'
0'




1974





01

3,000'
0'




1975













1976



01

01


1'




1977













1978













From:
1	Williams, 1978 (one-time ground counts).
2	McCurdy & Pirtle, 1978 (calculated total seasonal escapement based on aerial and ground counts).
1	Pirtle, 1977 (calculated total seasonal escapement based on aerial and ground counts).
*	Johnson & Rockwell, 1978 (various methods).
'	Williams, personal comnuni cation (one-time ground counts).
*	Mattson, 1971 (estimated escapement based on aerial or ground counts).
T Hattson, 1973 (estimated escapement based on aerial or ground counts).
-------
2.	City Limits Slough - This stream flows down a steep mountain-
side and onto the intertidal flat. A few pink salmon spawn
within brackish ponds north of the Richardson Highway during
peak years.
3.	Ess Creek - Ess Creek flows along the base of the mountainside
and onto the intertidal flat. Small numbers of pink and chum
salmon spawn in the intertidal and above-tide zones in inter-
mi ttant years.
4.	Siwash Creek - This creek originates along the base of the
mountainside near the airport and splits into two forks
before crossing the intertidal flat. It is the most important
pink salmon producer in Port Valdez. The pink salmon spawn
both intertidally and throughout most of the stream length
above tide level. Smaller numbers of chum and silver salmon
also spawn in Siwash Creek in some years. Other fish observed
in the creek during salmon fry studies included abundant Dolly
Varden and a few juvenile silver salmon.
5.	Loop Road No. 2 Creek (Pipe Creek) - This stream originates
near the airport and flows parrallel to Siwash Creek. Moder-
ate numbers of pink salmon spawn in the creek in odd years.
6.	Loop Road No. 1 Creek (Airport Creek) - This short stream
originates near the southern end of the airport and flows
southwest into Port Valdez. It supports a substantial run of
pink salmon along with a few chum salmon in intermittent
years. Spawning occurs both intertidally and above tide
level. Other fish observed during salmon fry studies included
abundant Dolly Varden.
7.	Sewage Lagoon Creek - This stream originates within perimeter
ditches surrounding the City of Valdez sewage treatment ponds.
Moderate numbers of pink salmon spawned in the creek in 1977
both within the intertidal zone and above tide level.
1-280
-------
8.	Lowe River System - This is a major river system that supplies
the greatest freshwater input to Port Valdez. Substantial
numbers of pink, chum, and silver salmon spawn within tribu-
taries of the Lowe River. Other fish present include Dolly
Varden.
9.	Abercrombie Gulch Creek - This creek drains a mountainside
gulley and flows into the Lowe River very near its mouth. The
lower portion of Abercrombie Gulch Creek, below the abrupt
mountainside, is utilized by moderate numbers of spawning pink
and chum salmon and by small numbers of silver salmon. Most
spawning is probably downstream from the Dayville Road bridge
(Johnson and Rockwell 1978). The large flooded area upstream
from the bridge and traversed by the TAPS pipeline, is reported
to serve as a rearing area for juvenile salmon (Johnson and
Rockwell 1978). Drainage into the flooded area is complex
with several small mountainside creeks adding their flow to
that of Abercrombie Gulch Creek. Dolly Varden have also been
observed in the stream.
10.	Dayville Flats Creek - This very short stream drops off the
mountainside onto the intertidal area. The potential intertidal
spawning area is limited but heavily used by pink salmon
during peak years. Juvenile silver salmon in substantial
numbers have also been observed in the creek (Roberson,
personal communication).
11.	Solomon Gulch Creek - This stream originates at Solomon Lake,
flows down the steep mountainside and drops onto the inter-
tidal area. Salmon use is poorly documented but substantial
intertidal spawning by pink salmon is known to occur in peak
years. Chum salmon spawners have also been observed in at
least one year (Table 3). Spawning occurs primarily within
the gravel fan downstream from the Dayville Road bridge.
1-281
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
12, Allison Creek - Allison Creek originates at Allison Lake and
flows through relatively steep terrain into Port Valdez.
Salmon use is poorly documented but moderate spawning by pink
salmon occurs during peak years and chum salmon have been
observed in one year (Table 3). Spawning occurs primarily
within the intertidal zone on the gravel outwash fan but some
spawning probably also occurs above tide level.
CRITICAL HABITATS
Figure 2 illustrates critical freshwater fish habitats within
the study area. All of these habitats are used by salmon for spawning
or rearing. As can be seen from the figure, salmon habitat is exten-
sive. Studies by Mattson (1973) indicated that many of the streams are
under-utilized by salmon; therefore, the potential probably exists for
much higher salmon productivity in the area than now exists.
TIMING OF FISH UTILIZATION AND SENSITIVE TIME PERIODS
Most of the habitat areas shown in Figure 2 are used only sea-
sonally because of the migratory habits of the salmon. Environmental
sensitivity of a particular area may depend on time of year and may vary
depending on which life history stage of the fish, if any, is present at
the time of disturbance. Table 4 summarizes the life history chronology
of the anadromous fish of Valdez. Table 5 summarizes sensitive time
periods for streams within the study area.
Another aspect of salmon biology that may affect environmental
sensitivity in any one year involves yearly variations in the number of
salmon spawners. It is evident from Table 3 that pink salmon have been
abundant only in odd years since 1971. This kind of cycle is not unusual
for pink salmon since their invariable 2-year life cycle causes even-
and odd-year stocks to be genetically isolated. Williams (1973) suggested
that the harsh winter of 1970-71 may have nearly eliminated the even-
year run thus creating the odd-year abundance cycle that now exists.
1-233
-------
TABLE 4
TIMING OF MAJOR LIFE HISTORY EVENTS FOR ANADROMOUS FISH SPECIES IN THE VALDEZ AREA
Species
Adults
Enter
Port Valdez
Adults Begin
Entering
Spawninq Streams
Spawninq Peak
End of
Spawninq
Fry Emerge from
the Gravel
Duration of
Freshwater
Residence
Outmigration of
Young into
Saltwater
Duration of
Saltwater Residence
Pink Salmon
Early June
Late June
Late July
Late
August
Early to Mid
May
Less than
10 days
Early to Mid
May
14 months
Chum Salmon
Mid June
Late July
Early
September
Late
October
Mid April to
Early May
1-30 days
Mid April to
Late May
2-4 years
Silver Salmon
Mid July
Mid August
Late
September
Early
November
April to May
1-2 years
May
1-3 years
Red Salmon

Early June
Mid July
Late
September
Mid March
1-3 years
June & July
1-4 years
Dolly Varden
(Anadromous)
Probably
do not
leave Port
Valdez
Variable
October &
November
December
April to May
3-4 years
May & June
Usually make annual
migrations into
freshwater in the
summer
Sources: Williams 1973
ADF&G 1975 & 1979
Alyeska Pipeline 1977
Mattson 1971 & 1973
-------
TABLE 5. FISH STREAM SUMMARY WITH SENSITIVE TIME PERIODS
Drainage System
Valdez Glacier Stream
Valdez Glacier Stream
Valdez Glacier Stream
Robe River
Robe River
Robe River
Robe River
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Port Valdez
Lowe River
Stream Name
Slater Creek
Upper Corbin Creek
Valdez Glacier Stream
Lower Corbin Creek
Brownie Creek
Robe Lake
Robe River
City Limits Creek
City Limits Slough
Ess Creek
Siwash Creek
Loop Rd.
No. 2 Stream
Loop Rd.
No. 1 Stream
Sewage Lagoon Creek
Lowe River
Dayville Flats
Creek
Solomon Gulch Creek
Allison Creek
Abercrombie Gulch
Creek
Fish Species Present
DV?
DV?
DV, EU
DV, SS, PS, RS
DV, RS, SS
DV, RS, SS, PS, SB
DV, RS, SS, PS, CS,
SB
CS, PS, SB, SS
PS
PS, CS
PS, CS, SS, DV
PS
PS, CS, DV
PS
PS, CS, SS, DV, RS
PS, SS, DV, SC
PS, CS
PS, CS, DV, SC
PS, CS, DV, SS
Comments
Minimal fish resources
Minimal fish resources
Minimal fish resources
Most sensitive during silver salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to red salmon spawning and
red and silver salmon rearing
Red and silver salmon rearing potential —
data is scanty
Sensitivity due to migratory and/or
spawning salmon in sunmer and egg incu-
bation in fall and winter
Sensitivity due to pink and chum salmon
spawning and chum salmon rearing
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to salmon migration times
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink salmon spawning
and egg incubation
Sensitivity due to pink and chum salmon
spawning and egg incubation and silver
salmon rearing.		
Species DV Dolly Varden
Key: SS Silver Salmon
CS Chum Salmon
RS Red Salmon
PS Pink Salmon
SC Sculpin
SB Stickleback
EU Eulachon
Sensitivity Key: High Sensitivity
Moderate Sensitivity
-------
Chum salmon abundance also has varied widely, although a
marked cycle is not apparent from the limited data. Silver salmon
abundance within the Robe Lake system has been relatively consistent in
recent years.
1-286
-------
2. Brownie Creek - The Brownie Creek drainage, although close to
the Lower Corbin Creek drainage, is a completely separate
system. Brownie Creek is outside of the refinery site but
close to the southern boundary. The stream originates pri-
marily within marsh terrain as indicated on Figure 1 and flows
all year with discharge characteristics similar to Lower
Corbin Creek. The aerial survey in March indicated that
nearly the entire stream length was ice free. Water tempera-
tures measured in late March and early April ranged from 3.9°
to 5.6°C (39° to 42°F) (DOWL Engineers), whereas temperatures
on Upper and Lower Corbin Creeks during the same period ranged
from 0° to 1.7°C (32° to 35°F). Stream width ranged from 3 to
7 m and depth ranged from 10 to 80 cm. Substrate consisted of
sand to fine gravel with substantial areas of organic debris.
A reddish stain coated the bottom but the water was clear.
The stream was rated as good to excellent habitat for rearing
fish because of frequent pools and extensive brushy cover
areas. Spawning habitat within the upper portion of the
stream was rated as fair due to the lack of coarser gravels.
Brownie Creek is the most important red salmon spawning area
in the Robe Lake system. Up to 9188 spawners have been observed
in the creek (Table 1). Juvenile silver salmon have also been
observed in the stream and small numbers of adult silver
salmon were observed in 1977 and 1978 (ADF&G, unpublished
data). Mattson (1973) surveyed Brownie Creek and estimated
that 46 percent of the lower portion of the stream contained
gravel suitable for spawning. Most of the red salmon spawning
is in the lower two-thirds of the stream, downstream from the
area surveyed in this study.
During the April 10 survey of the upper portion of Brownie
Creek, large numbers of young-of-the-year red salmon were
observed in the stream. A sample was captured by seine, iden-
tity was confirmed, and the fish were measured (Table 2).
1-287
-------
REFERENCES
Alaska, State of, Department of Fish & Game. Unpublished field data,
1975-1979.
Alaska, State of, Department of Fish & Game, 1975. A fish and wildlife
inventory of the northeast Gulf of Alaska. Compiled under contract
to Alaska Dept. Environ. Conserv. Vols. I and II.
Alaska, State of, Department of Fish & Game, 1979. Fish, wildlife, and
habitat resources in eastern Port Valdez and recommendations for
further study and monitoring programs for the Alpetco refinery.
ADF&G, Marine/Coastal Habitat Management Unpublished Report: 24 pp.
Alyeska Pipeline Service Co., 1977. Oil spill contingency plan -- Port
Valdez Marine Terminal.
DOWL Engineers, 1979. Alpetco hydrological studies. Unpublished data.
Johnson, R.L. and J. Rockwell, Jr., 1978. List of streams and other
water bodies along the trans-Alaska oil pipeline route. Alaska
Pipeline Office, U.S. Dept. of Interior.
McCurdy, M.L. and R.B. Pirtle, 1978. Prince William Sound General Dis-
tricts 1977 broad year pink and chum aerial and ground escapement
surveys and consequent egg deposition and pre-emergent fry index
programs. ADF&G, Pr. William Sound Mgmt. Area Data Report No. 9.
Mattson, C.R., 1971. Pipeline terminal salmon evaluation studies in
Port Valdez and Valdez Arm. Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Auke Bay,
Alaska: 14 pp.
Mattson, C.R., 1973. Salmon evaluation studies in Port Valdez in 1973.
Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Auke Bay, Alaska: 15 pp.
Pirtle, R.B., 1977. Historical pink and chum salmon estimated spawning
escapements from Prince William Sound, Alaska streams, 1960-1975.
ADF&G Tech. Data Report No. 35, 332 pp.
Williams, F.T., 1973. Inventory and cataloging of sport fish and sport
fish waters of the Copper River, Prince William Sound, and Upper
Susitna River. ADF&G, Federal Aid Report Vol. 14.
Williams, F. T. and R. Morgan, 1974. Inventory and cataloging of sport
fish and sport fish waters of the Copper River, Prince William
Sound, and Upper Susitna River. ADF&G, Federal Air Report, Vol. 15.
Williams, F.T., 1978. Inventory and cataloging of sport fish and sport
fish waters of the Copper River, Prince William Sound, and Upper
Susitna River. ADF&G, Federal Aid Report, Vol. 19.
Williams, F.T., 1979. Alaska Department of Fish & Game. Personal com-
munication.
1-288
-------
INTERTIDAL AND SHALLOW SUBTIDAL HABITATS
OF PORT VALDEZ
Prepared for
ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
Prepared by
DAMES & MOORE
Engineering & Environmental Consultants
510 L Street, Suite 310
Anchorage, Alaska 99501
(907) 279-0673
September 1979
1-289
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION 	 1-293
METHODS	1-294
Field Procedures	1-294
Intertidal Infauna 	 1-294
Meiofauna	1-296
Subtidal Infauna 	 1-296
Visual Assessment 	 1-297
Analytical Methods 	 1-297
Laboratory Analysis 	 1-297
Statistical Techniques 	 1-298
RESULTS	1-299
Infaunal Assemblages 	 1-299
Numerical Parameters for Intertidal Zone . . 1-299
Numerical Parameters for Subtidal Zone . . . 1-302
Faunal Composition 	 1-304
Intertidal Assemblages 	 1-312
Subtidal Assemblages 	 1-314
A Visual Assessment of the Intertidal and Shallow
Subtidal Habitats 	 1-315
Intertidal Habitat and Biota 	 1-315
The Shallow Subtidal Habitat and Biota . . . 1-321
The Meiofaunal Assemblage 	 1-325
The Rocky Intertidal Assemblage 	 1-326
DISCUSSION	1-326
Description of Biological Assemblages 	 1-329
General Remarks 	 1-331
REFERENCES	1-335
APPENDICES	1-336
1-290
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Page
1	Summary of Sediment Characteristics at the
Intertidal Sites Examined in Port Valdez in
April, 1979 	 1-300
2	Summary of Numerical Parameters for Animals
from the Soft Substrate Intertidal Areas in the
Vicinity of Valdez, April, 1979	 1-301
3	Summary of Sediment Characteristics at Subtidal
Sites Examined in Port Valdez in April, 1979 . . 1-303
4	Summary of Numerical Parameters for Animals
from the Subtidal Soft Substrate Portions of
Port Valdez; April, 1979 	 1-305
2
5a Abundance (No./m ) of Major Animals from
Intertidal Field Studies in April, 1979 on
the Soft Substrate Portions of Island Flats
and around the Associated Islets 	 1-306
2
5b Abundance (No./m ) of Major Animals from
Intertidal Field Studies in April, 1979 on
the Soft Substrate Portions of Lowe River
and Dayville Flats	1-307
2
6	Abundance (No./m ) of Major Animals from
Subtidal Field Studies in April, 1979 on the
Soft Substrate Portions of the Border of
Port Valdez	1-308
7	Distribution and Density Estimates for Major
Meiofaunal Taxa on Island Flats and the
Associated Intertidal and Subtidal Shelf and
Slope Habitat	1-327
8	Comparison Characterizing Species for Major
Biological Assemblages in and around the Port
Valdez Study Area	1-328
1-291
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
1	Location Map	1-295
2	Dendrogram Showing the Relationship Among
Infaunal Stations in the Vicinity of Port Valdez
in April, 1979 		1-310
3	Dendrogram Showing the Relationship Among
Infaunal Species in the Vicinity of Port Valdez
in April, 1979 		1-311
4	Distribution of Infaunal Assemblages, Port
Valdez	1-313
5	Macoma balthica 		1-317
6	Echiurus echiurus alaskanus 		1-318
7	Distribution of Visually Determined Assemblages.	1-319
8	Types of Excavations of Sediment Surface ....	1-332
9	Types of Fecal Shell Middens 		1-333
1-292
-------
INTRODUCTION
Little research has been conducted in the intertidal and
shallow subtidal habitats of Port Valdez. One of the first studies was
a reconnaissance of intertidal habitats, mainly rock, by McRoy and
Stoker (1969), in which they briefly described species composition and
zonation. Subsequently, National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) initiated
studies on the mud substrate at Dayville Flats. Initially, the study
focused on the density and distribution of the small pink clam Macoma
balthica, which was considered an indicator of oil contamination (Myren
and Pel la 1977). Subsequently, analysis has been expanded to permit
consideration of distribution patterns for polychaetes.
Feder et al (1976) reported on the meiofauna (animals between
0.2 and 1.0 mm in length) of Island Flats, based on an intensive study
near mean lower low water (MLLW) just south of Ammunition Island. This
component of the fauna, with about 25 species identified, was dominated
by nematode worms and benthic harpacticoid copepods. Of the several
mudflats they studied, this area supported the greatest densities of
harpacticoids, which are known to be important food items for pink and
chum salmon fry (Sibert et al. 1977; Kaczynski et al. 1973).
Subtidal studies have been restricted to a small project as-
sessing mainly the biota of shallow rocky habitats near the Alyeska
terminal site and associated control sites in Galena and Jack Bay (NFMS
1975; Dames & Moore 1977) and an assessment of the soft bottom benthos
living on the floor of Port Valdez and Valdez Arm (Feder and Matheke
1979). These subtidal studies generally are not applicable to the
present effort because of substrate or depth.
The objectives of the study discussed herein were:
1)	To characterize the biota of the mudflats, low intertidal
shelf, and subtidal habitats to a depth of 16 meter (m) below
MLLW.
2)	To describe energy pathways in these assemblages, i.e., where
does energy come from, what organisms are using 1t, and where
does it go.
1-293
-------
3) To estimate levels of productivity.
The habitats targeted above were studied at Island Flats, Lowe River
Flats, Dayville Flats, and Allison Point (see Figure 1). Field work was
conducted from 24 through 29 April 1979. Data from Dayville Flats would
pertain directly to the Solomon Gulch area. Detailed Investigations 1n the
vicinity of Old Valdez were not conducted due to the unstable bottom
conditions and early stages of facility siting,
METHODS
Field Procedures
Intertidal Infauna
A rough stratified random sampling design was employed to
examine the infauna (animals living within the sediments) of the inter-
tidal zones at Island Flats, Dayville Flats, and Lowe River Flats along
the eastern shore of Port Valdez. At each station, vertical core samples
were taken utilizing a 10-centimeter (cm) diameter sampler (surface area
of 78.6 cm2). The core sample collected was 30 cm in length except at
Stations 10, 12, and 13 where cores were only 15 cm long due to either a
dense mat of vegetation or densely compacted clay beneath the surface
sediment. Infaunal organisms appeared restricted to the upper sediment
layer. Numerical calculations were based on the surface area sampled.
Replication varied depending on substrate of the station and suspected
paucity of the area. Ten replicate core samples were taken at Stations 3,
4, and 6; five replicates were taken at Stations 2, 8, 11, 14, and 17
through 22. In apparently impoverished areas, two or four cores were
collected as a single sample to reduce the statistical variability
between samples and improve the estimate of density. Five replicates of
two short cores per sample were taken at Stations 10, 12, and 13. At
Siwash Creek sites, five replicates of double cores were collected on
the east side and five replicates of quadruple cores on the west side of
the channel.
1-294
-------
® INFAUNAL SAMPLING SITES
• QUALITATIVE VISUAL ASSESSMENT 8ITES
,—1 TRANSECT
FIGURE 1
LOCATION MAP
1-295
DAMIt a MOONS
-------
Each core sample was placed in a polyethylene bag and labelled.
Subsequently, each sample was washed through a 1-millimeter (mm) screen
with sea water, rebagged, and preserved with a 10 percent solution of
formaldehyde in sea water.
Sediment samples (about 150 cm3) were collected from the sur-
face at each sampling for use in describing substrate type.
Meiofauna
Meiofaunal samples were collected in 25-milliliter (ml) vials
by scraping the vial along the sediment surface to a maximum depth of 1
cm until filled with the surface sediments. The maximum area sampled
was about 16 cm2. These samples subsequently were transferred into a
Whirl-Pak, mixed thoroughly with a quantity of 10-percent formalin, and
labelled. The purpose of collecting these samples was to obtain semi-
quantitative data on the general distribution of meiofauna in the inter-
tidal and subtidal areas sampled.
Subtidal Infauna
The infauna of the subtidal area was sampled utilizing a
stratified random sampling design. Core samples were taken at three
approximate depths — 6, 12, and 18 m — in seven locations. The 6-m
level approximated the lower edge of the shallow subtidal shelf and the
12-m and 18-m levels were located over the edge of the shelf on the
slope. Estimated depths were subsequently corrected to actual depth
below mean lower low water. A Fager core sampler (7.45-cm diameter x
10-cm length; surface area of 43.6 cm2) was used to sample the 6-m and
12-m levels at Stations C and D but removal of sticky clay samples was
rather difficult underwater. Therefore, a smaller core sampler (4.8-cm
diameter x 25-cm length; surface area of 36.2 cm2) was used at the
remaining sample sites. The tube was inserted into the substrate twice
to a depth of 12 cm, capped at both ends, and returned to the boat. The
availability of a generous supply of these core tubes facilitated sampling
as it eliminated the need for underwater sample removal. The core
samples were placed in polyethylene bags and labelled.
1-296
-------
Visual Assessment
Visual assessment, although subjective and qualitative,
provides valuable supplementary information to the core sampling program.
Data on rare, patchy, highly motile or deep-burrowing organisms may be
obtained visually from direct or indirect evidence (e.g., burrows,
siphon or worm tubes, dead shells, fecal casts or mounds, feeding obser-
vations). To evaluate each field site, the area was examined and species
occurrences were tabulated. This process continued until the examiner
was satisfied that all large, common residents of the area were recorded.
Analytical Methods
Laboratory Analysis
In the laboratory each infaunal sample was rough sorted
(animals were separated from sediment and debris) under a dissecting
microscope to separate the animals from the remaining sediment and
debris and to separate them into major taxa, mainly polychaete worms,
molluscs, and crustaceans. After sorting, the samples were placed in a
30-percent isopropyl alcohol preservative. Subsequently, the samples
were examined to identify the species and count the individuals. Some
difficult to identify mollusc specimens were sent to a taxonomic specialist
(Rae Baxter, Alaska Department of Fish & Game - Bethel) for verification
or identification.
Sediment samples were dried in a Solltest oven at 110°F for
three to five days. After drying, each sample was pulverized with a
rubber pestle. Those containing little clay and a lot of gravel and/or
sand were shaken through a Soiltest U.S.A. Standard Tyler sieve series.
Mesh sizes, in mm, of the sieves utilized were 4.75 (#4), 2.00 (#10),
0.841 (#20), 0.425 (#40), 0.250 (#60), 0.150 (#100), and 0.075 (#200).
The residue in each sieve was then weighed and grain size distribution
calculated. Samples with high clay content were sent to Alaska Testlab
in Anchorage for hydrometer analyses.
1-297
-------
Meiofaunal samples were sieved on a 0.075-mm sieve, placed in
a volumetric flask, and sufficient water added to bring the volume up to
100 ml. Using a pipette, the sample solution was mixed and an aliquot
withdrawn into the pipette. Immediately, four drops were pooled on the
bottom of a petri dish and the remaining sample returned to the flask.
Fifteen such replicates were obtained and the animals therein enumerated
by major taxon (harpacticoid copepod, nematode, ostracod, etc.). Drop
size was approximately 0.05 ml; replicates contained 0.2 ml.
Statistical Techniques
Analysis of species abundance/distribution data utilized
ecological indices of diversity and association. Species diversity was
calculated for the pooled data from each station using the Shannon-
Wiener diversity index (H'), defined by the equation:
n	n
H' = -£ _j_ In _J_
j N	N
where
N = total number of individuals.
n^ = number of individuals of the jth species.
Evenness was estimated by using the equation:
S
where S = total number of species
Associations between stations and species were examined
through multivariate classification techniques (Southwood, 1966).
Similarity of distribution in species (among stations) or stations
(among species) was determined with the Czekanowski similarity index
(QS), defined as:
1-298
-------
QS = 2C
A+B
where
A	=	the number of species at station A.
B	=	the number of species at station B.
C	=	the number of species	common at both stations.
Groups of similar species or stations were defined by comparing
the similarity indices with a group averaging technique, in which the
indices for various station or species combinations are averaged. These
relationships are visually depicted in a dendrogram. Matrices which
summarize species occurrences at sampling stations were the data base
for this analysis.
RESULTS
Infaunal Assemblages
Numerical Parameters for Intertidal Zone
Core samples were taken from 17 locations within the inter-
tidal zone at Island Flats, Lowe River Flats and Dayville Flats to
assess species composition and fauna! density. Ninety-four samples were
obtained from various tidal elevations ranging from 2.7 m (Station 11)
above MLLW to the lowest level at 1.0 m below MLLW (Station 3) (Figure
1). The substrate at these locations varied considerably from uncon-
solidated, sticky clay at the uppermost level (Station 11) to consolidated,
gravelly sand with some clay in the mid-tidal zone east of Siwash Creek
(Station 15) (Table 1). Six stations were located south of the Mineral
Creek Islands complex along the low intertidal shelf area, seven stations
inside Island Flats, two stations at the mouth of Lowe River (19 and
20), and two stations at the lower levels of Dayville Flats (21 and 22).
The number of species per station within the intertidal zone
ranged from a low of six in the upper intertidal (Station 12) to a high
of 29 species at the lowest station (Station 3) (Table 2). The pattern
1-299
-------
TABLE 1
SUMMARY OF SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS AT THE INTERTIDAL SITES
EXAMINED IN PORT VALDEZ IN APRIL 1979
Surface
Level
Consolidated
Unconsolidated
Gravel
Sand
Silt
Clay
Water
Dry
High Tide
71%
29%

14%
15%
71%

100%
Mid Tide
75%
25%
13%
37%
38%
12%
25%
75%
Low Tide
67%
33%

67%

33%
80%
20%
-------
TABLE 2
SUMMARY OF NUMERICAL PARAMETERS FOR ANIMALS FROM THE SOFT SUBSTRATE
INTERTIDAL AREAS IN THE VICINITY OF VALDEZ, APRIL 1979
Location
Station
Number
Mo. of
Species
(S)
Total
Density
(no./m2)
Species
Diversity
(H)
W. side
Upper
W. side
mid
E. side
upper
E. side
lower mid
E. side
lower mid
E. side
lower mid
Central
lower mid
W. side
lower mid
W. side
low
W. s i de
low
W. side
lower low
E. side
low
E. side
lower low
Macoma-Fabricia Assemblage
11
10
12
14
15
15a
8
6
2
4
3
17
18
7
8
6
12
12
14
1153.8
3758.1
3073.1
13,743.4
1324.8
1662.4
1.217
0.805
0.651
1.148
1.430
0.996
Pol.ydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos Assemblage
16
23
24
25
29
19
20
5589.6
9615.2
11,692.2
4666.5
6102.4
3589.0
6127.8
1.597
1.754
2.385
2.437
2.321
1.963
2.14
Evenness
(N/S)
164.8
469.8
512.2
1145.3
110.4
118.7
349.4
418.1
487.2
186.7
210.4
188.9
306.4
Lowe River
upper	20
Lowe River
lower	19
8
14
2794.8
2358.7
0.897
1.932
349.4
168.5
Dayville
upper
Dayville
lower
22
21
24
28
9409.6
13,358.2
2.206
1.518
392.1
477.1
1-301
-------
for species diversity (H1) followed that of species richness; i.e., it
increased from higher to lower elevations except at Dayville Flats. The
area of the lowest diversity (H1 = 0.651) was Station 12, located on the
east side of Island Flats, whereas highest diversity (H1 = 2.437) was
found south of the Mineral Creek Islands at Station 4. Average densities
(no./m2) varied considerably from a low of 1,153.8 at the uppermost
level (station 11) to a high of 13,743.4 just north of Ammunition Island
(Station 14).
Based on patterns in species richness, species diversity, and
density, the stations could be divided into two significantly different
groups which were geographically distinct. These areas were the upper
to middle intertidal zone and the lower intertidal zone. A statistical
comparison of these two areas (Kruskal-Wallis nonparametric analysis of
variance) showed the differences were significant for species richness
and diversity (P < 0.05). However the differences in density were not
highly significant (P > 0.1). In all cases the lower regions were
richer than the upper regions.
Numerical Parameters for Subtidal Zone
The infauna of the shallow subtidal region off Island Flats,
Lowe River flats, Dayville Flats and Allison Point was sampled during
the same period by diving. Sixty-three core samples were taken from
seven locations (Transects A through G, Figure 1). On each transect,
samples were taken at depths of 0.3 - 3.7 m (the outer edge of the
shallow subtidal shelf), 8.8 to 10.7 m and 14.9 to 15.9 m (on the
subtidal slope). Differences in sediment between the shelf areas and
the slope areas were considerable and generally reflected differences in
current regime and slope. The sediments on the shelf were usually
coarser, more consolidated and stable than those on the slope. Sand
predominated at more than half of the shelf sites examined (Table 3).
In contrast, clay predominated at all slope sites examined except off
the Lowe River where the sediment was a fine sand. On the shelf, sediments
at more than half of the sites were consolidated, whereas sediments at
more than 90 percent of the slope sites were unconsolidated. Evidence
1-302
-------
TABLE 3
SUMMARY OF SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS AT SUBTIDAL SITES
EXAMINED IN PORT VALDEZ IN APRIL 1979
Average
Depth (m)
Sediment
Stability
Primary Sediment
Consolidated
Unconsolidated
Sand
Silt Clay
2.3 (shelf)
57%
43%
57%
None 43%
9.6 (slope)
14%
86%
14%
14% 71%
15.8 (slope)
None
100%
14%
14% 71%
1-303
-------
of slumping was noted at several sites on Transects B and D off Ammu-
nition Island and the Mineral Creek Islands (D), and off Lowe River (E)
(Appendix 7).
Species richness in the shallow subtidal samples ranged from
a low of four species at the 2.7-m level at Dayville to 20 species at
the 10.7-m level at Transect C (Table 4). Species richness and depth
were clearly not correlated. Differences in species richness between
individual transects were highly significant (P < 0.01, Kruskal-Wallis
nonparametric analysis of variance). However, differences between the
stations off the Mineral Creek Islands complex and the Lowe River,
Dayville and Allison Point stations were not distinguishable from random
(P > 0.5).
Species diversity (H1) ranged from a low of 0.950 at the 8.8-
m level at Lowe River to a high of 2.668 at the 10.7-m level at Transect
C (Table 4). Species diversity varied significantly between areas (P <
0.05), but no difference between depth levels (P > 0.95) was observed.
Densities (no./m2) were highest at the upper levels and decreased with
depth in all cases.
Transect C had the highest values for species richness, total
density, and species diversity. However, only species richness and
species diversity values were found to be significantly higher than at
the other subtidal locations (P < 0.05).
Fauna! Composition
Species lists by station for the common intertidal and sub-
tidal species (Tables 5a, 5b, and 6) were subjected to a similarity
analysis to elucidate station grouping and species groupings. The
results of these analyses, depicted in Figures 2 and 3, generally
reinforced a subjective interpretation of the raw numerical data.
Stations separated into four major zonal groupings, namely: (a) upper
and middle intertidal, (b) lower intertidal, (c) subtidal shelf and
shallow slope, and (d) an impoverished low intertidal-shallow subtidal
1-304
-------
TABLE 4
SUMMARY OF NUMERICAL PARAMETERS FOR ANIMALS FROM THE SUBTIDAL SOFT SUBSTRATE
PORTIONS OF THE BORDER OF PORT VALDEZ; APRIL 1979
Area, Depth*
No. of
Species
(S)
Total
Density
(No./m2)
Species
Diversity
(H)
Evenness
(N/S)
Transect A
3.7m
6
2222.6
1.436
370.4

9.8m
5
1111.1
1.099
222.2

15.9m
6
1574.2
1.395
262.4
Transect B
2.4m
10
3240.9
1.911
324.1

9.8m
7
2407.6
1.053
343.9

15.9m
7
2685.3
1.514
383.6
Transect C
3.0m
13
5227.6
1.809
402.1

10.7m
20
4697.3
2.668
234.9

16.8m
14
2407.6
2.449
172.0
Transect D
2.1-
3.7m
12
4205.8
1.585
383.3

9.8m
11
2500.0
2.167
227.3

15.8m
13
3488.7
1.867
268.4
Lowe River






0.3m
10
3940.1
1.706
394.0

8.8m
9
2904.4
2.117
322.7

14.9m
10
1389.0
2.079
138.9
Dayville Flats





0.9m
9
2576.2
1.728
286.2

9. lm
4
1894.2
0.950
473.6

15.2m
10
2273.2
1.848
227.3
Allison Point





3.0m
11
2955.1
1.864
268.6

9.1m
15
2652.0
2.021
176.8

15.2m
9
1515.4
2.013
168.4
* Depth below Mean
lower low water
(MLLW)


1-305
-------
TABLE 5a
ABUNDANCE (NO./M2) OF MAJOR ANIMALS FROM INTERTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979 ON THE SOFT
SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF ISLAND FLATS AND AROUND THE ASSOCIATED ISLETS
Macoma-Fabricia assemblage
o	oj	tr>
X3	"O
Q)		 B
T3	"O	"O	T3	T3
•r- U	•*-	'f- J-	•«- t-	-r-
 0>	t/>	cod)	1/1 QJ	«/> &>
O.	TD	O.	J	5
t . Q.	. «i-	. Q.	• O	• O
I axon 33	7 E	w 3	UJ r—	LUr—
Location (Code)
Polydora-Macoroa-Haploscolop!os assemblage
fO
CO

U3

C\J



CO


00
Lf>










r-
1—
i—










	
'	
¦—












T>
-o

¦o





3:


3









O


o
cu i
E
a;
E

a>

01
l/l

tsi

4/1
01
i/i

1/1 0)
2
c 2

1
X
S

s

3
s
. o
a> o

o

o

o

o

o
. o
LU t—
CJ r—


3

3
•—
3

UJ

LU '—
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Barantolla americana
Eteone Tonga
Euchone anal is
Fabricia sabella
G1vcinde picta
Haploscoloplos panamensis
Laonome kroyeri
Lumbr frier is luti
Owenia fusifortnis
Pholoe minuta
Polvdora ouadrilobata
Prionospio steenstrupi
Pygospio elegans
Syllis sp
Tharyx multifilis
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda
Aqla.ia diomedea
Cinqula katherinae
Littorina sitkana
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida sericata
Macoma balthica
Hytilus edulis
Orobitella rugifera
ARTHROPODA - Insecta
Diptera larva a
Diptera larva b
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Eudorella sp
Gnorimosphaeroma oreqonensis
Leptocuma sp
25.6
128.2
743.6
51.3
51.3
128.2


1641.0
38.2
38.2
716.9
230.8
897.4
602.6
987.2

1102.6
140.1

153.8
25.5
31.8
76.9
115.4
51.3

25.6

25.6





25.6
12.8
1000.0
282.1
564.1
487.2
1410.3
280.3
31.8
3410.3
216.6
19.1





25.6






102.6
166.7
333.0
140.0
128.2
153.8
307.7




12.7
179.5
205.1
461.5
152.8
371.8
51.3
25.6


25.6
25.5
6.4
230.8
384.6
564.1


1359.0
769.2






12.8

64.1
128.2









25.6
128.2
89.7
76.9
153.8







205.1
165.5
230.8







794.9
4320.5
3410.3
1400.3
2243.6
153.8
1307.2





25.6


12.8
217.9


216.6
79.6

















51.3
38.5
102.6









435.9
102.6
38.5
25.6
359.0




12.7
102.6
38.5
203.7
25.6

25.6
25.6



25.5

51.3
243.6
865.6
115.4
115.4
25.6
51.3


51.3

















25.6
141.0


3006.4
2579.6
8025.6
802.5
1305.7
3051 .?
2346.2
1935.0
576.5
230.8
794.9
256.4

159.2
256.4
51.0
25.5
128.2
1046.9
538.5
397.4
115.4
205.1
153.8








141.0
51.3


12.7

51.3

63.7

76.9





25.5
207.0

12.7
38.2










12.7
6.4

89.7







51.3

89.2

89.7
51.3

25.6
51.3
25.6
51.0

25.6
76.4
6.4





25.6

-------
TABLE 5b
ABUNDANCE (NO./M2) OF MAJOR ANIMALS FROM INTERTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL
1979 ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF LOWE RIVER AND DAYVILLE FLATS
Polydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos assemblage
Lowe River	Dayville Flats
Taxon	Upper (20) Lower (19) Upper (22) Lower (21)
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Eteone ?longa	153.8	102.6
Euchone anal is	25.6
Exogone ?gemmifera	25.6	820.5
Gl.ycinde pi eta	512.8	820.5
Haploscoloplos panamensis	102.6 153.8 743.6	461.5
Heteromastus sp	76.9
Laonome kroveri	205.1
Lumbrineris luti	51.3
Owenia fusiformis	102.6
Pholoe minuta	179.5	230.8
Pol.ydora quadrilobata	128.2 717.9 3615.2	8717.6
Prionospio steenstrupi	25.6
P.yqospio eleqans	153.8
Tharyx ?multifilis	1025.6	25.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda
Aqlaja diomedea	25.6
Cinqula katherinae	25.6 25.6	25.6
Littorina sitkana	666.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida sericata	51.3 51.3	51.3
Macoma balthica	2153.8 743.6 871.8	846.1
Mytilus edulis	564.1	102.6
ARTHROPODA - Insecta
Diptera larva a	25.6 256.4	51.3
1-307
-------
TABLE 6
ABUNDANCE (NO./M2) OF MAJOR ANIMALS FROM SUBTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979
ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF THE BORDER OF PORT VALDEZ
Taxon
6m1
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete finmarchia
Barantolla americana
Haploscoloplos
panamensis
Lumbrineris luti
1018.6
Nepht.ys sp
Pholoe minuta
Pista cristata
Pol.ydora quadrilobata
Prionospio
steenstrupi
Syllis sp
Terebellides ?stroemi
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida serricata
Macoma obliqua
Mya arenaria
Mytilus edulls
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Eudorella sp
185.2
555.6
92.6
West
12m
West Island
18m 6m
East
12m
18m
277.8 92.6 185.2 277.8 92.6
92.6 92.6 92.6 92.6 185.2
740.7 833.4 1111.2 1759.4 1111.2
92.6 92.6
648.1
92.6 277.8
463.8
92.6
185.2
833.3
185.2
185.2
185.2
6m
75.8
75.8
2045.5
227.3
530.3
1363.6
75.8
378.8
75.8
Ammunition Island
West
12m
18m
6m
East
12m
18m
378.8
530.3
75.8
151.5
378.8
227.3
909.1
454.5
227.3
378.8
92.6
227.3
75.8
454.6
370.4 2348.6
92.6
92.6
151.5
185.2
75.8
75.8
92.6
463.0
92.6
378.8
75.8
75.8
78.8 185.2
77.8
277.8
92.6
681.8 1666.7
151.5
303.0 92.6
303.0
151.5
227.3
92.6
277.8
227.3 46.3
* Depth below MLLW
-------
TABLE 6 (Continued)
ABUNDANCE (NO./M2) OF MAJOR ANIMALS FROM SUBTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979
ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF THE BORDER OF PORT VALDEZ
Taxon
Lowe River
0.3m* 8.8m 14.9m
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete finmarchia 227.3
Haploscoloplos
panamensis	1439.6
Heteromastus sp
Lumbrineris luti
Nephtys sp
Pholoe minuta
Pista cristata	227.3
Polydora quadrilobata 1136.5
Prionospio
steenstrupi
Terebellides ?stroemi
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida sericata
Macoma obiiqua
Mya arenaria
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Oedicerotidae, unid.
530.4
227.3
151.5
530.4
404.1
454.6
227.3
92.6
92.6
92.6
92.6
463.0
92.6
Dayvilie Flats
0.9m 9.1m 15.2m
75.8
75.8
757.7 681.9 833.4
151 .o
303.1 1060.7 227.3
151.5
909.2
454.6 92.6
530.4
75.8
75.8
Allison Point
3.0m 9.1m 15.2m
303.1 151.5 151.5
75.8
1060.7 1288.0 378.8
75.8
757.7 151.5
75.8
75.8
227.3 75.8 303.1
75.8
Depth below MLLW
-------
SUBTIDAL
IMPOVERISHED
LOWER
INTERTIDAL-
SHALLOW
SUBTIDAL
LOW INTERTIDAL
UPPER-
MIDDLE
INTERTIDAL
FIGURE 2
DENDROGRAM SHOWING THE RELATIONSHIP
AMONG INFAUNAL STATIONS
IN THE VICINITY OF PORT VALDEZ IN APRIL 1979
1-310
-------
0.0
0.2
CE
<
w 0.4
li.
o

1
UJ
C 0.6
Li.
UJ
o
o
0.8




i.o
. -p
+J -H
U> ^ .Q
0 ft o
x i o
to
o
iH
& ~
O 0
rH *H
O ft
U "
U)
o
(0
(A
a)
ro
fO CO
0)
flj
TJ
¦H
+j
(TJ O O
H *H M
u am
10	i—I -H	H
o	a> h	a)
fl H	Mi
O	-t->	O 0	®
ft rd H >, ft-H	w	T>	M
G £i 0 •~l <0 H	-H	3 -	0 i a>
aFip(OXS)PiW2h JQhliO
u
o <1) -H U) O
+J 4J ^ 0 "H
ft ft.Q ens
n)
£
O




UPPER TO


MID
LOWER INTERTIDAL
SUBTIDAL
INTERTIDAL
FIGURE 3
DENDROGRAM SHOWING THE RELATIONSHIP
AMONG INFAUNAL SPECIES
IN THE VICINITY OF PORT VALDEZ IN APRIL 1979
1-311
-------
grouping. In contrast, analysis by species produced six main fauna!
groupings, one upper to mid-intertidal, two lower intertidal, one main
subtidal, and two lesser subtidal groupings. Definition of these combina-
tions suffered from a limitation of the technique in that the algorithm
is constrained to include a major species (e.g., Macoma balthica) in
only one grouping. As a consequence, this analysis was somewhat un-
satisfactory as few of the species were strictly associated with either
a single tidal zone or a specific location.
Intertidal Assemblages
The assemblage occupying the upper and middle intertidal zone
was strongly dominated by the small deposit feeding clam, Macoma
balthica, which contributed 60 to 84 percent of the individuals present
at each location. Also abundant were the polychaete worms Fabricia
sabella ( a suspension feeder) and Eteone ?longa (a predator); both were
present at five of the six stations. Highest densities for balthica
and F. sabella were found north of Ammunition Island (Station 12).
Pygospio elegans (deposit feeding polychaete) also appeared important at
this level. Mytilus edulis (mostly spat) and an unidentified dipteran
larva (Diptera larva b) were abundant, but they were not reliably as-
sociated with the group. This assemblage, designated the Macoma-
Fabricia complex, was found only inside Island Flats (Figure 4).
The infaunal assemblage in the lower intertidal region was
strongly dominated by polychaetes. Four polychaete species were found
in at least eight of the 11 stations and had densities exceeding 100/m2
(Table 5). Three additional species were present in samples from a
majority of the stations. Of these seven species, Polydora quadrilobata
(probably a deposit feeder) was numerically dominant with Haploscoloplos
panamensis (a deposit feeder) second in rank. Other dominant polychaete
worms, in order of importance, were the predatory Glycinde picta and
Euchone anal is, a suspension feeder. Macoma balthica was again the
dominant mollusc. The small gastropod, Cingula katherinae was found at
all but one station, but overall density was rather low. A small predatory
opisthobranch, Aglaja diomedea, was found in seven of the stations but
1-312
-------
CITY LIMITS CR
(CROOKED CR.
CITY LIMITS
SLOUGH \
VALDEZ
ISLAND FLATS
AMMUNITION
t OLD rj
VALDEZ
ASSEMBLAGES
MACO MA-FA BR ICIA
POLYDORA-MACOMA-HAPLOSCOLOPLOS
LUMBRINERIS-AXINOPSIDA
(OUTER BOUNDARY
INDETERMINATE)
DAYV1LLE FLATS



w

ji-tJ
5


tr>







TIT rrr



MILE
FIGURE 4
DISTRIBUTION OF INFAUNAL ASSEMBLAGES
PORT VALDEZ
1-313
-------
contributed little to the total density. Again, Mytilus edulis spat was
common throughout this region.
This assemblage, designated as the Polydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos
complex, was found along the intertidal shelf areas south of the Mineral
Creek Islands complex and extended just inside Island Flats and along
the intertidal shelf area at Dayville Flat (Figure 4). However, a
comparision of species composition over this area showed some differences
in patterns of occurrence of the sub-dominant polychaetes. Barantolla
americana and Euchone anal is were dominant south of Island Flats, but
americana was not found at either Lowe River Flats or at Dayville Flats.
Only one E. analis was found at the lower station at Dayville (Station
22).
At Lowe River Flats an impoverished example of the Polydora-
Macoma-Haploscoloplos complex appeared to extend subtidally to at least
the 14.9-m level and included a few common subtidal species (Table 6) at
the lower depth.
Subtidal Assemblages
A total of 57 taxa, including one nemertean, 30 polychaetes,
13 molluscs, 11 crustaceans, one insect and one echinoderm were identified
from the shallow subtidal areas south of Mineral Creek Islands complex,
Lowe River Flats, Dayville Flats and Allison Point (Appendix 2).
Similarity of stations and species supported the subjective
impression that the infauna could be unequally divided into: (a) a
broadly based assemblage, and (b) an intermediate intertidal-subtidal
assemblage at Lowe River. The main assemblage appeared rather homogeneous
with respect to depth.
Species distribution within this assemblage was somewhat
discontinuous, but major species were common at all sampling locations.
This may be attributed to the interaction of random sampling and low
density of various species.
1-314
-------
The infauna was strongly dominated by polychaete worms in both
the shelf and slope habitats. Lumbrineris luti was by far the numerically
dominant species and was found at all locations (Table 6). Other major
polychaetes of this assemblage were Haploscoloplos panamensis, a deposit
feeder, and Pista cristata, a selective deposit feeder. The dominant
mollusc of this shallow subtidal assemblage, a small suspension feeder
Axinopsida serricata, was found at all but one location. Another
important clam, the deposit feeder Macoma obiiqua, occurred in both the
shelf and slope habitats. The only important crustacean was the cumacean
Eudorella sp.
The assemblage, designated as the Lumbrineris-Axinopsida
complex, was found on the subtidal shelf and slope off Allison Point,
Dayville Flats, and in front of the Mineral Creek Islands complex
(Figure 4). No statistical difference in species composition was
apparent between the infauna from the subtidal shelf (3-m level) and the
slope habitat (9-m and 15-m levels). However, with additional or
larger samples, the subjective differences would probably become statistically
significant.
An intermediate assemblage was noted at Transect E, which was
generally more impoverished in species and individuals and lacked the
commonly dominant Lumbrineris. It was noted that the depth of the shelf
edge at Lowe River and Dayville Flats were much shallower than south of
Island Flats.
A Visual Assessment of the Intertidal and Shallow Subtidal Habitats
Intertidal Habitat and Biota
In the intertidal sand and mud flats at the head of Port
Valdez, 23 specific sites in 12 general areas were examined visually to
complement the quantitative infaunal assessment. The organisms observed,
their relative abundance and distribution are reported in Appendices 3,
4 and 5. Abundance estimates of several of the infaunal species such as
Macoma balthica or Echiurus were based on visual signs of their presence
1-315
-------
at the surface of the sediment (Figures 5 and 6). The major species
assemblages in these areas, based on visual assessments, appear to be
typified by:
•	Macoma balthica (pink clams).
•	Macoma and Mya arenaria (soft shell clams).
•	Mytilus edulis and Fucus distichus (blue mussels and rockweed).
•	Echiurus echiurus, Laminaria saccarina, and Polydora quadrilobata
(spoonworm, ribbon kelp, and tube worm).
•	Polydora quadrilobata and Macoma balthica.
Approximate distribution of these assemblages is depicted in
Figure 7. Their boundaries are based mainly on a qualitative visual
assessment of dominance and, since variability is fairly high, the
designated boundaries are not exact. The boundaries between these
assemblages are rather ill-defined because both Macoma and Mytilus are
abundant and very widely distributed throughout the area.
Generally, Macoma balthica (Figure 5) appeared to dominate
most of Island Flats (Figure 7). Densities of adult clams were moderately
high. The capitellid polychaete Barantolla was also common or abundant
over much of that area. Generally, both Macoma and capitellids are
considered deposit feeders. The former feeds at the sediment surface
but it may also feed on suspended materials in the water column. Capitellids
burrow through the sediments to ingest particles of sediment and organic
debris. Dominant seaweeds (Pylaiella and U1vales) cover about 10 percent
of the substrate. Twelve invertebrate and eight algal species were
noted.
The Macoma-Mya assemblage appeared restricted to the sandy
mid-tidal level between the barrier rock outcrops of the outer island
group, Dock Point, West Island, and Lowe River Flats. Densities of both
1-316
-------
FIGURE 5
MACOMA BALTHICA
A
CROSS-SECTION
OF SEDIMENT.
SHOWING CLAM. FOOT.
SIPHON HOLE
SIPHON HOLE
CLAM
FOOT
B
SURFACE OF MUDFLAT.
SHOWING NUMEROUS
INDIVIDUAL "DIMPLES"
OF MACOMA
c
TRACK LEFT BY
MOVEMENT OF MACOMA
1-317
• MOOHI
-------
A
ECHIURUS ECHIURUS
ALASKANUS
B
ITS BURROW AND
FECAL PELLETS
FIGURE 6
ECHIURUS ECHIURUS ALASKANUS
1-318
i«o^
-------
VALDEZ
ctrr limits cr>
(CROOKCD CD.
FIGURE 7
DISTRIBUTION
OF VISUALLY DETERMINED
ASSEMBLAGES
1-319
DAMIB B MOOnl
-------
Macoma and Mya arenaria, a suspension feeder, were fairly low. Cover by
the dominant seaweed (Pylaiella) was sparse. Eleven invertebrate and
five algal species were noted.
The Myti1us-Fucus assemblage, easily assessed by visual methods,
was restricted to the gravelly areas in the passages into Island Flats
(Figure 7). In the southeast passage between Ammunition Island and
Sontag Spit, coverage by a mature population of suspension feeding
mussels was low to moderate. Cover by the dominant seaweed (Fucus
distichus or rockweed) was about 10 percent in the lower portions of
the bed, but increased considerably around Sontag Spit.
The Echiurus-Laminaria-Polydora assemblage visually dominated
areas on the low intertidal shelf, south of the Mineral Creek Island
complex bordering Island Flats, and extending subtidally out to the
shelf edge (Figure 7). Water overlaid a large proportion of the surface
at this level (Appendix 6). Among the dominant residents the spoonworm,
Echiurus, is a suspension feeder (Figure 6) whereas Polydora, dense in
some spots, is thought to be a deposit feeder. Cover by Laminaria was
modest overall, but near the lower tide levels it increased markedly.
Pylaiella was also common. Along the lower shelf and in the small
embayment between Dock Point, Harbor Point, and the outer islands,
patches of eelgrass (Zostera marina) up to 3 m in diameter were scattered
commonly about. Twenty invertebrate, eleven algal, and one angiosperm
species were noted.
The Polydora-Macoma assemblage visually dominated Dayville
Flats, between Lowe River Flats and the highway (Figure 7). The low
intertidal of Dayville Flats was mostly covered with a shallow film of
water (Appendix 6). Polydora was quite dense (see section on infaunal
analysis). Although not detected visually, Macoma balthica was common
in our infaunal samples and is reported by Myren and Pell a (1977) as a
dominant in this area. Cover by seaweeds and seagrasses was rather
sparse. Seven invertebrate, nine algae, one angiosperm and two fish
taxa were noted.
1-320
-------
Several differences existed between the assemblages observed
at the Island Flats complex and those at Lowe River and Dayville Flats.
Ribbon kelp (Laminaria saccharina) was absent at the latter sites.
Sediments at the mouth of Lowe River were fairly unconsolidated sands
and animal densities appeared fairly low. Echiurus was absent and Mya
only occurred in scattered clay patches. At Dayville Flats, tubicolous
worms, mainly Polydora and sabellids, were very abundant, forming a
close cropped turf of worm tubes. Macoma was abundant, but both Mya^ and
Echiurus appeared virtually absent. Since sediments at Dayville Flats
appeared suitable for Mya and Echiurus, their absence was curious.
The magnitude of plant production by macrophytes on the sand
and mud flats at the head of Port Valdez was not quantified, but ap-
peared low compared with probable phytoplankton production over the
flats and in Port Valdez. The most productive species are probably
benthic diatoms and the brown algae, Pylaiella, Fucus, and Laminaria.
Red algae were generally very sparse. Algal debris and scraps of marsh
grass were commonly observed throughout the intertidal zone.
The Shallow Subtidal Habitat and Biota
At the east end of Port Valdez, the two major categories of
shallow subtidal habitat observed during field investigations were: (a)
shallow shelf, and (b) slope. The sediments and biotas characterizing
these two habitats usually differed considerably (Appendix 7). The
rather sharp distinction between them is marked bathymetrically by an
abrupt increase in slope at a depth of 3 to 4 m below MLLW. The differences
in species assemblages probably represent responses by the organisms to
differences in current activity and type and stability of the sediments
(Table 3). The major species assemblages in these areas, based on
. visual assessments, appeared to be typified by:
•	Echiurus echiurus-Laminaria saccharina-Polydora quadrilobata.
•	Nephtys punctata (a burrowing worm).
1-321
-------
Species composition and appearance of the shelf community
showed a moderate resemblance to that of the lower intertidal zone, as
described above. Ribbon kelp (l_. saccharina) was the dominant macro-
phyte, but although common, its standing crop was low (Appendix 8).
Less important algae included hair kelp (Desmarestia spp.) and a small
filamentous brown species (Pylaiella littoral is). Benthic diatoms were
observed and probably contributed a considerable proportion to overall
plant production, though it would appear that annual production is not
high. Seven taxa of algae were noted on the shelf.
Faunal dominants in the intertidal zone that also were impor-
tant on the subtidal shelf included the spoonworm Echiurus, and the
small tubicolous worm Polydora. Other commonly observed, typically
subtidal species in the shelf community included a large burrowing poly-
chaete Nephtys punctata, the small snails Mitrella gausapata and Nassarius
mendicus, tiny, very young tanner crabs (Chionoecetes bairdi), small
cumaceans and gammarid amphipods. Echiurus and Polydora were generally
found in consolidated sediments whereas N. punctata occurred in uncon-
solidated sediments (Appendix 8). Twenty-eight species of invertebrates
were noted on the shelf.
In terms of biomass, Echiurus and N. punctata appeared to be
dominant infaunal forms on the subtidal shelf in most areas. At Allison
Point, the clams Mya. truncata and Zirphaea pilsbryi were common at the
edge of the shelf. However, data to estimate secondary production or
standing crop are lacking for all locations.
The shelf community, a detritus-based system, appeared to
support strong populations of long-lived suspension and deposit feeders.
Its ability to support the former is largely due to relative sediment
stability and water movement from tidal currents and wave action. Ttie
primary suspension feeder was Echiurus. The main deposit feeders included
N. punctata and Polydora. Several predator/scavenger species were
observed, including snails, crabs, and the starry flounder, Platichth.ys
stellatus (Appendix 8).
1-322
-------
Fauna! variability in the subtidal areas was related to the
differences observed in physical attributes of the habitats. At the
Lowe River and Dayville Flats sites, the edge of the shelf is actually
in the low intertidal zone. Sediments on the shelf and on the slope at
Lowe River were clean fine sand, whereas at Dayville Flats, both shelf
and slope were clay and at Allison Point, the shelf was silty sand and
the slope was clay. These sites provided additional insight into the
influences of current activity, sediment type and stability and other
physical parameters, but also presented some puzzles. Ribbon kelp was
absent at the shelf sites only off Lowe River and Dayville Flats.
Whether a consequence of salinity, turbidity, strong offshore winds or
ice rafting is not known, but it sets these sites apart. Furthermore,
suspension feeders were absent at the shelf site at Transect B, suggesting
that this area is exposed to very little current activity. The Lowe
River site was rather impoverished; few polychaetes and no snails were
observed. In contrast, Allison Point was the most diverse; a number of
species, especially suspension feeding clams, were observed only at this
s i te.
Our observations suggest that several types of predators
concentrate their feeding efforts in the shelf habitat. As tide permits,
a fairly dense starry flounder population moves back and forth between
the flats, the shelf and the slope to feed. Based on stomach samples
from fish collected during the ebbing tide, the clam M. balthica is one
of their major food items on Island Flats. Harbor seals appear to
congregate along the edge of the shelf, presumably to feed on starry
flounder, the only fish that we commonly observed or captured in the
area. Several species of sea ducks, mainly Barrow's goldeneye and
scoters, were common in the vicinity of the shelf habitat at Island
Flats and around the old wharf near Allison Point, but they seemed to
concentrate their feeding efforts in the submerged intertidal areas.
Macoma balthica and mussels appeared to be major food items for the sea
ducks. Finally, sea otters were observed feeding along the edge of the
shelf off Island Flats and at Allison Point, and on into the submerged
intertidal area outside Island Flats. Based on shell fragments it
appeared they were feeding mainly on mussels, Mya arenaria, and Zirphaea
pilsbryi.
1-323
-------
Twelve species of invertebrates were noted on the slope
during visual assessment (Appendix 8), and several additional species
were collected with an air lift sampler while attempting to collect
animals creating mud cones and excavations. The polychaete N. punctata,
indicated by fecal cones and feeding excavations, was observed at all
slope sites examined. Population biomass appeared to be high and this
species is probably an important consumer. Also, its constructions may
modify the slope habitat in ways important to other species. The large
sea anemone Metridium was commonly observed but at much lower densities
and was therefore of lower rank than Nephtys. Several other species may
serve important functions, but were less conspicuous because of size or
behavior (refer to infauna assessment section). These include various
clams, polychaete worms, recently settled young tanner crab, and the
snail Mitrella qausapata. The abundance of recently settled tanner
crabs suggested that the slope may be an important nursery area for
them.
Six species of algae were noted on the slope, but most were
drift material. Ribbon kelp plants were commonly observed on the slope
above the 16-m level, but because they were always attached to small
stones, we suspect they had drifted off the shelf as a consequence of
tidal currents or wave action. Additionally, plant debris (Fucus, other
seaweeds and marsh grass) were commonly observed on the slope. Most of
the sites supported a moderate to heavy diatom film that probably contri-
buted significantly to plant production. However, despite the diatoms
and Laminaria, total plant production in the slope habitat is probably
quite low because of limitations in light and suitable substrate.
The trophic structure of the slope assemblage appeared rather
simple. Plant production is probably limited and most of the organic
material utilized as food is imported from either the nearby marsh, mud
flats, or from phytoplankton populations. The slope appeared to support
mainly deposit feeders such as N. punctata and Macoma obliqua which
probably constituted the bulk of the biomass. The large sea anemone
Metridium senile was the only suspension feeder of consequence observed
1-324
-------
on the slope off Island Flats. As reported in the infaunal section, the
suspension feeding clam Axinopsida was also common. The number and
abundance of predator/scavenger species observed was small and evidence
of predation (excavations, shell middens, fecal pellets, etc.) was
scanty. The most important predatory species appeared to be adult
tanner crabs. Both juveniles and breeding adults were observed frequently.
In terms of trophic structure, the shelf and slope communities
differed substantially as described above. In the shelf assemblage,
both suspension and deposit feeding invertebrates were important in
terms of biomass, abundance, and function; whereas deposit feeders
strongly dominated the fauna in the slope assemblage. Species richness,
abundance, and activity of predators seemed higher on the shelf than on
the slope.
The Meiofaunal Assemblage
Because of the importance of meiofauna in the transfer of
energy from plants to large animals, distribution patterns and relative
abundance of the major meiofaunal taxa were examined. The intent was to
make rough comparisons of abundance among the major taxa at a number of
stations at several elevations in the study area and to attempt to
discover distribution patterns across the elevation gradient. The
techniques were crude (see METHODS) and because of the dilutions neces-
sary to obtain workable samples, errors are potentially large (e.g., the
multiplier to extrapolate the sample means to a number of organisms per
square m was 312,500). However, the densities generally are of the same
order of magnitude found by Feder et al. (1976) in samples from MLLW
south of Ammunition Island. In any event, the errors should be fairly
consistent throughout this analysis and so, with two important excep-
tions, patterns in distribution and relative abundance should be some-
what realistic. In the case of ostracods and foraminiferans, however,
densities are probably substantially elevated because these animals will
settle to the bottom of a pipette faster than the other organisms and
thus are over-represented in our sample.
1-325
-------
The data suggest several patterns (Table 7). First, it
appears that overall meiofaunal density was higher in the low intertidal
than at either higher or lower elevations. Also, subtidal densities
were higher than the mid or upper intertidal levels. Harpacticoid
copepods and nematodes were probably the most common meiofaunal organisms.
They were most abundant at low intertidal and upper subtidal levels (1 m
to 6 m below MLLW) and their numbers, down to the 12-m level, exceeded
those at higher intertidal levels. Foraminiferans were considerably
more abundant at low intertidal and subtidal levels than elsewhere.
Ostracods were most abundant intertidally and became relatively scarse
subtidally. Cumaceans and mites were probably the least abundant of the
meiofaunal organisms counted. Cumaceans were absent in samples from the
upper intertidal levels and the lower subtidal levels, while mites
(Halacaridea) were absent subtidally.
The Rocky Intertidal Assemblage
The rocky intertidal areas, all at the mid to high tide level,
were surprisingly impoverished. Fucus was the dominant alga and Monostroma
was the only other plant observed commonly. Fucus grew densely in a
rather narrow band. Important invertebrates included Mytilus edulis,
dense but also in a narrow band; the grazers Littorina sitkana and
Acmaea ?persona at moderate densities; and the barnacles Balanus
balanoides and B. glandula, with moderate cover. Other typical forms
such as Nucella, Pentidotea, chitons, and Siphonaria were not encountered,
despite a specific search for them.
DISCUSSION
Basically five infaunal assemblages were identified through
visual assessments or infaunal sampling in the sand and mud flats
around the head of Port Valdez (Table 8). The species selected as
characteristic on the basis of infaunal sampling were small, numerically
dominant species, whereas those from visual assessment were large,
conspicuous, or common organisms (such as the kelp Laminaria, Macoma,
1-326
-------
TABLE 7
DISTRIBUTION AND DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR MAJOR MEIOFAUNAL TAXfl ON ISLAND FLATS AND THE
ASSOCIATED INTERTIDAL AND SUBTIDAL SHELF AND SLOPE HABITAT




Density (10" x No./sq. m)






Lower Level
Subtidal Transect B

Major Taxa
Upper Level
West Island
Flats
Mid Level
East Island
Flats
North of
Ammunition
Island
South of 6m Level
Ammunition
Island
12 m Level
18 m Level
Nematods
906.3
593.8
343.8
1 ,500.0 1 ,593.8
1,218.8
781.3
Harpacticoid copepods
531.3
500.0
656.3
2,812.5 1,281.3
1,281.3
406.3
Cumacens
—
—
62.5
4Q.6 21.9
—
--
Ostracods1
593.8
250.0
531.3
531.3 21.9
62.5
—
Foraminlfera1
343.8
187.5
31.3
4,093.8 1,000.0
2,968.8
2,156.3
Hites
40.6
—
31.3
187.5
--
--
TOTAL MEIOFAUNAL DENSITY
2,415.8
1,531.3
1 ,656.5
10,697.0 3,918.9
5,532.5
3,343.9
'Density estimates probably somewhat elevated relative to other taxa because settling rates are possibly higher than for other meiofaunal forms.
-------
TABLE 8
COMPARISON CHARACTERIZING SPECIES FOR MAJOR BIOLOGICAL ASSEMBLAGES
IN AND AROUND THE PORT VALDEZ STUDY AREA
Area
Infaunal Analysis
Visable Components of the
	Assemblage	
Island Flats
(mid - upper intertidal)
Between Barrier Rock Outcrop
and Dock Point
(mid - intertidal)
Dayvilie Flats and Lowe River
Shelf South of Mineral Creek
Island Complex
(low intertidal - shallow subtidal)
SE Corner of Island Flats
(mid - intertidal)
Slope Below Shelf
(shallow subtidal)
Macoma-Fabricia
Macoma-Fabricia
Macoma
Macoma-Mya
Polydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos Polydora-Macoma
Polydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos Echi urus-Lami nari a-Polydora
Polydora-Macoma-Haploscol oplos Mytilus-Fucus
Lumbri neri s-Axi nops i da
Nephtys punctata
-------
Polydora, or Nephtys). Although the species designated as characteristic
of a specific assemblage are often different depending on the scale of
examination (eye vs. microscope), the general results of the two techniques
are quite similar (compare Figures 4 and 7).
Description of Biological Assemblages
The Macoma-Fabricia assemblage is located north of the Mineral
Creek Islands complex, at the mid to upper intertidal levels. Sediments
are diverse, including consolidated and unconsolidated clays, sandy
silt, sandy gravel, and gravelly sand. The surface of the sediment is
generally flat and often supports standing water. Several seaweeds
(Ulvales, Fucus, and Pylaiella) provide sparse plant cover. The major
animals include the clam Macoma and the worms Fabricia, Eteone, Barantolla,
and Pygospio. Species richness and density are low in the upper level
and moderate in the middle level. Densities of meiofaunal organisms are
moderate. The meiofauna is dominated by nematodes and harpacticoid
copepods. Apparent productivity and evidence of utilization by predators
(sea ducks and fish) ranges from low in the upper level to moderate in
the middle level.
The Mytilus-Fucus assemblage is located near MLLW in the
southeast corner of Island Flats and the other passages into Island
Flats. Sediments in the southeast corner of Island Flats are coarse
sand with gravel and unconsolidated pockets of soft clay. The visually
dominant organisms are the blue mussel (Mytilus) and rockweed (Fucus).
Productivity appears to be moderate to high. Although direct evidence
of utilization was not recorded, numerous records of drift Fucus and
fecal shell middens dominated by Mytilus shells attest to the productivity
of the area.
The Polydora-Macoma-Haploscoloplos assemblage is mainly located
south of the Mineral Creek Islands complex at or below MLLW out to a
depth of nearly 6 m. This assemblage also extends into Island Flats
near the western tidal channels. Sediments are mainly silty sand or
sandy clay, but sticky plastic clay occurs just south of Ammunition
1-329
-------
Island. Algae or seagrass cover ranges from very light near MLLW to
moderate near the edge of the shelf. The principal species are the
algae P.ylaiella and Laminaria, and in patches, eel grass. Important
animals include the worms Echiurus, Polydora, Barantolla, and Haploscoloplos.
and the clams Macoma and Mya. Species richness and densities are relatively
high in this assemblage. Meiofaunal density may be quite high especially
below MLLW. Harpacticoids and nematodes were the dominant forms in the
meiofauna, and foraminiferans appeared important. Productivity appears
moderate. Utilization is relatively intense based on visual indications
of predation and observations of predators (seaducks, fish, seals, and
otters).
The Polydora-Macoma assemblage at Dayville Flats is quite
similar to the assemblage described above with the following exceptions.
The kelp Laminaria and the worm Echiurus were nearly absent at Dayville
Flats and the capitellid polychaete Barantolla is replaced by Capitella
capitata. The Polydora population is much denser and more extensive at
Dayville Flats, where M^a is quite uncommon.
The Lumbrineris-Axinopsida assemblage is located on the upper
portion of the slope defining the edge of the bay. Sediments are
generally soft, unconsolidated clay and fine silt. The slope is fairly
steep and evidence of instability is common. The flora is mainly drift
plants which occur on the slope. The major animals of this assemblage
include the polychaetes Lumbrineris, Ampharete, Nephtys, and Haploscoloplos.
the clams Axinopsida and Macoma obiiqua, and tiny, just settled tanner
crabs. Species richness and densities are relatively low in this assemblage.
Meiofaunal densities appear moderate and again harpacticoids and nematodes
dominate. Foraminiferans may be abundant. Productivity and utilization
appear fairly low. However, juvenile and adult tanner crabs were observed
commonly in some locations and possibly forage on the moderate quantities
of worms and clams available.
1-330
-------
General Remarks
Several general patterns of distribution in the intertidal
zone were observed. Species richness and the complexity of community
structure generally increased along two gradients: from upper to lower
intertidal and from the head of the bay toward the small boat harbor and
terminal facility. Explanations for these patterns include: (a) the
reduction in stress at lower tidal levels and away from the head of the
port permits success of increased numbers and types of species (e.g.,
predators), and (b) increased current activity allows development of
suspension feeding assemblages.
The mud flat and subtidal areas support faunal assemblages
that convert plant material into animal tissue. These assemblages
consist mainly of consumer systems, basically depending on phytoplankton
from the bay or plant material imported from the marsh. The mud flat
assemblages appear to be more productive than the adjacent subtidal
assemblages and they assume special importance because numerous predator
species from other systems, in some cases far removed, move onto the mud
flats periodically to take advantage of the rich supply of animal tissue.
In all seasons, resident sea ducks and starry flounder move over the
flats during high tide to feed on clams and mussels. Visual evidence of
these activities is commonly observed in mid and low intertidal areas
and on the shallow subtidal shelf (Figures 8 and 9). In spring and
fall, migrating birds rest on the flats and marsh and feed on worms,
clams, and small meiofaunal organisms. In spring, outmigrating salmon
fry forage in the flats for insect larvae and meiofaunal crustaceans.
Harbor seals move in over the shelf and mud flats to feed on starry
flounder and spawning salmon from spring through fall.
A comparison of the salient attributes among the areas examined
suggests that the Island Flats area is the most productive. The largest
areas of marsh vegetation and rockweed are located on the eastern side
of the flats, along with a sizable mussel bed in the southeastern corner.
High densities of Macoma balthica occur in the central portion of the
flats (Table 5a). The clams and probably mussels sustain considerable
predation from duck and fish populations, and constitute a significant
1-331
-------
B
TEMPORARY "NEST"
FOR STARRY FLOUNDER
c
FEEDING EXCAVATION.
PROBABLY BY
A SEA DUCK
FEEDING EXCAVATIONS
BY SEA DUCKS AND
STARRY FLOUNDERS
FIGURE 8
TYPES OF EXCAVATIONS OF SEDIMENT SURFACE
1-332
DAMII B MOOM
-------
SEA DUCK FEEDING
ON BLUE MUSSELS
fa# - *
*. *v» <

B
STARRY FLOUNDER
FEEDING ON MACOMA
FIGURE 9
TYPES OF FECAL SHELL MIDDENS
1-333
DAMII B MOOR¦
-------
portion of the diet of several other species. The other sand or mud
flats in Port Valdez do not appear to support similar predator populations.
Little information is available for the intertidal assemblages at Mineral
Creek Flats or at Shoup Bay. However, Island Flats seems to be the most
productive or highly utilized mud flat in Port Valdez based on patterns
of bird and salmon occurrences (Dames & Moore, 1979a and 1979b).
The subtidal assemblages, especially on the slope, are somewhat
less robust than the mud flat assemblages, even though both have a
similar structure. Although the subtidal assemblage is probably fairly
widespread, it appears to be of relatively minor ecological significance,
except for the possible importance as a nursery area for juvenile tanner
crabs. Based on the appearance of the slope sediments, and patterns
reported by Feder and Matheke (1979), the slope assemblage is probably
well adapted to high levels of suspended silt and rates of deposition.
In terms of the construction project, the important environmental
parameters affecting these soft bottom communities are:
• The depositional nature of the sediments, and
t The natural level of suspended solids (turbidity) of the
water.
Because the animals forming these biological assemblages are
adapted to live in mud flats, and on unstable slopes, they are highly
tolerant of temporary increases in deposition rates and high turbidity.
Generally, turbidity increases tremendously in summer, at the time of
peak glacial melt, but the time of year is probably unimportant to the
infaunal assemblages. For example, despite temporally opposite turbidity
patterns in lower Cook Inlet, the mud flat assemblages are rather similar.
It therefore seems rather unlikely that dredging activities, even including
marine disposal over the edge of the slope, would create appreciable
long-term reduction in the quality of the affected biological assemblages.
1-334
-------
REFERENCES
Dames & Moore, 1977. Final report subtidal monitoring program. Port
Valdez (1976). Dames & Moore, 41 p.
Dames & Moore, 1979a. Bird studies - Valdez Port Expansion Project.
Dames & Moore, 1979b. Salmon fry dispersion studies - Valdez Port
Expansion Project.
Feder, H. M., et al., 1976. The sediment environment of Port Valdez,
Alaska: the effect of oil on this ecosystem. Corvallis Environ-
mental Protection Agency, 322 p.
Feder, H. M. and G. E. Matheke, 1979. Subtidal benthos. In: Final
report - Continuing environmental studies of Port Valdez,Alaska
1976 - 1979. U of Alaska Inst, of Mar. Sci., Report No. R79-2:
pp. 9-1-9-222.
Kaczynski, V. W., R. J. Feller, J. Clayton, and R. G. Gerke, 1973.
Trophic analysis of juvenile pink and chum salmon (Oncorhynchus
gorbuscha and 0. keta) in Puget Sound. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada
30:1003-1008.
McRoy, C. P. and S. Stoker, 1969. A survey of the littoral regions
of Port Valdez, iji D. W. Hood (ed.), Baseline data survey for
Valdez pipeline terminal environmental data study. University
of Alaska, Inst. Mar. Sci. Rpt. No. R69-17, p. 191-227.
Myren, R. T. and J. J. Pella, 1977. Natural variability in distribution
of an intertidal population of Macoma balthica subject to potential
oil pollution at Port Valdez, Alaska. Marine Biology 41:371-382.
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1975. Port Valdez subtidal moni-
toring program progress report May and July 1975. National Marine
Fisheries Environmental Assessment Division, Department of Commerce,
46 p.
Sibert, J., T. J. Brown, M. C. Healey, B. A. Kask and R. J. Naiman,
1977. Detritus-based food webs: exploitation by juvenile chum
salmon (Oncorhynchus keta). Science 196:469-650.
Southwood, T. R. E., 1966. Ecological methods with particular reference
to the study of insect populations. Methuen & Co., Ltd., London,
391 p.
1-335
-------
APPENDIX
1-336
-------
APPENDIX la
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 2;
27 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -0.3 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
PRIAPULIDA








Priapulus caudata
1
0
1
1
0
.6
.5
76.9
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Barantolla








americana
6
13
2
7
6
7.0
4.4
897.4
Eteone longa
0
1
0
1
0
.4
.5
51.3
Euchone anal is
3
20
5
2
9
7.8
7.3
1000.0
Gljcinde jricta
1
2
5
1
4
2.6
1.8
333.3
Haploscoloolos








oanamensi s
6
3
2
5
2
3.6
1.8
461.5
Laonome kroveri
3
3
3
4
9
4.4
2.6
564.1
Nereis ?procera
1
1
0
0
0
.4
.5
51.3
Ophelia limacina
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Owenia fusiformis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Pecti naria








qranulata
0
0
0
0
2
.4
.9
51.3
Pholoe minuta
1
3
2
1
1
1.6
.9
205.1
Pol.ydora








auadrilobata
12
41
24
21
34
26.6
11.0
3410.3
Sy1 lis so.
0
0
2
0
0
.4
.9
51.3
Tharyx multifilis
3
9
0
5
0
3.4
3.8
435.9
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Aglaja diomedea
1
1
4
2
0
1.6
1.5
205.1
Cingula katherinae
2
2
7
10
12
6.8
4.9
871.8
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Hiatella arctica
2
1
0
0
1
.8
.8
102.6
Macoma balthica
12
9
16
20
19
15.2
4.7
1948.7
Mytilus edulis
4
4
1
5
7
4.2
2.2
538.5
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Diptera larvae a
2
0
0
1
0
.6
.9
76.9
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Gnorimosphaeroma








oreqonensis
0
0
2
0
0
.4
.9
51.3
Monoculodes sp.
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Photis sd.
0
2
2
1
4
1.8
1.5
230.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 11692.2
NO. OF SPECIES = 24
1-337
-------
APPENDIX lb
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 3;
27 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -1.0 M ELEVATION
TAXA	123456789 10 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
? f i nina rch i a
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Barantol1 a













amen cana
33
3
17
3
9
1
1
4
5
1
7.7
10.2
987.2
Eteone lonqa
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Euchone anal is
6
9
2
0
1
3
/
2
2
12
4.4
3.9
564.1
Exogone ?qemmifera
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Glycinde pi eta
1
1
0
1
0
1
3
1
1
1
1.0
.8
128.2
Haploscoloplos













panamensis
b
3
/
1
1
1
1
)
1
v
2.9
2. b
371.8
Lumbrineris luti
1
0
2
0
1
0
3
1
2
0
1.0
1.1
123.2
Nepthys sp.
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Nereis ?j3rocera
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
u
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Owenia fusiformis
1
0
3
1
0
0
(J
2
0
0
./
1.1
89.7
Pectinaria













qranulata
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Pholoe minuta
3
1
3
1
0
2
1
2
1
4
1.8
1.2
230.8
Phyllodoce













groenlandica
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
.3
.5
38.5
Polydora













quadri1obata
32
63
8
2
2
8
12
20
1
26
1 l.b
19.2
2243.6
Prionospio













steenstru£i
3
2
b
0
0
1
2
2
1
1
\.l
l.b
217.9
Syllis sp.
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
3
0
.8
1.5
102.6
Tharyx multi fi1 is
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
.3
.5
38.5
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda
Cinqula katherinae 1000020222 .9 1.0 115.4
I10LLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata
1
0
2
2
1
1
1
0
2
1
1.1
.7
141.0
Hiatella arctica
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Macoma balthica
4
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1.8
.9
230.8
Macoma obliqua
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
.3
.5
38.5
Mytilus edulis
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
6
.9
1.9
115.4
Orobitella













ruqifera
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
.4
.7
51.3
Protothaca













staminea
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea












Anisogammarus sp.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
.1
.3
12.8
GnorimosDhaeroma













oregonensis
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Pentidotea













wosnesenski i
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
2
.6
.7
76.9
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 6102.4
NO. OF SPECIES = 29
1-338
-------
APPENDIX lc
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 4;
27 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -0.6 M ELEVATION
TAX A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MEAN
ST.DEV
DENSI1
PR IAPULI DA













Priapulus caudata
1
1
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
.5
.7
64.1
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta












Ampharete













?finmarchia
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Barantol1 a













amencana
2
0
34
0
5
0
0
2
2
2
4.7
10.4
602.6
Euchone anali s
1
0
7
3
1
3
1
4
2
0
2.2
2.1
282.1
Glycinde picta
1
1
3
2
1
0
0
1
1
1
1.1
.9
141.0
Haploscoloplos













panamensis
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
0
0
2
1.2
.8
153.8
Lumbririeris luti
0
0
0
1
2
1
0
0
0
1
.5
.7
64.1
Magelona pitelkai
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Nereis ?procera
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
.3
.7
38.5
Owenia fusiformis
0
0
1
1
1
2
3
2
0
0
1.0
1.1
128.2
Pholoe minuta
1
0
0
2
2
1
4
2
0
1
1.3
1.3
166.7
Polydora













quadrilobata
7
2
28
9
18
3
9
II
1
22
11.0
9.0
1410.3
Prionospio













steeristrupi
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
. 1
.3
12.8
Syllis sp.
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
.3
.7
38.5
Tharyx multifilis
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.8
2.5
102.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda












Hiatella arctica
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Cinqula katherinae
0
1
2
1
1
2
0
2
0
0
.9
.9
115.4
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda












Axinopsida













serricata
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Macoma balthica
2
3
3
2
7
5
2
9
5
7
4.5
2.5
576.9
Mytilus edulis
1
4
4
2
3
1
2
8
1
5
3.1
2.2
397.4
Orobitella













ruqifera
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
2
0
5
1.1
1.7
141.0
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea












Eusiridae, uriid.
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Harpacticoida,













unid.
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.2
.6
25.6
Hippomedon sc.
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
.6
1.9
76.9
Photis sd.
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF iriDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 4666.5
NO. OF SPECIES = 25
1-339
-------
APPENDIX Id
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 6;
27 APRIL 1979. .U078 M2 CORE FROM +1.2 M ELEVATION
TAXA	1 23456789 10 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta












Barantolla













americana
2
0
3
0
3
1
1
3
3
2
1.8
1.2
230.8
Eteone lonqa
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
2
1
3
.9
1.0
115.4
Euchone anal is
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Glycinde picta
0
0
7
2
2
1
0
0
0
1
1.3
2.2
166.7
Haploscoloplos











1.3

panamensis
1
0
2
3
3
0
1
0
3
3
1.6
205.1
Laonome kroveri
1
1
4
9
1
4
3
1
3
3
3.0
2.4
384.6
Lumbrineris luti
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Mediomastus sp.
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.2
.6
25.6
Nepthys caeca
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
2
0
.5
.7
64.1
Polydora













quadrilobata
24
24
67
48
23
20
26
45
43
17
33./
16.2
4320.5
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda












Aqla.ia diomedea
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
.3
./
38.5
Ciriqula katherinae
0
2
0
4
2
0
1
2
6
2
1.9
1.9
243.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda












Macoma balthica
14
7
14
14
23
12
23
24
12
36
18.3
8.3
2346.2
Mytilus edulis
1
2
7
12
1
8
9
24
12
6
8.4
7.0
1076.9
ARTHROPODA - Arachnida












Archaearanea
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
Halacaridae
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
.1
.3
12.8
ARTHROPODA - Insecta












Diptera larvae a
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
.6
1.9
76.9
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea












Anisoqammarus sp.
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
.3
.5
38.5
Calanoida, unid.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
.1
.3
12.8
Eudorella sp.
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
5
0
.7
1.6
89.7
Gnorimosphaeroma









0

.8
89.7
oregonensis
0
1
0
1
I
2
1
0
0
./
Harpacticoida,












25.6
un i d.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
.2
.6
Pentidotea










.1
.3
12.8
wosnesenskii
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 9615.2
NO. OF SPECIES = 23
1-340
-------
APPENDIX le
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 8;
27 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM +2.1 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Barantolla
amencaria
10
8
3
2
5
5.6
3.4
717.9
Eteone lonqa
0
3
0
0
0
.6
1.3
76.9
Euchone anal is
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Glycinde picta
0
2
1
0
1
.8
.8
102.6
Haploscoloplos








panamensis
0
1
3
2
1
1.4
1.1
179.5
Laonome kro.yeri
1
0
4
0
4
1.8
2.0
230.8
Polydora








quadrilobata
0
0
22
0
9
6.2
9.7
794.9
Prionospio








steenstrupi
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Aglaja diomedea
1
0
3
0
0
.8
1.3
102.6
Cinqula katherinae
1
1
0
0
0
.4
.5
51.3
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica
26
33
18
19
23
23.8
6.1
3051.3
Mytilus edulis
0
0
3
0
2
1.0
1.4
128.2
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Diastylis sp.
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Eusiridae, unid.
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Gnorimosphaeroma







25.6
oreqonensis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
Leptocuma sp.
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 5589.6
NO. OF SPECIES = 16
1-341
-------
APPENDIX If
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 10;
29 APRIL 1979. .0157 M2 CORE FROM +2.1 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Eteone lonqa 3
4
1
0
3
2.2
1.6
140.1
Fabricia sabella 0
4
7
11
0
4.4
4.7
280.3
Pygospio elegans 0
7
0
10
0
3.4
4.8
216.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica 42
47
49
49
49
47.2
3.0
3006.4
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Diptera larvae a 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
12.7
Diptera larvae b 0
0
1
1
0
.4
.5
25.5
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Anisogammarus sp. 2
0
0
0
0
.4
.9
25.5
Leptocuma sp. 0
0
0
2
2
.8
1.1
51.0
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 3758.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 8
1-342
-------
APPENDIX lg
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 11;
29 APRIL 1979. .0078 M* CORE FROM +2.7 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Eteone Tonga	0 0 0 0 1	.2 .4 25.6
Pygospio elegans 0 0 0 0 5 1.0 2.2 128.2
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Macoma balthica 7 16 6 9 5.8 2.9 743.6
Mvtilus edulis 0 0 2 0 0 .4 .9 51.3
ARTHROPODA - Insecta
Diptera larvae a 1 1 0 0 0 .4 .5 51.3
Diptera larvae b 0 0 0 1 4 1.0 1.7 128.2
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Harpacticoida,
unid.	1 0 0 0 0 .2 .4 25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1153.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 7
1-343
-------
APPENDIX lh
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 12;
29 APRIL 1979. .0157 M2 CORE FROM +2.1 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12	3	4 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Fabricia sabella 0	1	0	1	.5 .6 31.8
Pyqospio eleqans 1112 1.2 .5 79.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Macoma balthica 40	46	44	32 40.5 6.2 2579.6
Mytilus edulis 10	0	0	0 2.5 5.0 159.2
ARTHROPODA - Insecta
Diptera larvae b 4	1	6	2 3.2 2.2 207.0
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Calanoida, unid. 1	0	0	0	.2 .5 15.9
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 3073.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 6
1-344
-------
APPENDIX li
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 14;
26 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM +2.1 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Barantolla







americana 19
7
17
13
7
12.8
5.6
1641.0
Eteone lonqa 0
2
1
3
0
1.2
1.3
153.8
Fabricia sabella 19
0
53
51
10
26.6
24.2
3410.3
Laonome kroyeri 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Littorina sitkana 0
0
0
2
0
.4
.9
51.3
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica 53
69
58
72
61
62.6
7.8
8025.6
Mvtilus edulis 3
2
4
1
0
2.0
1.6
256.4
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Collembola sd. 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Diptera larvae a 0
0
0
2
0
.4
.9
51.3
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







GnorimosDhaeroma







oreaonensis 0
0
2
0
0
.4
.9
51.3
Leptocuma sp. 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Talitrus sp. 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 13743.4
NO. OF SPECIES = 12
1-345
-------
APPENDIX lj
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 15;
26 APRIL 1979. .0157 M2 CORE FROM +1.2 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Barantolla







americana 0
0
0
2
1
.6
.9
30.2
Eteone longa 0
0
1
0
1
.4
.5
25.5
Fabricia sabella 1
7
4
1
4
3.4
2.5
216.6
Laonome kroyeri 0
2
0
0
0
.4
.9
25.5
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Cinqula katherinae 2
0
0
0
0
.4
.9
25.5
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica 14
19
11
8
10
12.6
4.4
802.5
Mytilus edulis 1
3
0
0
0
.8
1.3
51.0
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Diptera larvae b 0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
12.7
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Calanoida, unid. 0
0
2
0
0
.4
.9
25.5
Eudorella sp. 0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
12.7
Leptocuma sp. 0
0
6
0
0
1.2
2.7
76.4
Talitrus sp. 0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
12.7
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1324.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 12
1-346
-------
APPENDIX lk
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 15a;
26 APRIL 1979. .0314 M2 CORE FROM +1.2 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Barantol1 a







americana 4
0
0
0
2
1.2
1.8
38.2
Eteone lonqa 5
0
0
0
0
1.0
2.2
31.8
Fabricia sabella 1
1
0
0
1
.6
.5
19.1
Haploscoloplos







panamensis 2
0
0
0
0
.4
.9
12.7
Laonome kroveri 0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
6.4
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Aqla.ia diomedea 1
0
0
1
0
.4
.5
12.7
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica 27
51
47
37
43
40.9
9.4
1305.7
Mytilus edulis 2
0
1
1
0
.8
.8
25.5
ARTHROPODA - Irisecta







Collembola sp. 0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
6.4
Diptera larvae a 10
0
0
0
0
2.0
4.5
63.7
Diptera larvae b 0
1
2
1
2
1.2
.8
38.2
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Eudorella sd. 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
6.4
GnorimosDhaeroma







oreqonensis 11
0
2
1
0
2.8
4.7
89.2
Leptocuma sd. 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
6.4
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1662.4
NO. OF SPECIES = 14
1-347
-------
APPENDIX 11
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 17;
26 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM MLLW ELEVATION
TAXA 1
2
3
4
5
MEAN
ST.DEV
DENSI"
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Ampharete







?finmarchia 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Euchorie anal is 3
3
6
2
5
3.8
1.6
487.2
Exogone ?qemmifera 0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Fabricia sabella 0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Glycinde Dicta 2
0
1
1
2
1.2
83.7
153.8
Haploscoloplos







panamensis 1
1
0
0
0
.4
.5
51.3
Laonome kroveri 16
0
20
9
8
10.6
7.7 1
359.0
Nephtvs sp. 0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Owenia fusiformis 0
1
0
2
0
.6
.9
76.9
Polydora




1.2


quadrilobata 1
0
5
0
0
2.2
153.8
Tharyx multifilis 0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Aqla.ia diomedea 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Cinqula katherinae 0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica 9
9
5
4
1
5.6
3.4
717.9
Mytilus edulis 0
0
1
1
6
1.6
2.5
205.1
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Anisoqammarus sp. 1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Diastvlis sp. 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
GnorimosDhaeroma
0
0
1
0


51.3
oreqonensis 1
.4
.5
Leptocuma sd. 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 3512.3
NO.OF SPECIES = 19
1-348
-------
APPENDIX lm
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION 18;
26 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -0.9 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
PRIAPULIDA








Priapulus caudata
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
ECHIUROIDEA








Echiurus echiurus
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Ampharete








?finmarchia
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Barantolla








americana
1
1
3
1
37
8.6
15.9
1102.6
Eteone lonaa
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Euchone anal is
6
1
12
12
22
11.0
8.0
1410.3
61vcinde Dicta
3
2
3
1
3
2.4
.9
307.7
Haploscoloplos








Danamensis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Laonome kroyeri
5
5
10
6
4
6.0
2.3
769.2
Owenia fusiformis
0
2
0
3
1
1.2
1.3
153.8
Pol.ydora








Dvaidialis
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Polydora








auadrilobata
28
7
5
3
8
10.2
10.1
1307.7
Tharyx multifilis
3
1
3
0
7
2.8
2.7
359.0
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Aqla.ia diomedea
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Cinqula katherinae
0
0
0
1
1
.4
.5
51.3
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Macoma balthica
2
3
1
1
3
2.0
1.0
256.4
Macoma obliaua
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
M.ytilus edulis
1
1
1
2
1
1.2
.4
153.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Diastylis sp.
0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Gnorimosphaeroma








oreqonensis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 6127.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 20
1-349
-------
APPENDIX In
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR LOWE RIVER UPPER INTERTIDAL AREA (STATION 20);
28 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM +0.3 M ELEVATION
TAXA 1
2
3
4
5
MEAN
ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Aricidea







neosuecica 0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Glyciride picta 0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Haploscoloplos


1
1
.8

102.6
panamensis 0
1
1
.4
Polydora







quadrilobata 0
5
0
0
0
1.0
2.2
128.2
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Hiatella arctica 2
0
0
0
0
.4
.9
51.3
Macoma balthica 10
24
17
12
21
16.8
5.9
2153.8
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Diptera larvae a 0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Harpacticoida,







unid. 0
0
4
0
7
2.2
3.2
282.1
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2794.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 8
1-350
-------
APPENDIX lo
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR LOWE RIVER LOWER INTERTIDAL AREA (STATION 19);
28 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -0.6 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Capitella capitata
1
0
0
0
1
.4
.5
51.3
Gl.ycinde pi eta
1
1
0
0
0
.4
.5
51.3
Haploscoloplos








panamensis
1
3
0
0
2
1.2
1.3
153.8
Pista cristata
3
3
0
0
0
1.2
1.6
153.8
Polydora








quadrilobata
20
4
2
0
2
5.6
8.2
717.9
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Cingula katherinae
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda







Axinopsida








serricata
0
0
0
0
2
.4
.9
51.3
Macoma balthica
6
10
6
2
5
5.8
2.9
743.6
Mya arenaria
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Collembola, unid.
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Anisoaammarus







25.6
puaettensis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
Calanoida, unid.
3
1
0
1
0
1.0
1.2
128.2
Diastylus sp.
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Harpacticoida,








unid.
1
6
0
0
0
1.4
2.6
179.5
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2358.7
NO. OF SPECIES = 14
1-351
-------
APPENDIX lp
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR DAYVILLE FLATS UPPER INTERTIDAL AREA (STATION 22);
28 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM +1.2 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Aricidea








neosuecica
0
1
2
0
0
.6
.9
76.9
Capitella capitata
0
0
2
0
1
.6
.9
76.9
Eteone ?lonqa
1
2
2
1
0
1.2
.8
153.8
Exogone ?gemmifera
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Glvcinde pi eta
3
4
2
4
7
4.0
1.9
512.8
Haploscoloplos








panamensis
10
b
9
3
2
5.8
3.6
743.6
Laonome kroyeri
2
1
3
0
2
1.6
1.1
205.1
Nepthys sp.
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Nereis ?procera
0
0
0
0
2
.4
.9
51.3
Owenia fusiformis
1
1
2
0
0
.8
.8
102.6
Pholoe minuta
2
1
1
2
1
1.4
.5
179.5
Polydora








quadrilobata
52
4
41
32
12
28.2
20.0
3615.4
Prionospio


1





steenstrupi
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Tharyx ?multifilis
6
11
20
3
0
8.0
7.8
1025.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda







Cingula katherinae
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Diptera larvae a
5
0
0
3
2
2.0
2.1
256.4
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Gammaridea, unid.
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
Harpacticoida,








unid.
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Pontogeneia sp.
0
0
0
1
0
.2
.4
25.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 7179.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 26
1-352
-------
APPENDIX lq
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR DAYVILLE FLATS LOWER INTERTIDAL AREA (STATION 21);
28 APRIL 1979. .0078 M2 CORE FROM -0.6 M ELEVATION
TAXA	12 3 4 5 MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta







Ampharete








?finmarchia
1
1
0
1
1
.8
.4
102.6
Aricidea








neosuecica
2
2
0
6
1
2.2
2.3
282.1
Eteone ?longa
0
1
0
3
0
.8
1.3
102.6
Euchone anal is
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Exogone ?gemmifera
0
27
0
2
3
6.4
11.6
820.5
Glycinde pi eta
11
7
7
4
3
6.4
3.1
820.5
Haploscoloplos







461.5
panamensis
4
6
5
2
1
3.6
2.1
Heteromastus sp.
0
1
1
1
0
.6
.5
76.9
Lumbrineris luti
1
0
0
1
0
.4
.5
51.3
Malacoceros sd.
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Nepthys sp.
2
0
2
0
0
.8
1.1
102.6
Pholoe minuta
0
1
1
2
5
1.8
1.9
230.8
Phyllodoce








qroenlandica
0
0
0
0
1
.2
.4
25.6
Polydora








?pygidialis
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Polydora








quadrilobata
78
90
57
52
63
68.0
15.7
8717.9
Pygospio elegans
0
0
0
0
6
1.2
2.7
153.8
Syllidae, unid.
0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Tharyx ?multifilis
0
0
1
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
ARTHROPODA - Insecta







Coleoptera, unid.
1
0
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Diptera larvae a
0
0
0
2
0
.4
.9
51.3
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea







Anisogammarus sp.
0
1
0
0
0
.2
.4
25.6
Harpacticoida,








unid.
1
12
0
0
1
2.8
5.2
359.0
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 12538.2
NO. OF SPECIES = 22
1-353
-------
APPENDIX 2a
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION A;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -2.3 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
2
1
0
1.0
1.0
277.8
Lumbrineris luti
4
4
3
3.7
0.6
1018.6
Prionospio






streenstrupi
1
1
0
.7
.6
185.2
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
1
5
0
2.0
2.6
555.6
Macoma obiiqua
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Talitrus sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2222.4
NO. OF SPECIES = 6
1-354
-------
APPENDIX 2b
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION A;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -9.6 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
HaDloscoloDlos






E>anamensis
1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
Lumbrineris luti
4
4
0
2.7
2.3
740.7
Spio cirrifera
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata	1	0	0	.3 .6 92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1111.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 5
1-355
-------
APPENDIX 2c
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION A;
30 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -15.8 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
0
0
2
.7
1.2
185.2
HaDloscololos

0
1



panamensis
0
.3
.6
92.6
Lumbrineris luti
2
3
4
3.0
1.0
833.4
Tharvx multifilis
1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





AxinoDsida






serricata
2
1
0
1.0
1.0
277.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Lysianassidae,






unid.
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1574.2
NO. OF SPECIES = 5
1-356
-------
APPENDIX 2d
ABUNDANCE DATA FQR STATION B;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -2.3 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
1
2
0
1.0
1.0
277.8
Haploscoloplos






panamensis
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Lumbrineris luti
5
3
4
4.0
1.0
1111.2
Pista






brevibranchiata
1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
Pol.ydora






quadrilobata
0
2
5
2.3
2.5
648.1
Spio cirrifera
0
0
2
.7
1.2
185.2
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
4
1
1.7
2.1
463.0
Macoma obiiqua
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Diastylis sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Eudorella sp.
0
2
0
.7
1.2
185.2
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 3240.9
NO. OF SPECIES = 10
1-357
-------
APPENDIX 2e
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION B;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -9.6 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Glycinde Dicta
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Haploscoloplos






panamensis
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Lumbrineris luti
3
6
10
6.3
3.5
1759.4
Pista






brevibranchiata
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Tharyx multifilis
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
2
0
.7
1.2
185.2
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2507.6
NO. OF SPECIES = 7
1-358
-------
APPENDIX 2f
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION B;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -15.8 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Aricidea neosuecia 0	0
Haploscoloplos
panamensi s	0	1
Lumbrineris luti 3	3
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata	6	2
Macoma o&Tiqua 1	1
Yoldia
montereyensis 1	0
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Eudorella sp. 0	1
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2685.3
NO. OF SPECIES = 7
1
.3
.6
92.6
1
.7
.6
185.2
6
4.0
1.7
1111.2
1
3.0
2.6
833.3
0
.7
.6
185.2
0
.3
.6
92.6
1
.7
.6
185.2
1-359
-------
APPENDIX 2g
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION C;
24 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -2.3 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta





Barantol la






americana
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
HaDloscoloDlos






panamensis
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Lumbrineris luti
10
10
7
9.0
1.7
2045.7
Owenia fusiformis
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Pholoe minuta
1
1
1
1.0
.0
227.3
Pista






brevibranchiata
0
3
4
2.3
2.1
530.3
Polydora






pyqidialis
0
0
2
.7
1.2
151.5
Polydora






quadrilobata
3
1
13
6.0
7.0
1363.6
S.yllis sd.
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
1
1
3
1.7
1.2
378.8
Macoma obliaua
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Pandora filosa
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Diast.ylis sp.
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 5227.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 12
1-360
-------
APPENDIX 2h
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION C;
24 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -9.6 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta





Chaetozone setosa
1
1
0
.7
.6
151.5
Glvcinde Dicta
1
0
1
.7
.6
151.5
HaDloscoloDlos






Danamensis
2
1
2
1.7
.6
378.8
Laonome kroyeri
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Lumbrineris luti
0
4
3
2.3
2.1
530.3
Nepthys sp.
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Pista






brevibranchiata
2
0
0
.7
1.2
151.5
Polydora






quadrilobata
2
1
2
1.7
.6
378.8
PrionosDio






streenstruDi
0
0
3
1.0
1.7
227.3
Syllis sd.
4
0
8
4.0
4.0
909.1
Tharvx multifilis
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda





?Acteocina sd.
1
1
0
.7
.6
151.5
Cinqula katherinae 0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
0
6
2.0
3.5
454.5
Macoma obiiqua
0
1
2
1.0
1.0
227.3
Mytilus edulis
0
5
0
1.7
2.9
378.8
Nucularia fossa
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Eudorella sp.
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Hyperiidae, unid.
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Leptocuma sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 4697.3
NO. OF SPECIES = 20
1-361
-------
APPENDIX 2i
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION C;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -15.8 M DEPTH
TAXA
MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
Euchone anal is
Haploscolopos
panamensis
Lumbrineris 1 uti
Nepthys sp.
Pholoe minuta
Polydora
quadrilobata
Spio cirrifera
Terebel1 ides
?stroemi i
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata
Macoma obiiqua
Pandora~filosa
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Eudorella sp. 1
Leptocuma sp. 1
1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
2
1
0
1.0
1.0
277.8
1
1
2
1.3
.6
370.4
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
0
2
0
.7
1.2
185.2
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
2
2
1
1.7
.6
463.0
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
1
0
1
.7
.6
185.2
1
0
0
0
.7
.3
.6
.6
185.2
92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2407.6
NO. OF SPECIES = 14
1-362
-------
APPENDIX 2j
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION D;
24 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -2.3 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
1
2
0
1.0
1.0
227.3
Barantolla






americana
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Haploscoloplos






pariamensis
3
2
1
2.0
1.0
454.6
Lumbrineris luti
5
11
14
10.3
5.0
2348.5
Phyllodoce






qroenlandica
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Pista






brevibranchiata
2
0
0
.7
1.2
151.5
Prionospio






steenstrupi
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Terebellides






?stroemi i
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
1
4
0
1.7
2.1
378.8
Mya arenaria
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
Pandora filosa
3
0
0
1.0
1.7
227.3
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Diastylis sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 4243.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 12
1-363
-------
APPENDIX 2k
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION D;
24 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -9.6 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta





Ampharete

0
1



?finmarchia
0
.3
.6
75.8
Lumbrineris luti
0
3
6
3.0
3.0
681.9
Nepthys sp.
1
1
0
.7
.6
151.5
Terebel1 ides






?stroemi i
0
1
3
1.3
1.5
303.0
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida



1.3


serricata
0
1
3
1.5
303.0
Mya arenaria
0
1
1
.7
.6
151.5
Nuculana fossa
0
1
1
.7
.7
151.5
Oenopota excurvata 0
1
1
.7
.6
151.5
Oenopota sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
Orobitella






rugifera
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Pandora filosa
0
1
3
1.3
1.5
303.0
ARTHROPODA - Insecta





Diptera larvae a
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Eudorella sp.
0
2
1
1.0
1.0
227.3
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2651.6
NO. OF SPECIES = 11
1-364
-------
APPENDIX 21
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR STATION D;
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -15.8 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Barantolla
americana
3
0
0
1.0
1.7
277.8
HaDloscoloplos






panamensis
1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
Lumbrineris luti
4
5
9
6.0
2.6
1666.7
Terebellides






?stroemii
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda





Mitrella qausapata
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Oenopota excurvata 1
0
0
.3
.6
92.6
Oenopota sd.
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Macoma obiiqua
2
0
1
1.0
1.0
277.8
Nuculana fossa
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Pandora filosa
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Eudorella sp.
2
2
1
1.7
.6
463.0
Photis sp.
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 3518.7
NO. OF SPECIES = 13
1-365
-------
APPENDIX 2m
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR LOWE RIVER SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION E);
25 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -0.3 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta





Ampharete

1
1



?finmarchia
1
1.0
.0
227.3
Eteone ?1onga
0
0
1
.3
.6
75.8
Glycinde pi eta
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Haploscoloplos


1



panamensis
12
6
6.3
5.5
1439.4
Lumbrineris luti
3
2
0
1.7
1.5
378.8
Nereis ?procera
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
Pista cristata
1
0
2
1.0
1.0
227.3
Polydora






quadrilobata
5
5
5
5.0
.0
1136.4
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
2
3
2
2.3
.6
530.3
Macoma balthica
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Pandora filosa
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 4318.5
NO. OF SPECIES = 11
1-366
-------
APPENDIX 2n
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR LOWE RIVER SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION E);
25 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -8.8 M DEPTH
TAXA
MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Chaetozone setosa
1
2
0
1.0
1.0
227.3
Glycinde picta
1
1
1
1.0
.0
227.3
Haploscoloplos






panamensis
0
0
3
1.0
1.7
227.3
Pista cristata
0
1
1
.7
.6
151.5
Polydora






quadrilobata
0
4
3
2.3
2.1
530.3
Prionospio






steenstrupi
0
0
4
1.3
2.3
303.0
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
0
6
2.0
3.5
454.5
Macoma obiiqua
1
2
0
1.0
1.0
227.3
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Oedicerotidae,






unid.
4
0
2
2.0
2.0
454.5
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2803.0
NO. OF SPECIES = 9
1-367
-------
APPENDIX 2o
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR LOWE RIVER SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION E);
30 APRIL 1979. .0036 M2 CORE FROM -14.9 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Glycinde pi eta
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Haploscoloplos






Danamensis
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
Polydora






quadrilobata
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Prionospio






steenstrupi
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda





Oenopota sp.
0
1
1
.7
.6
185.2
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda





Axinopsida






serricata
0
0
5
1.7
2.9
463.0
Macoma obiiqua
0
1
0
.3
.6
92.6
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Anisogammarus sp.
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
Oedicerotidae,






unid.
0
0
1
.3
.6
92.6
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1389.0
NO. OF SPECIES = 10
1-368
-------
APPENDIX 2p
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR DAYVILLE FLATS SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION F);
25 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -0.9 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Ampharete
?finmarchia	0	0
Glycinde picta	0	0
Haploscoloplos
panamensis	0	0
Lumbnneris luti	3	3
Nepthys spT	0	2
Pista cristata	0	2
Polydora
quadrilobata	2	0
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda
Aglaja diomedea 1	0
1
.3
.6
75.8
1
.3
.6
75.8
1
.3
.6
75.8
4
3.3
.6
757.6
0
.7
1.2
151.5
2
1.3
1.2
303.0
0
.7
1.2
151.5
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1666.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 8
1-369
-------
APPENDIX 2q
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR DAYVILLE FLATS SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION F);
25 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -1.9 M DEPTH
TAXA
MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Lumbrineris luti 7
Pista cristata 10
Tharyx ?multifi1 is 0
0
2
0
3.0
4.7
.3
3.6 681.8
4.6 1060.6
.6 75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1818.2
NO. OF SPECIES = 3
1-370
-------
APPENDIX 2r
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR DAYVILLE FLATS SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION F);
25 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -15.2 M DEPTH
TAXA
1
2
3
MEAN
ST.DEV
DENSI"
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta





Artacama conferi
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
Heteromastus sd.
1
0
0
.3
.6
75.8
Lumbrineris luti
4
4
3
3.7
.6
833.3
Pista cristata
1
2
0
1.0
1.0
227.3
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea





Gammaridea, unid.
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
Oedicerotidae,






unid.
0
1
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1363.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 6
1-371
-------
APPENDIX 2s
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR ALLISON POINT SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION G);
29 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -3.0 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2	3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Euchone ana]is	0	0
Haploscoloplos
panamensis	2	0
Lumbrineris 1uti	6	5
Owenia fusTformis	0	0
Pholoe minuta	1	0
Polydora
quadrilobata	0	0
Prionospio
steenstrupi	0	1
Pygospio elegans	0	0
Terebellides
?stroemi	0	1
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serncata	0	3
Pandora filosa 0	1
1
.3
.6
75.8
2
1.3
1.2
303.0
3
4.7
1.5
1060.6
2
.7
1.2
151.5
0
.3
.6
75.8
10
3.3
cn
•
00
757.6
0
.3
.6
75.8
1
.3
.6
75.8
0
.3
.6
75.8
0
1.0
1.7
227.3
0
.3
.6
75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2954.8
NO. OF SPECIES = 11
1-372
-------
APPENDIX 2t
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR ALLISON POINT SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION G);
29 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -9.1 M DEPTH
TAXA
1
2
3
MEAN
ST.DEV DENS11
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta




Eteone ?lonqa
1
0
0
.3
.6 75.8
Glycinde Dicta
1
1
0
.7
.6 151.5
HaDloscoloDlos





panamensis
2
0
0
.7
1.2 151.5
Heteromastus sp.
0
0
1
.3
.6 75.8
Lumbrineris luti
7
6
4
5.7
1.5 1287.9
Nepthys punctata
Polydora
0
0
1
.3
.6 75.8
quadrilobata
2
0
0
.7
1.2 151.5
SternasDis scutata
0
0
1
.3
.6 75.8
Tharvx ?multifilis
0
2
0
.7
1.2 151.5
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda
Acteocina sp.	1	0
Oenopota sp.	1	0
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata	0	0
Mya arenaria	0	0
ECHINODERMATA - Ophiuroidea
Ophiuroidea, unid. 0	0
0
0
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.6
.6
75.8
75.8
.6 75.8
.6 75.8
.6 75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 2576.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 14
1-373
-------
APPENDIX 2u
ABUNDANCE DATA FOR ALLISON POINT SUBTIDAL AREA (STATION G);
29 APRIL 1979. .0044 M2 CORE FROM -15.2 M DEPTH
TAXA	1	2
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta
Amphisamytha sp.	1	0
Haploscoloplos
panamensis	1	1
Lumbrineris luti	2	1
Malacoceros sp.	0	0
Polydora
quadrilobata	1	4
Sternaspis scutata	0	2
Tharyx ?multifilis	0	1
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda
Axinopsida
serricata	2	0
Nuculana fossa 2	0
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Calanoida, unid. 0	1
3	MEAN ST.DEV DENSITY
0
.3
.6
75.8
0
.7
.6
151.5
2
1.7
.6
378.8
1
.3
.6
75.8
0
1.7
2.1
378.8
1
1.0
1.0
227.3
0
.3
.6
75.8
2
1.3
1.2
303.0
0
.7
1.2
151.5
0	.3 .6 75.8
NO. OF INDIVIDUALS/SQ M = 1894.1
NO. OF SPECIES = 10
1-374
-------
APPENDIX 3
DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE ESTIMATES FOR PLANTS OBSERVED DURING INTERTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979
ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF ISLAND FLATS AND AROUND THE ASSOCIATED ISLETS AND WHALEBACKS
North of Ammunition Island complex
Location (Code)
Adjacent to or South of Ammunition Island complex
Taxon

r—

,—

—-
1A <—
-	«

		¦
		
r—
«—
-—¦
¦—

«—

-—
	
	


M «««*»




	











o
OJ









1

1
1
1 *o
1 "O

>
i
"O
1 -O
1
i
i
, 2
I





•r-

c
o

•»—




' o

o
OJ

a>
a>
a> £
r- E
<
<_J
0)
E
Oil
OJ
a>
OJ
Q) —
a>
r—
•o

•a

"O
to


¦o

•O .
"O
"O
-o
"O ,
T3


L.
-r- i-

•r- L
i- u
«~-
L.

L.






i_

tn
i/l  a)
o
0)
(/>
0)
(/> a>
co

(/)
to £
«/>
at

n.
a.
-o
X
c s
%
4-» T3

?
2
5
5
3


«
a.
• a.
• «r-
• O
CD O
• o
3 ~«-
•
o
. o
. O
• o
. o
. o

o
3
3
UJ 3
3 E
UJ I—
o »—*
LlJ r—
O E
3
r~
3-*
UJ •—
3 r-
3r—
3 r"~
UJ
'
H
I
u>
u»
ALGAE - Bacillariophyta
Diatom film
(X) 15
ALGAE - Chlorophyta -
Enteromorpha sp
Spongomorpha sp
Ulvales, unid. spp.
green seaweeds
(X)
(X)
(X)
ALGAE - Rhodophyta - red seaweeds
Halosaccion ?ramentaceum	(X)
Rhodophyta, unid.
(filamentous)
Rhodophyta, unid.
(broad fronds)
(t)
(X)
ALGAE - Phaeophyta - brown seaweeds
Desmarestia spp.**
fucus "chstichus
Laminaria saccharina
L. saccharina
Helanosiphon intestinal is
Pvlaiella ?littoralis
Scytosiphon lomentaria
ANGIOSPERMAE
Zostera marina
(X)
(X)
(no./m2)
(X)
(X)
(X)
15
S*
S
10
s
10
12
S
10
S
S
Dom
S
10
s
s
n.6
s
s
s
D
3.3
2
1.2
0.3
4.7
S
T
T
P
6.8
12.4
0.9
T
* S = sparse or uncommon, T = Trace, D = drift, P
** Includes D. aculeata andiE. viridis
present, C = common, Dora = dominant
-------
APPENDIX 4
DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE ESTIMATES FOR ANIMALS OBSERVED DURING INTERTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979
ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF ISLAND FLATS AND AROUND ASSOCIATED ISLETS AND WHALEBACKS
Location (Code)
North of Ammunition Island complex	Adjacent to or South of Ammunition Island complex
Taxon



+—¦«

s








«—S
• ««—¦>»
















r—

CM
O
n



CO

i
¦D
•
T3
'



1

'
3
'
2
o

at


O)
a>
E
a>
E

i
)
i
o
o
a>
E
a>
E
(U

0)

CD

a>
O
a>
o
"O

-o

•o

*o

"O

T3
-o

to



•o

-o

*o

"O

T3

"O




i-

S-



i_

S_
•r- L.


u
i.
«4-
s_

U

s.




•r~

•r—
u
•r-
i_
IS)
0>
iA
OJ
to
LTt
i/i
(U
«/)
CJ
(/) 


o
 TD

5

2

2

3

2

2

2

O.

Q.



o

o
• o

o
a>
o
• o
3 T-

o

o
UJ
©

o

o

o

o
3c
3
LU
z»
2 E
lu e
3
«—
3

LU r—
LU
f—
c_>
r—
UJ 1—
O E
3








3

UJ

P
CNIDARIA - sea anemones and hydroids
Anthopleura artemisia	S	S
NEMERT1NA - worm
Paranemertes perearina	S*	3.5 0.4	0.8 1.2
ECHIURIDA - worm
Echiurus echiurus alaskanus	S	4.4 S 6.4 2.8
PRIAPULA - worm
Priapulus caudatus	P
Y	ANNELIDA - Polychaeta - worm
w	Abarenicola pacifica	C
^	Aphroditoidea, unid. sp.
Capitellidae, unid. spp	A	Dom
Nephtvs caeca	P	P
Nereidae, unid. sp	D
Polydora quadrilobata	S	SAC
Polychaeta, unid. tubicolous sp	S
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda - clams
CIinocardium nuttallii	P S
Macoma balthica	(no./m2) 800 Dom 2000 A A A A	Dom	P C P P P P
Mya arenaria	(no./m2)	S	S	S C	S	S 1.2
Mytilus edulis	U) S S S	9 S	36	S	S S	T
M. edulis	(no./m2)	1923	1
Protothaca staminea	S
MOLLUSCA - Gastroooda - snails
Acn'aea ?persona	S
Aglaja ocelligera	S
Littorina sitkana	PS	S
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea - Crabs, barnacles,
beach hoppers
Anisogammarus pugettensis	P P
Balanus cariosus &
3. crenatus	(?)	S	S	P	S S S
Eudorella sp	A	A
Gnoriniosphaeroma oregonensis	P	p
-------
APPENDIX 4 (Cont.)
North of Ammunition Island complex
Location (Code)
Adjacent to or South of Ammunition Island complex
Taxon





_ __
„	„
,	„









„—..


—*

,—.
y—.



«¦—»

r"*

CVJ

O
ro
to

en
«*•

LO
CO

r—

V£>
rs

r-»


CM

CO

CO






r—
(T>


r—

r—
'M'
hh r—
1 *•—"


-'




*—'



r~"
1

1

1

1
1 T3

"TD
• "X3
t
"O
I "O
O
QJ
>
I
*o
» "O
1

1

1
.
2
1
X
a>

V

a»

a;
to EE
ai

Oi E
-a;
i
— i

O
o
0)
i
ai *i
a>
•a

to

to
a>
"O
o
to
*o
©
*o

*o

*o

TD
"O
"O

-a
•o

fO


XJ

*o









U

u



•r- t.

u
~r- L.

u
u u
*«-
t-


•»— L.


*r*


ifl

Ul


to
«/)

iA
trt 0)
(O
 o>
o
OJ
«/>
ai


V)

GJ
QJ

Cl

Cl

"O
-o
2

2



c 2

¦P T3
2
3

§


2

2

3C

Cl

CL



• O

o
• O

o
01 o
• o
3 *f-

o
• o

•
O
3 °

O

o
2
3
UJ
3
2
E
lu e
3C »—
2

UJ i—
UJ

U f-
UJ r—
O E
2
*¦"
3 r—
UJ
r—
2
•"




M
I
Ul
•vl
ARTHROPODA cont.
Leptocuma sp
Pagurus ochotensis
Telmessus cheiraqonus
ARTHROPODA - Insecta
Chirononridae, unid.
CHORDATA - Pisces - fish
Leptocottus armatus
Hicrooadus proximus
Pholis laeta
Platichthvs stellatus
* P = present, T = trace, D = drift, S = sparse, scattered or uncommon, C = common, A = abundant, Dom = dominant
-------
APPENDIX 5
DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE ESTIMATES FOR PLANTS AND ANIMALS OBSERVED
DURING INTERTIDAL FIELD STUDIES IN APRIL 1979 ON THE SOFT SUBSTRATE
PORTIONS OF LOWE RIVER AND DAYVILLE FLATS
Location (Code)
Lowe River	Dayville Flats
Taxon
PLANTS
ALGAE - Bacillariophyta
Diatom film
ALGAE - Chlorophyta - Green seaweeds
Enteromorpha sp	(%)
Ulvales, unid. spp.	(%)
ALGAE - Rhodophyta - Red seaweeds
?Pterosiphonia bipinnata
ALGAE - Phaeophyta - Brown seaweeds
Fucus distichus	(%)
Laminaria saccharina, juveniles
Melanosiphon intestinal is
Pylaiella littoralis
ANGIOSPERMAE
Zostera marina
o

m
cvj
*—¦
CM
r—
CM

CM
*—'


'
—'

,	


r_

at
0)

CD

>
>

>
o>
a>
a>
at

>

r—
>

a>



0)


TD
X
a.
•o
X

o
ex.

o
3E
_j

sr

INVERTEBRATES
CNIDARIA - Hydroida
Syncoryne mirabilis	(%)
NEMERTINA - Worm
Paranemertes peregrina	S
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta - worm
?Capitellidae, unid.	S S
Polydora quadrilobata	S-A
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda - Clams
Macoma balthica	Dom.C U
M.ya arenaria	(No./m2) 5-7 S
Mytilus edulis
MOLLUSCA - Gastropoda - Sea slug
Aqlaja diomedea	S-C
ARTHROPODA - Crustacea
Cumacea, unid. spp.	C C
Gammaridea, unid. spp.	S
CHORDATA - Pisces - Fishes
Leptocottus armatus
Platichthys stellatus	C S-C
C 2
P
S Dom,A Dom.A
P
1
S S S
P
S-C
1-378
-------
APPENDIX 6
DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF INTERTIDAL LOCATIONS
SURVEYED IN APRIL 1979 IN THE VICINITY OF ISLAND FLATS
Location
Approximate
Map Elevation
Designation	(m)
General
Appearance
Nature of
Sediment
and Debris
Type and
Amount of
Biogenic Activity
W. side of flats, 200 m	11
S. of Richardson Hwy.,
approximately 500 m E.
of City Limits Creek
W. side of flats, 700 ra	10
S. of Hwy.
E. side of flats, 500 m	12
S. of Hwy., 400 m W. of
Loop Road turn off
E. side of flats, 400 m	13
N. of Ammunition Island
E. side of flats, 50 m	14
N. of Ammunition Island
W. side of flats, 25-	9+9a
50 m N. of middle
whaleback
Center of flats, 50 m W.	8
of western channel into
flats, N. of middle
whaleback
E. side of flats, 200 m	15
NE of Ammunition Island,
E. of Siwash Creek channel
E. side of flats, 50-
100 m E. of Ammunition	16
Island
W. side of flats, S. of	1
base of middle whaleback
Center of flats, in chan- 6S7
nel between middle whale-
back
W. side of flat, in cove
S. of middle whaleback
Center of flat, 35 m S.
of barrier rock outcrops
(Z)
+2.7 Flat with scattered shallow
High Tide puddles
+2.1
High Tide
+2.1
High Tide
+1.2
Mid Tide
As above
Flat with scattered large
gravel, with little surface
water
As above
+2.1 Flat, clean surface, with-
High Tide out surface waters
+2.1 Uneven, slightly sloping sur-
High Tide face, with considerable sur-
face water
+2.1 Smooth, slightly sloping sur-
High Tide face, swept clean by tidal
currents, without surface
water
+1.2 Undulating surface with small
Mid Tide hummocks of mussels and Fucus;
without surface water
+0.3 Undulating surface with large
Mid Tide hummocks of mussels and silty
gravel pockets
+1.2 Soft mud flat at base of
Mid Tide sloping gravel beach, with
considerable surface water
+1.2 Very flat, without surface
Mid Tide water
-0.3	Flat mudflat with consid-
Low Tide	erable surface water
-0.6	Flat with moderate surface
Low Tide	water
Unconsolidated layer of sticky
viscous clay over a root mat;
drift Fucus
Consolidated clay with some shell
debris; very compact below 6 cm
Macoma tracks and dimples common
As above, plus some shell middens
Consolidated clay with some gravel As above
and shell debris
Consolidated sandy silt with some
large gravel and shell debris
Consolidated sticky stiff clay
Soft unconsolidated silt
Consolidated clayey sand to
sticky clay with gravel
Unconsolidated gravelly sand
some clay
Sandy gravel with pockets of un-
consolidated, soft clay
Soft unconsolidated layer of
silt
Consolidated silty sand with
scattered cobbles and boulders,
and some shell debris
Soft silty sand, some algal
debris
Consolidated silty sand with
some algal debris
As above
As above, plus some feeding exca-
vations
Macoma tracks common
Macoma tracks
Macoma tracks
Macoma tracks, and fecal costs
Macoma tracks, feeding excava-
tions of fish, birds, and sea
otters, and shell middens;
flounder prints
Abundant Polydora worm tubes and
shell middens
Some shell middens, bird and fish
feeding excavations, Echiurus
fecal pellets and burrows
-------
APPENDIX 6 (Cont.)
DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF INTERTIDAL LOCATIONS
SURVEYED IN APRIL 1979 IN THE VICINITY OF ISLAND FLATS
Location
Approximate
Map Elevation
Designation	(m)
General
Appearance
Nature of
Sediment
and Debris
Type and
Amount of
Biogenic Activity
E. side of flat, 40 m S.	17	MLLW
of Ammunition Island	Low Tide
E. side of flat, 100 m	18	-0.9
S. of Ammunition Island	Lower
Tide
Center of flat, 75 m	3 -1.0
S. of barrier rock	Lower
outcrops	Tide
Lowe River Flats, 400 m	20 +0.3
S. of river mouth, 200 m	Mid Tide
E. of shelf edge
As above, except at	19	-0.6
shelf edge	Low Tide
Dayville Flats, about	21	-0.6
750 m from road, at	Mid Tide
shelf edge
Dayville Flats, about	22	+1.2
200 m from road, about	Mid Level
100 m from shelf edge
Dayville Flats, about	23	+2.4
40 m off road	High Level
Flat with scattered cobbles
and little surface water
Flat with shallow puddles
and considerable surface
water; near lower edge of
tidal shelf
As above
Sand flat with scattered
puddles and numerous feeding
excavations; several small
drainage channels; patches
of consolidated clay common;
little surface water outside
puddles
Sand flat with small shallow
drainage channels, some small
scattered puddles, otherwise
little surface water
Uneven surface with numerous
small puddles and much
standing water, and a turf
of dense worm tubes about
1 cm high
As above
Slightly sloping surface
with much surface water
Stiff, sticky plastic clay with
scattered cobbles
Consolidated silty sand with
scattered patches of gravel;
algal and marsh grass debris
Sticky consolidated sandy clay
Layer of soft fine silty sand
3 cm thick over coarse sand;
some shell debris
Sand with silty pockets; the
latter get soupy in spots
Consolidated sandy silt
Sticky sandy clay with some
shell and algal debris
Stiff clay, rather clean with
some shell
Macoma tracks
Macoma tracks, Echiurus burrows
and fecal pellets, feeding ex-
cavation from ducks and fish;
shell middens
As above
Macoma tracks, bird and fish
feeding excavations, flounder
prints, few shell middens;
Macoma dimples on clay; some
Mya burrows
Some Macoma tracks, sparse
feeding excavations, common
flounder prints
Flounder prints common in spots,
some shell middens; Polydora worm
tubes very abundant
Sparse shell middens, very abund-
ant Polydora worm tubes
Sparse Macoma tracks and Mya
burrows
-------
APPENDIX 7
DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SUBTIDAL LOCATIONS
SURVEYED IN APRIL 1979 AT THE HEAD OF PORT VALDEZ
Location
Map
Designation
Depth1
(">)
General
Appearance
Nature of
Sediment
and Debris
Type and
Amount of
Biogenic Activity
Off gap between outer
whaleback and barrier
outcrops
Off channel E. of bar-
rier outcrops
Off E. end of Airmunition
Island
Off gravel spit at E. end
off Island Flats
3.7 Mudflat with very uneven sur-
face, pockmarks and mud cones
common; light diatom film
9.8 Steep slope of mud, pockmarks,
and mud cones comnon. Heavy
diatom film
15.9
15.9
3.0
10.7
16.8
2.1-
3.7
9.8
As above
2.4 Sandy flat at edge of slope
9.8 Steep slope with heavy diatom
film, evidence of slumping,
with uncommon pockmarks and
mud cones
As above, with considerable
evidence of a channel and
slumping
Gently sloping flat at edge
of shelf, numerous small and
large mud cones and pockmarks,
with diatom film
Steep slope with numerous
large mud cones and pockmarks,
heavy diatom film
As above
Gently sloping flat at edge of
shelf, with heavy diatom film
and dense turf of worm tubes;
numerous large mud cones and
pockmarks
Steep slope with considerable
evidence of slumping, heavy
diatom film, numerous mud
cones and pockmarks
Sticky soft clay
Soft sticky clay with some plant
debris (Fucus and marsh grass);
some small cobbles
As above
Fine silty sand with some shell
and plant (Fucus) debris
Soft silty clay with marsh grass
debris
As above
Fine soft silty sand with plant
debris (Fucus and marsh grass)
common
Fine silt
Fine silt
Fine soft gray sticky clay with
plant debris (algae and marsh
grass) common
As above
Fecal mounds and excavations of
Nephtys punctata common, some
smooth-walled burrows and worm
tubes
Fecal mounds and excavations of
N. puncata common, some shell
middens and worm tubes
Fecal mounds and excavations of
N. punctata common
Shell middens, crab tracks com-
mon; Echiurus burrows and fecal
pellets coirmon
Fecal mounds and excavations of
N. punctata sparse; some smooth
walled burrows
As above
Numerous fecal mounds and excava-
tions of N_. punctata, burrows and
fecal pellets of Echiurus, some
shell middens
Numerous fecal mounds and excava-
tions of N. punctata
As above
Numerous fecal mounds and excava-
tions of N^. punctata, fecal pel-
lets and burrows of Echiurus;
dense patches of Pol.ydora worm
tubes, some small middens
Numerous fecal mounds and excava-
tions of N^. punctata
15.8 As above
As above
As Above
1 Approximate depth, corrected for tidal variation.
-------
APPENDIX 7 (Cont.)
DESCRIPTION OF PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SUBTIDAL LOCATIONS
SURVEYED IN APRIL 1979 AT THE HEAD OF PORT VALDEZ
Location
Map
Designation
Depth*
(m)
General
Appearance
Nature of
Sediment
and Debris
Type and
Amount of
Biogenic Activity
Off Lowe River Flats,
near main channel
Off Dayville Flats,
toward S. side of
Port Valdez
First point E. of
Allison Creek and
Alyeska terminal
0.3 Clean sand flat with small
ripplemarks, rather fresh
looking to edge of shelf
2.7 Moderate slope
8.8 Moderate to steep slope
with evidence of slumping,
apparent channels from
turbity currents; moderate
diatom film in spots. Some
mud cones and pockmarks
14.9 As above
0.9 Flat with a turf of worm
tubes and small mud cones;
edge of slope indistinct
9.1 Gentle slope with abundant
mud cones
15.2 Steep slope with heavy
diatom cover and some mud
cones
3.0	Gently sloping flat at
edge of slope with light
diatom film and excavations
0.3 to 0.6 mm diameter
along edge of slope
9.1	Moderate slope with light
diatom film and mud cones
common
Fine silty sand, some areas with-
out silt, some gravel and cobble
As above, plus plant debris of
and marsh grass
Loose sand, plant debris moder-
ate (algae, marsh grass and
tree branches), some shell
debris
As above
Sticky well-consolidated clay
with plant debris (Fucus and
marsh grass)
As above
Unconsolidated slippery clay
with marsh grass debris
Fine silty sand with some
shell
Soft sticky clay with
scattered cobbles
Some bird and fish feeding
excavations and shell middens,
and flounder prints
Some fecal mounds and excavations
of N. punctata
As above
Abundant small fecal mounds;
Polydora worm tubes very
abundant; shell middens and
flounder prints common
Fecal mounds and excavations
abundant, shell middens common
Some shell middens and fecal
mounds and excavations of
JN. punctata
Excavations by feeding sea otters
common along edge of slope, some
clam siphon holes
Fecal mounds and excavations of
punctata
15.2
As above, except heavy
diatom film
As above
As above
~
Approximate depth, corrected for tidal variations
-------
APPENDIX 8
DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE ESTIMATES FOR PLANTS AND ANIMALS OBSERVED DURING SUBTIDAL FIELD STUDIES
IN APRIL 1979 ON SOFT SUBSTRATE PORTIONS OF THE BORDER OF PORT VALDEZ
Locations
Edge of flats	Slope	Slope
¦\<2.3m	^9.6m	^15.8m
Taxon
LxJ
Ll.
CO
<
C5
o
o
LlJ
Li.
CD
<
O
+J
-4->
4J
+->
+->

+J

4->
+->
-M
H->
O
O
o
u
u
u
o
o
U
c_>
O
o
0>
Q)



tf>
(/)
tO
t/1
wo


c
C
c
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
(0
«o

to

oo
OJ
PLANTS
ALGAE - Bacillariophyta
Diatom film
ALGAE - Chlorophyta - green seaweeds
Ulvales, unid. spp.
ALGAE - Phaeophyta - brown seaweeds
Desmarestia spp.b
Fucus distichus
Laminaria saccharina
Pylaiella ?1ittoraTTs
Scytosiphon lomentaria
INVERTEBRATES
PORIFERA - Sponges
Yellow sponge, unid.
CNIDARIA - Sea anemones and hydroids
Metridium senile
Ptilosarcus qumeyi
Stomphia ?didemon
Syncoryne mirabilis
ECHIURIDA - worm
Echiurus echiurus alaskanus
ANNELIDA - Polychaeta - worm
Nephtys punctata
Phyllodoce ?madeirensis
Polydora quadrilobata
Sabellidae, unid.
MOLLUSCA - Pelecypoda - clams
Clinocardium nuttallii
Macoma calcarea
Mya truncata
Mytilus edulis
Saxidomus giganteus
Ma H
A S
A
A	C
ASS
H H M
C D
D	D
C
S
H H M
D
S
D
C C C
S
H L M H H H H
D D D
D
S C
S
C
C C S S S C C
-------
APPENDIX 8 (Cont.)
Locations
Edge of flats	Slope	Slope
^9.6m	^15.8
o
O
LU
Ll_
co
<
CD
~
o
LjJ
Li.
CO
<

+->
-M

+J
4->
+->
+J
+->


+J
4->
+J
+->

+J

+->
u
u
u
L>
o
U
u
<_>
o
a
O

OJ
QJ


QJ
a»
a>
ai
OJ
a>
a)
a>

CO
in
c
c
c
c
C
C
c
c
c
c
e
c
c
c
c
c

c
c
c
C
1X3
to

rO
ro
ra
(V
to
fO

03
ro
fO
to
-------
THE MAMMALS OF PORT VALDEZ
Prepared for
ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
By
DAMES & MOORE
Engineering & Environmental Consultants
510 L Street, Suite 310
Anchorage, Alaska 99501
(907) 279-0673
September 1, 1979
1-385
-------
INTRODUCTION
This study is part of a general program designed to acquire
baseline biological data for a proposed refinery to be built by Alaska
Petrochemical Company (Aleptco). The site is located approximately 13
kilometers (km) east of Valdez. This report details the results of an
investigation of the mammal fauna of the proposed site. Mammals also
were investigated within the Valdez area and in the marine environment
near the proposed dock facility. Data were acquired through literature
review, interviews with local residents, visual field surveys on the
refinery site in late winter (April) and summer (June), and observations
of the Port Valdez marine environment in April and May. In addition, a
small mammal trapping survey was conducted on the refinery site in June
to fill a specific data gap identified during preliminary investigation.
This report is divided into three sections. The first section
presents the results of the small mammal study. The second section
consists of an annotated list of mammals combining information from all
sources. The third section is a summary discussion of habitat utiliza-
tion by mammals in the area and a designation of any important or critical
habitats.
SMALL MAMMAL STUDY
Methods
A qualitative trapping survey within the proposed Alpetco
refinery site boundaries was conducted on June 19 through June 22, 1979.
Six 100-meter (m) transects were established. Each transect was located
within a representative habitat type. The six transects are shown on
Figure 1 and the habitats crossed by each are described below.
1. Riparian woodland -- A shrub habitat within the Valdez
Glacier Stream floodplain characterized by very shallow
1-386
-------
soils, in some places bare alluvium. Dense bands of
alder are interspersed with open areas containing scat-
tered cottonwood seedlings.
2.	Deciduous forest -- A forest habitat characterized by a
mixed-age stand of cottonwood with a dense understory of
young cottonwood, alder, and ferns and a well-developed
soil/litter layer.
3.	Alder shrub -- A mountainside shrub habitat characterized
by clumps of alder interspersed with a dense cover of
ferns, false hellebore, and grasses. Soil is deep and
moist. The transect included the ecotone between the
cottonwood forest and the mountainside habitats.
4. Deciduous forest -- This transect covered an atypical
variation of the deciduous forest habitat adjacent to
Upper Corbin Creek (Corbin Creek/Glacier). It is char-
acterized by widely spaced cottonwoods and shallow dry
soil. The understory consists of willow and alder.
5.	Riparian woodland -- A variation of the riparian woodland
habitat consisting of a tall shrub/forest adjacent to
Lower Corbin Creek (Corbin Creek/Robe). It is char-
acterized by dense alder and willow with a few older
cottonwoods. Soils are generally deep and moist.
6.	Spruce forest -- A closed canopy forest habitat dominated
by Sitka spruce with a few old cottonwoods. The sparce
understory consists of ferns and devil's club. Soils are
deep and relatively dry.
Trap stations were spaced at 10-m intervals along each transect
and two museum special snap traps, baited with peanut butter and oatmeal,
were set at each station. In addition, two pitfall traps made from 2-
1-387
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
liter juice cans were imbedded flush with the soil surface and set along
each transect. Traps were checked once each day for three days.
Results
The results of the trapping study are shown in Table 1. The
species captured during this study were generally those that would be
expected to occur in this area based on existing information (e.g.
Rausch 1963; Manville and Young 1965). Three species of small mammals
were captured for a total of 69 individuals.
The red-backed vole (Clethrionomys rutilus) was the most
widespread and abundant member of the small mammal community. Red-
backed voles were found in all habitats examined but were most common in
the deciduous forest habitat. The density of red-backed voles was very
high in the area sampled by Transect 2. Table 2 provides some information
on the population structure and suggests that breeding pairs were spaced
at intervals of 10 to 20 m. If it is assumed that all animals within an
area 120 m X 20 m were captured by traps at Transect 2, then the density
of red-backed voles is approximately 70 per hectare. Because the greatest
proportion of habitat within the proposed refinery site is the deciduous
forest type, high densities of red-backed vole can be expected through-
out the development area.
Tundra voles (Microtus oeconomus) were found in only one
habitat type, the moist ecotone between the alder shrub community and
the deciduous forest covered by Transect 3. An additional tundra vole
specimen was captured incidental to the bird studies on the south shore
of Robe Lake at the ecotone between spruce forest and riparian woodland.
Shrews (Sorex cinereus) were most common in the area sampled
by Transect 3. Like the tundra vole, shrews were most common in the
ecotone between the alder shrub community and the deciduous forest in
moist habitats.
1-389
-------
TABLE 1
TOTAL ANIMALS CAPTURED ON EACH TRANSECT
Transect No.
Clethrionomys
rutilus
Microtus
oeconomus
Sorex
cinereus
Total
Animals
1
3


3
2
17


17
3
9
4
17
30
4
4


4
5
7

3
10
6
4

1
5
Total
44
4
21
69
1-390
-------
TABLE 2
TRAP HISTORY BY TRANSECT AND STATION NUMBER
FOR RED-BACKED VOLES
Transect 1
Transect 2
Transect 3
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
1



1



1
AF


2



2



2



3



3
AF

AM
3
AM


4



4
AM
AF,JM
JF ,JF
4
AM


5
AM
AM.AF

5
AF


5



6



6
AM

AM
6


AF
7



7
AM
JF
JF.AF
7

AM

8



8
AM


8
AF


9



9
AF


9
AM,JF


10



10
AF


10

JF

Transect 4
Transect 5
Transect 6
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Station
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
1



1



1



2



2



2
JM


3
AM,AF


3



3


AF
4



4

AM

4



5



5
JF


5



6



6



6



7
AM,JM


7



7



8



8


JF
8
JF


9



9


AM
9



10



10
AM,AF

AF
10

AF

AM = Adult male
AF = Adult female
JM = Juvenile male
JF = Juvenile female
1-391
-------
The areas covered by Transects 1 and 4 yielded very few
animals in the traps, probably because the habitats along these transects
are characterized by shallow soils with very small amounts of litter.
ANNOTATED LIST OF MAMMALS PRESENT OR LIKELY TO BE PRESENT
ON OR NEAR THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT SITES
Masked Shrew (Sorex cinereus) -- The presence of this shrew
was confirmed on the proposed refinery site during the trap-
ping study. It is abundant in moist habitat areas. Its
presence in the Valdez area also has been noted by Manville
and Young (1965).
Little brown bat (Myotis lucifugus) -- Manville and Young
(1965) reported that the range of this species includes all of
Prince William Sound. Perkins (personal communication 1979)
reported a bat of unknown species in the Valdez area.
Snowshoe hare (Lepus americanus) -- The snowshore hare is
present in the Valdez area but numbers were very low at the
time of this study (Perkins, personal communication 1979). No
evidence of hares was found on the proposed refinery site
during this field investigation.
Pika (Ochotona collaris) -- The pika is present in rocky
habitats at higher elevations in the Valdez area (Perkins,
personal communication 1979). It may be present in the
mountains near the proposed refinery site.
Hoary marmot (Marmota caligata) — The marmot is present in
rocky habitats in the Valdez area (Perkins, personal com-
munication 1979). It may be present on the mountain slopes
adjacent to the proposed refinery site.
Arctic ground squirrel (Citellus undulatus) -- This species is
1-392
-------
present in alpine terrain at higher elevations in the Valdez
area. It is probably present in suitable habitat within the
mountains adjacent to the proposed refinery site.
Red squirrel (Tamiasciurus hudsonicus) -- This species was
confirmed on the proposed refinery site during several field
studies. It is a common resident of the spruce forests within
the study area.
Red-backed vole (Clethrionomys rutilus) -- The presence of
this species was confirmed on the proposed refinery site
during the trapping study. It is undoubtedly the most abun-
dant mammal within the development area. It is found in
various habitats but is most abundant in deciduous forest
areas with relatively deep soil.
Tundra vole (Microtus oeconomus) -- The presence of this
species was confirmed on the proposed refinery site during the
trapping study. It is probably limited to relatively moist
habitat areas. Although present, this species was not abundant
within the development area.
Porcupine (Erethizon dorsatum) -- The presence of this species
was confirmed on the proposed refinery site during the field
study. It is probably not abundant on the site.
Wolf (Canis lupus) -- Occasional reports of this species have
been recorded in the Valdez area (Perkins, personal communica-
tion 1979). The wolf is probably rare in the area if it
occurs at all.
Coyote (Canis latrans) — This species is present in the
Valdez area (Perkins, personal communication 1979). It may be
an occasional visitor to the development area.
1-393
-------
Red fox (Vulpes fulva) -- This species is present in the
Valdez area. Fox tracks were observed on the proposed re-
finery site during this study.
Black bear (Ursus americanus) -- The presence of this species
was confirmed on the proposed refinery site during field
surveys. It is a common resident utilizing a variety of
habitat types depending on seasonal food availability (Mcllroy
1970). Black bears are generally abundant in the Valdez area
(Reynolds 1976a).
Brown/Grizzly bear (Ursus arctos) -- This species is present
in the Valdez area (Reynolds 1976b). It is a common summer
resident of the proposed refinery site, particularly when
salmon are spawning in Brownie Creek and Lower Corbin Creek
(Corbin Creek/Robe) (Williams, personal communication 1979).
Alaska marten (Martes americana) -- This species is found in
the spruce forests of the Valdez area (Perkins, personal
communication 1979). It may be an occasional visitor to the
refinery site area.
Ermine (Mustela erminea) — Ermine are present in the Valdez
area (Perkins, personal communication 1979). It is a probable
inhabitant of the refinery site area although its presence was
not confirmed.
Mink (Mustela vison) -- This species is present in the Valdez
area (Perkins, personal communication 1979). It is a probable
inhabitant along streams on the proposed refinery site, al-
though its presence was not confirmed.
River otter (Lutra canadensis) -- The presence of this species
was confirmed on the proposed refinery site near Lower Corbin
Creek during field investigations. It is probably a permanent
1-394
-------
resident of the Lower Corbin (Corbin Creek/Robe)/Brownie Creek
area at the southern end of the site. Its presence also was
confirmed in the Port Valdez marine environment near the
Mineral Creek Islands.
Wolverine (Gulo gulp) -- This species is present in the Valdez
area (Perkins, personal communication 1979). It may rarely
visit the refinery site area.
Lynx (Lynx canadensis) -- Lynx are present in the Valdez area
(Perkins, personal communication 1979). It is a probable
visitor to the refinery site area, although its presence was
not confirmed.
Sea otter (Enhydra lutris) -- The presence of this species
within the Port Valdez marine environment was confirmed during
this study. Twenty-nine sea otters were observed at the
eastern end of Port Valdez in April 1979. Otters were ob-
served feeding on the north side of the bay near the Mineral
Creek Islands and regular feeding activity was noted in the
Solomon-Aliison Creek area throughout the study period.
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) — This species is common in Port
Valdez at all times of the year (Sangster, unpublished data).
Its presence was confirmed during this study with concentra-
tions noted in the Mineral Creek Islands area (27 seals seen
in May 1979) and in the Dayville Flats area. Small numbers of
seals were regularly observed in the Solomon-Allison Creek
area.
Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubata) -- This species is ob-
served occasionally in Port Valdez (Pitcher 1975; Dames &
Moore 1977).
Sitka black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus sitkensis) --
This species is present in the Valdez area (Perkins, personal
1-395
-------
communication 1979). Tracks were observed on the refinery
site in April 1979 during this study. The presence of deer in
the Valdez area apparently represents a recent range extension.
Use of the refinery site area by deer is probably only occasional.
Moose (Alces alces) — This species is present in the Lowe
River Valley east of Keystone Canyon but rare in the Valdez
area. Marginal habitat, deep snow, and geographic barriers
apparently prevent extensive use of this area by moose. No
evidence of moose was noted during this study.
Mountain goat (Oreamnos americanus) -- This species is present
at high altitudes within the mountains adjacent to Port Valdez
(Manville and Young 1965). Utilization of the refinery site
area is unlikely.
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) -- This species is present
occasionally in Port Valdez (Perkins, personal communication
1979).
Pall porpoise (Phocoena dalli) — This species is present
occasionally in Port Valdez (Perkins, personal communication
1979).
Killer whale (Orcinus orca) -- This whale is present occasion-
ally in Port Valdez (Perkins, personal communication 1979).
Humpback whale (Meqaptera novaeangliae) -- This species of
whale is probably rare in Port Valdez. Perkins (personal
communication 1979) reported one unconfirmed sighting.
Minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata) -- This species is
common in Prince William Sound in the summer (Pitcher 1975).
It may rarely enter Port Valdez.
1-396
-------
HABITAT CONSIDERATIONS
Refinery Site and Pipeline Corridor
Mammal use of the proposed refinery site and adjoining area is
light. Most of the species mentioned in the previous section would be
expected to be present only occasionally or in small numbers. Red-
backed voles are an exception to the above and probably play a signifi-
cant role in the community metabolism of the deciduous forest habitat.
The only large mammal that is common on the site is the black bear.
Black bears can be expected to utilize a variety of habitat types in
response to the seasonal availability of preferred food items. Food
habitat data obtained by Mcllroy (1970) suggests that the habitats most
used by black bears include marsh areas, mountainside shrub areas, and
areas adjacent to streams. Brown bears are present on the proposed
refinery site primarily during late summer and fall in response to
salmon.
The proposed refinery site does not occupy any habitat that
would be considered unique or critical to local mammal populations with
the exception of the salmon spawning areas on Lower Corbin Creek (Corbin
Creek/Robe) and Brownie Creek, which are heavily utilized by black and
brown bears (Figure 1). The general area adjoining the above creeks and
bordering the southern margin of the site (also crossed by the proposed
pipeline/roadway) is important for a variety of species because of its
ecological diversity (Figure 1). Salmon and other fish within the
streams are an important food source not only for bears, but also for
river otter and mink. The mixed habitat types would be expected to
enhance the area's value to large mammals and furbearers.
Most of the remainder of the site is covered by either a
relatively uniform deciduous forest dominated by cottonwood or a flood-
plain shrub community. Neither of these habitat types is unique to the
area or of exceptional value to mammal populations. Small mammal
populations are very high in the deciduous forest but disturbance to
this habitat type is likely to have only local effects.
1-397
-------
Port Valdez Marine Environment
The refinery dock facility proposed for the southern shore of
eastern Port Valdez would occupy some potential habitat for marine
mammals. These habitats are currently used as feeding areas by sea
otters and harbor seals (Figure 1). It is unlikely that any portion of
the south shore area is critical to these animals because of their
mobility and the general availability of similar habitat throughout the
area.
1-398
-------
REFERENCES
Dames & Moore, 1977. City of Valdez port expansion study - Phase I.
Anchorage, Alaska.
Mcllroy, C. W., 1970. Aspects of the ecology and hunter harvest of
the black bear in Prince William Sound. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of
Alaska: 69 pp.
Manville, R. H. and S. P. Young, 1965. Distribution of Alaskan
Mammals. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Circular 211:74 pp.
Perkins, George, 1979. Biological consultant. Personal communication.
Pitcher, K. W., 1975. Distribution and abundance of sea otters,
Steller sea lions, and harbor seals in Prince William Sound,
Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 31 pp.
Rausch, R. L., 1961. A review of the distribution of holarctic
recent mammals. 10th Pacific Science Conf., Univ. of Hawaii:
44 pp.
Reynolds, Jr., 1976a. Black bear survey-inventory report. Game Mgt.
Unit 6. Alaska Department of Fish and Game. Fed. Aid Proj. No.
W-17-8.
Reynolds, J., 1976b. Brown-grizzly bear survey-inventory progress
report. Game Management Unit 6. Alaska Department of Fish and
Game. Fed. Aid Proj. No. W-17-9.
Sangster, M., 1979. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Unpublished data.
Williams, Fred, 1979. Alaska Department of Fish and Game. Personal
communication.
1-399
-------
PLANT COMMUNITIES OF EASTERN PORT VALDEZ, ALASKA
Prepared for
ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
Prepared by
DAMES & MOORE
Engineering & Environmental Consultants
510 L Street, Suite 310
Anchorage, Alaska 99501
(907) 279-0673
August 1979
1-400
-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to express our gratitude to Carol Griswold, Homer
Society of Natural History, and Dr. David Murray, University of Alaska
Herbarium, for identifying or confirming many of the plants collected on
the study area.
1-401
-------
INTRODUCTION
A general reconnaissance survey of the major plant communities
occuring in the area from Valdez, Alaska eastward to Valdez Glacier,
south to Robe Lake, and west to Allison Creek was conducted from March
to August 1979. Special emphasis was given to the area east of Valdez
Glacier Stream which is proposed for use as a petrochemical refinery.
The study focused on the dominant plant species of these communities.
The species listed do not represent total species present in the study
area.
METHODS
Published literature on the vegetation of Port Valdez is
sparse and limited to coastal wetlands (Crow 1977 and Batten et al.
1977). All data on terrestrial and aquatic plants presented in this
report was collected during the course of this study.
Initially, the major vegetation patterns were delineated from
1978 black and white aerial photographs at a scale of 1:24,000 using
standard remote sensing techniques. Vegetation maps were constructed
after all the vegetation types were field-checked for accuracy (Figure
1).
Representative sites within the vegetation types and successional
stages were selected and systematically sampled. Sampling involved the
use of 1/4 m2 quadrats spaced every 5 meters (m) along a 50-m transect
with the exception of Transect 1 where a 100-m transect was sampled.
Total cover contributed by each species was estimated within each
quadrat. Occurrence and percent cover were used to determine major
species. Station data are listed in Appendix I. Only qualitative
random sampling was used in the freshwater marsh vegetation type.
Additional taxa located during other field operations were added to the
species list.
Plant specimens collected were prepared by standard botanical
techniques. Scientific names are according to Hulten (1968) and common
names are according to Welsh (1974).
1-402
-------
RESULTS
An attempt was made to characterize the plant communities that
were meaningful for analysis of bird and mammal distribution within the
study area. This approach was first applied in Alaska by Dice (1920).
The basic ecological formations identified during this study
are:
Streamside alluvium	Deciduous-Spruce forest
Riparian woodland	Spruce forest
Freshwater marsh	Alder shrub
Deciduous forest
Dominant species occuring in each formation sampled are listed
in Table 1.
Streamside alluvium
Included here are the well drained gravel deposits, often
dominated by sedge (Carex lynqbyaei) but usually unvegetated. This
formation was not systematically sampled during this study.
Riparian woodland
The largest expanse of riparian woodland occurs along Valdez
Glacier Stream on newly exposed floodplains and is characterized by
small clumps of young black cottonwood (Populus balsamifera), Sitka
alder (Alnus crispa sinuata) and willow (Salix alaskensis and Salix
chamissonis) interspersed with large open areas largely covered by
folious lichens (Stereocaulon sp and unidentified species) and two moss
species (Stelaginella sibirica and Lycopodium selago). Species diversity
is very low in this area with only a few hardy species such as sweet-
scented bedstraw (Galium triflorum) and horsetails (Equisetum aryense
and Equisetum varieqatum) occuring under the shrubs.
This vegetation type represents the pioneer successional stage
of the adjacent deciduous cottonwood forest. Other riparian woodlands
1-403
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
TABLE 1
COMMON PLANT SPECIES FOUND IN MAJOR PLANT COMMUNITIES
JULY AND AUGUST, 1979
AREA OF OCCURRENCES
Riparian	Freshwater	Spruce	Deciduous	Alder
Scientific Name	Common Name	Woodland	Marsh	Forest	Forest	Shrub
LICHENS:






Streocaulon sp

X


X

Folious lichens, unid.

X

X
X

MOSSES:






Bryophytes, unidentified
mosses
X

X
X

Sphagnum sp


X



Lycopodium selaqo
fir clubmoss
X




Selaqinella sibirica
northern selaginella
X


X

HORSETAIL:






Equisetum arvense
meadow horsetail
X

X
X

E. fluviatile
swamp horsetail

X



E. variegatum
variegated scouring-rush
X




FERNS:






Thelypteris pheqopteris
northern beech-fern




X
Athyrium filix-femina
lady fern


X
X
X
Dryopteris dilatata
spinulose shield-fern


X
X
X
Gymnocarpium dryopteris
oak-fern


X
X
X
FLOWERING PLANTS:






Picea sitchensis
Sitka spruce
X

X
X

Calamaqrostis canadensis
bluejoint


X
X
X
Poa qlauca
glaucous bluegrass



X

Carex aquatilis
water sedge

X



Carex sp
sedge

X



Veratrum viride
false hellebore




X
Streptopus amplexifolius
clasping twist-stalk


X
X

Populus balsamifera
black cottonwood
X


X

Salix alexensis
Alaska willow
X




Salix Chamissonis
Chamisso willow
X




Salix spp
willow
X
X
X
X
X
Alnus crispa sinuata
Sitka alder
X

X
X
X
Betula qlandulosa
dwarf birch

X



Aconitum del phinifolium
monkshood



X

-------
TABLE 1 (Continued)
COMMON PLANT SPECIES FOUND IN MAJOR PLANT COMMUNITIES
JULY AND AUGUST, 1979
Scientific Name
Common Name
Riparian
Woodland
Freshwater
Marsh
AREA OF OCCURRENCES
Spruce
Forest
Deciduous
Forest
Alder
Shrub
I
o
FLOWERING PLANTS (Continued):
Actaea rubra arguta
Thalictrum sparsiflorum
Heuchera glabra
Ribes bracteosum
Aruncus sylvester
Geum macrophyllum
Rubus spectabilis
Sorbus scopulina
Astragulus alpinus
Lupinus nootkatensis
Circaea alpina
Epilobium anqustifolium
lalifolium
Hippuris vulgaris
Echinopanax horridum
Heracleum lanatum
Osmorhiza depauperata
Pyrola asarifolia
Pyrola secunda
Menyanthes trifoliata
Boschniakia rossica
Utricularia intermedea
Galium triflorum
Sambucus racemosa
Viburnum edule
Achillea boreal is
Arnica ?latifolia
Artemisia arctica
Solidago multiradiata
baneberry
few-flower meadowrue
alpine heucheria
stink current
goatsbeard
large-leafed avens
salmonberry
western mountain ash
alpine milk-vetch
lupine
enchanter's nightshade
fi reweed
river beauty
common marestail
devil's club
cow parsnip
sweet cicely
olive-leafed wintergreen
one-sided wintergreen
buckbear
ground cone
flat-leafed blatterwort
sweet-scented bedstraw
red-berried elder
highbush cranberry
yarrow
northern goldenrod
-------
occur along Corbin and Brownie Creeks but have floral compositions very
similar to the deciduous forest. However, they are dominated by willow
and alder.
Freshwater marsh
The marshes of the Valdez area are generally characterized by
standing water and emergent vegetation. The largest marsh in this
region occurs in the old bed of Robe Lake (Figure 2). In the 1930's
Robe Lake became heavily loaded with silt when Valdez Glacier Stream
invaded Corbin Creek. Between 1956 and 1958 concerned citizens, in an
attempt to stop the siltation of Robe Lake, diked Corbin Creek, and
thereby diverted much of its flow into the floodplain of Valdez Glacier
Stream (ADF&G 1979). This caused a loss of 30 - 40 cubic feet per
second (cfs) of water flow into Robe Lake. Decreasing water levels have
since resulted in a sharp increase in aquatic emergent vegetation and an
increase in marsh land.
Dominant plants in this community include sedges (Carex
aquatilis and Carex sp), dwarf birch (Betula qlandulosa), flat-leafed
bladderwort (Utricularia intermedia), mare's tail (Hippuris vulgaris),
swamp horsetail (Eguisetum fluviatile), buckbean (Menyanthes trifoliata),
and sphagnum moss (Sphagnum sp).
Deciduous forest
The deciduous forest is the largest and most widespread of all
the plant communities in the study site and is strongly dominated by
black cottonwood. Two transects were run in this deciduous forest type.
The first transect was located in a middle-aged, open-canopy
stand representing an intermediate successional stage of development.
Black cottonwood up to 19 m and willow (Salix spp) made up most of the
overstory with a lesser amount of alder occuring throughout the stand.
Species diversity within the understory was relatively high with the
ground cover composed of mosses, lichens, one-sided wintergreen (Pyrola
1-407
-------
I
-p-
o
00
1916 U.S.G.S. Topographic Map of Valdez & Vicinity
FIGURE 2
¦ 0ne M'"le ¦	ROBE LAKE SHORELINE
1916 & 1979
1916
1979
OAMia 0 MOONS
-------
secunda), liver-leafed wintergreen (P_. asarifolia) and bedstraw. Other
major species occuring throughout the community were bluejoint grass
(Caliamagrostis canadensis), lady fern (Athyrium filix-femina), river
beauty (Epilobium latifolium), yarrow (Achillea boreal is) and monkshood
(Aconitum del phinifolium delphinifolium). Additional species are listed
in Table 1.
The second transect was located in a mature, closed-canopy
cottonwood forest representing the highest level of development for this
sub-climax community. The overstory was all black cottonwood 20 - 25 m
tall. Dense alder and mountain ash (Sorbus scopulina) up to 5 m tall
and devil's club (Echinopanax horridum), along with lady fern, spinulose
shield-fern (Dryopteris dilata americana), and oak fern (Gynmocarpium
dryopteris) make up most of the understory. Other common species included
salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis), goatsbeard (Aruncus sylvester), clasping
twisted-stalk (Streptopus amplexifolius), cow parsnip (Heracleum lanatum),
and sweet cicely (Osmorphiza despauperata). Ground cover was mainly
liver-leafed wintergreen with lesser amounts of bedstraw and enchanter's
nightshade (Circaea alpina). Many of these species, however, occur to
some degree throughout the serai stages of the forest.
Deciduous-Spruce forest
The deciduous, black cottonwood forest intergrades with the
spruce forest in much of the area south of Corbin Creek. Although no
sampling was done within this type, it appeared to have a mixture of
species common to both plant communities.
Spruce forest
Pure stands of Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) are found along
the access corridor near Robe River, but this vegetation type is the
least abundant in the vicinity of the proposed project. In the spruce
forest the understory is a low shrub complex, strongly dominated by
devil's club and smaller amounts of alder. Other common shrubs included
salmonberry, highbush cranberry (Viburnum edule), red elderberry (Sambucus
racemosa) and stink current (Ribes bracteosum). Shield ferns, enchanter's
1-409
-------
nightshade, liver-shaped wintergreen and moss dominated the ground cover
portion of the understory.
This formation is believed to be the climax vegetation of the
lowland areas of eastern Port Valdez.
Alder shrub
This community occurs on essentially all the lower mountain
slopes surrounding the study area and is strongly dominated by the Sitka
alder. Mountain ash and red elderberry are commonly mixed in with the
alder. The understory is heavily dominated by devil's club, salmonberry,
shield ferns, lady fern and one species of marsh fern (Thelypteris
phegopteris) -- only found in this habitat. Open areas along the slope
are heavily vegetated by tall bluejoint grass and false hellebore (Veratrum
yiride).
1-410
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 1979. Fish, wildlife and habitat
resources in eastern Port Valdez and recommendations for further study
and monitoring programs for the ALPETCO refinery. 25pp.
Batten, A. R., S. Murphy and D. F. Murray, 1977. Definition of Alaska
coastal wetlands by floristic criteria. Environmental Protection
Agency, Corvallis Environmental Research Lab, Corvallis, Oregon.
490 pp.
Crow, John H., 1977. Salt marshes of Port Valdez, Alaska and vicinity:
a baseline study. Final Report to the U.S. Department of Interior.
Rutgers University. 113 pp.
Dice, L. R., 1920. The land vertebrate associations of interior Alaska.
University of Michigan Mus. Zool. Occasional Paper No. 85. 24 pp.
Hulten, E., 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. Stanford
University Press. 1008 pp.
Welsh, S. L., 1974. Anderson's flora of Alaska and adjacent parts of
Canada. Brigham Young University Press, Provo Utah. 724 pp.
1-411
-------
APPENDIX la
SPECIES COMPOSITION AND PERCENT COVER IN RIPARIAN WOODLAND, ALPETCO SITE
1/4 M SQUARE QUADRATS
TAX A	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Stereocaulon
50
50
30
50
40
40
40
80
T
95
40
50
40
85
Folious Lichen, unid.
10
T
T
T
T
2

T


T



Lycopodium selago
T
15
5
10
10
25
15
5
1
T
5
20
10

Selaginella sibirica
T
T
1
10
2
1
T

T

5
10
45
15
Populus balsimifera







25

5
25
5


Salix spp


5


20

10
50




5 15
Alnus crispa
10

25


100
1
1
50
100 100 100



80
Galium triflorium	T
Pyrola secunda	1
Osmorhiza depauperata	5
Equisetum varieqatum	5
E. arvense	T
95
5
T = trace
-------
APPENDIX lb
SPECIES COMPOSITION AND PERCENT COVER IN OPEN CANOPY DECIDUOUS FOREST, ALPETCO SITE
1/4 M SQUARE QUADRATS
TAXA
10
Stereocaulon sp	T 30 50
Folious lichen, unid.	1	10 20	1	1
Lycopodium spp	50 60 80	5	5
Sphagnum sp	20	30 80	5
Athyrium filix-femina	25
Calamagrostis canadensis	5	3	25
Poa glauca	T 30 40	T
Populus balsamifera	80	60 100 10 10 15	100
Salix sp	5 100	80	50
Alnus crispa sinuata	2	20	1	5
Epilobium angustifolium 2	14	3	10 15
Pyrola secunda	15	2 20	30
Galium triflorum	T	T	11	T 20	10
Achillea boreal is	20	50
T = trace
-------
APPENDIX Ic
SPECIES COMPOSITION AND PERCENT COVER IN CLOSED CANOPY DECIDUOUS FOREST, ALPETCO SITE
1/4 M SQUARE QUADRATS
TAXA	123456789	10
Athyrium filix-femina 10	10
Gymnocarpium dryopteris	5
Populus balsamifera	100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Salix sp	T
Alnus crispa sinuata	75 60	100	100 80 100 100
Actaea rubra arguta	10	50
Streptopus amplexifolius	15	15	10
Aruricus syl vester	5
Sorbus scopulina	25	10
Circaea alpina	10
Echinopanax horridum	50 25 90 90 85 100	20 75	80
Heracleum lanatum	20	25
Osmorhiza depauperata	2
Pyrola asarifolia	25 20	5 15 10 30 20 50 10	15
Galium triflorum	20	T	25	10	1
Viburnum edule	20
T = trace
-------
APPENDIX Id
SPECIES COMPOSITION AND PERCENT COVER IN CLOSED CANOPY SPRUCE FOREST, ALPETCO SITE
1/4 M SQUARE QUADRATS
TAX A
10
Lycopodium spp	10	T 25 30	T 75 10 5	30 T
Athyrium filix-femina	30	25
Dryopteris dilatata	25	10 10	20 60	20 10
Gymnocarpium dryopteri s	5	1	1
Picea sitchensis	100	100 100 100	100 80 100 50	100 100
Alnus crispa sinuata	30	10 10 80	90 50	30 100
Geum macrophyllum	5
Aruncus sylvester	T	10
Circaea alpina	5	10 10 5	1 25 10 5	5 30
Echinopanax horridum	100	80 100 70	100 100 100 30	50 50
T = trace
-------
APPENDIX Ie
SPECIES COMPOSITION AND PERCENT COVER IN ALDER SHRUB COMMUNITY, ALPETCO SITE
1/4 M SQUARE QUADRATS
TAXA	123456789	10
Thelypteris pheqopteris	5	15 10
Athyrium filix-femina	25	30 20	10
Dryopteris dilatata	20 40 100	100	100
Gymnocarpium dryopteris	30 10 15 25 50 10	T	5	5
Calamagrostis canadensis	30	5
Veratrum viride	40
Alnus crispa sinuata	100 100 10 80 90 30	100 100
Rubus spectabilis	80 20	15	75 100
Sorbus scopulina	50
Echinopanax horridum	10	80	100 50	10
Sambucus racemosa	20	5
T = trace
-------
BIOLOGICAL STUDIES REPORT
SALMON FRY DISPERSION IN EASTERN PORT VALDEZ
THE ALASKA PETROCHEMICAL COMPANY
Prepared by
DAMES & MOORE
Anchorage, Alaska
September 1979
1-417
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 		1-421
METHODS		1-4 24
Study Constraints		1-424
Fry Outmigration Monitoring		1-424
Estuarine Shoreline Observations 		1-426
Food Habits		1-426
RESULTS		1-426
Fry Outmigration Monitoring 	 1-4 26
Estuarine Shoreline Observations 	 1-428
Food Habits	 1-437
DISCUSSION	 1-437
REFERENCES	 1-441
1-418
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table	Page
1	Salmon Escapement for Selected Eastern
Port Valdez Streams, 1971-1978 	 1-423
2	Summary of Fry Outmigration Trapping
Results	 1-427
3	Summary of Island Flats Salmon Fry
Shoreline Observations - Number of Fry
Observed Within Designated Shoreline
Segments	 1-432
1-419
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure	Page
1	Study Area Location Map	1-422
2	Downstream Migrating Pink and Chum Salmon
Fry in City Limits Creek as Reflected in
Night Trap Catches	1-429
3	Fry Capture Rates Over a 24-Hour Period
Based on Intermittent 15-Minute Capture
Periods	1-430
4	Downstream Migrating Pink and Chum Salmon
Fry in Loop Road Creek No. 2 as Reflected
in Night Trap Catches	1-431
5	Distribution of Chum Salmon Fry,
April 24 - May 23, 1979 	 1-434
6	Numbers of Salmon Fry Observed in the
Island Flats/Mineral Creek Area vs.
Observation Date	 1-435
7	Length Distributions of Chum Salmon Fry
From Island Flats	 1-436
1-420
-------
INTRODUCTION
As part of a general program to acquire baseline biological
data for a proposed refinery and dock to be built by Alaska Petrochemical
Company (Alpetco), various field studies were initiated to address areas
of specific concern. Preliminary investigations and discussions with
regulatory agency personnel revealed apprehension about the potential
for impact on juvenile pink and chum salmon in Port Valdez. Pink and
chum salmon, in contrast to the other salmon species, spend little time
in fresh water. Rather, the young fish (fry) migrate downstream into
salt water soon after emergence from the spawning gravels in the spring.
During this time very large numbers of fry become concentrated in estuarine
inshore areas and, thus, become particularly vulnerable to impact from
shoreline disturbances. This report presents the results of a brief
field study conducted to gain information specific to this early stage
in the life history of pink and chum salmon. The following topics were
considered during the study:
1.	Timing and duration of use of eastern Port Valdez by pink
and chum salmon.
2.	Areas of fry concentration.
3.	Ecological value of the area to the fry.
At least 12 stream systems within eastern Port Valdez are
known to support pink and chum salmon spawning activity (Figure 1).
Escapement estimates for these streams are presented in Table 1. Pink
salmon spawners have been abundant only during odd years, whereas chum
salmon numbers have fluctuated irregularly from year to year. Some of
the salmon utilizing eastern Port Valdez streams spawn within the inter-
tidal zone; therefore, the fry are partly under the influence of salt
water from the time of hatching. Studies by various investigators
(Noerenberg et al. 1964; Kirkwood 1963) have indicated that once the
young salmon reach the estuarine environment they form schools and
1-421
-------
VALDEZ
CITY LIMITS CR.-**4
(CROOKED CR.) )
PORT
flats
FIGURE 1
STUDY AREA LOCATION MAP
1-422
-------
TABLE 1
SALMON ESCAPEMENT FOR SELECTED EASTERN PORT VALDEZ STREAMS, 1971-1978
Year
City
Limits
Creek
City
Limi ts
Slough
Ess
Creek
Siwash
Creek
Loop Rd.
No. 2
Stream
Loop Rd.
No. 1
Stream
Sewage
Lagoon
Creek
Robe
Lake
Sys tem
Lowe
River
System
Dayville
Flats
Creek
Solomon
Gulch
Creek
A11i son
Creek
Pink Salmon












1971
9403


13.0703
1003
1,0803

4,500'
35 ,3703
1,3006

3007
1972
303


2203

4751

O1
0'



1973
1,700'


34,0803
3303
7,000'

15,0001
8,0003


257
1974
8603


703

262'


6703



1975
1 ,5203


79,180s
3,7903
6,420s

2,461'
41,4303
1,300"
1,500"
500"
1976
5'

65"
5'

18'

0'
1'



1977
3,6202
333"

46.5502
4,101'
18,718'
1,418'
330'
1 ,441'



1978
10s


O5
05
66 s
0s
2s
05



Chum Salmon












1971
2,660'

32"
1203




411'



1972
1 ,200'


2203

45'

40'
2,007'



1973
1 ,9303


2321



125'
1,063'

103

1974
1,0003


16'

0'






1975



1003







700"
1976
1,080'


2'

61

0'
270'



1977
O1


O1

Q1
0'
0'
0'



1978
1115






l5




From:
1	Williams, 1978 (one-time ground counts).
2	McCurdy & Pirtle, 1978 (calculated total seasonal escapement based on aerial and ground counts).
5	Pirtle, 1977 (calculated total seasonal escapement based on aerial and ground counts).
"	Johnson & Rockwell, 1978 (various methods).
5	Williams, personal communication (one-time ground counts).
*	Mattson, 1971 (estimated escapement based on aerial or ground counts).
7	Hattson, 1973 (estimated escapement based on aerial or ground counts).
-------
concentrate along shoreline areas. The schools of fry then move gradually
seaward with varying times of residence in estuarine "nursery" areas.
Mattson (1971; 1974; 1977) studied the behavior of salmon fry in Port
Valdez, particularly in relation to impacts from the Alyeska Pipeline
Service Company tanker terminal. He visually observed salmon fry (he
was not able to distinguish between pink and chum salmon) along various
sections of the shoreline. He concluded that the fry moved out of Port
Valdez relatively quickly, usually over a period of about three weeks
and that the greatest concentrations of fry were found in the west end
of Port Valdez.
METHODS
Study Constraints
It was apparent from the early stages of the field work that
the study was subject to a number of constraints. The following factors
served to dictate the course of the investigation:
1.	Pink salmon fry were not abundant in the study area.
Therefore, study effort concentrated on chum salmon.
2.	The primary chum salmon streams are located in the
northeast portion of Port Valdez. Greatest concentra-
tions of fry were found in this area and greatest study
effort was expended in this area.
3.	Characteristics of the Lowe River and its delta precluded
stream sampling and shoreline observations in the Lowe
River vicinity.
Fry Outmigration Monitoring
Preliminary visual observations to detect fry emergence from
1-424
-------
stream gravels were initiated on April 2 and continued at irregular
intervals until April 24. City Limits Creek, Siwash Creek, Loop Road
No. 1 Stream, and Robe River were observed.
On April 24, trapping was initiated on the above streams to
estimate the number of fry moving past a point near the mouths of the
streams. A 32-millimeter (1/8-inch) mesh seine was stretched across the
streams and anchored at each end. The streams were completely blocked,
except Robe River where about 25 percent of the stream width was blocked.
The seine was left in place for a suitable interval depending on fry
abundance. It was found that an interval of 15 to 20 minutes avoided
catching too many fry but usually yielded a reasonable sample. At the
end of the sampling interval, one end of the seine was brought across
the stream to retain those fish caught in the net. The fish were counted,
identified, and released. Representative samples of up to 40 fish were
retained and preserved for length measurements and stomach content
analysis. The trap locations on Siwash Creek and Loop Road No. 1 Creek
were immediately downstream from the Mineral Creek Loop Road culverts.
The trap location on City Limits Creek was about 100 meters (m) downstream
from the Richardson Highway crossing, near the edge of the mud flat.
The "mouths" of these streams were difficult to define because of the
extensive intertidal flat. Sample locations were selected at the upper
intertidal zone (about +3 m MLLW) to minimize tidal interference with
the sampling.
Trapping was conducted on City Limits Creek at 2 to 8-day in-
tervals between April 24 and May 28 with a total of seven successful
samples. Four successful trap samples were collected at approximately
10-day intervals on Siwash Creek. Samples were taken on five days at 4
to 10-day intervals on Loop Road No. 2 Creek. Only one successful
sample was collected on the Robe River because of the inaccessibility of
the stream mouth. Kirkwood (1963) found that the peak outmigration
occurred during the early night hours. Therefore, trapping was conducted
in dark or near-dark conditions usually between 2100 hours and 2300
1-425
-------
hours. On May 19 and 20, sampling of City Limits Creek was conducted at
intervals of 2 to 4 hours over a 24-hour period to determine daily
variation in fry outmigration.
Estuarine Shoreline Observations
Visual observations of shoreline areas were made between April
24 and May 23. The technique involved driving a skiff along the shore-
line while an observer tallied the number of fry seen. Numbers of fry
in any one school were subjectively estimated. This technique has been
used by Mattson (1971) and by the Alaska Department of Fish and Game in
some areas of Alaska to obtain an index on which to base salmon abundance
forecasts. Because of the shallow water in most of the study area,
these observations could be made only during higher tide stages.
Visual observations were conducted in the Island Flats/Mineral
Creek Islands area at intervals of 3 to 4 days during the study period.
Observations on the south shore between Solomon Gulch and Allison Creek
were conducted on May 6. Similar observations were conducted by walking
along the shoreline between Dayvilie Flats and Solomon Creek on May 18.
Samples of fry were collected by seine during several of the
shoreline surveys to verify species identification and obtain information
on growth.
Food Habits
Stomach contents were qualitatively analyzed from small
numbers of salmon fry caught within the stream and estuarine environ-
ments. Feeding behavior was visually observed also.
RESULTS
Fry Outmigration Monitoring
A summary of the trapping results is presented in Table 2. It
1-426
-------
TABLE 2
SUMMARY OF FRY OUTMIGRATION TRAPPING RESULTS




Chum Salmon Fry

Pink
Salmon Fry



Date

Duration
of Trapping
Total
Catch Rate
Mean Total
Length
Range
Total
Catch Rate
Mean Total
Length
Range
Other Fish Captured
Stream Name
(1979)
Time
Period (min.)
Catch
(No./Hr.)
Lenqth (mm)
(nun)
Catch
(No./Hr.)
Lenqth (mn)
(mm)
Total Lenqth in Parentheses
City Limits
Creek
04/24
2040
20
315
945
_ _
	
0

__
	
1 silver salmon (109 mm)

04/26
2100
15
155
620
36.5
33-41
0
—
--
-
0

05/02
2125
15
91
364
—
—
0
--
--
—
0

05/12
2255
15
54
216
—
—
20
80
—
--
5 three-spine stickleback

05/20
2125
15
43
172
—
—
1
4
—
--
0

05/24
2140
10
5
30
38.8
38-40
0
--
—
--
0

05/28
2235
15
4
16
40
37-45
0
—
--
--
0
Loop Road
Creek No. 2
04/26
2205
20
26
78
36
35-38
6
18
32
31-33
3 Dolly Varden (107, 56, 58 mm)

05/10
2135
20
0
—
—
—
25
75
—
--
1 Dolly Varden (-150 mm)

05/20
0025
15
77
308
—
—
87
348
—
--
4 Dolly Varden (all -60 mn)

05/24
2055
15
4
16
36
35-38
3
12
32
32
1 Dolly Varden (29 mm)

05/28
2150
15
8
32
35.6
35-36
3
12
31.3
31-32
0
Siwash Creek
(North Fork)
04/25
2240
20
2
6
37
37
0
--
—
--
2 Silver Salmon (82, 87 mm);
2 Dolly Varden (73-74 inn)

05/02
2225
15
3
12
—
—
2
8
--
--
14 Dolly Varden (all -60 nun)

05/10
2225
15
0
--
--
—
0
--
--
--
0

05/20
0405
15
1
4
~ —
- ~
0
"

"
10 Dolly Varden (9 @ -60 mm;
1 @ -150 mm)
Robe River
05/05
2225
15
1
16
—
—
1
16
--
--
1 Dolly Varden (60 mm)
-------
was felt that the nets trapped essentially all of the fry that passed
the sample point. Current velocities at the stream sample sites were
sufficient to prevent fry from swimming out of the net.
Chum salmon fry were first observed in City Limits Creek on
April 13 and outmigrants were abundant when trap sampling commenced on
April 24. Trapping results suggest that outmigration was greatest in
late April and gradually tapered off over a period of five or six weeks
(Figure 2). The larger size of the late May outmigrants suggests that
some of these fry had remained in the stream for a period of time prior
to moving out. A portion of the chum salmon fry apparently move into
the estuary soon after emergence, whereas others spend up to several
weeks in the creek. On May 11, about 15,000 fry were observed within
the upper part of the stream system. These fry were schooled and feed-
ing in the eddys, pools, and slough areas. Pink salmon fry were never
abundant in City Limits Creek; however, a few were observed in trap
samples in mid-May.
The results of the 24-hour sampling on May 19-20 are presented
in Figure 3. An abrupt peak in chum salmon fry outmigration rate occurred
at 1300 hours. This was somewhat surprising since it had been assumed
that peak migration was at night. An estimated 9200 fry per day passed
the sample location, based on the mean hourly catch rate for the eight
samples.
The results of the sampling in Loop Road No. 2 Creek are
presented in Table 2 and Figure 4. The somewhat limited data suggest
that the peak of chum salmon outmigration was about four weeks later
than in City Limits Creek. Substantial numbers of pink salmon fry were
also captured in mid-May. The number of fry caught in Siwash Creek and
the Robe River were very low.
Estuarine Shoreline Observations
The results of the shoreline observations are summarized in
Table 3. Figure 5 shows the shoreline segment designation used during
1-428
-------
FIGURE 2
DOWNSTREAM MIGRATING PINK AND CHUM SALMON FRY
IN CITY LIMITS CREEK
AS REFLECTED IN NIGHT TRAP CATCHES
1-429
BAMBB • MOONI
-------
1900
1800
iroo
o
o
If)
o
o
(0
o
o
o>
o
o
c\j
C4
o
o
cvi
TIME
FIGURE 3
FRY CAPTURE RATES OVER A 24-HOUR PERIOD
BASED ON INTERMITTENT 15-MINUTE CAPTURE PERIODS
1-430

-------
FIGURE 4
DOWNSTREAM MIGRATING PINK AND CHUM SALMON FRY
IN LOOP ROAD CREEK NO. 2
AS REFLECTED IN NIGHT TRAP CATCHES
1-431
-------
TABLE 3
SUMMARY OF ISLAND FLATS SALMON FRY SHORELINE OBSERVATIONS
NUMBER OF FRY OBSERVED WITHIN DESIGNATED SHORELINE SEGMENTS
Shoreline	Mean No. Fry Per
Segment*
4/24
4/26
4/29
5/3
5/6
5/10
5/13
5/16
5/20
5/23
100 Ft. of Shoreline
1
0
0
0
2100
1050

675
0
40
30
30.3
2

780
1500
70
0
0
170
0
23
0
30.4
3
500
20
3100
7615
5080

700
0
115
50
74.3
4

0
400
90
100
400
0
0
20
0
8.7
5

0
0
380
100

0

3
350
13.8
6
100
40
0
0
0

0

0
120
1.6
7

120
0
50
60

0


0
4.1
8
0
60
0
1130
50

0
30
0
0
16.4
9
0
110
100
175
750
200
0

0
0
10.9
10

935
100
275
0
0
10
80
210
25
6.4
11

0
0
20
0

0

0
0
0.1
12

70
0
20
0

5


0
1.1
13

0
120
250
0

0

0
0
3.7
14
550
25
0
0
0

0

0
0
5.0
Totals
1150
2160
5320
12175
7190
600
1560
110
411
575

*see Figure 5
-------
the study in the Mineral Creek Islands area. Visibility varied, de-
pending on wind, sun, and turbidity. Therefore, some of the observations
are incomplete. Turbidity generally increased toward the end of the
study period. Fry were observed in schools ranging from 10 to about 500
fish. They were usually seen within three feet of shore and appeared to
prefer abrupt shoreline habitats where currents were minimal. This
behavior conforms with that observed by other investigators (Mattson
1971; Cooney et al. 1978).
No fry were observed on the south shore of Port Valdez.
Preliminary observations, as well as indications of very poor 1978 pink
salmon escapements, suggested that intense investigation of the south
shore area would not be fruitful. The greatest effort was expended
within the area where salmon fry were known to be entering the estuary.
Salmon fry were seen along nearly all the abrupt shoreline habitats
within the Island Flats/Mineral Creek Islands area. The greatest number
of fry was consistently observed along the south shore of Dock Point
(Figure 5, Shoreline Segment 3). Discrimination between chum and pink
salmon was not posssible during these observations. However, seine
samples contained only chum salmon and it is likely that most of the
fish observed were chum.
The number of fry observed over the study period suggests that
fry utilized the Island Flats/Mineral Creek Islands habitat for a period
of at least a month with peak use occurring in early May (Figure 6).
Decreased visibility during the last half of May because of increased
glacial silt from the Lowe River and the Valdez Glacier Stream may have
partly accounted for the decrease in numbers of fry observed in that
time period.
The length distribution of fry caught within the estuary
suggests that schools consisted of fry of mixed ages (Figure 7). For
example, fry caught on May 10 ranged in size from 34 to 45 millimeters
(mm). The age of these fish probably ranged from a few days post-
1-433
-------
PAGE NOT
AVAILABLE
DIGITALLY
-------
FIGURE 6
NUMBERS OF SALMON FRY OBSERVED
IN THE ISLAND FLATS / MINERAL CREEK AREA
VS. OBSERVATION DATE
1-435
OAMIC a MOON*
-------
5
0
10
5
0
10
5
-




APRIL 27, 1979
MEAN LENGTH = 36.4
SAMPLE SIZE = 25





31 32 33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47



MAY 3, 1979
MEAN LENGTH =39.3
55 A M PI F SI7F s SO


















31 32 33 34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 45 46
47





MAY 10, 1979
MEAN LENGTH = 38.3
-






SAMPLE SIZE = 40






I

31 32 33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 45
46 47
TOTAL LENGTH (mm)
FIGURE 7
LENGTH DISTRIBUTIONS OF CHUM SALMON FRY
FROM ISLAND FLATS
1-436
damk a Moon
-------
emergence to about four weeks post-emergence, based on a growth rate of
2 to 3 mm per week (Cooney et al. 1978) and an average size at emergence
of 33 mm.
Food Habits
The examination of five chum salmon fry from City Limits Creek
and three from Loop Road No. 2 Creek, sampled on April 26, indicated
that the fry began feeding as soon as the yolk was completely absorbed.
Three of the eight fry contained yolk fragments and had empty digestive
tracts. The remaining five fry had been feeding on small unidentified
copepods and chironomid larvae.
Six chum salmon fry caught within shoreline segments 9 and 10
on May 3 and May 10 were examined. These fry had been feeding extensively
on calanoid and harpacticoid copepods. Other food items of minor impor-
tance included cyclopoid copepods, Hyperiidae and Diptera larvae.
During visual observations of salmon schools feeding along the shoreline,
fry were seen swimming slowly along the shore following the tidal edge.
Individual fry occasionally darted out to pick up free-swimming food
items then returned to the school. Feeding along the bottom was not
observed.
DISCUSSION
The results of this study are subject to a number of limita-
tions including:
1.	The limited scope precluded replicate samples, large
samples, or both.
2.	Environmental variation — particularly in regard to
tides, water clarity, and weather — often interfered
with sampling or observations.
1-437
-------
The data should be interpreted in light of these limitations. Never-
theless, it is felt that a fairly complete picture of early chum salmon
life history can be derived from the data.
Emergence of chum salmon in City Limits Creek occurred over a
period of about five weeks beginning in mid-April and continuing until
late May. Emergence in the other streams appeared to lag 2 to 3 weeks
behind. Substantial numbers of fry remained and fed in the upper inter-
tidal portions of City Limits Creek for several weeks, whereas others
outmigrated to the estuary soon after emergence. During high tides the
fry moved in schools and fed along abrupt rocky shorelines and within
flooded marsh areas. The fry fed primarily on free-swimming and epibenthic
copepods and thus entered into the food web of the Island Flats ecosystem.
Since the swimming ability of these small fish is limited, their move-
ments must depend to a considerable extent on tidal currents. No data
were collected regarding their behavior during low tide, but it seems
likely that some may have concentrated in the creek channels within
Island Flats and others may have retreated with the tidewater beyond the
Mineral Creek Islands. Chum salmon fry utilized the study area at least
during the late April to late May period and some individual fry probably
spent three to four weeks in the area. The last successful shoreline
survey was on May 23 and by June 1 the water of eastern Port Valdez was
too turbid because of the influx of glacial meltwater to continue
observations. It is likely that the fry abandon the Mineral Creek
Islands when the water becomes too silty and head seaward, but this has
not been confirmed.
The above scenario is similar to that reported for chum salmon
by investigators in other areas (Healey 1979). The data contradict to
some extent the conclusions of Mattson (1977) who indicated that fry
move rapidly out of eastern Port Valdez, generally entering Valdez Arm
in less than three weeks. It is likely, however, that much of Mattson's
data were based on pink salmon rather than chum. The literature suggests
that pink salmon fry have less tendency to remain in proximity to their
home streams than do chum salmon and tend to favor different kinds of
shallow water environments (Cooney et al. 1978).
1-438
-------
The fate of salmon fry outmigrating from the Lowe and Robe
River systems is not known. However, it seems possible that some of
these fry would be moved into the Mineral Creek Islands area by the weak
counterclockwise currents in eastern Port Valdez (Sharma and Burbank
1973). Some of the fry observed during shoreline surveys in the Mineral
Creek Islands might have originated from the Lowe and Robe Rivers rather
than Island Flats streams. Fry originating from Dayville Flats, Solomon
and Allison Creeks also might end up on the north shore but this seems
less likely. Mattson (1971; 1974; 1977) observed small numbers of fry
around Jackson Point and at points on the south shore at the west end
of Port Valdez. The fry from the south shore streams (primarily pink
salmon) might swim actively seaward against the weak prevailing currents.
This study demonstrates that at least some of the chum salmon
fry originating in eastern Port Valdez streams ecologically depend on
the Island Flats/Mineral Creek Island area for varying periods of time.
Selective feeding by chum salmon fry on harpacticoid copepods has been
documented in several divergent areas (Healey 1979; Simenstad 1976) and
suggests a dependency on certain kinds of shallow water habitats. A
series of recent studies in Nanaimo Estuary in British Columbia (Healey
1979; Sibert 1979; Naiman and Sibert 1979) have established direct links
between the production of chum salmon and the detritus-based estuarine
ecosystem. It is likely that this interdependence also exists within
the similar Island Flats ecosystem.
The chum salmon fry would be expected to be vulnerable to
disturbance during the period of time spent in the Island Flats/Mineral
Creek Islands area because of the large numbers of fry present in a
reasonably small area and because of the probable benefit that the fry
derive from the area. Artificially increased turbidity could interfere
with feeding, and fry schools could be mechanically disrupted if activities
were to occur in this area during the April 15 to May 31 period. It
appears from the very limited data that the south shore of eastern Port
Valdez is not particularly sensitive in regard to pink and chum salmon.
Locally produced pink salmon fry probably pass through the Solomon/Allison
1-439
-------
Creek shoreline zone but large concentrations or prolonged residence is
unlikely.
It is strongly recommended that a follow-up study be conducted
in an even year (1980) when pink salmon fry would be expected to be
abundant. The early life history of pink salmon appears to be slightly
different from that of chum salmon and the numbers of pink salmon fry in
an even year would be expected to be much greater than the number of
chum salmon fry. In addition, the salmon streams on the south shore of
Valdez are used almost exclusively by pink salmon. An even year study
would allow a more complete evaluation of the sensitivity of the south
shore area.
1-440
-------
REFERENCES
Cooney, R. T., D. Urguhart, R. Neve, J. Hilsinger, R. Clasby and
D. Barnard, 1978. Some aspects of the carrying capacity of
Prince William Sound, Alaska for hatchery released pink and chum
salmon fry. U. of Ak. Inst, of Mar. Sci. IMS Report R78-3. 98 pp.
Healey, M. C., 1979. Detritus and juvenile salmon production in the
Nanaimo Estuary: I. Production and feeding rates of juvenile chum
salmon. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36: 488-496.
Johnson, R. L. and J. Rockwell, Jr., 1978. List of streams and other
water bodies along the trans-Alaska oil pipeline route (4th re-
vision draft). Alaska Pipeline Office, U.S. Department of Int.
Kirkwood, J. B., 1963. Inshore marine and freshwater life history
phases of the pink salmon, Oncorhynchus qorbusacha, and the chum
salmon, 0. Keta, in Prince Willi am Sound. Ph.D. dissertation,
Univ. of Louisville.
McCurdy, M. L. and R. B. Pirtle, 1978. Prince William Sound General
District 1977 brood year pink and chum aerial and ground escapement
surveys and consequent egg deposition and pre-emergent fry index
programs. Alaska Dept. of Fish & Game, Prince William Sound Mgmt.
Area Data Report No. 9.
Mattson, C. R., 1971. Pipeline terminal salmon evaluation studies in
Port Valdez and Valdez Arm. Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Auke Bay, Ak.
14 pp.
Mattson, C. R., 1974. Valdez pipeline terminus salmon evaluation
studies -- pink and chum salmon fry observations, May - June 1974.
Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Auke Bay, Ak. 10 pp.
Mattson, C. R., 1977. Valdez pipeline terminus salmon evaluation studies
-- pink and chum salmon fry observations, May - June 1977. Nat.
Mar. Fish. Serv., Auke Bay, Ak. 8 pp.
Naiman, R. J. and J. R. Sibert, 1979. Detritus and juvenile salmon
production in the Nanaimo Estuary: III. Importance of detrital
carbon to the estuarine ecosystem. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36:
504-520.
Noerenberg, W. H., R. S. Roys and T. C. Hoffman, 1964. Forecast
research on 1964 Alaskan pink salmon fisheries. Ak. Dept. of Fish
and Game, Informational Leaflet No. 36, 50 pp.
Pirtle, R. B., 1977. Historical pink and chum salmon estimated
spawning escapements from Prince William Sound, Alaska streams,
1960 - 1975. Alaska Dept. of Fish & Game Tech. Data Report No. 35.
332 pp.
1-441
-------
Sharma, G. D. and D. C. Burbank, 1973. Geological oceanography. In_:
Studies of Port Valdez (Hood et al, eds.). Univ. of Ak. Inst, of
Mar. Sci., Occasional Publ. No. 3: pp. 13-100.
Sibert, J. R., 1979. Detritus and juvenile salmon production in the
Nanaimo Estuary: II. Meiofauna available as food to juvenile chum
salmon. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36: 497-503.
Simenstad, C. A., 1976. Trophic relations of juvenile chum salmon
and associated salmonids in nearshore environments of northern
Puget Sound. In; Northest Pacific pink and chum salmon workshop,
Alaska Dept. of Fish & Game, Juneau, pp. 186-187.
Williams. F. T., 1978. Inventory and cataloging of sport fish and
sport fish waters of the Copper River, Prince William Sound and
Upper Susitna River. Alaska Dept. of Fish and Game Federal Aid
Report Vol. 19.
Williams, F. T., 1979. Alaska Department of Fish and Game. Personal
communication.
1-442
-------
-------
OCEANOGRAPHY
-------
REPORT TO
CCC/HOK-DOWL
ON
OCEANOGRAPHIC STUDIES
OF ALPETCO DISCHARGE
IN PORT VALDEZ, ALASKA
October, 1979
VOLUME I- REPORT

METCALF & EDDY, INC. / ENGINEERS
BOSTON / NEW YORK / PALO ALTO / CHICAGO
1-444
-------
50 Stanlford Street Boston Massachusetts 02114
617/367-4000 TWX710 321 6365 Cable Address: METEDD-Boston
Metcalf& Eddy, Inc.
Engineers & Planners
October 18, 1979
J-6341
Mr. John E. Paulson
Project Manager
CCC/HOK-DOWL
4040 B Street
Anchorage, Alaska 99503
Dear Mr. Paulson:
In accordance with our agreement dated July 12, 1979, we are
pleased to submit our report on Oceanographic Studies relative
to the environmental impact on Port Valdez from the construction
and operation of the proposed Alaska Petrochemical Company's
facilities in Valdez.
Although this report was prepared by Metcalf & Eddy, it also
reflects materials and findings of other agencies, firms, and
individuals. Their participation and contributions are acknowl-
edged in the report.
The study was conducted by Dr. Abu M.Z. Alam, Mr. David R. Bingham,
and other members of our staff under the direction of Jekabs P.
Vittands.
We also wish to acknowledge the cooperation and assistance given
by your staff, the various other members of the project team,
and the involved public agencies.
Very truly yours,
JPV:alh
1-445
NEW YORK PALO ALTO CHICAGO
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PaSe
LETTER OP TRANSMITTAL	1-445
LIST OF TABLES	1-449
LIST OF FIGURES	1-451
REPORT
CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION	1-454
General	1-454
Port Valdez	1-454
Description of Project	1-457
Scope of Study	1-459
Study Participants	1-460
Field Program	1-460
References	1-464
CHAPTER 2 - EXISTING WATER QUALITY	1-465
General	1-465
Background Conditions	1-468
Existing Discharges	1-473
References	1-478
CHAPTER 3 - INITIAL DILUTION	1-479
General	1-479
Alyeska Diffuser Performance	1-480
Diffuser Design	1-487
Initial Dilution	1-493
References	1-505
CHAPTER 4 - FLUSHING	1-506
General	1-506
Annual Salinity, Temperature and Density
Cycles	1-507
Analysis of Valdez Narrows Transport	1-509
Flushing Model	1-518
References	1-531
1-446
M ETC AL f flr EDDY
-------
TABLE OP CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
CHAPTER 5 - CIRCULATION AND DISPERSION	1-532
General	1-532
Analysis of Eastern Port Valdez Currents	1-532
Circulation Model	1-549
References	1-558
CHAPTER 6 - SEDIMENTOLOGY	1-559
General	1-559
Sediment Loads	1-559
Bottom Deposits	1-566
References	1-574
CHAPTER 7 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OP PROPOSED
ACTION
General	1-575
Construction Effects	1-575
Operation Effects	1-576
Mitigating Measures	1-581
Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Impacts	1-582
References	1-584
1-447
METCALF & EDDY
-------
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - ALPETCO DRAFT NPDES PERMIT APPLICATION	A-l
APPENDIX B - 1979 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHIC FIELD PROGRAM	B-l
I. Salinity-Temperature-Depth Profiles	b-1
II. Continuous Recording Current Meter Data	B-23
APPENDIX C - ADDITIONAL PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHIC DATA	C-l
I. Salinity-Temperature-Depth Profiles	c-l
II. Continuous Recording Current Meter Data	C-18
APPENDIX D - INITIAL DILUTION MODELS - PROGRAM LISTINGS	D-l
I. Fan and Brooks Model - "NPLUME 1"	D-l
II. EPA Model - "DKHPLM"	D-7
APPENDIX E - FLUSHING MODEL - PROGRAM LISTING	E-l
I. Flushing Model - "Valdez"	E-l
APPENDIX F - CIRCULATION MODEL - PROGRAM LISTING	F-l
I. "Transient Plume Model"	F-l
Note: Appendices not included in this volume but available
upon request.
1-448
-------
LIST OP TABLES
Table	Page
2-1 Comparison of Water Quality Standards with
Existing Water Quality in Port Valdez	1-466
2-2 Concentrations of Metals in Port Valdez	1-471
2-3 Effluent Limitations for the City of Valdez	1-475
2-4	Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements
for Alyeska	1-477
3-1	Plow Distribution Between Diffuser Ports at
Various Flow Rates During July Stratification	1-489
3-2 Temperature, Salinity, and Density (Sigma-T)
Data Used in Initial Dilution Analysis	1-497
3-3 Average Initial Dilution During Maximum
Stratification in July	1-498
3-4 Average Initial Dilution During No
Stratification in March	1-499
3-5 Trap Levels and Maximum Height of Rise in
Stagnant Water During Maximum Stratification
in July	1-501
3-6 ZID Dimensions	1-502
3-7	Initial Dilutions at ZID Boundary	1-504
4-1	Continuous Recording Current Meter Stations
at Valdez Narrows	1-512
4-2 Hydraulic Residence Times on May 19> 1979	1-517
4-3	Hydraulic Residence Times Based on Estimated
July Freshwater Input	1-517
5-1	Continuous Recording Current Meter Stations
in Eastern Port Valdez	1-534
6-1	Mean Combined Discharge for Streams Entering
Port Valdez	1-562
1-449
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
Table	Page
6-2 Total Suspended Sediment Discharge From the
Major Rivers and Streams Into Port Valdez	1-564
During 1972
6-3 Estimated Suspended Sediment Into Port Valdez
for a Mean Concentration of 1.0 g/1	1-564
6-4	Subsurface Sediment Statistics (Port Valdez)	1-568
7-1	Concentrations of Pollutants, Metals and
Toxics Before and After Initial Dilution	1-578
1-450
METCALF ft CODY
-------
LIST OP FIGURES
Figure	Page
1-1 Port Valdez	1-455
1-2 Location of Proposed ALPETCO Facilities Within
Port Valdez	1-458
1-3 Location of Continuous Recording Current Meter
Stations	1-462
1-4	Location of Salinity-Temperature-Density
(STD) Profiles Stations	1-463
2-1	Location of Existing Discharges in Port Valdez	1-474
3-1	Location of Dye Test Grid	1-482
3-2 Vertical Profiles of Dye Concentration,
Temperature and Density Values at Grid Station
33 Over the Alyeska Diffuser	1-483
3-3 Composite Peak Concentration Contours of Dis-
charge Water for Test Conducted in October
and November, 1977	1-485
3-4 Composite Peak Concentration Contours of
Discharge Water for Test Conducted in April,
1978	1-486
3-5 Schematic of ALPETCO Diffuser Manifold with
Arrangements of Ports	1-491
3-6 Temperature, Salinity and Density Profiles
Used for Initial Dilution Analysis	1-496
3-7	Location of Zone of Initial Dilution for
ALPETCO Discharge	1-503
4-1	Seasonal Salinity Temperature - Density
Profiles in Port Valdez	1-508
4-2 Location of Continuous Recording Current Meter
Stations	1-510
4-3 Current Speed and Direction at Station VN-6 -
Meter Depth = 23 m	1-511
4-4 Progressive Vector Plot at Station VN-6 -
Meter Depth = 23 n 5/12/79 to 7/1/79	1-513
1-451
METCALF A EDDY
-------
LIST OP FIGURES (Continued)
Figure	Page
4-5 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-6	1-514
4-6 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-6	1-515
4-7 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-5	1-519
4-8 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-5	1-520
4-9 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-5	1-521
4-10 Upper Layer Flow vs. Barometric Pressure at
Station VN-5	1-522
4-11 Flushing Model Formulations	1-524
4-12	Modeled Average Concentration of Effluent
in Port Valdez During a Selected 1-1/2 Year
Period	1-529
5-1	Location of Continuous Recording Current Meter
Stations	1-533
5-2 Current Speed and Direction at Station EPV-2 -
Meter Depth = 59 m	1-535
5-3 Frequency Distribution of Current Direction,
Station EPV-2	1-536
5-4 Frequency Distribution of Current Direction,
Station EPV-1	1-537
5-5 Progressive Vector Plot at Station EPV-2
-	Meter Depth = 18 m - 5/12/79 to 7/1/79	1-539
5-6 Flow at Valdez Narrows - Station VN-6	1-540
5-7 Progressive Vector Plot at Station EPV-1
-	Meter Depth - 30 m - 5/12/79 to 6/15/79	1-542
5-8 Progressive Vector Plots for May 18-20, 1979	1-543
5-9 Progressive Vector Plots for June 10-12, 1979	1-544
5-10 Current Vectors for May 18-20, 1979	1-547
5-11 Current Vectors for June 10-12, 1979	1-548
1-452
METCALF & EDOY
-------
LIST OP FIGURES (Continued)
Figure	Page
5-12 Circulation Model Grid	1-551
5-13 Circulation Model Simulation for Ilay 19, 1979	1-553
5-14 Circulation Model Simulation for June 10, 1979	1-554
5-15 Circulation Model Simulation for June 29, 197 9	1-555
5-16	Circulation Model Simulation for July 5, 1979	1-556
6-1	Major Streams Influent to Port Valdez	1-560
6-2 Location of Surficial Bottom Sediment Samples
for the Eastern Portion of Port Valdez	1-567
6-3 Inferred Sediment Distribution for Eastern
Port Valdez	1-569
6-M Distribution of Sediment Sorting (o)for Port
Valdez Sediments	1-570
6-5 Sediment Skewness for Port Valdez Sediments	1-571
1-453
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
General
This report describes the oceanographic investigations
made in Port Valdez, Alaska, as part of the preparation of an
environmental impact statement (EIS) required by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for a project planned by
the Alaska Petrochemical Company (ALPETCO).
Port Valdez
Port Valdez is the northeastern extension of Prince
William Sound in south-central Alaska. As shown in Figure 1-1,
the fjord of Port Valdez extends about 23 km (kilometers) east-
ward from Valdez Narrows, its narrow silled entrance. The City
of Valdez is at the northeast corner of the Port while the
Alyeska Marine Terminal, the southern end of the Alaska Pipeline,
is on the south shore at Jackson Point.
Port Valdez is about 5 km wide and 18 km long with steep
sides on the north and south. It has a nearly horizontal bottom
at a depth of about 240 m (meters) over three-quarters of its
length. In its easternmost quarter, the bottom rises rather
uniformly to the eastern shore at the former townsite of Valdez.
The maximum depth of Port Valdez is 247 m (in the southwestern
corner) while the overall mean depth of the fjord is about 180 m.
At Valdez Narrows, there Is a sill with maximum depth of
1-454
METCALF 6r EDDY
-------
M
I
Ln
Ln
SCALE IN METERS
FIG. 1-1 PORT VALDEZ
-------
160 m. This sill limits direct exchange of Port Valdez water
below that depth with the deep waters of Prince William Sound.
The Port Valdez area has a maritime climate that is
characterized by mild winters and cool summers with many cloudy
days and substantial precipitation. Mean air temperatures range
from 7 to 13 degrees C (centigrade) during the summer and from
-10 to -4 degrees C during the winter. Prevailing winds in the
area are from the southwest during the months of May through
September and from the northwest for the remainder of the year.
However, steep mountains on the north and south sides of the
fjord channel the winds to the east-west orientation of the water
body. Occasionally, high atmospheric pressure over interior
Alaska promotes the drainage of cold air through gaps in the
coastal mountains. When this occurs, strong easterly winter
winds with speeds in excess of 60 knots are produced over Port
Valdez. The mean annual precipitation at Valdez is 158 cm
(.centimeters); about half of this precipitation occurs from
August through November. A large percentage of the precipitation
is dense moist snow, amounting to a mean annual snowfall of 620
cm.
The tides in Port Valdez are the mixed, semi-diurnal type;
the mean height is 3.05 m. The tidal prism is about 1.6 percent
of the total volume of the Port. Recent estimates of freshwater
inputs to the fjord during maximum runoff (July) suggest a mean
value of about 7 percent of the tidal prism with extreme values
of 2 to 15 percent. The seaward movement of the brackish water
generally occurs in the uppqr 15 m of the water column.(1)
1-456
M ETCALF 0. EDDY
-------
Description of the Project
The proposed project entails the construction and opera-
tion of ALPETCO's refinery and petrochemical facility at the
eastern end of Port Valdez. The facility is expected to start up
in 1982 and be fully operational in 1984.
The project includes a 150,000 barrels per day refinery
using latest proven technology to process crude oil and produce
unleaded gasoline, jet fuel, No. 4 fuel oil, benzene, toluene,
xylene, clarified oil, naphtha, and sulfur for sale or use as
petrochemical feedstocks. Sufficient by-product fuel will be
produced during processing to generate all necessary steam and
electrical power, and to satisfy process energy requirements.
All fuel burned within the plant is expected to be in the form of
desulfurized gas and will, therefore, present no extraordinary
environmental problems.
As part of the project, two docks and an outfall pipeline
and diffuser will be extended into Port Valdez. These are shown
in Figure 1-2 along with the locations of the existing City of
Valdez and Alyeska treated wastewater discharges.
Sources of wastewater to be treated and discharged into
Port Valdez are process operations, process area stormwater run-
off, and ballast water. Since air cooling will be used, no
cooling water discharges are expected. Also sanitary wastes are
expected to be discharged to the City of Valdez water pollution
control facilities for treatment and discharge. The expected
average wastewater flow to be treated is about 0.31 cms (cubic
1-457
M ETC A L F & CODY
-------
M
I
•P-
Ln
00
FIG. 1-2 LOCATION OF PROPOSED ALPETCO FACILITIES WITHIN PORT VALDEZ
-------
meters per second). The expected sanitary flow is about
0.001 cms.
Wastewater treatment will include primary separation of
materials less dense than water, equalization to ensure
uniformity of wastewater to be treated, dissolved air flotation
for further oil and suspended solids removal, biological treat-
ment for the removal of organic materials, and filtration for
further suspended solids removal. The draft application for a
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit
for ALPETCO is presented in Appendix A.
Scope of Study
Available literature was reviewed to determine oceano-
graphic and water quality conditions in Port Valdez, as they
relate to the proposed project. A limited field measurement
program was carried out to provide additional oceanographic data.
Studies of the proposed discharge's initial dilution in
the near field, its circulation and dispersion in the inter-
mediate field, and its overall flushing from Port Valdez were
conducted. Also, estimates were made of annual sediment loads
entering Port Valdez, as a basis for predicting relative sediment
impacts from the proposed project.
Impacts expected on Port Valdez water quality from the
proposed discharge and from activities during construction were
studied and commented on.
1-459
METCALF ft EODY
-------
Study Participants
Metcalf & Eddy was assisted in preparing the study by the
following individuals and organizations.
Consultant Board. The following Consultant Board advised
on the approaches taken, on the review of results and on the
formulation of findings:
Dr. E. Eric Adams, Research Associate
Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources
and Hydrodynamics
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Dr. Joseph M. Colonell, Professor
Institute of Marine Science
University of Alaska
Dr. Donald R.F. Harleman, Professor and Director
Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources
and Hydrodynamics
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Field Qceanographic Studies Under the direction of Dr.
Joseph M. Colonell, the Institute of Marine Science at the
University of Alaska conducted the oceanographic measurements
for Metcalf & Eddy.
Sedimentology. On the basis of existing available data,
estimates of the sediment load entering Port Valdez were made by
Research Planning Institute, Inc., under the direction of Dr.
Miles 0. Hayes.
Field Program
On behalf of Metcalf & Eddy, a field program was under-
taken by the Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska,
to collect essential physical oceanographic data in parts of Port
Valdez. This program was limited to providing measurements
1-460
METCAtF a EDDY
-------
essential in determining the initial dilution and possible
circulation at the proposed ALPETCO discharge. These measure-
ments also were necessary in observing the exchange of water
between Port Valdez and Prince William Sound. Measurements
consisted of currents, salinity, temperature, and density of
eastern waters of Port Valdez near the proposed ALPETCO
discharge, and currents at Valdez Narrows.
On May 12, 1979> continuous recording current meters were
deployed at three stations shown in Figure 1-3. Each eastern
Port station consisted of three meters, while the station at
Valdez Narrows had four meters. At the same time, salinity,
temperature, and density (STD) profiles were obtained at
locations shown in Figure 1-4.
A subsequent field effort on July 28-30, 1979 provided for
the recovery of the current meters and an additional set of STD
profiles at both low and high tide. A detailed report of the
field results is included in Appendix B.
1-461
METCALF fir CODY
-------
I
->
ON
N>
0
5	FIG. 1-3 LOCATION OF CONTINUOUS RECORDING CURRENT METER STATIONS

Valdez NR.
3
¦lhouf'
VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICE
161 301-16/ 367
try (,9tno*e A)
itfarloaf Ml.
3000
3000
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
-------
I
¦p-
o>
w
SCALE IN METERS
FIG. 1-4 LOCATION OF SALINITY TEMPERATURE DENSITY (STD) PROFILE STATIONS
-------
REFERENCES
Continuing Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska.
1976-197^1 Institute of Marine Science, University of
Alaska, 1979-
1-464
-------
CHAPTER 2
EXISTING WATER QUALITY
General
In this chapter, existing water quality is discussed based
on available data. This water quality is compared to water
quality standards established for Port Valdez as presented in
Table 2-1. As shown, the marine water use established for Port
Valdez is 11(c), namely "Growth and Propagation of Fish, Shell-
fish, Aquatic Life, and Wildlife Including Seabirds, Waterfowl
and Furbearers".(1)
The information presented in this chapter is derived from
two studies conducted in Port Valdez by the Institute of Marine
Science (IMS) of the University of Alaska for the Alyeska Pipe-
line Service Company. The purpose of the first study,(2) which
took place in 1971-1972, was to describe the chemical, physical
and biological properties of Port Valdez prior to the construc-
tion of the Alyeska marine terminal. The second study,(3) which
was conducted from 1976 through 1978, contributed to the back-
ground data regarding environmental conditions within the Port.
In July 1977, the Alyeska terminal began operation; therefore the
second study obtained information describing the impact of the
Alyeska discharge on Port Valdez.
Information in this chapter regarding temperature, DO, pH,
salinity and nutrients was primarily gathered from the earlier
report. The second study, which discussed the effect of
1-465
METC AL F & EDO Y
-------
TABLE 2-1. COMPARISON OF WAT.
WITH EXISTING WATER QUALI'
Parameter
Water quality standard
outside of ZID
Category 11(C)	
Background levels^^(2)
Dissolved
oxygen
pH
Surface water (to	1
1 meter depth) must
be greater than 6
mg/1 DO.
Below surface, DO must 2
be greater than 4 mg/1.
DO may never exceed
17 mg/1.
In estuaries and tidal
tributaries, DO shall not
be less than 5 mg/1
unless natural condi-
tions cause this value
to be depressed.
Lowest pH allowed -	1
6.5.
Highest pH allowed -
8.5.	2.
Variation of pH for
waters naturally out-
side specified range 3.
shall be towards the
range.
No variation of more
than 0.1 pH unit from
natural condition.
Near proposed site,
lowest measured DO at
1 meter above bottom
was 7.6 mg/1.
Lowest observed DO
was 6.7 mg/1.
Lowest surface water
observed in winter,
pH = 8.1
Highest surface water
observed in summer,
pH = 8.86.
Lowest observed in
bottom waters in
winter, pH = 7.96.
Turbidity
Dissolved
inorganic
substances
(salinity)
Shall not exceed 25
NTU.
Shall not reduce depth
of compensation point by
more than 10 percent.
Shall not reduce maxi-
mum Secchi disk depth
by more than 10 percent.
No NTU turbidity data is
available.
Temperature a.
c.
Weekly average tem-
perature will not
increase by more than
1	degree C.
Normal daily cycles
shall not be changed
in amplitude or
frequency.
Maximum rate of change
must be less than 0.5
degrees C per hour.
Isohaline patterns
may not change by
more than 10 percent.
Maximum allowable
change: 1 o/oo if
naturally 0-35 o/oo;
2	o/oo if naturally
13.5-35 o/oo.
No weekly average temper-
ature data is available.
1.	Least saline at
eastern end of
Fort Valdez.
2.	In August, surface
water 1 o/oo.
3.	Typical salinity
measurements between
25 o/oo and 33 o/oo.
1-466
-------
TABLE 2-1 (Contini
WITH EXIST]
WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
PORT VALDEZ
Parameter
Watei
outsiae or ziu
Category 11(C)
Background levels
(1),(2)
Sediment
No measurable Increase
In concentrations
above natural con-
ditions
No data available
Toxic and
other
deleterious
organic and
inorganic
substances
See EPA Quality
Criteria for Water
and Alaska Drinking
Water Standards
OR 0.01 times the
lowest measured 96-
hr LCcq for most
biologically sensi-
tive species (which-
ever value is less)
As, Cr, Cu, Hg, N1 and
Se are all within "gen-
erally established range",
Two values of A1 found
above range and one value
of Cd found above range.
Color	a. Shall not exceed 60 No data available,
color units,
b. Shall not reduce
depth of compensation
point by more than 10
percent from seasonal
norm.
Petroleum
hydrocarbons,
oil and
grease
Total
chlorine
residual
Residues,
floating
solids,
debris,
sludge
deposits,
foam scum
a.	Total HC in water
column shall not ex-
ceed 15 ppb or 0.01
times the 96-hr
LC50 for most biologi-
cally important
species (whichever is
less).
b.	Aromatic HC shall not
exceed 10 ppb.
c.	No concentration
allowed that causes
deleterious effects on
aquatic life.
d.	No floating oil, film,
sheen or discoloration
on surface waters or
adjoining shoreline.
a. Concentrations shall
not exceed 2.0 yg/1
for salmonoid fish or
10.0 yg/1 for other
organisms.
a. Shall not make water
unfit or unsafe for
use, cause a sludge
or solid to be depos-
ited, cause a sheen or
discoloration on sur-
face or shoreline, nor
cause a sludge, solid
or emulsion to deposit
beneath or in water.
Most samples analyzed
contained less than
1.0 ppb saturated and
unsaturated hydro-
carbons. Never found
greater than 10 ppb.
No data available.
No data available.
1.	All background levels derived from Environmental Studies of
Port Valdez, Alaska, Institute of Marine Science, 1973} with
the exception of the background levels for petroleum hydro-
carbons, oil and grease, which are derived from Continuing
Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska, 1976-197M,
Institute of Marine Science, 1979.
2.	No violations of Category 11(C) Water Quality STandards were
observed.
1-467
-------
hydrocarbons on the biota of the Port and presented existing
concentrations of metals, is the source of the information in
this chapter on hydrocarbons and other pollutants.
Background Conditions
Dissolved Oxygen. As mentioned, the first IMS study
reported the dissolved oxygen concentrations in Port Valdez.
During the winter, DO concentrations of 7.6 mg/1 (milligrams per
liter) were measured at 1 meter from the bottom. Measurements
taken in March at one meter from the bottom indicated DO concen-
trations of 8.8 mg/1. It is apparent from these measurements
that oxygen replenishment occurs in Port Valdez between December
and March. This replenishment appears to result from an annual
overturn during which surface and bottom waters are mixed.
Dissolved oxygen concentrations in the surface waters of
Port Valdez were found to be fairly high throughout the year.
Values of 10.6 mg/1 have been recorded during the summer months
when there are periods of high plant productivity. Minimum
dissolved oxygen concentrations were found in the bottom waters
during winter; however, concentrations less than 6.7 mg/1 have
not been recorded in either Port Valdez or Valdez Narrows. In
summary, DO concentrations in Port Valdez are very high and will
not violate the water quality standards.
pH. Variations in the pH of the surface waters of Port
Valdez correspond to periods of minimum and maximum biological
productivity. These occur in December and July, respectively.
This is common in marine waters and typically results from the
production of carbon dioxide during biological decomposition.
1-468
METCfcLf & EDDY
-------
A surface water pH of 8.1 was measured in December. In
the bottom waters during the winter, the lowest recorded pH value
was 7.96. It was found that during December the pH decreased
linearly with depth. In July, a surface water pH of 8.86 was
recorded during the first IMS study. As shown in Table 2-1, this
value exceeds the maximum pH permitted by the water quality
standards. It does not constitute a water quality violation, how'
ever, because the cause is of natural origin.
Temperature. A maximum surface water temperature of 15
degrees C (centigrade) has been observed in the summer in Port
Valdez. In the winter, a surface water temperature of 2.44
degrees C has been recorded. At depths greater than 75 meters,
the temperature typically ranges between 3 and 6 degrees C.
Maximum stratification occurs in late July or early August. This
results from the increase in the surface water temperature due to
solar warming and the decrease in surface water salinity due to
the addition of freshwater from precipitation and melting snow
and glaciers. During the summer, surface waters at the western
end of Port Valdez are warmer than those at the eastern end. The
maximum temperature difference is about 6 degrees C.
Dissolved Inorganic Substances. The seasonal variation in
salinity in the upper 20 meters of Port Valdez is substantial.
Large volumes of glacial runoff contribute to the low salinity
values (less than 1.0 0/00 (parts per thousand)) observed during
the summer. A maximum salinity of 32.38 was observed during
March 1972.
1-469
METCALF « CODY
-------
Below the upper 20 meters of the water column, the
salinity generally varies between 20 o/oo and 32.5 o/oo. In the
summer, the eastern end of Port Valdez has been observed to have
a salinity approximately 10 o/oo less than that of the western
end.
Nutrients. Seasonal cycles of nitrogen, phosphate and
silicon were observed during the first IMS study.(3) Because
nitrogen is considered the limiting nutrient in marine waters,
this discussion presents the seasonal variations in nitrogen
found during the study.
The concentration of ammonia within the sunlight-
influenced euphotic zone reached its annual maximum of about
35 mg/1 (micrograms per liter) during the late spring. Concen-
trations of nitrate (NO^-N) in the euphotic zone were greatest
during the periods of deep vertical mixing in the winter. The
maximum concentration measured was 280 ng/1 NO^-N. An abrupt
decrease in the concentrations of these nutrients occurred in the
spring. Reported measurements were 2.8 jig/1 NO^-H. Below the
euphotic zone, nitrate concentrations were found to increase with
depth. The NO^-N concentration measured at the bottom was 322
yg/1. These values represent normal conditions found in marine
waters.(4)
Toxic and Other Deleterious Organic and Inorganic
Substances. Table 2-2 summarizes the measured concentrations of
heavy metals in Port Valdez and their relationship to generally
established concentration ranges. As shown in Tables 2-1 and
1-470
metcalf a EDDY
-------
TABLE 2-2. CONCENTRATIONS OF METALS
IN PORT VALDEZ
Generally established
concentration range	Measured concentration
In marine systems	In Port Valdez, ppb
Element
water, ppb
Average
Maximum
Aluminum
1-10
<5
20
Arsenic
15-37
<5
30
Cadmium
=0.1
= 0.03
= 0.30
Chromium
4-100
= 0.4
=4.0
Copper
0.6-30
<0.5
25
Lead
-2
No data
available
Manganese
3-20
No data
available
Mercury
8-36
= 0.01
0.20
Molybdenum
6-16
No data
available
Nickel
0.43-43
<0.3
3.5
Selenium
0.01-0.5
<0.1
-
Silver
1-30
No data
available
Vanadium
1-4
No data
available
Zinc
=10
No data
available
Information from Continuing Environmental Studies of Port Valdez,
Alaska, 1976-1978, Institute of Marine Science, University of
Alaska, 1979.
1-471
MCTCALF ft EDDY
-------
2-2, maximum values of aluminum (Al) and cadmium (Cd) exceeded
the generally established range in marine systems. In the case
of Al, this represents only one value which is not directly over
the Alyeska diffuser and is attributable to a chemical addition
in the treatment of ballast water prior to discharge. This
chemical addition is reportedly no longer practiced by Alyeska,
however.
In the case of Cd, almost all measurements fall at the low
detectable limit range of 0.01 ppb (parts per billion). The one
value at 0.30 ppb does not represent general conditions found in
Port Valdez waters.
According to the IMS's Continuing Environmental Studies of
Port Valdez, "Port Valdez was and is a clean to very clean
environment in all aspects with respect its trace element
content."(3)
Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Oil and Grease. Water column
monitoring was conducted by the Institute of Marine Science by
analyzing unfiltered samples.(3) Concentrations of saturated and
unsaturated hydrocarbons were generally found to be less than 1.0
ppb. A few water samples were found to contain higher amounts of
hydrocarbons, but concentrations in excess of 10 ppb were never
observed, except near the Alyeska diffuser. Water samples col-
lected directly above the Alyeska diffuser have been found to
contain between M and 104 ppb total hydrocarbons. Water samples
collected at points approximately 1.0 km from the diffuser were
found to contain no hydrocarbons of ballast water origin.
1-472
MtTCALr a CODY
-------
Existing Discharges
Currently, Port Valdez receives treated wastewater from
two permitted sources, the City of Valdez wastewater treatment
plant and the Alyeska Pipeline Service Company ballast water
treatment plant. Figure 2-1 shows the location of these two
discharges. Effluent from the ballast water treatment plant is
discharged into Port Valdez at depths ranging from 65 meters to
75 meters through a 6l meter long diffuser. The City of Valdez
discharges treated wastewater into a stream which flows into Port
Valdez.
City of Valdez Discharge. The effluent limitations
portion of the NPDES permit for the City of Valdez, presented in
Table 2-3> summarizes the permissible discharges from the
treatment lagoon. Recent treatment plant reports(5) indicate
that the maximum flow through the plant occurs in late spring.
The maximum effluent flow rate measured in May of 1979 was 0.0^2
m /sec (cubic meters per second) or O.961 mgd (million gallons
per day). Reports also indicate that the plant is achieving
effluent BOD and SS concentrations below the maximum allowable
effluent concentrations. During a four-month period in 1979» the
maximum suspended solids concentration observed in the effluent
was 41.0 mg/1 while the maximum monthly average concentration was
measured to be 28.0 mg/1. During the same four-month period, the
maximum effluent BOD^ concentration was found to be 13.6 mg/1,
while the largest monthly average concentration observed was 11.5
mg/1.
1-473
METCALF & EDDY
-------
M
I
0	FIG. 2-1 LOCATION OF EXISTING DISCHARGES IN PORT VALDEZ
¦<
CITY OF VALDEZ
SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
DISCHARGE LOCATION
.VALDEZ
YESSEL '< ffAFTfC SERVICE 127
161 301-161387
o" (etnoKA)
ALYESKA
DISCHARGE
LOCATION
3000
3000
SCALE IN METERS
-------
TABLE 2-3- EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS FOR THE CITY OF VALDEZ
During the period beginning on the effective date of this permit
and lasting until the expiration date, discharges from outfalls
shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified
below:
a.	The monthly average quantity of effluent discharged from
the wastewater treatment facility shall not exceed
4,731 m3/d(D (1.25 mgd).
b.	The pH shall not be less than 6.0 nor greater than 9.0.
c.	There shall be no discharge of floating solids, visible
foam in other than trace amounts or oily wastes which
produce a sheen on the surface of the receiving water.
d.	The effluent dissolved oxygen content shall not be less
than 7.0 mg/1.
e.	The following limitations and monitoring requirements
shall apply:
Unit of
Effluent measure- Monthly Weekly Daily
characterlstic	ment	 average average maximum
Effluent Concentrations
Biochemical oxygen
demand (5-day)
Suspended solids
Fecal coliform
bacteria
Total chlorine
residual (maximum)
mg/1
mg/1
#/100 ml
mg/1
30
70
200
45
400
60
800
0.01
Effluent Loadings
Biochemical oxygen
demand (5-day)
Suspended solids
kg/day(2)	115
(lbs/day)(3)	(252)
kg/day	332
(lbs/day)	(730)
172
(379)
230
(504)
1.	Cubic meters per day.
2.	Kilograms per day.
3.	Pounds per day.
1-475
METCALF a EDDY
-------
Alyeska Terminal Discharge The effluent limitations and
monitoring requirements section of the operating permit for the
Alyeska terminal is presented in Table 2-4. The permit specifies
that the effluent be diluted within a mixing zone which is
defined in plan as the area extending 150 meters from the ends
and sides of the diffuser pipe. The top of the mixing zone is
defined to be 5 meters below the surface, while the bottom of the
mixing zone is 0.5 meters from the bottom of Port Valdez. The
allowable oil and grease concentration at the horizontal limits
of the mixing zone boundaries is 0.05 mg/1. The allowable con-
centration is 0,10 mg/1 at the vertical limits of the mixing
zone.
Two dye dispersion studies were performed to determine the
diffuser's capacity to achieve the necessary dilutions when the
effluent contains the maximum allowable daily average concen-
tration (8 mg/1). The findings of these studies are summarized
in Chapter 3, Initial Dilution.
1-476
M ETC A L F ft E DO V
-------
TABLE 2-4. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR ALYESKA
During the period beginning on the effective date and lasting through the expiration
date, the permittee is authorized to discharge treated ballast and storm waters and
other wastewaters from outfall.
a. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permitee as specified
below:
Effluent
characteristic
Flow
Oil and grease
Discharge limitations
Monitoring requirements
Daily avg.
Daily max.
157,000 m3/day 212,000 m3/day
(41.4 mgd)	(56.0 mgd)
8 mg/1
10 mg/1
Measurement
frequency
Continuous
Daily
Sample
type
Recording
24-hour
composite
The discharge shall also be monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent characteristic
Total suspended solids
bod5
Phenols
Temperature
Monitoring requirements
Measurement
frequency	Sample type
Weekly 24-hour composite
Weekly 24-hour composite
Weekly 24-hour composite
Daily	Not applicable
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9-0 standard
units and shall be recorded and monitored continuously.
-------
REFERENCES
1.	Water Quality Standards, Alaska Department of Environmental
Conservation, February 1979-
2.	Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska, Institute of
Marine Science, University of Alaska, 1973.
3.	Continuing Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska.
1976-197^7 Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska.
1979.
4.	Sverdrup, H.U., Martin W. Johnson, and Richard H. Fleming,
The Oceans Their Physics, Chemistry, and General Biology.
Prentice Hall, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1942.
5.	National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Discharge
Monitoring Reports, City of Valdez Sewage Treatment Plant.
1/1979-7/1979.
1-478
MCTCALF fl> EOOY
-------
CHAPTER 3
INITIAL DILUTION
General
Current practice for disposal of treated wastewater
effluent into the ocean uses diffuser manifolds for efficient
mixing and dilution of the discharge with the ambient water.
These diffusers usually consist of round pipes with circular
ports placed alternately on both sides of the pipe. Treated
effluent is discharged through these ports as round turbulent
jets, either horizontally or at an angle from the horizontal.
Because the effluent density is smaller than the ambient dehsity,
these jets rise toward the surface forming a buoyant plume..
During the buoyant rise, these plumes entrain ambient water due
to self-induced turbulence; grow appreciably in size; and thereby
dilute the effluent. If the ambient density is uniform, these
buoyant plumes rise to the surface, spread horizontally an$
create a surface field of effluent mixed with sea water. In the
case of stratified ambient density, the plume, due to entrainment
of heavier ambient water, might reach neutral buoyancy at some
level below the surface. At this neutral buoyancy level, known
as the trap level, the plume spreads horizontally creating a
submerged field of diluted effluent.
Many factors affect the initial dilution of a buoyant jet
during its convective rise to the surface. Important among these
-^e characteristics of the effluent; design of the diffuser
METCALF A EDO V
-------
relative to impacts such as merging of jets; depth of ambient
water; ambient density stratification; and the magnitude of
ambient current.
Ambient current plays a very significant role in deter-
mining initial dilutions and in establishing the location and
magnitude of the zone of initial dilution (ZID). This is because
currents cause an increase in the trajectory of the plume, as well
as increased entrainment of ambient water. Depending on the mag-
nitude of the ambient current, the location of the plume can be
away from the diffuser and the increase in dilution can be several
times the value under stagnant conditions.
A number of mathematical models have been developed to aid
in the calculation of initial dilution, plume formation and dis-
persal. A model's ability to represent the expected conditions is
an important factor in selecting a particular model.
This chapter reviews the performance of the Alyeska
diffuser on the basis of two studies conducted by IMS for that
purposed,2). Further, this chapter establishes the procedures
used for diffuser design, and presents the proposed design for the
ALPETCO diffuser and its recommended ZID.
The location of the diffuser and its depth were taken as
given and were supplied by DOWL Engineers as "Discharging into 30
fathoms of water on a line about 130 meters south of the existing
pier (in ruins) and parallel to it."
Alyeska Diffuser Performance
The major existing discharge into Port Valdez -
Alyeska Pipe Line Company ballast water t^'
-------
dye studies have been conducted by the IMS to determine the di-
lution and dispersion of the Alyeska discharge.
The procedure and findings of these studies by IMS, as they
relate to the design of the ALPETCO diffuser, are briefly sum-
marized here. In each of these studies, a 20 percent aqueous
solution of Rhodamine WT dye was introduced into the outfall pipe
to trace the effluent and its concentrations in the ambient water
following initial dilution. The average wastewater discharge rate
during the first field test program, conducted during the period
from October 31 to November 2, 1977, was 1.057 m^/sec (cubic
meters per second). The dye concentration in the effluent ranged
from about 68 ppb (parts per billion) to 82 ppb. During the
second field test program, conducted between April 17 and April
21, 1978, the average discharge rate was 1.091 m /sec and the
average dye concentration was about 7^ ppb.
A grid, centered on the diffuser, was established to
measure concentrations of dye in the ambient water following
initial dilution. The approximate location of this grid is shown
in Figure 3-1- Dye concentrations as well as salinity and temper-
ature were measured in the water column at each of the grid
stations during these two test programs.
Density variations with depth were calculated and profiles
were plotted using the measured salinity, temperature and depth
data. Figure 3-2 illustrates two sets of vertical profiles of dye
concentration, temperature and sigma-T (density in grams/cubic
centimeter is obtained by dividing sigma-T by 1000 and adding the
result to 1) values taken over the Alyeska diffuser during these
1-481
METCALF & EDDY
-------
00
N5
0
0
<
< Fl 90tt
Fl R 3i
1172 FT)
Fl R U
FIG. 3-1 LOCATION OF DYE TEST GRID
128 NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
128	128
200	0	200
I i I i 1	1
SCALE IN METERS
126	'26	|2|
/- ZONE OF INITIAL DILUTION
-------
I
4>
00
TEHPEflRTURE. 0EC CEL5IU5
3- V 5- 
-------
two tests. These are reproduced fron the IMS reports. The
density profiles indicate that during the first test program
there was a strong vertical density gradient while a weak density
gradient existed during the second program. In both tests the
dye plume was found to be trapped below the surface because of
this density stratification. Composite plots of maximum effluent
concentration contours irrespective of depth were prepared from
the results of these dye tests to determine the approximate shape
and extent of the plumes at different times after start of the
tests. Figure 3-3 presents the contours for the test conducted
during October and November of 1977. The results of the second
test, conducted during April, 1978, are presented in Figure 3-JJ.
It should be noted that these composite plots are approximate
representations of the constantly varying conditions that result
from the action of ocean tides and currents.
During the first test, the highest concentration in the
near field plume resulted in a dilution of about 30 while the
highest concentration during the second test indicated a minimum
dilution of 77. Both of these measurements were taken exactly
above the diffuser manifold and not at the ZID boundary. The
NPDES Permit for Alyeslca requires that initial dilutions at the
vertical ZID boundaries (150 meters on each side and from each
end of the diffuser) be at least 80 with values of at least 160
at 5 meters beneath the surface and 0.50 meters above the bottom.
These values correspond to effluent concentrations of about 13
ppt and 6 ppt, respectively, shown in Figures 3-3 and 3-^.
1-484
METCALF 4 E Do Y
-------
M
I
«>
00
Ln






8 PPT
\ X



\n



— —1*
	18	









- BOUNDARY OF ZONE OF
INITIAL DILUTION

BOUNDARY OF ZONE OF
INITIAL DILUTION
- BOUNDARY OF ZONE OF
INITIAL DILUTION
DEPTH RANGE: 46 TO 61 METERS FROM SURFACE
TfftC: 0 TO 3.0 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION: PARTS PER THOUSAND I PPT I
DEPTH RANGE: 48 TO 72 METERS FROM SURFACE
TIME: 6.5 TO 10 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION: PARTS PER THOUSAND (PPT)
DEPTH RANGE: 31 TO 62 ACTERS FROM SURFACE
TIME: 17.5 TO 22 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION: PARTS PER THOUSAND I PPT I
NOTE: NUMBERS SHOWN REPRESENT THE CONCENTRATION
OF EFFLUENT WATER (NOT DYE).
TO CONVERT TO DILUTIONS, DIVIDE 1000 8YTHE
CONCENTRATION SHOWN.
FIG. 3-3 COMPOSITE PEAK CONCENTRATION CONTOURS OF DISCHARGE
WATER FOR TEST CONDUCTED IN OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER, 1977
-------
H
I
.P-
00
ON












5^-
1 7 PPT



X 5 \














(
y /
VV9
3S
\

r


10






- BOUNDARY OF ZONE Of
INITIAL DILUTION
T
BOUNDARY OF ZONE OF
INITIAL DILUTION
- BOUNDARY OF ZONE OF
INITIAL DILUTION
DEPTH RANGE: 24 TO SO METERS FROM SUR FACE
TIME: 21.5 TO 24 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION: PARTS PER THOUSAND (PPT)
DEPTH RANGE: 29 TO 50 METERS FROM SURFACE
TIME: 30.5 TO 34.0 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION: PARTS PER THOUSAND (PPT)
DEPTH RANGE 23 TO 42 METERS FROM SURFACE
TlkC. 11.5TO 15.6 HOURS AFTER START OF DYE TEST
CONCENTRATION PARTS PER THOUSAND 
NOTE: NUMBERS SHOWN REPRESENT THE CONCENTRATION
OF EFFLUENT WATER (NOT DYE).
TO CONVERT TO DILUTIONS DIVIDE 1.000 BY THE
CONCENTRATION SHOWN.
FIG 34 COMPOSITE PEAK CONCENTRATION CONTOURS OF DISCHARGE
5	WATER FOR TEST CONDUCTED IN APRIL, 1978
O
-------
In general, the two IMS studies indicated that the neces-
sary dilutions are being achieved by the Alyeska diffuser. Since
both studies occurred during stratified conditions, no data were
available to compare calculated dilutions with measured dilutions
under uniform density conditions. During these studies, it was
also observed that the dye tended to move along shore in easterly
and westerly directions rather than offshore and that under
certain conditions the dilution requirements were not achieved at
those boundaries.
Initial dilutions and trap level heights for the Alyeska
diffuser were calculated by IMS using the EPA PLUME model(3) for
the discharge conditions that existed during the second field dye
test program. These results were compared with results of field
measurements. The calculated dilutions agreed reasonably well
with the measured dilutions. However, in most cases, the
measured trap levels were 15 to 20 meters above the calculated
values.
Diffuser Design
In order to obtain optimal initial dilution of the treated
effluent, it is essential to have efficient hydraulic design of
the outfall pipe and the diffuser based on a manifold analysis.
Properly designed multiple-port diffusers greatly increase initial
dilution over a single port outfall and require consideration of
the following important factors:
1.	variation of water depth over the length of the
diffuser;
2.	variation of discharge coefficient of the ports on the
manifold;
I~487	MCTCALF a EDDY
-------
3.	changes In pressure head due to friction losses and
velocity changes; and
4.	difference in density between the ambient water and
effluent.
These factors were considered in the design of the diffuser
for the discharge of ALPETCO oil refinery and ballast water
treatment plant effluent. A procedure developed by Brooks(4),
which included consideration of the previously mentioned factors,
was used to design the diffuser manifold.
Uniform Flow Distribution. In designing multiple-port
diffusers, it is desirable to achieve a near-uniform flow distri-
bution between the ports for the range of expected flow con-
ditions. The diffuser was designed on the basis of an average
flow of 0.310 m /sec (cubic meters per second), or 7•08 mgd
(million gallons per day). It was then analyzed for flow
distribution at the minimum flow of 0.179 m^/sec (4.08 mgd) and
the maximum flow of 0.418 m^/sec (9*53 mgd). Table 3-1 summari-
zes the flow distribution between ports for the minimum,
average and maximum estimated flows from the selected diffuser
during maximum stratification. Some minor variations from
these flow distributions occur during uniform density, the
largest of which is about 4.4 percent at the minimum flow. As
can be seen from this table, the ratio of minimum to maximum port
flows is 0.93 for the average flow and O.96 for the peak flow.
Therefore, the port discharges are nearly uniform for average and
peak flows. At the minimum flow, this ratio drops to 0.52 and
the flow distribution is somewhat non-uniform. However, at
1-488
M ETC A L F a EDDY
-------
TABLE 3-1. FLOW DISTRIBUTION BETWEEN DIFFUSER PORTS AT
VARIOUS FLOW RATES DURING JULY STRATIFICATION
Port
No.(1)
Port
discharges
at minimum
flow (m3/sec)
Port
discharges
at average
flow (m^/sec)
Port
discharges
at maximum
flow (mVsec)
1
0.0074
0.019
0.025
2
0.0079
0.019
0.026
3
0.0085
0.019
0.026
4
0.0091
0.019
0.026
5
0.0096
0.019
0.026
6
0.010
0.019
0.026
7
0.011
0.019
0.026
8
0.011
0.019
0 .026
9
0.012
0 .020
0.0 26
10
0.012
0.020
0.026
11
0.012
0.020
0 .026
12
0.013
0.020
0.026
13
0.013
0.020
0.026
14
0.014
0.020
0 .026
15
0.014
0.020
0.026
16
0.014
0.020
0.026
Total
CO
1—1
o
0.31
0.42
1. Ports are numbered from the downstream end of the diffuser
manifold.
1-489
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
minimum flow, the individual port flows are small and this non-
uniformity is not a significant factor. Differences in pressure
head along the diffuser due to increasing water depth make the
achievement of near-uniform flow distribution at all flow rates
somewhat difficult, but the selected design would give near-
uniform flow distribution most of the time.
Prevention of Sea Water Intrusion. In order to prevent the
intrusion of sea water into the diffuser manifold through the
ports, the number and size of ports were chosen such that all the
port densimetric Froude numbers were much greater than the
critical value of 1 at all flow conditions and the sum of the
area of all the ports was about 60 percent of the pipe area. For
the selected design, the smallest densimetric Froude number for
the minimum flow was 5.^8 and the total area of all the ports was
about 58 percent of the area of the manifold. Since both of the
above mentioned criteria were met, the proposed diffuser should
discharge without intrusion of sea water at all flow conditions.
Sizes of Manifold and Forts. A diffuser manifold diameter
of 0.53 meters (21 inches) was selected to maintain a reasonable
velocity in the pipe at the minimum flow. This is to minimize
deposition at low flows near the downstream end of the manifold
where velocities are small. However, higher velocities at average
and peak flows would scour and remove any deposition that may have
occurred at low flows and would prevent accumulation of solids in
the diffuser manifold. Figure 3-5 illustrates the selected
diffuser manifold for the ALPETCO outfall together with arrange-
ments of ports.
1-490
mctcalf a EDOY
-------
o
o
o
o (

» o
o
o
o
o
o





A.








16
y
4" PORTS





LOCATED EVERY 8' ON ALTERNATE SIDES
z
m
a
>
r
n
¦	FIG 3-5 SCHEMATIC OF ALPETCO DIFFUSER MANIFOLD WITH ARRANGEMENTS OF PORTS
O
o
•<
-------
Rounded, bell-mouth ports were selected to minimize head
loss and to reduce the dlffuser head requirements. A minimum port
diameter of 0.102 meters (4 Inches) was selected because port
diameters smaller than 4 Inches may get clogged easily. Port
diameters larger than 4 Inches reduced port velocities and their
densimetric Froude numbers and were not as effective. Sixteen
ports, each 4 Inches In diameter, were used In the selected
design.
Fort Spacing and Orientation. Maximum Initial dilution for
a buoyant jet discharging Into stagnant ambient water of uniform
density occurs with the longest jet trajectory to the surface
without interference from adjacent jets. This is usually attained
by making the jets discharge horizontally through properly sized
diffuser ports. To avoid interference between adjacent jets, the
spacing of the ports is usually made equal to the plume width
(diameter) at the surface. Analysis of the buoyant jets dis-
charging into Port Valdez showed that the plumes would get trapped
below the surface during the biologically active parts of the year
when the receiving water body is stratified. In order to achieve
maximum initial dilution and yet minimize the length of the
diffuser manifold, a center to center port spacing of 2.44 meters
(8 feet) was chosen. The ports were placed alternately on both
sides of the diffuser so that the spacing between adjacent ports
on the same side was 4.88 meters (16 feet) or equal to the
smallest plume width at the maximum height of rise during maximum
stratification.
1-492
METCALF Ot EDDY
-------
Proposed Dlffuser. The proposed diffuser shown in Figure
3-5, consists of a single 36.6 meter (120 feet) long manifold
placed at the end of the outfall pipe. It has the same alignment
as the outfall. The manifold is placed at an average depth of
about 52.5 meters (172 feet) below mean sea level. Because of the
steep slope of the ocean floor, the depth of water varies from 50
meters (164 feet) at the near shore end to 55 meters (180 feet)
at the off shore end.
Initial Dilution
Dilution Models. The validity of the mathematical basis of
some models developed to calculate the initial dilution of buoyant
plumes has been established from results of laboratory experi-
ments. One of these models is based on the analysis by Fan and
Brooks(5) for discharge into stagnant, stratified or uniform
density ambient water. This model produces dependable results
when applied to the conditions for which it was developed.
EPA, in its Final Rules and Regulations for Modification of
Secondary Treatment Requirements for Discharge into Marine Waters
(published in the Federal Register on Friday, June 15, 1979)
recommended the use of certain models for calculating initial
dilution. Two of these models, PLUME(3) and DKHPLM(6), as well as
the Fan and Brooks' model were considered in order to analyze the
diffuser discharges performed under various expected conditions.
The Fan and Brooks' Model was developed by Ditrnars(7) based
on the analysis of Fan and Brooks. It was intended for calcu-
lating initial dilution from individual round jets into stagnant
and either constant density or stratified density ambient water.
1-493
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
This model conserves mass, horizontal momentum, vertical momentum
and density deficiency flux. Profiles of velocity, density defic-
iency and effluent concentration distributions are assumed to be
Gaussian and similar in shape in this model. It does not take
into account jet Interference nor the effect of current on
dilution.
The EPA PLUME Model was developed by Baumgartner et al
(1971) and has the same basic features as the Pan & Brooks' Model
described above. Like Pan and Brooks, it does not include jet
interference or the effect of ambient current on dilution.
Gaussian profiles are also used in this model and dilutions are
calculated only up to the trap level. Dilutions calculated by
this model are comparable to the Pan and Brooks' Model results.
The EPA DKHPLM Model is based on the work of Kannberg and
Davis(1976). In addition to calculating conditions similar to
the above models, It can analyze the discharge of a series of
round buoyant jets into a stratified, flowing ambient environ-
ment. This model carries the plume analysis into three zones:
the zone of flow establishment; the zone of established flow, and
the zone of merging flow. In the zone of merging flow, the model
superimposes adjacent plumes to determine actual plume concen-
trations and dilutions. As opposed to the other models, this
model uses a 3/2 power approximation of the Gaussian profile for
velocity and pollutant concentration distribution. The defini-
tion of the plume width is therefore different from that used In
the other two models, making it difficult to compare the results
of DKHPLM with other models' results. Also, only limited
1-494
MtTCALF a EDDY
-------
verification of the model is available at this time. In spite of
this, this model does have the advantage of taking into account
the effects of merging plumes and ambient current on dilution.
Model Analysis. Recognizing the importance of merging
plumes and ambient currents on the determination of the ZID and
the initial dilutions achieved, it was decided that both the Fan
and Brooks1 Model and the DKHPLM Model should be used in the
establishment of the ZID. The former model would provide reliable
and previously verified results for certain limited conditions of
the diffuser performances; further it would provide a check on the
latter model for those conditions. The latter model, on the other
hand, would provide results for all expected conditions, including
ambient currents which can position the plume outside the ZID if
currents are not considered in establishment of the ZID.
Initial dilutions were calculated using these two models
for discharge into constant density (March) or stratified density
(July) ambient waters. Ambient density profiles used in these
calculations are presented in Figure 3-6. The corresponding data
is presented in Table 3-2. Both Fan and Brooks' and DKHPLM models
were used for zero current (stagnant water) while only the DKHPLM
model was used for discharge into ambient current. Due to the
current meter threshold limit, the lowest recorded current
magnitude was 0.015 m/sec (meters per second). The recorded near
peak velocity at the level of the diffuser was about 0.06 m/sec.
These two current values were used in DKHPLM to determine initial
dilutions and plume trajectory. Results of the initial dilutions
are summarized in Tables 3-3 and 3-4 for discharge into stratified
1-495
M ET CALF & EDDY
-------
TEMPERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
¦—i—*—i—i—i—i—;—i—i—i	i	i	i
SALINITY. PPT
.25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33.
0		i	1	r	1	1	—r—i	1
20
40
60
80
100
120
180
200
TEMP.
SAL.
SIGMA-T
18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.
DENSITY, SIGMA-T UNITS
MARCH
25.
2$.
TEMPERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
SALINITY, PPT
28. 29. 30.
SIGMA-T
20. 21. 22. 23. 24.
DENSITY, SIGMA-T UNITS
JULY
FIG 3-6 TEMPERATURE, SALINITY AND DENSITY PROFILES USED FOR INITIAL DILUTION ANALYSIS
-------
TABLE 3-2. TEMPERATURE, SALINITY, AND DENSITY (SIGMA-T)
DATA USED IN INITIAL DILUTION ANALYSIS
March 27, 197b data
July 29, 1979 data
Depth, Temperature, Salinity,
Density
(Sigma-T
Depth, Temperature,
meters
deg C
ppt
units)
meters
deg C
0.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
0 . 0
11.39
10.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
1.0
11.39
20.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
5.0
13-52
30.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
10.0
13.03
40.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
15.0
11.74
50.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
20 . 0
10.51
60.0
4.31
31.687
25.16
25.0
9 .26



30.0
8.29




35-0
7 .41




40 . 0
6.43




45.0
5.56




50.0
4.95




60.0
4 .12




70.0
3.82




75.0
3.73




80.0
3.78




90.0
3.79




100.0
3 .80




125.0
3-97




150.0
4 .12
Salinity,
	
Density
(Sigma-T
units)
26.077
26.077
27.199
27.533
28.501
20.365
20.842
30.185
30.466
30.801
31.048
31.192
31.462
31.594
31.66Q
31.760
31.819
31.920
32.016
32.050
IQ.83
19.83
20.31
20.66
21.64
22	. 52
23	. OQ
23.50
23.84
24	. 23
24.53
24.71
25.00
25.14
25.20
25.27
25.32
25.40
25.46
25.47
-------
TABLE 3-3. AVERAGE INITIAL DILUTION DURING
MAXIMUM STRATIFICATION IN JULY
Plow condition
and flow,
m3/sec	
Port
number(1)
Average dilu- Average dilutions
tions without with ambient current
Effluent Port ambient current EPA DKHPLM EPA DKHPLM
density velocity. Fan & EPA Ua = 0.015 Ua = 0.060
(g/cm3)	m/sec	Brooks DKHPLM	m/sec	m/sec
Minimum flow	1
without ballast
water	16
0.1790
Average flow	1
including
ballast water	16
0.3100
Maximum flow	1
including sur-
face runoff and 16
ballast water
0.4l80
0.9982
0.9982
1.0094
1.0094
1.0064
1.0064
0.90
1.76
2.29
2.48
3.16
3.27
16 3
136
97
96
102
101
137
111
75
74
77
77
201
153
10 3
100
102
101
314
234
159
155
155
153
1. Ports are numbered from the downstream end of the diffuser manifold and all ports
are 0.1016 m (4 inches) in diameter.
-------
TABLE 3-4. AVERAGE INITIAL DILUTION DURING
NO STRATIFICATION IN MARCH
Flow condition Effluent Port
and flow, Port density velocity,
m3/sec	numberd) (g/cm3)	m/sec
Average dilu-
tions without
ambient current
Average dilutions
with ambient current
Fan &
Brooks
EPA
DKHPLM
EPA DKHPLM
Ua = 0.015
m/sec
EPA EKHPLM
Ua = 0.060
m/sec
Minimum flow	1
without ballast
water	16
0.1790
Average flow	1
including
ballast water	16
0.3100
Maximum flow	1
including sur-
face runoff and 16
ballast water
0.4180
1.0003
1.0003
1.0115
1.0115
1.0089
1.0089
0.94
1.74
2.31
2. 46
3.17
3.26
1,255
868
630
611
565
558
742
520
352
337
317
312
1,436
864
639
606
509
498
4,268
2,317
1,761
1,682
1,303
1,279
1. Ports are numbered from the downstream end of the diffuser manifold and all ports
are 0.1016 m (4 inches) in diameter.
-------
and unstratified water, respectively. As can be seen from these
tables, the lowest average Initial dilution occurred during the
July stratification. Fan and Brooks' model calculated lowest
average initial dilution to be 96 while the corresponding value
from DKHPLM was 7^. During uniform or near-uniform density in
March, the plumes reach the surface; as a result, they have much
larger trajectories resulting in higher dilutions. Initial
dilutions are also much larger with ambient current and increase
with the current speed. Table 3-5 summarizes the trap levels and
maximum heights of rise for the plumes during the period of
maximum stratification in July.
Proposed Zone of Initial Dilution. The ZID is a three-
dimensional space. In stagnant ambient water of constant density,
discharge from a diffuser would rise to the surface and form a
three-dimensional space with a parabolic cross section in the
vertical plane and a rectangle in the horizontal plane.
For a diffuser's discharge into an ambient current, the ZID
would increase and elongate prior to reaching the surface. On the
surface, the plume would expand in the direction of the current
and would move from one side of the diffuser to the other with
reversing current due to ebb and flood tides. When jet buoyancy
and momentum-induced fluctuations of velocity and concentrations
cease, initial dilution is considered complete (EPA, 1973)(8).
The distance from the diffuser where this occurs at the surface
under the strongest currents, the weakest density gradients, and
the smallest discharge from the diffuser is considered the bound-
ary of the ZID.
1-500
METCALF ft EOOY
-------
TABLE 3-5. TRAP LEVELS AND MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF RISE IN STAGNANT
WATER DURING MAXIMUM STRATIFICATION IN JULY
Flow condition
and flow,
m3/sec
Height of trap
level above
discharge level.
Effluent Port	meters	
Port density velocity, Fan & EPA
Number^-) (g/cm3)	m/sec	Brooks DKHPLM
Height of maximum
level above
discharge level,
meters
Fan &
Brooks
EPA
DKHPLM
Minimum flow	1
without ballast
water	16
0.1790
Average flow	1
including
ballast water	16
0.3100
Maximum flow	1
including sur-
face runoff and 16
ballast water
0.4180
0.9982
0.9982
1.009^
1.0094
1.0064
1.0064
0.90
1.76
2.29
2.48
3.16
3.27
12.1
13.1
10.9
10.9
11.7
11.5
7.6
8.2
5-9
5.7
6.7
6.6
16.2
17.6
16.7
16 .5
17.5
17.5
10.9
12.1
9.1
9.0
10 .1
10 .1
1. Ports are numbered from downstream end of the diffuser manifold and all ports
are 0.1016 m (4 inches) in diameter.
-------
Size and dimensions of the ZID were calculated using
results from the DKHPLM Model. In addition to calculating initial
dilutions, this model calculates the centerline trajectory of the
buoyant plume. The ZID size varies with the magnitude of the
ambient current. Therefore, to contain the initial dilution
process within the ZID at all times, its size was determined using
maximum recorded current at the proposed ALPETCO diffuser site.
To obtain the ZID width, the plume width (W) at the surface was
added to twice the maximum horizontal distance from the diffuser
(2Xmax) where the plume reaches the surface to obtain the ZID
width. The length of the ZID was obtained by adding this
dimension (W + 2Xmax) to the length of the diffuser. Table 3-6
presents the ZID dimensions and Figure 3-7 shows the extent and
general location of the ZID in Port Valdez.
TABLE 3-6. ZID DIMENSIONS
Length,
Width,
Depth,
meters
meters
meters
316
280
55
During March, discharge from the proposed ALPETCO diffuser
in Port Valdez would reach the surface because the receiving
ambient water would be unstratified at that time. Average dilu-
tions at the surface during March would range from about 310 at
peak discharge to about 630 at the minimum discharge. At 5 meters
below the surface, the corresponding dilutions would be 260 and
56O, respectively.
1-502
metcalf a EODy
-------
-------
Table 3-7 presents the lowest calculated average dilutions
achieved at different levels together with recommended values
which should be incorporated in the ALPETCO NPDES Permit. The
recommended average dilutions were obtained from the calculated
values by using a safety factor of 2 to account for the variation
found within the plume for the horizontal boundaries at the
surface and 5 meters below the surface. As the plume spreads to
the vertical boundary, the plume concentration will be uniform
and the calculated value would be representative of dilution
found at all areas of the boundary.
TABLE 3-7. INITIAL DILUTIONS AT
ZID BOUNDARY
Average dilutions
Recommended for
Location	Calculated	permit
Surface
310
155
5 meters below surface
260
130
At vertical boundary


(sides) ^0 meters below


surface (trap level)
75
75
A criteria for the bottom is not recommended because the
immediate area of the diffuser will receive discharge which has
not had the opportunity to nix with the ambient water. This, of
course, changes quickly as the distance from the diffuser
increases.
1-504
metcalf a tooy
-------
REFERENCES
1.	Outfall Diffuser Study special report to Alyeska Pipeline
Service Company, Institute of Marine Science, University
of Alaska, January 10, 1978.
2.	Outfall Diffuser Study special Report No. 2 to Alyeska
Pipeline Service Company, University of Alaska, June
15, 197«.
3.	Baumgartner, D.J., D.S., Trent, and K.V., Byran, "User
Guide and Documentation for Outfall Plume Model", Working
Paper No. 80, U.S. EPA, Pacific Northwest Laboratories,
May, 1971.
4.	Brooks, N.H., Hydraulic Design of Diffusers, Tech. Memo.
70-2, W.M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources,
California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA, Jan. 1970.
5.	Pan, L.N. and N.H., Brooks, Numerical Solution of Turbulent
Buoyant Jet Problems, Report No. KH-R-18, W.M. Keclc Lab-
oratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources, California Insti-
tute of Technology, Pasadena, CA, Jan. 1969.
6.	Kannberg, L.D. and L.R., Davis, An Environmental/Analytical
Investigation of Deep Submerged Multiple Buoyant Jets, EPA-
600/3-^0-101, US EPA, Corvallis Environmental Research Lab-
oratory, Corvallis, Oregon, 1976.
7.	Ditmars, J.C., Computer Program for Round Buoyant Jets into
Stratified Ambient Environment, Tech. Memo. 69-1, W.M. Keck
Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resrouces, California
Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA, Mar. 1969.
8.	Brooks, Norman H., Dispersion in Hydrologlc and Coastal Environ-
ments, EPA-660/3-73-010, US EPA, Pacific Northwest Environ-
mental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon, August, 1973•
1-505
METCALF & EDDY
-------
CHAPTER 4
FLUSHING
General
The long-term flushing or exchange of water in Port Valdez
is discussed in this section. This aspect of Port Valdez ocean-
ography is of particular importance in estimating pollutant
residence times. To this end, physical oceanographic processes
such as stratification, advective flows, currents, winds, and
their interrelationships and effects on flushing were evaluated.
A detailed analysis of continuous recording current meter
measurements in Valdez Harrows was performed. Analysis of these
currents indicated that the flow in and out of Port Valdez gener-
ally behaves as a two-layered system. This led to development of
a two-layer flushing model to calculate inflow, outflow, mass
exchange, and average pollutant concentrations in Port Valdez
over long time periods (greater than a year). Results from this
model were used to pinpoint critical time periods during the year
for pollutant discharges into the Port.
The flushing model describes the long-term fate of pollu-
tants in Port Valdez, assuming that the pollutant is completely
mixed within each of the two layers. The assumption of complete
mixing in each layer throughout the Port limits the model to its
intended use of providing an average overall long-term pollutant
concentration picture. As discussed later in this chapter, there
are significant impacts which cause a high degree of mixing and
facilitate flushing in Port Valdez.
1-506
W^TCALf A CODY
-------
In the subsequent chapter on circulation, a model which
describes pollutant concentration distributions in the eastern
end of Port Valdez is presented.
Annual Salinity, Temperature and Density Cycles
Annual variations of salinity and temperature in Port
Valdez have been observed in data taken by the University of
Alaska for Alyeska(l) as well as in data measured during this
study. Complete listings of these data are included in
Appendixes B and C.
On the basis of data measured in 1978, Figure 4-1 shows
typical annual cycles of salinity, temperature and density
(sigma-T). The cycles are similar throughout Port Valdez, based
on transects run by IMS.(l) In March, densities (calculated from
salinity and temperature) are nearly uniform, with little strati-
fication evident. In April, solar warming raises the temperature
of the upper waters, which are simultaneously freshened by snow-
melt runoff. The freshwater flows continue to increase and reach
their peak in July or August, resulting in density stratification
of the upper 20 to 30 meters of the water column. This upper
layer tends to flow outward due to the driving force of the
advective freshwater inflow. As temperatures drop in October and
November, the stratification becomes weaker, and virtually
disappears by December.
Data in the two IMS studies done for Alyeska indicate an
intrusion of dense water into Port Valdez beginning in mid to
late summer(l,2). This occurrence has also been observed in
1-507
METCALF a EDDY
-------
TEfff>ERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
28
30
60
SALINITY, PPT
29 30
31
TEMPERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
SALINITY, PPT
TEMPERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
SALINITY. PPT
TEMP.
270 -
SAL. SIGMA - T

22 23 2
SIGMA-T
MARCH 4, 1978
TEMPERATURE, DEG CELSIUS
5 7 6 3 9 10 11 12 13
—|	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	r
SALINITY. PPT
SAL SIGMA-T
APRIL 18, 1978
JULY 15, 1978
SIGMA-T
NOVEMBER 11, 1978
1-508
FIG. 4-1 SEASONAL SALINITY
TEMPERATURE DENSITY PROFILE-
IN PORT VALDEZ
-------
other southern Alaska fjords. It is theorized that the intru-
sions are a combined effect of the large volume of freshwater
runoff and the prevailing atmospheric conditions. During the
winter, the prevailing winds over the Gulf of Alaska produce
downwelling conditions along the south-central Alaskan coast.
Subsidence of these winds during the summer months is believed to
result in the relaxation of the downwelling tendency to the
extent that dense bottom water from the Gulf is transported onto
the continental shelf and then into the deeper fjords and inlets
of south-central Alaska. These observed intrusions of denser
water, in addition to the annual turnover of the water column,
replenish the bottom waters of Port Valdez.
Analysis of Valdez Narrows Transport
Continuous recording current meters were placed in Valdez
Narrows during this study, and during an earlier study for
Alyeska by the Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska
(1). The meter installations analyzed in this chapter are sum-
marized in Table 4-1. Meter locations are shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-3 is an example of measured current speed and
direction plotted with time. Only the upper current meter of
station VN-6 is shown. Complete plots of data from Station VN-6
are included in Appendix B. Plots of data from Stations VN-5 and
VN-2 are in Appendix C. Average current is approximately 0.10 to
0.15 meters per second with reversing direction due to tidal
fluctuations; 180 degrees represents a southerly flow.
1-509
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
H
I
Ln
1000
o
o
<
FIG. 4-2 LOCATION OF CONTINUOUS RECORDING CURRENT METER STATIONS
-------
«n
x w
«	n
o	•
Ul
5/12/79 5/13/79 5/1U/79 5/15/79 5/18/79 5/17/79 5/18/79 5/19/79 5/20/79 5/21/79
STRTI6N - VH6
I
Ui
o
«»
^ r>
o
Ui
X o
o
Ul
o ©
hJ
/I
U1
Hi



S/12/79 5/13/79 5/1H/79
5/15/79 5/16/79 5/17/79 5/13/79 5/19/79 S/20/79 S/21/79
STATION » VN6
5/22/79 n 5/23/79 5/2U/79 5/25/79 ' 5/26/79 5/27/79 5/28/79 ' 5/29/79 5/30/79 5/31/79 '
STATION » VN6
S/22/79 5/23/79 5/2H/79 S/2S/79 5/26/79 5/27/79 5/28/79 5/29/79 S/30/79 S/31/79
STATION » VN6
FIG. 4-3 CURRENT SPEED AND DIRECTION AT STATION VN-6 - METER DEPTH = 23M
-------
TABLE 4-1. CONTINUOUS RECORDING
CURRENT METER STATIONS AT
VALDEZ NARROWS
Station
Dates of
deployment
Meter depths
(meters)	
Useful record
length (days)
VN- 6
5/12/79-
7/29/79
23
59
114
147
78
78
78
33
VN-5
7/16/78-
11/11/78
28
66
110
152
108
88
108
108
VN-2
10/23-76-
4/25/77
52
75
94
116
146
184
184
184
158
184
A progressive vector plot of data from the shallowest
meter at Station VN-6 is shown in Figure 4-4. During most of the
May through July period, the net movement at the level of this
meter (23 m depth) Is southwest or out of Port Valdez. This is
largely due to the driving force of the freshwater advective flow
during this summer period which moves the top layer out of the
Port. A rapid outward motion occurs from June 8 to June 14.
There are periods, however, when the top layer moves inward.
Most notable is the period from May 18 to May 21, during which
rapid inflow can be observed.
A method of observing the net inflow and outflow of all
layers is presented in Figures 4-5 and 4-6, using data from
Station VN-6. The flows are computed by assigning a cross-
sectional area to each current meter. The generally outward flow
1-512
M ET CALF ft EDDY
-------
o
o
•
~_
OD
O
O
o_
CD
cno
CCO
LU o.
I—ZT
LU
CD
—lo
—.o
^o.
OJ
o
o
o
o
o
CM.
—I
60
-100.00 -80.00 -60.00 -40.00 -20.00 0.00
KILOMETERS
20.00
110.00
FIG. 4-4 PROGRESSIVE VECTOR PLOT AT STATION VN6 - METER DEPTH = 23M - 5/12/79 TO 7/1/79
-------
DATE 1979
FIG. 4-5 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-6
-------
8,ooa
M
I
Ui
H4
in
FIG. 4-6 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-6
-------
in the upper layer is particularly strong from June 8 to June 14,
as mentioned earlier. However, a strong inward flow in the upper
layer is also evident from May 18 to May 21. In general, the
flow of the lower layer, as represented by the other three
current meters, opposes the upper layer flow. The layer flow
directions reverse several times during the May through July
period of record.
On certain days, the sum of the flows through Valdez
Narrows does not balance. This is caused by two factors.
Firstly, freshwater advective flow in the upper layer, particu-
larly in mid-summer, results in net outflows. Secondly, the
methodology of assigning a constant cross-sectional area to each
current meter is only an approximation. Due to the limitation of
having only four current meters, the actual smooth velocity
profile is approximated by four points. The flows tend to
balance over periods of several days, however, if the advective
flow is subtracted from the total.
To estimate the effect of the flow-reversing events on
Port Valdez flushing, the approximate hydraulic residence times
of the upper and lower layers were calculated using May 19, 1979
velocity data. This was done by dividing the layer volume by the
net inflow or outflow over the sill at Valdez Narrows. Results
are presented in Table 4-2. It is apparent that for events such
as that which occurred on May 19» the flow reversals help to
flush a significant amount of water in Port Valdez.
1-516
metcalf a EDDV
-------
TABLE 4-2. HYDRAULIC RESIDENCE
TIMES ON MAY 19, 1979


Net inflow
or outflow,
cms
Layer
m3
volume,
Hydraulic
residence
time,
days
Upper
layer
8,000
3 x
109
4
Lower
layer
6,500
14 x
109
25
For purposes of comparison, a hydraulic residence time may
be estimated for the upper layer based on summer freshwater
advective flows. Minimum, mean, and maximum July freshwater
flows for the Port Valdez watershed have been estimated by the
University of Alaska by extrapolation of U.S. Geological Survey
Lowe River gaging data.(l) These flows and their corresponding
residence times are presented in Table 4-3. July flows are the
largest, thus giving the smallest or most conservative residence
times. By comparing data from Tables 4-2 and 4-3, it is evident
that more flushing occurred at Valdez Narrows on May 19 than
during maximum estimated July freshwater flows.
TABLE 4-3. HYDRAULIC RESIDENCE
TIMES BASED ON ESTIMATED
JULY FRESHWATER INPUT
Hydraulic
Freshwater Upper layer residence
flow, cms	volume, m3	time, days
197	3 x 109	176
445	3 x 109	78
1,017	3 x 109	34
Minimum
Average
Maximum
1-517
METCALF ft E DO Y
-------
Flow data for Station VN-5, from July to November 1978,
are presented in Figures 4-7 through 4-9. Many direction
reversals of the upper and lower layer occur; the frequency of
these increases toward the latter part of the data set. This
appears to be related to the fact that weather conditions become
more variable during late summer and early autumn. As analyses
of weather data taken from the NOAA Station at Valdez Airport
during the May to July 1979 period indicate, pressure decreases
are the probable cause of the flow reversals. Figure 4-10 is a
plot of barometric pressure and upper layer flow from August 17
to September 16, 1978. The upper layer flow reverses and enters
the Port with nearly every significant pressure decrease.
Storm systems moving over the Gulf of Alaska are respon-
sible for these pressure changes. As they pass through, the
storms apparently cause large surface flows into Prince William
Sound and Port Valdez which in turn result in the exchange of a
significant volume of water. This possibility was first
suggested by Professor Joseph M. Colonell of the Institute of
Marine Science.(1) The magnitude of inflow appears to depend on
the rate of change of pressure drop. That is, the larger the
rate of change of pressure, the larger the inflow into the Port.
Flushing Model
Model Formulations. To observe the effect of a waste
discharge into Port Valdez, a two-layer, completely mixed
flushing model was developed. This model accounts for pollutant
flow and concentration; freshwater advective flows; an upper and
1-518
METC ALr 6k EDDY
-------
FIG. 4-7 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-5
O
o
•<
-------
H
I
Cn
to
O
o
UJ
CO
8,000
6.000
4,000
u. 2,000
U
UJ
CO
s
O
3
O
-10,000
2,000
-4,000
-6,000
-8.000
8/16
8/21
8/26
8/31	9/6
DATE -1978
9/11
9/16
o
o
¦<
FIG. 4-8 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-5
-------
o
111
8,ooa
6.000
4,000
2,000
kn
lo
u
ui
u»
3
O
-2,000.
-4,000
-6,000
-8.000
-io,ooa
9/19
9/24
9/29
10/4
DATE -1978
10/9
FIG. 4-9 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-5
-------
6,000
30.4
Ln
to
N>
8/20
8/25
8/30
DATE
1978
n
o
o
«<
nG. 4-10 UPPER LAYER FLOW AT STATION VN-5 VS. BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
-------
a lower layer divided by a prescribed interface (represented by
the measured depth of maximum stratification over time); and the
measured currents at Valdez Narrows at four depths. The purpose
of the flushing model is to observe time-varying pollutant
concentrations in the upper and lower layers. This informa-
tion indicates the average long-term concentrations and critical
time periods of pollutant build-up in either layer for which more
detailed and localized investigations must be made. The model
also allows calculation of pollutant residence times. The model
formulations are presented in detail in Figure 4-11. A complete
program listing is furnished in Appendix E.
The method of calculations of the flushing model is as
follows. Measured currents at Valdez Narrows are averaged for
one day at each of the four depths. These daily average currents
are then converted into daily average flows by assigning a
constant cross-sectional area to each current meter. The daily
average flows for the upper layer (Q^) and lower layer (Qg) are
then computed based on the specified vertical location of the
layer interface for that day. When the interface falls within
the area of influence of a certain current meter, a linear inter-
polation is used to divide the flows between the two layers.
This layer interface is based on date measured by IMS;(1)
at least a slight density stratification is assumed to exist
throughout the year. This is a conservative assumption since the
wastewater discharge is confined to the lower layer; velocities
are lower here and therefore, the flushing is not as effective.
1-523
M CT CALF a EDDY
-------
C**	VALDEZ HARBOR TWO LAYER MODEL FORMULATION
C**
C**
c* ************ *********************** ****** ******
C
c
01
CO
02
C
C
C
c==========================
c
C	DEFINITIDS OF TERHS
C
c
Q1
UPPER LAYER INFLOW OR OUTFLOW AT VALDEZ
NARROWS
c
Q2
LOWER LAYER INFLOW 3R OUTFLOW AT VALDEZ
NARROWS
c
QA
FRESH-WATER ADVECTIVF FLOW INTO HARBOR

c
0
WASTE FLOW

c
QT
TRANSFER FLOW BETWEEN LAYERS

c
H
TOTAL DEPTH OF PORT VALDEZ

c
d H
CHANGE IN TOTAL DEPTH OF PORT VALn£7,

c
dHi
CHANGE IN DEPTH DUE TO INTERFACE MOVEMENT
c
Hu
UPPER LAYER DEPTH

c
HI
LOWER LAYER DEPTH

c
c
WASTE CONCENTRATION

c
Cu
UPPER LAYER CONCENTRATION

c
CI
LOWER LAYER CONCENTR AION

c
CO
OCEAN CONCENTRATION

c
C1B
UPPER LAYER OCEAN TRANSFER LOADING

c
C2B
LOWER LAYER .OCEAN TRANSFER LOADING

c
As
SURFACE AREA OF PORT VALDEZ

c
dT
TIME STEP

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
c
c
c
c
+--
+ -¦
-> QA
Cu
Hu
'Ipper
layer
QT
CI
HI
Lowe r
Layer
->
0
c


FIG. 4-11 FLUSHING MODEL FORMULATIONS
1-524
metcalf & eddy
-------
C===================================================================
c
C	 COMPUTE Q1 £ Q2 FROM MFASURED CURRENTS
C	(POSITIVE FLOUS ft RE INTO HARBOR)
C
C	 COMPUTE NEW CDNCENTRATIONS RESULTING FPOM INTERFACE MOVEMENT
C
C— CASE 1 LAYER INTERFACE MOVES DOWN (dHi IS POSITIVE)
C
C	C u(Hu)+C1(dHi)
C	Hu+dHl
C
C--	CASE 2 LAYER INTERFACE MOVFS UP (dHi IS NEGATIVE)
C
C	CI(Hl)-Cu(dHi )
C	Hl-dHi
C
C	 COMPUTE NEW LAYER DEPTHS CAUSED BY INTERFACE MOVEMENT
C
C	Hu = Hu+dHi
C
C	HI = Hl-dHi
C
C	 COMPUTE CHANGE IN DFPTH
C
C	(Q1+C2+Q+PA)rtT
C	dH 		
C	As
C
C	COMPUTE TRANSFER FLOW (POSITIVE IS FROM LOWER TO UPPER)
C
C	QT = 32 + Q
C
C	COMPUTE OCEAN TRANSFER LOADS AT VAI.DEZ NARROWS
C
C-- Q1 POSITIVE
C
C	C1B = Q 1(dT )CO
C
C-- Q1 NEGATIVE
C
C	C1B = Q 1(dT)Cu
C
C-- Q2 POSITIVE
C
C	C2B = Q?< dT)CO
C
C--	Q2 NEGATIVE
C
C	C2B = 0?(dT)Cl
C
C===================================================================
FIG. 4-11 FLUSHING MODEL FORMULATIONS (Cont.)
1-525
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
c
C	 COMPUTE NEW LAYER CONCENTRATIONS
C
C	 CASK 1 TRANSFER FRDP LOWER TO UPPER {QT POSTTIVF)
C
C--
C	LOWER LAYER CONCENTRATION
C
C	C1(H1)As+C2B+Q(dT)C
C	Hl(As)+Q2(dT)+Q(dT)
C--
C	UPPER LAYFR CONCENTRATION
C
C	Cu(Ha)As+C1B+0T(iT)Cl
C	(Hu+dH)As
C--
C
C	 CASE 2 TRANSFER FROf UPPER TO LOWER (QT NEGATIVE)
C
C - -
C	UPPER LAYER CONCENTRATION
C
C	Cu(Hu)As+CIR+QT(IT)Cu
C	(Hu«-dH)As
C--
C	LOWER LAYER CDNCENTRATION
C
C	Cl(Hl)As+Q(dT)C-QT(dT)Cu+C2B
C	CI 		
C	Hl(As)
C--
C
c	
c
C--
C	COMPUTE NFW UPPER LAYER DEPTH
C
C	Hu = Hu+dH
C
C==========================================================
FIG. 4-11 FLUSHING MODEL FORMULATIONS (Cont.)
1-526
MtTCALF & CODY
-------
A mass balance for flow is written for the lower layer
which includes flow at Valdez Narrows and the waste discharge
flow (Q). The sum of these flows is equivalent to a transfer
flow (Qip) which is assumed to move to the upper layer for the
case of net lower layer inflow, or is taken from the upper layer
for the case of net lower layer outflow. A flow balance in the
upper layer includes advective flow, which is significant during
summer months, and the upper layer flow at Valdez Narrows (Q^).
A mass balance of all flows entering or leaving the Port Valdez
system is performed to calculate any depth change in the Port.
Pollutant mass balances are written separately for each
layer for each daily time step. The concentration of waste (C)
in the discharge is assumed to enter and mix with the lower
layer; it may be transferred to the upper layer or out of Port
Valdez, depending on the existing hydraulic conditions. The
waste concentration in the water body outside Port Valdez, as
well as in the freshwater advective flow, is assumed to be zero.
The flushing model was run using the average expected
daily flow from the ALPETCO diffuser of 0.31 mVsec (cubic meters
per second). This represents the total mass of the discharge
flow. The model was run for 1-1/2 years by piecing together the
current data,at Valdez Narrows from Stations VN-2, VN-5 and VN-6
(see Table ^1-1). These data span nearly an entire year, and
although the measurements were taken in different years, they
were assumed to be indicative of flows which occur during that
time period of the year. The 16-day gap in data from April 26 to
1-527
METCALF & EDDY
-------
May 11 was filled by repeating the previous 16 days of flow
measurements. Also, the second half year was taken as a repeat
of the previous year. The results of this simulation are
presented in Figure 4-12.
Model Results. The model was run under the condition that
ALPETCO's discharge is initiated on January 1. As shown in
Figure 4-12, concentrations in both layers, which begin at zero,
gradually increase to a peak value in the upper layer in about
two months and in the lower layer in about four months. These
same peak value points were reached when the simulation was
continued into the second year, showing attainment of an annual
steady-state.
Lower layer concentrations remain relatively constant
throughout the year at about 65 ppm (parts effluent per million
parts Port Valdez water). This reflects the fact that the lower
layer volume is very large; once steady-state conditions have
been attained, only extremely large flow events can change the
concentrations. Upper layer concentrations fluctuate between 5
and 90 ppm, with an average of about 45 ppm. The upper layer
concentration fluctuations are due to the effect of large flow
events on the smaller volume. Concentrations of less than 100
ppm indicate a dilution factor of over 10,000.
The most critical time period for buildup of pollutants in
both layers is late June and early July, despite the fact that
freshwater advective flow is near its annual peak. This is
because flow conditions at Valdez Narrows are quite "tame" during
1-528
wetcalf a EODy
-------
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
—	LOWER LAYER CONCENTRATION
H 2
x N
ui uj m
3 o. o
in h ^
"-ifc
S z
O ui w
£3!e
ft*
z^z
£«» o
8*2
E 100
UPPER LAYER CONCENTRATION
50
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
I
U»
ro
vo
i- I
fr,a N
UJ UJ UJ
30L Q
LU £ ^
Os E
"t- O
gz n-
O uj to
Z^z
8—s
100
50
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
FIG. 4-12 MODELED AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF EFFLUENT
IN PORT VALDEZ DURING A SELECTED 1-1/2 YEAR PERIOD
-------
this period. At Valdez Narrows, the upper layer flow is predom-
inantly outward and the lower layer flow is inward. The upper
layer is replenished with lower layer water. Since the waste-
water is discharged into the lower layer, the upper layer
concentration increases.
An approximate overall pollutant residence time can be
calculated by dividing the mass of pollutant in Port Valdez by
the mass flow rate of pollutant load. Using the July concen-
tration of 75 ppm in each layer, this calculation results in a
residence time of M8 days. This value represents the critical
time period for pollutant buildup during early July. The resi-
dence time is subject to variation depending on flow conditions
at the Narrows, but is indicative of the flushing capacity of
Port Valdez during the worst period.
In summary, Port Valdez has excellent flushing capacity,
considering its size. This is due to freshwater advective flows
in summer, and large exchanges of water during the remainder of
the year. Significant flow events at Valdez Narrows, which may
be caused by atom-induced barometric pressure variations, are
instrumental in the good flushing characteristics of the Port.
Flushing model results indicate pollutant concentrations in the
far field are diluted by a factor of 10,000 or more.
1-530
DOV
-------
REFERENCES
Continuing Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska,
1976-197^7 Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska,
WfT.
Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska, Institute of
Marine Science, University of Alaska, 1973.
1-531
METCALF & CODY
-------
CHAPTER 5
CIRCULATION AND DISPERSION
General
Circulation patterns in eastern Port Valdez, particularly
near the proposed ALPETCO diffuser site, are summarized in this
section. A detailed analysis of currents measured in the eastern
end of the Port was performed. The relationship of these measure-
ments to current measurements at Valdez Narrows is discussed. The
effects of stratification, advective flows, and weather on net
motions are also discussed. This is followed by an analysis of
pollutant concentration distributions under various conditions
using the Transient Plume Model,(1) developed at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. Pollutant concentrations in the eastern
end of Port Valdez, but outside the zone of initial dilution, are
predicted. Since complete mixing of pollutants in Port Valdez is
assumed in the flushing model, the Transient Plume Model provides
a more realistic picture of concentrations in the area of the
proposed discharge.
Analysis of Eastern Port Valdez Currents
As part of the oceanographic field program conducted this
year, continuous recording current meters were positioned in the
eastern end of Port Valdez at two locations. Meter locations are
indicated in Figure 5-1 and the related data are summarized in
Table 5-1. An explanation of the field measurement program has
been presented in Chapter 1. Computer plots of the current speed
1-532
METCALF S> EDDY
-------
Ln
LO
LO
°	FIG. 5-1 LOCATION OF CONTINUOUS RECORDING CURRENT METER STATIONS
R Tr
(Wealtwr WXJ-631
162.55 MHz
(see inset/
127
.SECURITY ZONE
91 m!2~7 I7CI 126
(see note A)
Are* subject to
frequent change
1000
0	1000 J
— r-H	Vi
SCALE IN METERS	1
| NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
,—~N\I I ^	_
VALDEZ MARINE TERMINAL
Valdez
Airport
Valdez
(abandoned)
-------
and direction, and progressive vector plots from these meters are
included in Appendix B.
TABLE 5-1. CONTINUOUS RECORDING
CURRENT METER STATIONS IN
EASTERN PORT VALDEZ
Station
Dates of
deployment
Meter depths
(meters)
Useful record
length (days)
EPV-1
May 12 to
18
0

July 29, 1979
30
78


57
78
EPV-2
May 12 to
18
78

July 29, 1979
37
78


59
78
A typical plot of current speed and direction vs. time is
presented in Figure 5-2. Data plotted in Figure 5-2 are from the
current meter located at a depth of 59 meters at Station EPV-2.
This meter is located near the proposed ALPETCO diffuser and is
therefore representative of conditions at approximately the same
depth at the diffuser site. The very slow current speeds at this
location are in most cases below the meter threshold value of
0.015 mps (meters per second). The line at 0.015 mps in Figure
5-2 actually indicates speeds of less than or equal to the meter
threshold.
Information obtained regarding current direction is pre-
sented as direction roses in Figure 5-3 for Station EPV-2 and in
Figure 5-^ for Station EPV-1. These roses represent the percent
of measurements which occurs in the direction intervals shown.
The current direction roses for meters at Station EPV-2, shown in
1-534
METCALF « EOOV
-------
5/12/79 ' S/13/79 1 5/IH/79 ' 5/15/79 ' 5/16/79 ' 5/17/79 ' 5/18/79 ' S/19/79 ' 5/20/79 ' 5/21/79
3TRTI8N - EP2
JO	A	Ai
5/22/79 ' 5/29/79 ' 5/2H/79 ' 5/25/79 ' 5/26/79 ' 5/27/79 ' 5/28/79 ' 5/29/79 ' 5/30/79 ' 5/31/79
STATION . CP2
S/22/79 5/23/79 5/2H/79 5/2S/79 5/26/79 5/27/79 5/28/79 5/29/79 5/30/79 5/31/79
37mo* - EP2
FIG. 5-2 CURRENT SPEED AND DIRECTION AT STATION EPV-2 - METER DEPTH = 59M
-------
METER DEPTH = 18 M
METER DEPTH - 37 M
N
METER DEPTH = 59 M	SCALE: 1 INCH - 8 PERCENT
FIG. 5-3 FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT DIRECTION, STATION EPV2
1-536
M ETC ALP * IDOV
-------
N
N
S
METER DEPTH - 67 M
SCALE: 1 INCH - 8 PERCENT
FIG. 5-4 FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT DIRECTION, STATION EPVI
X—537	K*Tc»ur * too*
-------
Figure 5-3, indicate a preferred south to southeast direction for
all meters. At the upper meter, there is also a stronger prefer-
ence for northeasterly motion.
Figure 5-5 Is a progressive vector plot of the upper meter
at Station EPV-2. A rapid northeast motion (almost 2 kilometers
per day) occurs during the period from May 18 to May 21. This
period had a strong upper layer inflow at Valdez Narrows, which
is accompanied by a resulting net motion of the upper layer in
the eastern end of the Port. Before this period, weather observa-
tions at Valdez indicated a drop in pressure from 30.15 inches Hg
on May 14 to 29.56 inches Hg on May 16. The upper layer inflow
conditions seem to be correlated with such pressure drops as
mentioned in Chapter 4. A comparison of Figure 5-5 and the
corresponding flows at Valdez Narrows shown in Figure 5-6,
indicates that northeast motion at the upper meter of Station
EPV-2 is associated with upper layer inflows at Valdez Narrows,
and southeast or clockwise motion is associated with upper layer
outflows.
The current direction roses for meters at Station EPV-1,
shown in Figure 5-4, demonstrate a predominantly east-west flow.
The upper meter malfunctioned and no useful results were obtained.
The middle meter had a stronger westerly direction preference,
which was judged as resulting from the driving force of summer
freshwater advective flow in the upper layer. This station showed
more tidal influence and somewhat stronger currents than Station
EPV-2. A comparison of the progressive vector plot for the middle
1-538
METCALF ft CODY
-------
I
U1
U*
\D
*4
O
>
r
N
A
'o.oo
3.00
6.00
9.00 12.00
KILOMETERS
15.00
18.00
21.00
2H.00
o
o
«<
FIG. 5-5 PROGRESSIVE VECTOR PLOT AT STATION EPV-2 - METER DEPTH = 18M - 5/12/79 TO 7/1/79
-------
8,000
1
S
o
H
I
U*
O
5
o
D
O
FIG. 5-6 FLOW AT VALDEZ NARROWS - STATION VN-6
-------
meter at Station EPV-1, shown in Figure 5-7» and the flow at
Valdez Narrows (see Figure 5-6), shows that upper layer inflows
at Valdez Narrows appear to cause the current at EPV-1 to change
direction and head eastward. This is similar to current behavior
at Station EPV-2, and indicates that events at Valdez Narrows are
closely related to events in the eastern end of the Port.
Large flow events, such as that on May 18, have a definite
effect on currents in the eastern end of the Port, From this it
follows that quiet periods at Valdez Narrows are also quiet
periods in eastern Port Valdez. A review of all the available
velocity data at Valdez Narrows indicates that summer periods
generally have low velocities while winter periods have high
velocities, probably caused by intense storm activity. A long
"quiet" period with low velocities occurred during the 1979 field
study, from about June 27 to July 10. This is the period which
has high pollutant buildup in the flushing model simulation
presented in Chapter 4. The low flows result in lack of exchange,
which causes pollutant concentrations to increase. This period
is therefore the most critical in terms of pollutant buildup.
Motion at Stations EPV-2 and EPV-1 may be seen more clearly
by observing progressive vector plots of the upper and lower
meters for specific time periods. Two time periods are presented:
May 18 to 20, shown in Figure 5-8, which corresponds with a rapid
upper layer inflow at Valdez Narrows, and June 10 to 12, shown in
Figure 5-9» which corresponds with an upper layer outflow.
1-541
MCTCALF * CDOV
-------
o
o
-------
N
*
0.00
1.20
2.40
KILOMETERS
3.60
4.80
1.20
KILOMETERS
1.80
2.40
STATION EPV-2 METER DEPTH 18M
STATION EPV-2 METER DEPTH 59M
S.
oi
8
8
CO '
8i
M
AC
Ul
£
3
2 g
1.60	3.20	4.80
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-1 METER DEPTH 30 M
6.40
6/18
•1.60	-.80	,00
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-1 METER DEPTH 67M
.80
FIG. 5-8 PROGRESSIVE VECTOR PLOTS FOR MAY 18-20,1979
1-543
-------
N
8i
0.00	.40	.80
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-2 METER OEPTH 18M
t-20
to
X
til
UJ
5
O
§•
0.00	.40	.80
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-2 METER DEPTH 59M
1.20
6/12
6/11
6/10
-6.00	-4.00	-2.00
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-1 METER DEPTH 30 M
0.00
3
8
03
0c
Ul
h
lil
S
O ©
=J *
s
6/10
0.00	.40	.80
KILOMETERS
STATION EPV-1 METER DEPTH 57M
FIG. 5-9 PROGRESSIVE VECTOR PLOTS FOR JUNE 10-12,1979
1-544
-------
Firstly, In studying the progressive vector plots for the
period May 18 to 20 at Station EPV-2 near the proposed ALPETCO
diffuser site (shown in Figure 5-8), the upper meter shows
northeasterly motion while the lower meter shows southeasterly
motion. At Station EPV-1, the upper meter velocity is east-
northeasterly, and the lower meter velocity is westerly. The
circulation pattern which is evident here is that of inflow of an
upper layer heading east at Station EPV-1 and then turning north
at the easterly end of the port at Station EPV-2, parallel to the
eastern shoreline. The current measurements at lower depth Indi-
cate a bottom layer heading west at Station EPV-1 and southeast
at Station EPV-2, parallel to the shoreline. Therefore, the
layer flows are opposing, with counter-clockwise flow in the
upper layer, clockwise flow in the lower layer, and both flows
generally parallel to the shoreline.
The condition during the upper layer outflow period, shown
in Figure 5-9 for June 10 to 12, is nearly the opposite. The
lower layer velocities are inward (east or southeast) at both
stations, while the upper layer velocities are outward (west or
southwest) at Station EPV-1. The upper meter at Station EPV-2 is
the exception to the pattern with northerly currents. Large
freshwater advective flows from the Lowe River and the Valdez
Glacier Stream probably could affect the upper layer current mea-
surements. Stream flow measurements of Valdez Glacier Stream
taken by CCC/Hok-Dowl during this study indicate a significant
flow increase from about 23 to about 57 cms (cubic meters per
1-545
MITCALF * K DO V
-------
second) from May 29 to June 6, 1979. This precedes, by a few
days, the period covered by the progressive vector plots.
To help clarify the situation, the progressive vector plots
shown in Figures 5-8 and 5-9 are depicted in a different manner in
Figures 5-10 and 5-11. Figure 5-10 shows the progressive vector
plots at Stations EPV-1 and EPV-2 as straight lines or "head to
toe" vectors from the beginning to end of the the May 18 to May 20
time period. Figure 5-11 is a similar drawing from the June 10 to
12 period. Also included is the middle meter (37 meters depth) at
Station EPV-2, which was not shown in Figures 5-8 and 5-9. The
opposing layer motions are again apparent in Figures 5-10 and
5-11.
In summary, the currents in eastern Port Valdez appear to
be closely related to those at Valdez Narrows. A large inflow or
outflow at Valdez Narrows apparently affects the currents in the
eastern end of the Port. Opposing layer flows occurred in the
eastern Port area during May to July 1979, the period of obser-
vation for this study. There was a preference during the mea-
surement period for the upper layer to move north and the lower
layer to move south at Station EPV-2. Near the proposed ALPETCO
diffuser site, the flow tends to turn parallel to follow the
boundary of the eastern shore. The wastewater plume is there-
fore expected to turn south or north following this motion paral-
lel to the eastern boundary. These observations suggest that
there is a fairly equal chance of the plume heading north or
south. As mentioned in Chapter 3, for stratified conditions, the
1-546
MrTCALr & EDDY
-------
Ln
.P-
FIG. 5-10 CURRENT VECTORS FOR MAY 18-20,1979
R Tr
(Weather WXJ-63J
•162.55 MHz
Marsh
METER DEPTHS (IN METERS)
.SECURITY Z0f<
\,„I27I7C, ,
/see note A)
HC
An* sutyect to
frequent change
Tanks
IOOO
IOOO
t-	I X r\ ?
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
VALDEZ MARINE TERMINAL
SCALE IN METERS
Valdez
Airport
V aldez
(abandoned)
-------
I
Ln
¦P-
00
FIG. 5-11 CURRENT VECTORS FOR JUNE 10-12,1979
-------
plume rises to the trap level which is about 40 meters below the
surface. At this depth, motion could be due to either the upper
layer or lower layer flow. Also, the layers were observed to
change direction often. During unstratified conditions, the plume
rises to the upper layer and is transported by the motion there.
Since 300 to 600 dilutions are achieved by the time the plume
reaches the surface, this condition is not considered critical.
Circulation Model
In previous chapters, the transport of pollutants in the
near field based on plume modeling, and in the far field based on
flushing characteristics, have been discussed. Pollutant distri-
butions due to circulation and dispersion in the vicinity of the
outfall diffuser, but beyond the near field zone, are presented
here. A mathematical model was used to calculate the "inter-
mediate field" pollutant concentrations, which are based on pre-
vailing circulation patterns discussed earlier in this Chapter.
The model used is known as the Transient Plume Model,
developed at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology(1). A
listing of the program for this model is shown in Appendix P.
A time history of current measurements serves as hydro-
dynamic input to the model. These currents are assumed to be con-
stant in the modeled area, thus describing a spatially uniform flow
field. The pollutant source is input in terms of its properties
at the outer boundary of the near field zone; that is, the width
and depth of the plume and its near-field dilution are direct
model inputs. At each time-step where output is desired, the
1-549
METCALF a EDDY
-------
pollutant Is approximated by the superposition of a series of
plume patches, each of which has undergone dispersion, and
advection due to the recent current time-history. A concentra-
tion profile is then produced. Thus, the wastewater plume
changes characteristics over time depending upon the current
which is input.
A grid system was designed to model the proposed ALPETCO
diffuser. This is shown in Figure 5-12. The currents measured
at Station EPV-2 are used as model input because of this sta-
tion's proximity to the proposed discharge. The model was run
for stratified conditions using the current meter at 37 meters
depth, since the plume becomes trapped at about that level.
Unstratified conditions were not run since over 300 dilutions are
achieved in the near field. The material was assumed to be
completely mixed within a vertical layer of 15 meters. This
depth is based on dye studies done for Alyeska. As a conserva-
tive assumption, vertical diffusion and pollutant decay were set
to zero, thus confining the material to the layer. A range of
2
horizontal dispersion coefficients from 1 m /sec (square meter
2
per second) to 10 m /sec was estimated from a dye study performed
by the Institute of Marine Science for Alyeska.(2) Currents at
the Alyeska site are of the same order of magnitude as those at
2
the ALPETCO site. A conservative value of 1 m /sec was selected
for use in the model. This gives the smallest amount of spread-
ing, and therefore, results in the highest pollutant concentrations.
The first two time periods simulated with the circulation
model were May 19 and June 10. These correspond to the two
1-550
METCAIF ft EODV
-------
i
*
%
*
o°
X
Q






S6

\ 1
\


1 '
i>.







•
\t
\
v
>
\ /









N

\

\












«2

V
\
A










<
>



V







fi?






\












i 4
0






V ¦







— '











/















f















1
	a
»











\












































\
L


I®











,
1







9







«*


1
%





















«?











































°lTi,

r
-------
circulation patterns discussed earlier in the chapter. The daily
average wastewater flow of ALPETCO was input with a concentration
equivalent to the total mass of water. This was also done in the
flushing model. Contours of constant dilution are plotted in
Figures 5-13 and 5-14 for May 19 and June 10, respectively.
Dilutions ranging from 300 to 1,000 are achieved on the May date
with the plume oriented northeasterly. The velocities are
comparatively rapid during this period and therefore result in
high values of dilution. The June plot is indicative of the
upper layer outflow condition, with the plume oriented toward the
south.
In Chapter 4, the critical time period for pollutant
build-up in Port Valdez was shown to be late June and early July.
The circulation model was run using data from this period. Con-
tours of constant dilution are plotted in Figures 5-15 and 5-16
for two typical days, June 29 and July 5» 1979. In both cases
the plumes are oriented toward the south.
Figures 5-13 through 5-16 show that various circulation
patterns result in different concentration profiles. Any of
these profiles could occur at different times, and no particular
situation is expected to predominate. In general, good addi-
tional dilution occurs beyond the near field zone. The worst case
in terms of high pollutant concentrations would result from a
current heading directly onshore. This is not a likely occur-
rence since the water tends to flow parallel to the shoreline; it
could happen, however, during a large storm. Even during this
condition, the discharge would be diluted by a factor of about 100
1-552
MCTCALF A CODY
-------
56
72
w
1
Ui
Ui
u>
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
200
FIG. 5-13 CIRCULATION MODEL SIMULATION FOR MAY 19,1979
-------
I
tr
ut
t
>
r
o
o
56
72
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
200
FIG. £14 CIRCULATION MODEL SIMULATION FOR JUNE 10,1979
-------
I
Ui
tn
Ui
56
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
200
72
FIG. 5-15 CIRCULATION MODEL SIMULATION FOR JUNE 29,1979
-------
NOTE: DEPTHS GIVEN IN FATHOMS
m
200
0
*
200
SCALE IN METERS
DIFFUSER
BOUNDARY OF ZONE
OF INITAL DILUTION
FIG. 5-16 CIRCULATION MODEL SIMULATION FOR JULY 5,1979
-------
based on near-field model results, and assuming no further
dilutions occur. The plume would be trapped at a depth of
approximately 40 to 45 meters, thus hitting the shoreline at
that depth. The biologically active shallow shoreline area would
therefore not be affected.
1-557
MCTCAtr * loov
-------
REFERENCES
Adams, E. Eric, Keith D. Stolzenbach, and Donald R. P.
Harleman, Near and Far Field Analysis of Buoyant Surface
Discharges Into Large Bodies of Water, Report No. 205, Ralph
M. Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources and Hydrodynamics,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, August, 1975.
Outfall Diffuser Study, Special Report No. 2 to Alyeska
Pipeline Service Company, Institute of Marine Science,
University of Alaska, June 15» 1978.
1-558
METCALF ft EDDY
-------
CHAPTER 6
SEDIMENTOLOGY
General
In this chapter, the expected average annual sediment load
entering Port Valdez is estimated and the nature and composition
of near shore bottom sediment deposits are discussed on the basis
of available data.
Sediment Loads
The principal sediment load into Port Valdez originates as
glacial outwash, mainly from the Lowe River and Valdez Glacier
Stream at the head of the fjord, and Mineral Creek and Shoup
Glacier Stream to the north, as depicted in Figure 6-1. A minor
undetermined amount of sediment entering the Port is derived from
bank erosion under normal wave activity or ship wakes. Studies
completed to date, including the detailed Environmental Studies of
Port Valdez by Hood, et al.,(l) have not determined the extent of
marine suspended sediments transport into the Port from Prince
William Sound. However, based on the reported low sedimentation
rates at the mouth of the Port, it is likely that this component
is very small. The majority of sediments reaching the fjord by
way of glacial meltwater runoff are deposited within the eastern-
most third of the Port.
During earthquakes, exceedingly significant volumes of
sediment may enter Port Valdez as massive landslides and sub-
marine slides are triggered. For example, according to Coulter
1-559
MCTCAUr ft CODY
-------
I
Ln
CT\
O
FIG. 6-1 MAJOR STREAMS INFLUENT TO PORT VALDEZ
Hosan
SHOUP GLACIER STREAM
(TuWiT&wZv.'
MINERAL CREEK ^
VALDEZ GLACIER STREAM
Valdez
¦^abandoned)
k-TSSfZ. TRAFFIC SERVICE 127
161 301-161387
w" I: ee note A) 127
LOWE RIVER
3000
3000
SCALE IN METERS
-------
and Migliaccio, during the Great Alaskan Earthquake of March 27,
1964, approximately 75 x 1C>6 m3 of sediment, including gravel,
broke away from the head of the Port and were deposited in the
basin.(2) This volume is as much as 30 times higher than the
typical yearly influx of sediment from normal sources. Since
there is no way of predicting the magnitude and frequency of
earthquakes, the relative importance of this component is
difficult to assess. Evidence of submarine slides can be seen in
sediment cores from Port Valdez, with significant events indicated
by a layer of generally coarser than normal sediments interbedded
between cyclic sedimentation layers (varves). Data available for
the preparation of this report did not include information on the
relative importance of earthquake-generated slides on the
sedimentation in Port Valdez; therefore, no further generalization
will be made.
The sediment input into Port Valdez occurs primarily during
summer as glacial meltwater increases the discharge of outwash
streams by as much as two orders of magnitude over the winter
discharge rates. Mean monthly combined discharge rates for all
streams discharging into Port Valdez are given in Table 6-1.
These estimates are based on extrapolation of Lowe River flow
gaging data to the other drainage basins in Port Valdez.
The rapid rise in discharge rates outlined in Table 6-1
occurs as the heavy accumulations of snow melt and as ice dams
begin to break up in late spring, freeing large volumes of glacial
meltwater trapped behind them. Sudden bursts of trapped
1-561
MCTCAir ft toov
-------
meltwater (referred to as glacier bursts) increase the capacity
of glacial streams to move coarse sediment, including boulders and
coarse gravel. Thus, there is a general coarsening of mean grain
sizes transported during peak runoff each summer. In terms of
this effect on sediment discharge into Port Valdez, the seasonal
discharge characteristics tend to cause cyclic sedimentation in
the Port. For instance, during low flow in winter, mean grain
size is smaller, and the dominant sediments discharged into the
Port are fine clays. In summer, mean grain size is large, and the
sediments discharged include coarse clay and silt. Although
larger class sizes also enter the Port during peak flows, they are
generally deposited proximal to the outwash fan of their origin.
TABLE 6-1. MEAN COMBINED DISCHARGE
FOR STREAMS ENTERING PORT VALDEZ(1)
Month
Discharge,
cfs
Discharge,
m3/sec
November-April
<100
<4
May
1,600
45
June
7,000
198
July
15,700
445
August
12,000
340
September
7,000
198
October
1,400
40
17 Data provided by the University of Alaska.
1-562
MCTCALF ft COOY
-------
The effect of this alternating fine and coarse sediment
influx is to produce a graded bed of sediments each year, referred
to as varves or cyclic sedimentation. The thickness of the
deposit depends primarily on distance from the source with the
eastern portion of Port Valdez having the highest sedimentation
rates.
Sharma and Burbank(3) estimated that 2.26 x 1C)6 metric tons
were discharged into Port Valdez in 1972 for an average
sedimentation rate of 1.67 cm/year, if distributed uniformly
throughout the basin. Their gravity cores, however, indicated
considerable variability, with up to 13.5 cm/year occurring 3 km
from the mouth of the Lowe River; 4.3 cm/year in sediments 3*5 km
from the mouth of the Lowe; and 1.9 cm/year from Valdez Glacier
Pan. In the western portion of the Port, sedimentation rates were
generally less than 1 cm/year, based on the analysis of the cores.
During the same study, it was estimated that the majority
of sediments entering Port Valdez originate in the Lowe River,
Mineral River and Valdez Glacier Stream, with the bulk of Shoup
Glacier Stream sediments being deposited in Shoup Bay. The 1972
estimated total sediment load for each river is given in Table
6-2. Note that the Lowe River accounted for over one-third of all
sediment entering the Port that year.
1-563
M
OOY
-------
TABLE 6-2. TOTAL SUSPENDED SEDIMENT DISCHARGE
PROM THE MAJOR RIVERS AND STREAMS
INTO PORT VALDEZ DURING 1972(1)
Lowe River
9.66 x 105 metric
tons
Mineral Creek
6.48 x 105 metric
tons
Shoup Glacier Stream
3.69 x 105 metric
tons
Valdez Glacier Stream
6.4 x 105 metric
tons
1. Data provided by Sharma and Burbank.
The estimated sediment load is based on an average
suspended sediment concentration of approximately 0.7 g/1 (grams
per liter) at the point of discharge to the Port. Using the data
in Table 6-1 and an estimated mean concentration of 1.0 g/1, which
appears more realistic based on recent measurements by the
University of Alaska,(4) the estimated flux of sediment into Port
Valdez is 3.3 x 106 metric tons annually (Table 6-3).
TABLE 6-3. ESTIMATED SUSPENDED SEDIMENT
DISCHARGE INTO PORT VALDEZ FOR A
MEAN CONCENTRATION OP 1.0 g/1
Month
Discharge,
m3/sec
Concentration,
g/1
Metric tons/
month
November-April
4
1.0
.10 x 105
May
45
1.0
1.17 x 105
June
198
1.0
5.13 x 105
July
445
1.0
11.53 x 105
August
340
1.0
8.8 x 105
September
198
1.0
5.13 x 105
October
40
1.0
1.03 x 105
Estimated
yearly total (in metric tons)
3.29 x 106
1-564
MCTCALF » CODY
-------
Although sediments transported by glacial streams are
highly variable in size, the dominant components entering Port
Valdez are clay-sized and silt-sized. Coarse sediments such as
gravel are generally deposited along the middle and distal
portions of outwash fans due to the decrease in slope downstream
and consequent decrease in the flow's carrying capacity. As
fine-grained clays enter the Port, they are transported by the
surface water circulation, which appears to be counter-clockwise
around the Port, based on satellite photographs taken in summer
months. This effect would produce higher concentrations of
suspended sediment in a surface water layer 2 tj 10 m thick along
the north side of Port Valdez. Since the Port is a tidal estuary,
there are natural zonations of salinity both laterally and
vertically, with fresher water on the north side and at the head
of the fjord near the major outwashes. It is thought that
flocculation of clays as freshwater meets incoming seawater is an
important process causing rapid sedimentation in estuaries. The
relative importance of this phenomenon in Port Valdez is not
known.
In summary, the mean annual sediment load into Port Valdez
is on the order of 2.3 to 3.1 x 10^ metric tons with as much as
one-third of the input derived from the Lowe River. Over 95
percent of the influx of sediments occurs during the raeltwater
season from May to October, with about 60 percent occurring in
July and August alone. The seasonality of sedimentation causes
variations in grain size of the discharged sediments which produce
1-565
MCTCALP & COOV
-------
graded cyclic sedimentation, or annual varves, in Port Valdez
bottom sediments.
Bottom Deposits
Between 1971 and 1972, the University of Alaska obtained
numerous grab samples of bottom sediments in Port Valdez for
analysis of sediment texture and composition.(1) Thirty-one
samples were taken from the eastern portion of the Port near the
ALPETCO project site. The results of these samples, which are
pertinent to the present report, are plotted in Figure 6-2 and
listed in Table 6-4.
In general, sediments in the eastern portion of Port Valdez
are poorly sorted clays and silts with local accumulations of
sand- and granule-sized sediment at the distal portions of the
glacial outwash fans. Figure 6-3 shows the approximate distri-
bution of surficial bottom deposits with coarse clay forming the
dominant grain size. Mean grain size increases toward the mouths
of the Valdez Glacier Stream and the Lowe River. The nearshore
and intertidal zones around the Port consist mainly of sand and
mud, forming extensive tidal flats east of Valdez due to the tidal
range (3.0 m). Beaches, located principally near the high water
level, consist of coarse granule to gravel-sized sediments.
Sorting and skewness maps are shown in Figures 6-4 and 6-5.
Due to the seasonal change in grain size and variety of sediment
types and sizes available in Port Valdez, bottom sediments are
poorly to very poorly sorted. Calculated values of standard
deviation are given in Table 6-4. As shown in Figure 6-5, the
majority of bottom sediments are fine to strongly fine
1-566
MITCALF ft COOV
-------
H
I
Ut
-I
fl
r
m
O
a
<
FIG. 6-2 LOCATION OF SURFICIAL BOTTOM SEDIMENT SAMPLES FOR THE EASTERN PORTION OF PORT VALDEZ
-------
TABLE 6-4.
SUBSURFACE SEDIMENT STATISTICS (PORT VALDEZ)
Station
Mean Size
(m2)
Size Class1
di Standard Deviation
(ol)
Sorting2
Skewness (SKj)3
PV-0
-1.33

G
1.61
PS
0.00 NS
PV-OA
5.97

MS
2.60
VPS
0.04 NS
PV-1
6.04

FSL
4.41
EPS
-0.37 SCS
PV-2A
6.50

FS
2.14
VPS
0.29 FS
PV-3
2.53

FSL
0.91
MS
0.08 NS
PV-4
8.01

CC
2.08
VPS
0.18 FS
PV-5
8.41

CC
2.20
VPS
0.27 FS
PV-6
6.50

FSL
2.79
VPS
0.16 FS
PV-7
8.39

CC
2.21
VPS
0.34 SFS
PV-8
8.01

CC
2.13
VPS
0.26 FS
PV-9
8.65

CC
1.99
PS
0.33 SFS
PV-10
8.59

CC
1.99
PS
0.23 FS
PV-11
7.47

VFS
2.32
VPS
0.05 NS
PV-12
8.42

CC
2.09
VPS
0.29 FS
PV-13
8.32

CC
1.92
PS
0.24 FS
PV-14
5.81

MS
2.32
VPS
0.57 SFS
PV-15
8.45

CC
2.00
PS
0.22 FS
PV-16
8.40

CC
2.13
VPS
0.17 FS
PV-17
8.50

CC
2.08
VPS
0.26 FS
PV-18
6.15

FSL
2.45
VPS
0.34 SFS
PV-19
8.28

CC
2.25
VPS
0.23 FS
PV-20
8.25

CC
2.25
VPS
0.26 FS
PV-21
7.96

VFS
2.25
VPS
0.20 FS
PV-22
8.87

CC
2.19
VPS
0.37 SFS
PV-23A
8.73

CC
2.20
VPS
0.32 SFS
PV-24
6.88

FSL
2.74
VPS
0.16 FS
PV-25
7.95

VFS
2.57
VPS
0.02 NS
PV-26
8.58

CC
2.16
VPS
0.24 FS
PV-27
7.55

VFS
2.22
VPS
0.14 FS
PV-28
6.84

FSL
2.29
VPS
8.25 FS
PV-29
8.14

CC
2.19
VPS
0.24 FS
'Size Class
G = Granule
FS ¦ Fine Sand
CS ¦ Coarse S1lt
MS ¦ Medium S1lt
FSL » Fine Silt
VFS ¦ Very Fine S1lt
CC ¦ Coarse Clay
mm Size
4-2	MS «
0.25-0.125	PS =
0.0625-0.031 VPS «
0.031-0.0156 EPS -
0.0156-0.0078
0.0078-0.0039
< 0.0039
2Sort1ng
Moderately Sorted
Poorly Sorted
Very Poorly Sorted
Extremely Poorly Sorted
3Skewness
SFS - Strongly Fine Skewed
FS = Fine Skewed
NS ¦ Near Symmetrical
SCS ¦ Strongly Coarse
Skewed
1-568
M
ODV
-------
I
Ln
CTN
GRANULE
FINE SAND
MEDIUM SILT
FINE SILT
VERY FINE SILT
COARSE CLAY
FINE-MEDIUM N
EARSHORE SILT
1000
fc=5
9
1000
SCALE IN METERS
FIG. 6-3 INFERRED SEDIMENT DISTRIBUTION FOR EASTERN PORT VALDEZ
Voldez
Airport
-------
°	ii a t« . ^	a _ i.. a	a	i	t;no k.	n	i.. r*	x	i	1000	0	1000
MS-Moderately Sorted VPS-Very Poorly Sorted	IOSss=fe
PS-Poorly Sorted	EPS-Extremely Poorly Sorted	SCALE ,N METERS
Pi
O
o
«<
FIG. 6-4 DISTRIBUTION OF SEDIMENT SORTING (CT) FOR PORT VALDEZ SEDIMENTS
-------
1000
SFS - Strongly Fine Skewed NS - Near Symmetrical
FS - Fine Skewed	SCS - Strongly Coarse Skewed	SCALE ,N METERS
FIG. 6-5 SEDIMENT SKEWNESS FOR PORT VALDEZ SEDIMENTS
-------
skewed due to the mixture of clay-sized sediment in most samples.
Clay is present in sediments throughout the Port and along the
near-shore zone. Pine-grained sediments are generally absent from
beaches fringing Port Valdez near the high water level. Five of
the 31 samples included in this report were poorly sorted and the
rest were very poorly sorted (a > 2.00).
Sediments along the shoreline of Port Valdez are of fairly
uniform composition, reflecting the dominant source rocks
including gray or bluish-gray graywacke, argillite, and bluish-
gray or black slate. Gravel clasts of gray to black slaty shales
and dark gray shaly siltstones with quartz veins are dominant.(3)
The predominant clay minerals of Port Valdez bottom sediments are
chlorite and illite. Sharma and Burbank reported an increase in
chlorite-quartz and illite-quartz ratios away from river mouths,
indicating that heavier quartz particles settle faster and remain
near the outwash fans of their origin.(3) The relatively slow-
settling illite and chlorite minerals form the major component of
the obscured sediment plumes in Port Valdez.
Landsat imagery for various months from 1972 to 1978
indicates the Port is relatively clear of suspended sediment until
June each year. Plumes of sediment are most dense near the mouths
of the Lowe River and Valdez Glacier Stream. By July, virtually
the entire Port has significant quantities of clay sediments in
suspension, with highest concentrations near the head of the Port
and along the north side. Suspended sediment decreases rapidly by
September with portions of the Port along the south side remaining
1-572
M ETC A t* P » CODY
-------
clear. By October, there is little - sediment in suspension. Thus,
during high runoff periods in the summer, there are continual
additions to the bottom sediments. The extent of bottom
sediments' resuspension is not known, but it is probable, given
the deep bathymetry of the Port, that turbidity flows are the
predominant mechanism. Wave and current action in the 200-m plus
depths are relatively minimal.
1-573
MtTCAtF * EDDY
-------
REFERENCES
1.	Hood, D.W., W.E. Shiels, and E.J. Kelly, Environmental Studies
of Port Valdez, Occasional Publication No. 3> Institute of
Marine Science, University of Alaska, 1973.
2.	Coulter, H.W. and R.R. Migliaccio, Effects of the Earthquake
of March 27, 1964 at Valdez, Alaska, U.S. Geological Survey
Professional Paper 542-C, 1966.
3.	Sharma, G.D. and D.C. Burbank, "Geological Oceanography" in
Hood et al. (eds.), Environmental Studies of Port Valdez,
Occasional Publication No. 3, Institute of Marine Science,
University of Alaska, 1973.
4.	Continuing Environmental Studies of Port Valdez, Alaska, 1976-
197#» Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska, 1979.
1-574
M
GOV
-------
CHAPTER 7
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OP
PROPOSED ACTION
General
Environmental consequences of the proposed ALPETCO
refinery on Port Valdez, which are expected to be predominantly
from sediment contributions during construction and treated
effluent discharges during operation, are discussed in this
chapter. Consideration is given to the transport of accidental
oil spills. The necessary mitigating measures for reducing the
impact of these consequences are also outlined in this chapter.
Construction Effects
It is anticipated that oceanographic conditions within
Port Valdez will be only slightly and temporarily affected by the
construction of the proposed project. The primary impact will be
a relatively small increase in the amount of sediment deposited
in Port Valdez.
Excavation of the site and construction of the retaining
dike will increase sediment runoff into the Valdez Glacier
Stream. Once completed, the dike is expected to prevent erosion
and runoff during the remainder of the construction process. The
ocean floor will be disturbed temporarily by the driving of steel
and concrete piles for both the products dock and the construc-
tion dock. Dock fill material will be selected to minimize the
Impact on the water quality should dredging be required at the
construction dock site.
1-575
ODY
-------
Installation of the outfall system will require a certain
amount of trenching across the intertidal area and will disturb
and suspend bottom sediments. During construction of the
refinery itself, it is expected that the barge traffic will also
stir up sediment and cause a small amount of shoreline erosion at
the construction dock site.
The estimated suspended sediment created by all the con-
struction activites is very small relative to the normal amount
of sediment which is deposited annually by influent rivers and
streams (see Chapter 6). However, the amount of suspended sedi-
ment resulting from the construction will be minimized if con-
struction occurs during periods of low meltwater runoff and low
sedimentation, such as, prior to June or after September.
Operation Effects
Environmental effects of operating the proposed ALPETCO
refinery will result mainly from the discharge of treated
effluent into Port Valdez. The operational impacts of mixing and
dilution of this discharge, and its pollutants, metals and toxics,
together with the transport and dispersion of accidental spills,
are discussed separately.
Effects of Discharge. The effects of the discharge in the
near field zone, in the far field zone, and in the circulation
zone within the eastern end of the Port, have been presented and
discussed in Chapters 3, 4, and 5» respectively. Impacts of the
worst case concentrations or dilutions in these three zones are
discussed here. Worst case implies maximum stratification of
1-576
ODY
-------
the receiving waters of Port Valdez and lack of flow exchange at
Valdez Narrows. Similar conditions were measured in late June
and early July of 1979. Maximum stratification results in the
lowest near field dilutions, and lack of exchange allows for
build-up of pollutants in Port Valdez. Dilutions under these
conditions are 75 to 100 in the near field, 100 to 500 in the
circulation zone, and 13,000 or greater in the far field.
Thus, even during the worst condition, the discharge water
would be effectively mixed and diluted with the ambient water and
only very small traces of the discharge water would be present.
Therefore, the impact of the discharge water on Port Valdez would
be insignificant.
Effects of Pollutants, Metals and Toxics in Discharge
Water. Table 7-1 summarizes conservatively estimated concen-
trations of pollutants, metals and toxics that are expected to be
in the ALPETCO treated water discharge based on the proposed
NPDES Permit. Concentrations of these substances in the receiv-
ing water following initial dulution using the smallest dilution
factor of 75 are presented. The concentrations normally found in
sea water are given as well. As can be seen from this table
there are very few noticeable increases in concentrations of
these substances above those normally found in sea water. These
negligible increases in concentrations would be further reduced
in the circulation zone and in the far field zone due to further
mixing and dilution. Thus, there would be no noticeable impact
of the concentrations of these pollutants, metals and toxics
on the receiving waters of Port Valdez.
1-577
BOY
-------
TABLE 7-1. CONCENTRATIONS OF POLLUTANTS, METALS
AND TOXICS BEFORE AND AFTER
INITIAL DILUTION
Parameter

Concentrations

Assumed in
discharge
mg/1
Normally
found in
sea water
mg/1
Following
initial
dilution'1)
mg/1
Aluminum
Trace
0.01
0. 01
Ammonia
7
0.04
0.13
BOD
10
1
1.120
Chloride
8,000
19,000
19,106
Chlorine
<0.01
0
<0.0001
Cyanide
<1.0
0
<0.0135
Phenols
<0.02
0.0
<0.00027
Nickel
0.5
0.0001
0.0068
Total Suspended Solids
5.0
5.0
5.0
1. Using the smallest dilution factor of 75.
1-578
M
DOV
-------
Effects of Accidental Spills. The movement of an
accidental spill due to human error is considered here. Two
areas in Port Valdez are the most likely spill locations. The
first is the loading dock at the southeast corner of the eastern
end of Port Valdez. This spill could be due to a loading acci-
dent. The second location is at Valdez Narrows. A spill here
might be caused by a ship colliding with another ship, or Middle
Rock, due to bad weather or oceanographic conditions at the
Narrows.
The two main causes which effect transport of the spill
are currents and wind. Several mathematical models have been
developed to account for oil slick movement under the influence
of current and wind. An excellent summary of these models has
been prepared by Stolzenbach et al, (1977)(1). An often used
"rule of thumb", which relates oil slick transport due to current
and wind, is known as the "3 percent rule". This rule, incorpor-
ated into many oil slick models, states that the speed of the oil
slick is 3 percent of the wind speed plus the current speed. The
"3 percent rule" is used here to obtain an approximate estimate
of the movement of probable accidental spills in eastern Port
Valdez and at Valdez Narrows.
An accidental spill at the proposed loading dock is
considered first. The currents in this area of the Fort, as
discussed in detail in Chapter 5, are small (0 to 10 centimeters
per second (cms)) and tend to move alongshore parallel to the
land boundary. The upper layer of the water body moves both
1-579
MITCACF • EDOV
-------
clockwise and counter-clockwise. During the May to July, 1979
measurement period, a predominance toward counter-clockwise
motion was observed. A counter-clockwise motion has also been
observed in the landsat photographs of eastern Port Valdez taken
during the summer months to study the motion of suspended
sediments. Information on this motion is not available for
non-summer months.
Available wind data (Dames & Moore, 1979)(2) Indicate that
the east-west orientation of the Valdez Basin helps funnel winds
in those directions. There is a predominance of easterly winds
(toward the ocean) over westerly winds. This is caused by the
flow of air from the high pressure zones in the interior of the
state toward the low pressure zones in the Gulf of Alaska.
Records at Valdez weather service office (WSO) indicate wind
magnitudes of 6 knots or less about 76 percent of the time.
Applying the 3 percent rule to eastern Port Valdez, oil
movement due to wind would be from 0 to about 9 cms. This is
about the same order of magnitude as movement due to currents.
Thus, slick movement would be due to both current and wind and
would respond to specific weather and current patterns occurring
on the day of the spill. Movement of the oil spill would be on
the order of 1 to 16 kilometers/day (km/day) and would more
likely go toward Valdez Narrows than onshore, based on wind
direction preference.
A spill at Valdez Narrows would move much faster due to
higher winds and faster currents. Measured upper layer currents
1-580
M
ft EOOY
-------
at this location are on the order of 10 to 50 cms and change
direction due to the tide. The funneling effect of the Narrows
geography causes northeast or southwest current motion. The
winds are also funneled through the Narrows in the same direc-
tions due to the mountains on either side, and tend to be faster
than those at Valdez WSO.
It has been shown in Chapter 4 that the tidally averaged
upper layer motions at Valdez Narrows are inward or outward with
direction changes every few days. Outward motion predominates
during the summer due to large freshwater flow and calm weather.
Thus, a spill at Valdez Narrows would be equally likely to move
into or out of the Port, except during summer, when it would most
likely move out. Since tidal currents are fast, the time at
which a spill occurs becomes an important factor. A spill during
an incoming tide would rapidly move out of the Narrows. Based on
tidal current alone, the spill would move out of the Narrows in
several hours. It must be remembered that once the spill moved
into or out of the Port, it would be affected by different
current and wind regimes.
Mitigating Measures
During construction, the predominant impact is expected to
be from sedimentation effects. Mitigating measures will include
sedimentation control practices. The most significant of these
will be implementation of sedimentation control at the project
site prior to facility construction.
1-581
MCTCAIF * CDOV
-------
A second significant measure will be to consider the
timing of excavations in the scheduling of projects. Excavation
will be maximized during times of the year when sedimentation
impacts are least important.
During operation, the most significant impact is expected
from effluent discharge and from runoff, as well as from
accidental spills. Spill control measures will be in force at
all times when tankers are within the Port. Similarly, tanker
traffic through Valdez Narrows will be limited to times when
weather conditions are acceptable.
All discharges from the site, including runoff, will be
treated to the level equivalent to advanced wastewater treatment,
including effluent filtration. The discharge into the Port will
be through properly designed diffusers which will ensure adequate
mixing of the effluent. The natural circulation and flowing
capabilities of the Port are expected to provide efficient dis-
persion and movement of the discharge from Port Valdez.
Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Impacts
Excluding unavoidable accidents that might occur in spite
of the safety and control measures which would be taken, the most
important unavoidable impact on Port Valdez would result from the
effluent discharge.
The discharge will constitute a new source of wastewater
in Port Valdez. Due to climate, soils and groundwater
conditions, elimination of the discharge via land application is
not an environmentally feasible alternative.
1-582
M
oov
-------
During part of the year (e.g., July) when significant quan-
tities of fine clay sediments are carried into the Port in the
vicinity of the discharge, entrapment and settling of these
wastes to the bottom is expected to occur. However, since this
will occur during times of stratification, settling is not ex-
pected to be in shallow areas (less than 40 m deep) along the
shoreline. The extent of bottom sediments resuspension is not
known. It is probable, however, given the relatively deep chan-
nel of the Port, that such impacts are small. Wave and current
action in the 200-m plus depths is relatively small.
1-583
METCALP ft EDDY
-------
REFERENCES
Stolzenbach, Keith D., 01e S. Madsen, E. Eric Adams, Andrew M.
Pollack, and Cortis K. Cooper, A Review and Evaluation of
Basic Techniques for Predicting the Behavior of Surface Oil
Slicks, Report No. 222, Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory for Water
Resources and Hydrodynamics, MIT, February, 1977.
A Lagranian Model Simulation Study for Assessing Attainment/
Nonattainment Status of Port Valdez Bay, Alaska, Dames and
Moore, January 11, 1979.
1-584
M
DDY
-------